—_
Canin ate ame set mmetnacitt Aee

a ooo

wens el rot ett ctl oft Se, Be

= ee ee
mee ce~4 ww

4

it ;
a
i :
s¥ tt
ss if
|e, u
\ “4
-! 4
1

le ete oel ~-ee chin aten Saw EONSOT TY Were ST ee

}

i

1

= |

7 4

7 ;

toa

j 3

¥ ;
'

iy 3

Et

,Ue ie

a

< -%

1358

te |

es tees |

os ae

“5

a {

4 ‘

+ & 3

aed

:.o

ca

: .

ft .

.&

Be

et t

eed

. a.%
ag
v

earthen oat aitestadonie itl ALN git" gf

Pitt

Sein UO HUES DCT LC LMU CSCS DUR TLR LL DLR LeU Us A

ther D cents ates net worl ehet os

‘ =
BTA eth carl tees noes vecberreh eG eit y Bet ae B ests pall fs it Th.

Be ee Be ee BNE et Em he BUR Se 8a 8 8 Re ee Fe 8 ee EO Pe Ft ee Se PO? ag ee 2 ee ee

ary

PTE RTOS TS SIS EINER ES ERTS PRR RODE Ug Uno A Aa blebs
yrs raat Wy te Pox eye yards Eyer oe Oe oe oe
PNT IMIMTMLMEMTN NIN ER MUM UMT TNT HTN UHUMU MUR IEE MENT | outah wey
bua abbatabat batt ahahaha bat tad kath i whey eas

Ure GTPOTR CCE SDSL OUD OnE SORIA OTE RROD ICE OCTOCESE GCE SIE GSE UrE Orn Urb Lonl at 1 Vath

ore) Wqlis yay} Vl } bis Bt rs bt | ‘ Vaiababalal i! wah mi

nN) : yh PS et) ry 3 a1] LH he he Mt 4
A tht DVR IN SHINN N LELY

1

wy
Wialitaly
ett

rene
ULLAL

ss

i at

i}

hy

rhe

Lyi
,

!
1 ve
With THURLES EEN EGER TLE Th
f ERR
it way NNENUMENLSELMRNEM ES LM ER EaCE :
4 aba ht eae ih vite Wik 1
l { yey aT yiialos <1 \ . .
Lil ke ws RAMU tet ia tit tnt key 1 AAS U
\ yoy Wawoaba Wiaaly py hakys ii Wibakatal i-
1), ist } Tice } :

beckGctcl cbse tats
RA
is}

;
SAlGk

sitsht i
a: ts

L ‘it Cabin
iba aaah

Vk
SENT 3
’ 1h i} “3
habahak THVT O LN NLS
Mabakah Sabah wan
pit MEME NLSEMEML SENS TLL es
+ Waitt et Lt! us
wt HRT
\ sHint wit i Balt
f ik *s)

PP Pd glee ee HOE ee ee etc ral ad alge ee see oe ee Ree rect edhe

A
het
hy lalalyt Lh “4' hee t
\ RMI RICOH UT AT ke hin : he L-
hy tat wha Wie
STR NTR INTC TINIEST ERE Tet

ile

ot ye ig

SINE Nah
42245 ht

1 wih AHN +}
hh

2.7%
a 4
~ 1 ny |
Leist 4
. *

i “y bs
ee ee Ae ee ee nl ue aed at a

Wiha

, is AREA LAT
24 int
aN

:

5 ; Si ]

ae Weeden ih
is j hf | nb enheneeahe te F
: q hi} SUS thy ALM LAE VAS US wy ‘
LP t Soya hahah Wi 4) oy <
Wit 4 Sahat :
34 i 5 } you yh xi rieyh +h SL! wi Li 1h * oh
pL gee ; Xe ye 1 \ abadt rea ; m1 es

a ge | eed adiba! ry

ee a SATE AREAS TTC -
iy ae SAINI MINT EMEA URE .
ik. . %
8 4 4 i i
St Se \ ef
a L| 3 Uyh's wt i! i 3
11's ys Ps 1 sh e - 7
ah es, ee 3] : i. ! Ls
iy ¥ 4 43.44 ; sity ~h . ‘ \ 1 Ny ‘ :
15 M od . me ES | . % oa : ] Wil 1 LaLa m | y* Sy a 4 Y “it L ay sty . a |
AY a Gee BNIUNINT NAAT RINT INEM INUMUSTSUMUN LMT M LM UN LATER TRUER D LA LET UO wy a
i rT 4 fo te be} } 3 4 4! i +i 1) 3} ai \} \! i) y! \) ii yi i! yi i! i! 3 a yh Wy i. 13 ih st aL sh ‘ 2
ql { 2+ yavaliy byt yy} ay yeah yh wy MEME M EL yi i! yah 3 ii vi'y\ 43 sly ley 4 ii ya ak i ‘ ey
At | $ LNRIMEMEMLMEMEMI MEP EMIRSS LR DRURVE EE ERLE TEER L RTO C UTE LATR Li PR ER DR ERED Lyf é
+ i . : , Valiatigt i, boa f \ he hae yi 4 yh A Pare | Are | \ oe kre | Yh
eat. 4 Vaya ‘he oy hal Gaal kal 13 Wahal \k Wihy ai voyi Vat Wray ul ‘
5 1 + ih vay mya Wiha RN Way WINRAR wT SIAL
wi | Mv DISMISS IMIS LM IMUM MENS TNIN INT MINININILEMINTRIRIBIGTRIETRIET IES
AY i$ PRUSTA TATE haat

$
yi ae
+h BRE Es ba Minas
Set fae . 7 $ 4 ‘ot yw iment “44 i. Se
~= 6 °a hoes <9 ee ee er eres eee ee Sree oon ee eee Coe oe ee eee Pr eee eer ee a a YY EE VG Ee TEU RTE RA TET RPE TRACER G&G)

c>

===

|

A
AE

=F aN
= IN
mi
NANA

£3

Ws

NW

+)
i]

Z

NY

\

IVA

YN)

WW
ANEW

77

71S = 7 aN= 7 fe.
AN
YS

}

ANG

4

P

"= FAN ‘p=! %, *,
IW : : 7 7
Weng @
la

B

=

—=s
iss! | | fl
Ss
DSal| | 0 ccc ce ene cr ncn ne rr re nn rn ne creer rrr q
a IN

|

7]

iN

en we ee ere ne et te ee ee mew ere ee ee me ee Some me oe

—>

Ss

|

DIANA AAA

== Ff,
=Y

SVAN

CHRISTMAS !SLAND

A Bit of Phosphate Rock from a Dredge’s
| Gatherings Revealed Its Secret and Its
_ Mines 6f Phosphate

[From the New York Sun]

| ‘Christmas Island ‘is a® speck of land.
Shaped like a dumbbell, rising steeply from
the Indian Ocean 190 miles south of Java.
_No one is known ever to have landed on ii
previous to 1887. It was thought of only as
8 little rock, without good anchorage, not
worth examining while large regions were
still white on the maps.

Bilt today some fifty men are living on
_Christmas Island, and now and then we see

the increasing quantity of phosphate that
it is shipping Last year, for example, as
we are told by one of these authorities,
the island shipped 71,757 tons of phosphate,
and new methods of loading vessels were
introduced, something like those by which
iron ore is poured into the holds of Lake
Superior steamers. The phosphate is tipped
from a high pier into the ship. The last
vessel to sail loaded in a day with 1800
tons,

It was a deep sea research that pointed
to Christmas Island as a source of wealth,

@ paragraph in the trade journals telling of -

'and the real facts in the case have only |

. recently been told.

_ About ten years ago a British naval ves-
sel started for the Indian Ocean to ex-
amine a part of its sea floor. Its main
work was a long distance from Christmas
| Island, but Sir John Murray,
Scottish oceanographer, in mapping out

the great

the project, ‘happened to think of an area :

around Christmas Island where no

that the vessel diverge from its course to
make soundings and collect samples from

Christmas Island. .

The work was thoroughly done, and in
due time a list of soundings and specimens
of the mud and bits of rock dredged from
the bottom were delivered at Sir John’s 1a9-
oratory near Edinburgh. In the collection
was a fragment of rock which he could not
identify on casual inspection, and it excited
his curiosity. He made an analysis of the
fragment and found that it was phosphate.

There could be little doubt that it came
from some land mass; but where was its
place of origin? It was far from any land of
important size, and Christmas Island was
the only land anywhere near it. Could it
have been dropped from a passing vessel; or
was it really a part of the rock that built
up Christmas Island? ‘The problem was
worth investigating. .

= —————

—————————

the ocean bed in the neighborhood of:

in- |
vestigations had been made. He suggested |

|
|
|
|
|

‘might be loaded easily and cheaply.

L PS fs 4 OWLUH OV Lie cg

It was not long before another vessel on
a scientific mission was sent to the Indian
Ocean, and at the request of Sir John Mur-
ray she was ordered to stop at Christmas
Island and collect specimens illustrating its
geology for every twenty feet of altitude
from sea level to the summit of the isiard.
The specimens were to be sent to him for

| his examination.

The results fulfilled the most sanguine
expectations of the man of science. There
was no longer any doubt of the existence
of a thick bed of phosphate on the island.
But to ascertain all the conditions and
the prospects of mining with profit Sir
John made a journey to it. He found that
the mineral offered a promising, commer-
cial possibility; that there was good anch-
orage on one side of the island, and that
by building a wharf with a second story,
on which trucks could be run out, vessels

A company was organized, with the
necessary capital, Parliament made a con-
cession, giving the company the right to
work the phosphate for a series of years,
and development was begun. \ It has been
@ most profitable venture, and the best of
it is that it has placed Sir John Murray,
who, like most scientific men. had no

a ae

superfluity of this world’s goods, in very
| comfortable circumstances for the rest of

his life.

= .
a. or i.

ovis

gu Aart

A MONOGRAPH

OF

CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

Moll. A MONOGRAPH

CHRISTMAS ISLAND

(INDIAN OCEAN):

PHYSICAL FEATURES

AND

GEOLOGY

BY

CHARLES W. ANDREWS, B.A., B.Sc., F.GS.

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF Division ot Mollusks
THE FAUNA AND FLORA ceotiono! Librory

NUMEROUS CONTRIBUTORS.

ILLUSTRATED BY TWENTY-TWO PLATES, A MAP, AND NUMEROUS
ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT.

EON EON:
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.

SOLD BY
LONGMANS AND CO., 39, PATERNOSTER ROW.
B. QUARITCH, 15, PICCADILLY. DULAU AND ©CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W-
KEGAN PAUL AND CO., CHARING CROSS ROAD, W.C.
AND AT THE
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), CROMWELL ROAD, S.W.

(All rights reserved.) SMITHSON AS

1900.
MAY 0 3 1988
“iBRARIES

iy, Pee fa -s tia

‘
iad
|
‘

HERTFORD
PRINTED BY STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS.

PREFACE.

THe ‘Trustees having been pleased to authorize the
preparation of a monograph embracing the scientific
results of the exploration of Christmas Island by
Mr. C. W. Andrews during a visit extending over ten
months in 1897-98, I was requested by the Director to
make the necessary arrangements, and obtain the assistance
of the several members of the staff of the Natural History

Departments in the British Museum and other gentlemen
(whose names will be found in this work), without whose
kind co-operation Mr. Andrews’ task would have been an
impossible one.

The valuable help of various special artists had also to
be secured to illustrate the work, and within rather over
a year from the time of inception the volume has been
completed.

By Professor Lankester’s desire, this monograph has
been restricted to a description of the Physical Features
and the Geology, together with the Land Fauna and Flora
of the island.

‘ Trustees, by the staff of the Museum, dealing with s r
>, geographical units hitherto neglected. K

Y HENRY WOODWAR
al 3 GEOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, |

British Musrum (Natural History).
February, 1900.

AUTHORS PREFACE.

THE present volume contains an account of the collections
and observations made by me during a stay of about ten
months in Christmas Island.

This period included all the seasonal changes, and it is
hoped that the collections of plants and insects are fairly
complete.

In a few instances specimens obtained by previous
collectors are described.

The collections of marine animals are discussed elsewhere.

I wish especially to express my sincere thanks to the
Trustees of the British Museum, who granted me the
necessary leave of absence, which, owing to the difficulty of
reaching the island and the still greater difficulty of getting
away, was prolonged considerably beyond the time that
was at first thought necessary ; to Sir John Murray, whose
generosity in defraying the necessary expenses rendered
the expedition possible; to Mr. George Clunies Ross, of
Cocos-Keeling islands, and his brother, Mr. Andrew Ross,
for their hospitality, and assistance in numberless ways
during my stay; to their nephew, Mr. H. Ross, a resident
for some years on the island, whose knowledge of bush-

life in general was of the greatest assistance to me;

Vill AUTHOR'S PREFACE.

and lastly, to Mr. W. A. Wilkinson, the Engineer to the
Christmas Island Phosphate Company.

I am also greatly indebted to the contributors of the
various sections of this book for the trouble and care they

have taken in working out the collections I was able to
send home.

CHAS. W. ANDREWS.

GEOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT,
British Musrum (Natura. History).
February, 1900.

INTRODUCTORY NOTE.

Curistmas Istanp, in the Indian Ocean, appears to have been known
to navigators from about the middle of the seventeenth century.
Dampier and other voyagers sent boats ashore, but, until the year
1887, no person appears to have been able to penetrate beyond
a few hundred yards from the landing-places, because of the
steep and rugged cliffs, covered with dense tropical vegetation,
by which the island is everywhere surrounded.

In 1887 Captain (now Rear-Admiral) Pelham Aldrich, R.N.,
visited the island in H.M.S. ‘“ Egeria,’? and with the assistance
of a party of blue-jackets cut a way up the cliffs, encamped on
the highest point of the island, and made some explorations towards
the interior. In consequence of Captain Aldrich’s discoveries during:
this expedition, the island was formally annexed to the British
Crown in the following year. In the year 1897 a Company
acquired the lease of the island, and arrangements were immediately
made for its thorough exploitation ;—an agricultural rent is paid
to the Government, in addition to royalties on all minerals and
timber that may be exported.

The total area of the island is about 43 square miles, and in
some parts it rises to over 1,000 feet above the level of the sea.
Besides being the home of numerous endemic and other species.
of animals, it is completely covered by a luxuriant tropical
vegetation. Down to a few years ago it was probably the only
existing tropical island of any large extent that had never been
inhabited by man, savage or civilized. Its interest, from a scientific
- point of view, is further increased by the fact that it is at least
190 miles distant from any other land, and is surrounded by
an ocean in which the depths exceed three English miles.

x INTRODUCTORY NOTE.

It seemed highly desirable that this interesting island—which
was evidently an upraised coral atoll—should be carefully examined
and described by a competent naturalist and geologist, before being
opened up by Europeans for agricultural and commercial purposes.
Accordingly it was arranged with the Trustees of the British
Museum that Mr. C. W. Andrews, B.Sc., F.G.S., of the Geological
Department, should be granted leave to carry out this exploration.
I undertook to pay all the expenses, and to present a complete
set of all specimens procured to the National Collection.

During the years 1897 and 1898 Mr. Andrews carried out the
exploration with great success, notwithstanding many disappoint-
ments, drawbacks, and hardships. He has enriched the British
Museum with unique and extensive collections, and it will, I think,
be admitted that in the present elaborate report we have the best
account of a true oceanic island that has ever been published.

It has not hitherto been possible to watch carefully the
immediate effects produced by the immigration of civilized man
—and the animals and piants which follow in his wake—upon
the physical conditions and upon the indigenous fauna and flora
of an isolated oceanic island. I hope to arrange that this shall
be done in the case of Christmas Island, at the same time that
further explorations are undertaken, for Mr. Andrews’. detailed
report will enable this to be carried out with every prospect of
success, and in a scientific manner.

Mr. Andrews, and the other officials of the British Museum who
have assisted him in his investigations, are to be congratulated on
the production of this excellent monograph of an oceanic island,
which forms a most valuable addition to natural knowledge.

JOHN MURRAY.

CuHatLeNceR Loner, Waxvir,
EDINBURGH.
february 15, 1900.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Preface, by Dr. H. Woodward, F.R.S., F.G.S.
Author’s Preface

Introductory Note by Sir John tae K-C:8.. FR:S:
Contents

List of Figures in the text

History and Physical Features, by C. W. Apes B. Se

BGS.

ZOOLOGY.

Mammalia, by C. W. Andrews, B.Sc., F.G.S.

Notes on the Osteology of Mus nativitatis and Mus macleart,

by Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.8.
Aves, by R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S.
Reptilia, by G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S.
Mollusca, by E. A. Smith, F.Z.S.

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera, by A. G. Butler, Ph.D., F.L.S., ete.

Lepidoptera Phalene, by Sir George F. Hampson, Bart.

Micro-Lepidoptera, by the Rt. Hon. Lord Walsingham, M.A.,

iD:.* EOR.S., ete.

Hymenoptera, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.

Diptera

Coleoptera, by C. O. Waterhouse, F.E.S., C. J. Gahan, M.A.,
F.E.S., and G. J. Arrow, F.E.S. .

Xl CONTENTS.

Hemiptera, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.

Homoptera, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.
Mallophaga, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.
Neuroptera, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.
Orthoptera, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.

Chilopoda, Diplopoda, and Arachnida, by R. I. Pocock

Land Crustacea, by C. W. Andrews
Vermes (Earth-worms), by Daniel Rosa, D.Sc.

BOTANY.
Dicotyledons : 3
Polypetale, by E. G. Baker, F.L.S.
Gamopetale, by E. G. Baker, F.L.S.

Apetale, by A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.

Monocotyledons, by A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.
Gymnosperms, by A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.
Ferns, by A. Gepp, M.A., F.L.S.

Mosses, by A. Gepp, M.A., F.L.S.

Lichens, by V. H. Blackman, M.A., F.L.S.
Fungi, by V. H. Blackman, M.A., F.L.S.
Mycetozoa, by A. Lister, F.R.S. .

PALZAONTOLOGY AND GEOLOGY.
Fossil Mollusca from the Reef Limestones of Christmas Island,

by R. B. Newton, F.G.S.

Fossil Corals of Christmas Island, be J. We Faas D.Se.,

PAGS.

On the Foraminifera of the Orbitoidal Limestones and Reef
Rocks of Christmas Island, by Prof. T. Rupert Jones,
F.R.S., ete., and Frederick Chapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S.,

etc.

PAGE

127
130
138
139
141
153
163
166

200.

201

206

226

CONTENTS.

Note on the Composition of some Dolomitic and other Lime-
stones from Christmas Island, by E. W. Skeats, B.Sc.,
F.G.5: 4

Geology, by C. W. Andrews, B.Sc., F.G.S.

Note on the Geographical Relations of the Fauna and Flora
of Christmas Island, by C. W. Andrews

List of Species recorded from Christmas Island

List of the Principal Papers relating to Christmas Island

Appendix

Index . F ; :

Plates I-X XI, with explanations and Map, at the end of the
volume.

Explanation of Plates.

ERRATA.

p- 61, line 6, for P. sepulchralis read V. sepulchralis.
p. 88, line 5 from bottom, for Syrpinde read Syrphide.

Xi

PAGE

265
269

299
305

318
319
321

p. 142, third genus under ‘Brarrip#,’ for Perrplanata read

Periplaneta.

mipr OF FIGURES IN THE TEXT.

PAGE
Outlines of Christmas Island as seen from the sea . . . . 4
Reef-edge at low-water, south side of Flying Fish Cove . . i
North coast, looking towards Smith Point. . .... . ri
Sections across the edge of the central platean . . . . . 12
Meman-West Point fromthe north .°. . .. =... . # +4165
Seep comtiromthe north . . . .... Meare 5)
Skull and mandible of Pteropus natalis, showing dona
Waturalisize.: . . 3 a Sav ere eke Go
Antebrachium and carpus of Mus slot and Mus nativitatis. 34
Poniodrilus ephippiger ; prostateand sperm-sac . . . . . 166
Pericheta brevis; sperm-sacand spermatheca. . . . . . 168
Leptoria phrygia; part of transverse section, X 5. . . . Qi11
Orbicella herklotsi ry a Sita. ere OLS
Orbicella quadrangularis, var. columnata ; any of transverse
BeeoOHy SOLE bt ks SRE Aner feat rem R I
Prionastrea magnifica; part of ears Be section, 392° o))) BRO
Porites, aff. lutea ¥ : SS a aie 2207
Porites belli i - Os th 225
Porites belli; part of transverse section bored by an alga, X 9 223
Montipora dane ; part of transverse section, X 12. . . . 224
Forest on central plateau . . . 270
Sections showing the structure of the lift at Biyine Fish
Gave... nie 272
Bed of basalt aan on iT oes Testing es smith ae
of Flying Fish Cove .“ . . Lave L204
Mass of Pordtes in sea cliff, south of F eine Fish ales one 24
Sections of cliffin Flying Fish Cove . . . Mae Nes
Geological map of the neighbourhood of Flying Fish oe . 280
Mouth of Sidney’s Dale, west coast . . es Fg ee
Dyke of basalt, floor of Sidney’s Dale, west coast . . . . 286

Sea-worn basalt in Waterfall (Panchoran) Bay, east coast . 286

ee eo ernie ——————----...ow

ial s aor; tf . Cm
7 ua ee os We "en
1 ¥e! ; Caan e tte
, ; iy ier 2h
‘
*
om Pe
nae!
.
fy " *
ha “
ie 7
1
/ '
hy
|
|
' :
oe
M i .
L d \
iv :
fi ‘
. i
f :
a }
¥ r
,.
. heels
16 iP ee Pia .
de Si ‘
= ba 4” ry
m “
€ 4 f k
7 nf
ll .
F
7
‘
¢
‘
.
a
¢
6 , F
. . ar Y

CHRISTMAS ISLAND (INDIAN OCEAN).

HISTORY AND PHYSICAL FEATURES.
By C. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.G.S.

Curtstmas Istanp, the subject of the present monograph, lies in
the eastern part of the Indian Ocean, in 8. lat. 10° 25’, E. long.
105° 42’. Java, the nearest land, is about 190 miles to the north,
while some 900 miles to the south-east is the coast of North-West
Australia. A little to the south of west, at a distance of 550
miles, are the two atolls of Cocos and North Keeling, and
to the north of these Glendinning Shoal. The submarine slopes
of the island are very steep, and soundings of upwards of 1,000
fathoms occur within two or three miles of the coast: at this
depth the bottom was found to consist of globigerina ooze. To the
north is Maclear Deep, in which 3,200 fathoms were found, and to
the south and south-west is the more extensive Wharton Deep,
with upwards of 3,000 fathoms. The island, im fact, forms the
summit of a submarine peak, the base of which rises from the low
saddle which separates these two abysses, and on the western end
of which the Cocos-Keeling Islands are situated.

The first mention of Christmas Island occurs in a map by Pieter
Goos, published in Holland in 1666, in which it is called Moni.
In subsequent maps this name and that of Christmas Island are
applied to it indifferently, but it is not known by whom the island
was discovered and named. The earliest approach to a descriptive
account is found in Dampier’s ‘‘ Voyages” [1],* in the following

assage :—
: ‘“« After leaving New Holland, the ship tried to make Cocos,
but was driven to a more easterly course, and met nothing
of remark till the twenty-eighth day. Then we fell in with a
small woody island in lat. 10° 20’ S. It was deep-water about
the island, and there was no anchoring; but we sent two canoes
ashore, one of them with the carpenters to cut a tree to make
another pump; the other canoe went to search for fresh water,
and found a small brook near the south-west point of the island,
but there the sea fell on the shore so high that they could not
get it off. At noon both the canoes returned on board, and the

1 The numbers in square brackets refer to the list of papers, etc., relating to
Christmas Island given at the end of the volume.
B

2 Christmas Island.

carpenters brought on board a good tree; the other canoe brought
aboard as many boobies and man-of-war birds as sufficed all the
ship’s company when they were boiled.

“They also got a sort of land animal, somewhat resembling a
large crawfish without its great claws. The island is a good height,
with steep cliffs against the south and south-west, and a sandy bay
on the north side, but with very deep water steep to the shore.”

The date of Dampier’s visit was March, 1688. The next
account of the island is given by Captain Daniel Beekman, in
1718 [2]. He remarks that ‘‘ the island looks exceeding pleasant,
being covered with lofty trees, and may be known by the following
directions:—Coming from the north-westward, it appears pretty
high, with a saddle in the middle; the westernmost land is the
highest, trenching away to the northward to a low, flat point;
the easternmost point is low, but bluff. I sounded within eight
miles of the low point, but had no bottom with the 100-fathom
line out. The island is about seven leagues from east to west.”

This writer gives a remarkable sketch, in which the heights are
ridiculously exaggerated, the hill over the north-western point
being made to look like a mountain with three peaks; his estimate
of the length of the island also is much in excess of the truth. In
1771 the ‘‘ Pigot,” East Indiaman, attempted to find an anchorage,
but failed. The crews of this and other passing vessels reported
the occurrence of wild pigs, coconut-palms, and lime-trees, none
of which really existed. The first attempt at an exploration of the
island was made by the frigate ‘‘ Amethyst’ in 1857, from which
a boat’s crew was landed with the object of attempting to reach
the summit, but the inland cliffs proved an insuperable obstacle,
and the ascent was abandoned.

In 1886 the surveying vessel, ‘‘ Flying Fish”’ (Captain Maclear)
was ordered to make an examination of the island. The coast was
found to consist of limestone cliffs, and it was only after sailing
nearly all round the island that an anchorage was found in a bay
with a white shingle beach on the north coast. To this the name
Flying Fish Cove was given, and it is now the site of a small
settlement. Another white beach was seen towards the north-
west point, but no anchorage was found near it. A number of
men were landed, and collections of the plants and animals were
obtained, but, since the island seemed of little value, no serious
attempt at exploration was made / 3}.

In the following year H.M.S. ‘‘Egeria’’ (Captain Pelham Aldrich)
called at the island, and remained about ten days. Captain Aldrich
and his men cut a way to the top of the island, and sent home a
number of rock specimens obtained on the way, and Mr. J. J. Lister,
who accompanied the expedition as naturalist, made extensive col-
lections both of the fauna and flora, but had not time to penetrate
to the middle of the island [4-6].

The island was formally annexed by H.M.S. “‘ Impérieuse” in
June, 1888, and placed under the Straits Settlements Government.

History and Physical Features. 3)

Tn 1890 H.M.S. ‘‘ Redpole”’ called at the island for a few hours,
and Mr. H. N. Ridley, of the Singapore Botanical Gardens, who was
on board, collected a number of plants not previously recorded, and
has written an interesting account of his visit [8].

Although Messrs. Lister and Ridley had made valuable collections
of the fauna and flora of the island, the shortness of the time at
their disposal rendered it impossible for them to penetrate far
into the interior, or to make any examination of the geological
structure. Nevertheless, the rock specimens brought back by the
‘“‘Kgeria”’ showed that the island probably consisted mainly of
coral and foraminiferal limestones, resting on a basis of volcanic
rocks; and a very interesting paper, in which the results of the
expedition were summarized, and the probable structure of the
island discussed, was published by Rear-Admiral Sir W. J. L.
Wharton in the proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society
for 1888 [7].

It seemed desirable, however, that a more complete examination
of the island should be undertaken, and, if possible, collections
should be made at different seasons of the year, and in 1896
Sir John Murray generously offered to pay the expenses of such an
expedition. I was fortunate enough to be able to avail myself of
this opportunity, and, the Trustees of the British Museum having
granted the necessary leave of absence, I left England at the
beginning of May, 1897. At that time the only means of access
to the island was by the sailing-vessels belonging to Mr. G. Clunies
Ross, of the Cocos-Keeling Islands, which are employed in carrying
various supplies from Batavia to those islands, and on their way
down usually touch at Christmas Island to land stores for the
little colony established in Flying Fish Cove. Unfortunately,
one of these vessels had left shortly before I arrived in Java, and
I therefore had to wait some weeks before an opportunity of
getting to my destination occurred ; but at length, on July 23rd,
I sailed from Batavia in the ‘‘J. G. Clunies Ross,”’ a yawl of about
46 tons burden. After a rough passage of five days we sighted the
island from the south-west, having run past it im the night. We
arrived off Flying Fish Cove soon after sunset, but did not anchor
till the following morning (July 29th).

Seen from the south-west, the island appears as a long green
ridge, nearly level at the top, there being only slight elevations at
the north-west and south-east ends. The ridge descends seaward
in a succession of terraces, the upper ones bounded by comparatively
gentle slopes, the lower by a high and nearly vertical cliff, below
which there is a narrow platform sloping gently down to the sea
cliff. This is usually about 15 to 30 feet high, and is much undercut
by the heavy swell that is continually breaking against its base.
On approaching nearer, it can be seen that the whole island is
covered by a dense forest, broken only by the grey face of the high
inland cliff which runs round the greater part of the island, rising
like a wall above the tall trees growing on the shore terrace.

gg nas

GNV1S! SVWLSIYHS

“ysery mot

pao Disab

4sqy YINOG WOT]

guneg D1toby

t+ BSundia

FUT TT

P20 ‘MINT

Christmas Island—Physical Features. 5

The outlines of the land, as seen from the south-west, east,
and north, and sections across it at various points, are shown in
Figure 1 and in the map.

From these it can be gathered that the island consists of a
central plateau, highest towards the north and east, and descending
to the sea on all sides by a succession of terraces, separated by
slopes or cliffs. In most places the arrangement of these, from the
edge of the plateau downwards, is—(1) a steep slope strewn with
blocks ; (2) a broad terrace, followed by a similar slope (this
seems to be wanting on the south); (8) a second terrace,
terminating in a cliff 200 or 300 feet high; (4) the shore terrace,
sloping gently down to the sea cliff; (5) the present fringing reef.
There are, however, many local differences, the more important of
which will be noticed below.

The greatest length of the island is from North-East Point to
Egeria Point, a distance of about 12 miles. The greatest width is
from North-East Point to South Point (see Map), about nine
miles; the least on a line drawn north and south through Murray
Hill, about three and a half miles. ‘The total area of the island
may be roughly stated as 43 square miles. -

In giving a general account of the physical features of the island,
it will be convenient to begin with the fringing reef, and then deal
successively with the higher terraces, concluding with the plateau.
There are, besides, one or two localities which will need a some-
what more detailed description.

The Fringing Reef. (Fig. 2.)

If the coast be examined in a boat, or from the edge of the sea
cliff, it is found that round the greater part of the island there is
a submarine terrace or shelf, which varies greatly in width and in
its depth beneath the surface. At Flying Fish Cove this terrace
consists of two portions—an inner, which is partly dry at low-
water, and outside this and about two fathoms below it, a second,
which slopes away seaward to about 20-30 fathoms, beyond which
the water deepens suddenly. ‘The upper reef is best developed at
the northern and southern ends of the cove, and is almost absent in
the middle. It exactly resembles the reef flat of an atoll. At
low-water it can be seen to be composed of blocks of coral cemented
together and forming a smooth, hard surface, like concrete, bored
in all directions by marine worms. Some of the individual coral
masses are of considerable size, and the section of one spherical
mass was about four feet in diameter. On the surface of the reef
are numerous loose blocks and large plate-like masses of coral, and
towards the beach are a number of enormous masses of white
foraminiferal limestone which have fallen from the high cliff above;
some of these are 20 feet high and 30 or more long, and several
have trees growing on them. In one case a block has rolled a dis-
tance of 50 or 60 yards out on to the reef flat. At the lowest tides

6 Christmas Island—The Sea Cliff:

the greater part of the surface of the reef is covered with water
less than a foot deep, though there are a few holes of greater
depth. In some places there are clumps of a small branching
madrepore of considerable extent, the tops of which are exposed
for nearly a foot for some time at low-water. Except for these
there are only a few small corals in the deeper pools, and the chief
inhabitants of this part of the reef are holothuria and small
echinoids, which live in holes in the rock. The outer rim is raised
from a foot to eighteen inches above the surface of the water of the
lagoon. It consists mainly of flat blocks of coral overgrown and
cemented together by a thick coating of bright red nullipores, and
is cleft by numerous deep fissures and channels, through which the
water thrown over it escapes; it is on the sides of these fissures
that the corals seem to flourish best. The reef flat at the northern
end of the cove is of much the same character.

Standing on the nullipore-covered edge of this upper reef, the
outer lower reef can be seen through the one or two fathoms of
clear water that cover it. Its surface is studded with masses
of various species of corals, separated by areas of coral sand. As
above mentioned, this reef slopes away gently to about 20 fathoms,
beyond which the water deepens suddenly. At the southern end
of the bay it is interrupted, and at Smith Poimt no bottom was
found with 30 fathoms close to the cliffs.

A little south of the middle of the cove the reefs are interrupted
by a boat-channel forty to fifty yards wide, which runs up to the
beach. Its bottom slopes gently down to four or five fathoms, and
is composed of coral shingle; beyond this patches of coral appear,
and it passes into the general surface of the lower reef.

Except at West White Beach and a few small bays with beaches
on the east coast, Flying Fish Cove is the only place where any
part of the fringing reef is dry at low-water. Round the greater
part of the island the foot of the cliff is washed .by the sea at all
times of the tide, and the fringing reef, if present at all, is from
a yard to three or four fathoms below the surface, even at ebb-tide.
Here it seems to consist, on its landward side, of a platform formed
by the cutting back of the cliff by the sea, while on the seaward
portion coral is luxuriant, and is, no doubt, growing outward on
the talus resulting from the denudation of the coast.

The Sea Cliff and Beaches. (Fig. 3.)

Nearly the whole of the coastline is formed by limestone cliffs,
varying in height from about 15 to 150 fect or more. The latter
height only occurs at Steep Point, in consequence of certain
movements which will be described elsewhere ; in other places the
height seldom exceeds 50 feet. The cliffs are nearly everywhere
much undercut, and sometimes overhang to the extent of 80 feet
or more. There are numerous caves, and occasionally these have
openings on the shore terrace at some distance from the sea.

ne :
See

FiG-s 2:

Se ¥
SNe

ane

sors

Kaori

FIG. 3.—NORTH COAST LOOKING TOWARDS SMITH POINT.

8 Christmas Island.

When a heavy sea strikes the cliffs, the air is driven through these ~

passages with great violence, and sometimes accompanied by a
column of spray 60 or 70 feet high. These blowholes are most
numerous on the south coast, where the cliffs are exposed to the
heavy ocean swell caused by the south-east trade-wind, which
prevails during the greater part of the year. Along this coast the
cliffs are cut up into narrow, finger-like masses, and their summit
for some distance inland is bare of vegetation, being continually

swept by the spray. Rock-pools containing small living fish some- |

times occur on the cliff top. On the north coast, which is more rarely
exposed to a heavy sea, the cliffs often form a continuous wall for
long distances. The structure of the sea cliff will be described in
more detail in the geological part of this memoir. Here it may
be mentioned that by far the greater part of it is a section of a
recently raised fringing reef; but in some places—e g., on the east
coast—the sea has cut back to the older and more central parts of
the island, and in such places the cliff may consist largely of vol-
canic, mostly basaltic, rocks; even when this is the case, however,
the upper portion is usually formed of recent coral limestone.

In one or two places the sea cliff is interrupted by beaches of —

coral shingle. The most important of these is at Flying Fish Cove,
where it forms a crescent some 500 yards long. Towards the
southern end it is composed of sand, but to the northward it
becomes coarser and coarser, till about the middle it consists of
rolled blocks of coral, and on the foreshore masses of yellowish
limestone, apparently part of the talus derived from the cliff
behind. At the northern end it becomes finer again. In places
the shingle has been cemented into hard, compact rock, in sheets

several inches thick. The top of the beach is about 15 feet.

above low-tide level, and its slope varies much, being very steep

after a northerly or north-easterly gale, and gentler during the .

prevalence of the trade-wind, when the sea in the cove is quiet.

Behind the beach there is a broad, nearly level platform, com-
posed mainly of fragments and blocks of coral, but to some extent
also of volcanic’ and other rock derived from the cliff above.
Formerly the whole of this platform was forest-clad, and even
now much of the beach down to high-water mark is fringed with
a belt of Ironwoods ( Cordia), Waroo (Hibiscus), and Tournefortia ;
but within this much of the forest has been cleared, fruit-trees
(custard apples, limes, etc.) and coconut-palms planted, and a
number of substantial houses built. At its northern end this
platform is shut in by an inland continuation of the sea cliff
(10-20 feet), which still shows traces of wave action; and at the
back there rises in a semicircle a cliff covered almost entirely with
forest, and towards the middle of the cove towering nearly 500 feet
above the platform.

West White Beach is in some respects similar to Flying Fish
Cove, but here the platform is much narrower, and the sea cliff is
continued behind it; above this cliff there is a wide terrace, as on

The Shore Terrace. 9

other parts of the coast. In many places the beach is covered with
slabs of shore cement, but on the whole it consists of finer material
than that at the cove. Between it and Smith Point there are
three other small beaches, but these are shut in by cliffs and covered
at high-water. On the east coast there are several similar beaches
of various sizes. At one of these a bed of basalt comes out on
the shore, and over it gushes a small stream of excellent fresh
water, the volume of which seems to remain constant at all times
of the year; this waterfall is called by the Malays ‘‘ Panchoran,”’
and the bay in which it occurs may be named Panchoran Bay. On
the west coast, towards North-West Point, I saw a series of small
white beaches, which are probably covered at high-tide.

The Shore Terrace.

By this is meant the terrace extending from the top of the sea
cliff to the foot of the first inland cliff. It is the most persistent
and best defined of the terraces, being interrupted, so far as I am
aware, at Flying Fish Cove and Steep Point only. Its width
varies from nearly half a mile to less than a hundred yards.
As a rule, it slopes gently upwards to the foot of the first inland
cliff, but probably its greatest elevation is less than a hundred
feet, and its average height is not more than about fifty. At
the outer border there is usually a belt of low, jagged pinnacles,
often separated by channels running seaward, precisely like those
seen in the present fringing reef; within this is a level area
thickly covered with rich soil, and then, towards the foot of
the inland cliff, another belt covered with pinnacles and blocks
fallen from the heights above. Sometimes, however, the whole
width is a chaos of jagged pinnacles and masses of limestone,
which, when covered with jungle, is quite impassable. As already
mentioned, along the sheltered part of the north coast the forest
extends to the very edge of the cliff. Elsewhere there is usually an
outer band, where only coarse grass and a few straggling bushes of
Pemphis and Scevola will grow. Within this is a zone composed
mainly of Pandanus, Cordia, Calophyllum, Hibiscus, Pisonia, and
other sea-loving plants; these form a protection to the forest,
covering the inner part of the platform. The trees found here are
mostly large forest trees, such as occur in the higher parts of the
island. ‘The commonest forms are Gyrocarpus, Berria, Erythrina,
Ochrosia, Kleinhovia, Celtis, Terminalia, and Arenga, but there
are many others. The Gyrocarpus, which is completely bare of
leaves during the last six months of the year, gives a very peculiar
appearance to the forest during that time. Occasionally the
fairly open forest is replaced by dense jungle of pandanus and
thorny creepers.

In several places on the east coast the shore terrace is composed
largely of volcanic rocks, and since these hold up the water which
elsewhere sinks through the porous limestone, there are several

10 Christmas Island.

small brooks. These are never more than two or three hundred
yards long, and rise from springs, welling out at or near the base
of the inland cliff. Their banks are very muddy, and are burrowed
in all directions by a peculiar grey crab (Cardiosoma), which is
provided with a sort of brush on each side of the mouth, apparently
for filtering the water which enters the gill chamber.

The First Inland Cliff and Terrace. (Fig. 5.)

The first inland cliff is the most conspicuous feature in the
scenery, and in one form or another it extends round nearly the
whole island. In one place it formsa cliff with a nearly vertical face
bare of vegetation ; in another it is reduced to a talus slope of blocks
of limestone piled up in wild confusion and covered with trailing
plants and bushes ; and in others, again, it 1s replaced by a succession
of smaller cliffs and terraces of varying height and breadth, rising
step-like one behind the other. Whatever form it may take, its
summit is between 250 and 3800 feet above the sea-level. On the
east coast, about half a mile south of North-East Point, this cliff is
absent for a short distance, and on the western coast it is much less
distinctly developed than elsewhere. In many places where the
cliff face is vertical, or nearly vertical, it shows distinct traces of
wave action at two or three levels, the chief evidence of this being
lines of small caves, and in places near the foot a very distinct
and clearly comparatively recent undercutting of the face. For
instance, on the north coast, at about 20 feet above the shore plat-
form, the cliff is cut back into a shelf, above which it overhangs
considerably, and from 150 to 200 feet higher up there are less
distinct traces of a similar structure, the line of wave action being
there marked by small caves. Where the single cliff face is replaced
by a number of secondary cliffs and terraces, these also indicate
that the surface of the sea has stood at successively lower levels
with regard to the land, each cliff and terrace apparently marking
such a change of level. In places these smaller cliffs and terraces
are interrupted by gentler slopes, and one or more may disappear.
Although the terraces may be continuous for considerable dis-
tances, it is difficult to correlate those occurring in different parts
of the island. Both the mode of origin and the composition of
the first mland cliff seem to differ considerably in different places,
but these poimts will be more fully considered in the geological
section.

The terrace on the top of the first inland cliff varies much in
width and general structure. It is widest opposite the principal
headlands, where it is between a quarter and half a mile wide;
elsewhere it may be any width from less than 100 to 400 or 500
yards. It usually slopes gently seawards, sometimes becoming
steeper towards the cliff edge, which is nearly everywhere bordered
with a belt of pinnacles of coral limestone, separated by clefts and
channels often parallel to the cliff edge. In one or two places,

Inland Cliffs and Terraces. Lt

notably near the middle of the north coast, the structure is more
complex. Here, on descending the slope of the terrace towards
the cliff edge, we come first to a narrow belt of pinnacles, beyond
which is a sudden drop of about 50 feet; at the foot of the low cliff
thus formed is a perfectly level, soil-clad terrace, some 50 yards
broad, which is bounded on the outer side by lines of pinnacles
20-30 feet high, separated by winding channels with level floors ;
beyond these is a slope covered with piles of limestone blocks
extending to the cliff edge. ‘The channel included between the
low cliff and the outer belt of pinnacles extends for half a mile or
more roughly parallel to the coast, and may be either the result
of a slip downward of the outer part of the cliff, or possibly
a channel in a reef formed round the island when the sea was at
that level. Whatever its structure, this terrace is always thickly
covered with forest.

The Upper Cliffs and Terraces.

Above the first inland terrace, which, as just mentioned, varies
ereatly in width, we meet with a second inland cliff, or rather
steep rock-covered slope, for an actual cliff is only found in a few
places, as, for instance, west of the southern end of Flying Fish
Cove. Usually the limestones composing this cliff show many
traces of coral structure. At the summit there is a second terrace
sloping gently upwards towards the foot of the third inland cliff,
which forms its inland boundary. The width of this terrace, like
that of the one below, varies very much, and is greatest opposite
the headlands. It is occasionally partly covered with pinnacles
and blocks of limestone, but usually is clothed with soil, which
supports a luxuriant forest of great trees 150-200 feet high; in
some places there is thick undergrowth of Pandanus, Randia, ferns,
etc., but as a rule the forest is fairly open. The upper cliff, ike
that last described, is usually a steep talus-covered slope, with cliff
faces showing in a few places only. Along the east coast, how-
ever, the upper 40 or 50 feet may be nearly vertical for long
distances, forming a true cliff along the upper rim of the island.
For the most part the rocks composing it show few traces of coral,
and have been to a great extent dolomitized, as will be described in
the geological section.

On the south coast one or other of the upper inland cliffs is
wanting, or rather the two form a single declivity.

The Central Plateau and Hills.

Speaking generally, the whole of the upper part of the island
consists of a plain, sloping gently to the south and west, and
possessing a surface varied with shallow valleys, rounded flat-
topped hills, and low ridges and reefs of coral limestone. On the
northern and eastern sides the edge forms, in most places, a raised
rim, bounded externally by a low cliff, below which comes the

12 Christmas Island.

uppermost of the inland cliffs above described. In other places
it passes into the inland cliff by a more gentle slope. The actual
margin is usually marked by a belt of limestone pinnacles of
ereater or less width. Another notable feature is the occurrence
on the northern and eastern borders of several peculiar hills, the
long axis of which lies parallel to the edge of the plateau.

Of these hills Gannet Hill and Phosphate Hill (see Map and
Figs. 4A, B) may be taken as typical. If the former be approached
from the westward, it will be found that the plateau slopes very
gently up to its foot; then there is a steep slope, from 50 to 60 feet
high, and above this a level surface from 100 to 200 yards wide.
On the outer edge of this, and rising abruptly from it, is a belt of
limestone pinnacles, some of which are more than 10 feet high;

FIGURE 4.
A slope strewn with blocks funnaces of dolomutce Limestone
of Phosphate of Lime <a
Pialeau ; Wh.

ek wand aiff )

E
GANNET HILtL

B

: low af of limestone
r Lerrace

CHOS PHA TE wie

Cc low cliff of dolomilic Limestone

talus slope lo
Dom fufler lerrace

NORTHERN EDGE OF PLATEAU

beyond these is a steep slope covered with a wild confusion of
blocks and pinnacles of limestone. The top of the hill is about
850 feet above the sea, while that of the plateau within is some
50 feet lower, at least at the northern end. Towards the south
_the difference becomes less and less, till the ridge completely
disappears. The inland slope is strewn with blocks cf phosphate
of lime, and the whole, as far as the belt of pinnacles, is covered
with a forest of lofty trees; the outer slopes are clothed with
thorny creepers and low trees.

Phosphate Hill, which forms the north-eastern angle of the
plateau, is much more extensive, and in the northern part at least
there is no distinct belt of pinnacles forming its outer border, but,
instead, a fairly gentle slope, terminating in a low limestone cliff,
below which is the level upper terrace. The whole of the summit,
as well as the northern and western flanks of this hill, is thickly

Central Plateau and Hills. 13

covered with a bed of blocks of phosphatic rock, which in a few
places can be seen to rest on a highly dolomitized limestone,
showing few or no traces of organic structure. The whole of the
slopes and terraces below this hill are thickly strewn with nodules
of the phosphate, and fragments of this substance are found enclosed
in the more recent limestones forming the lowest cliffs.

Another form assumed by the raised rim of the plateau occurs on
the northern side (Fig. 4C). Here it forms a flat surface 200 or
300 yards broad, on the inner side of which there is a sudden
drop of 10-15 feet to the plateau, forming a low cliff of cavernous
dolomitic limestone, which can be traced some distance. On the
outer side is a steep slope, covered with talus, leading down to the
level upper terrace. The flat surface is similar to the reef flat of
an atoll, the inner cliff to the sudden drop of two or three fathoms
which often occurs on the lagoon side of the reef flat, and the
talus slope represents the reef slope on the seaward side. Much,
however, remains to be done in the examination of the limestones
before it can be definitely decided whether this interpretation of
the physical features described is the correct one.

Here and there on the surface of the plateau, particularly on the
northern portion, there are groups of limestone pinnacles of fan-
tastic shape, often 15 feet or more in height; these do not usually
show many traces of coral structure, but are largely composed of
fragments of branching Lithothamnion, Halimeda, and many pieces
of Carpenteria, all evidences of shallow-water conditions. In other
places in the northern angle of the plateau, just beneath the soil,
and forming slight ridges, is a chalk-like rock, showing, as a rule,
no trace of organic structure, but in the centre of the larger blocks
there is sometimes a hard unaltered core, which contains delicate
shelled foraminifera and some Lzthothamnion. This rock was most
probably a chalky mud deposited in a quiet corner of the lagoon.
Another characteristic feature of this northern region is the
occurrence of rounded hills, often less than 50 feet high: their
lower portion is a soil-clad slope, and the flat-topped summit is
composed of much fissured limestone, forming lines by pinnacles
separated by deep fissures and channels. The whole is covered
with thick forest.

Farther south there are two or three ridges running in an
approximately east-and-west direction and having their longest
slope to the south, so that the plateau descends in that direction
to about 500 feet. It seems not impossible that these ridges may,
in part at least, represent the uppermost cliff of the northern
and eastern sides, and that when the sea stood at about this level
the coast, or more probably the submerged reef of the southern side
of the island, formed a wide bay opening towards the south-west.
The southern slopes of these ridges are largely formed by bare
limestone, often full of coral, and here and there, on the level
also, there are considerable areas covered with reefs split up into
pinnacles of rock by winding channels and deep fissures.

14 Christmas Island— Valleys.

The western flank of the island differs considerably from the
north and east, the upper cliffs being represented apparently by
gentle slopes, and even the first inland cliff, except towards North-
West Point (Fig. 5) and Egeria Point, is less clearly defined than
elsewhere. Another peculiar feature is the occurrence of several
narrow dales or gorges running towards the coast in a direction
a little south of west. Some of these cut down to the sea-level,
others open out on the shore terrace (as above defined). In
several cases their floor is formed by volcanic rock, and in the
wet season they are traversed by a sinall stream which descends to
the sea in a succession of falls and rapids. At the time of my visit
(October) there was no water in any of these valleys except one
towards the north (see Map, Hugh’s Dale); but the rounded steps
and boulders, both of limestone and basalt, show that a considerable
volume of water must pass during the rains. The surface of the
basalt is often covered with a thick coat of lime deposited from
the water. Some of the falls are of considerable size; one in
Sidney’s Dale, formed by the edge of a bed of basalt, is 40 feet
high by about 30 broad.

The cliffs shutting in the valley are sometimes 50 to 60 feet
high. They are generally much more developed on one side than
the other; and on the northern side there may be merely a steep
slope, while on the southern there is a vertical cliff. The mode
of formation of these valleys will be considered in the geological
section, but it may be here mentioned that although water has
no doubt helped to deepen them—and in the case of those which
reach the sea, has cut through the shore terrace and sea cliff—
they do not appear to owe their origin to this agency.

From time to time a good deal of slipping and faulting has
taken place round the flanks of the island, and in some localities
has been so extensive as to materially modify the arrangement of
the inland cliffs and terraces.

Perhaps the most extensive of the slips that have taken place is
on the east coast a little south of North-East Poimt and beneath
the eastern slopes of Phosphate Hill. Here for some distance the
first and second inland cliffs, or the slopes representing them, are
interrupted by a precipice, the upper edge of which is from five
to six hundred feet above the sea-level; the lower third or so is
covered with a talus of immense blocks of limestone. This cliff
seems to be the result of the slipping down of an outer portion
of the island, extending inland nearly as far as the cliff spoken of
above as the third inland cliff. This movement must have taken
place before the elevation which gave rise to the present shore
terrace and sea cliff, since these are continuous with those to the
north and south, and can be seen to consist, here as elsewhere, of
a raised fringing reef, which has here grown out upon the foot of
the talus slope above mentioned, and sometimes has included fallen
blocks within itself. ;

North of the high cliff just noticed the first inland cliff is

-WEST POINT FROM THE NORTH

NORTH

5

FIG

FIG. 6.—STEEP POINT FROM THE NORTH.

16 Christmas Island—Coves.

resumed; but it is of a different character from that found elsewhere
on the north and east coast, and consists of Miocene limestones. It
seems probable that this cliff likewise is the result of a slipping
down of the seaward portions of the island, and on the terrace
above it there are several ridges marking similar slips of less extent.
The cliff on the southern side of the headland of Egeria Point
shows signs of a similar origin, and there it can be clearly seen
that a number of minor slips have occurred, giving rise to several
small vertical cliffs which do not extend any great distance and
occur at different levels; they are all situated above the main
cliff face.

Although, as already stated, the main slipping occurred before
the elevation of the present shore terrace, similar movements of
small extent have taken place since, and at North-East Point itself
a distinct fault, with a throw of about five feet, cuts across the
shore terrace and runs out to sea in a north-easterly direction.

At Steep Point (Fig. 6) a dislocation of a somewhat different
character has occurred. There little downward displacement has
taken place, but the projecting angle of the island which forms the
headland has split away from the main mass and tilted slghtly
outward in such a way that it is separated from the main mass of
the island by a narrow valley. The result of this is that at the
Point the shore terrace is interrupted for some distance, and the
sea washes the base of what is elsewhere the first inland cliff, but
which here forms a fine headland, with a vertical chff some 150 to
200 feet high. This dislocation also took place before the elevation
of the present shore terrace, and there is some evidence that the
bottom of the narrow valley, marking the line of fracture, was for
a time, at least in part, filled with water, and Steep Point Hull
must then have formed a small island, or was perhaps joined to
the mainland by a small isthmus formed by talus.

Besides Steep Point, Flying Fish Cove is the only place round
the island where the shore terrace is interrupted, and here also this
seems to have been the result of the slipping of the outer portion
of the lofty cliff, but in this case the talus has accumulated in such
a way as to form the foundation of the crescent-shaped platform on
which the settlement stands, and to make the submarine slopes
sufficiently gentle to allow the fairly broad fringing reef to grow
outward, giving rise to the present anchorage. The structure of
Flying Fish Cove will be described in greater detail in the geological
section. |

Cracking and slipping of the outer flanks of the island may be
said to be universal, and in the neighbourhood of Flying Fish Cove
both the sea cliff and even the present reef can pe seen to be fissured
by cracks, traceable for several hundred yards and running roughly
parallel to the coastline. This circumstance gives a key to many
peculiar, and at first incomprehensible, features on some of the
higher terraces.

Climate and Meteorology. bz

Climate.

The climate of Christmas Island is both pleasant and healthy.
During the greater part of the year the weather is much like that
of a hot, dry, English summer, tempered nearly always by a
steady sea-breeze from the E.S.E., which is generally fairly cool,
and keeps the temperature very even day and night. The
maximum temperature (in the shade) recorded during my stay was
89° Fahr. on November 20th; the minimum (night) was 70° Fahr.
on February 138th, when it was raining heavily. The greatest
range in twenty-four hours was 14°. The average daily maximum
and minimum may be taken as about 84° Fahr. and 75° Fahr.
respectively, the former occurring an hour or two after midday, the
latter shortly before sunrise. The average temperature of the
surface of the sea, deduced from several observations, is about 83°.

The prevalent wind is the S.E., or rather E.S.E., trade-wind,
which blows the greater part of the year (about 300 days on an
average). From May to December it is almost uninterrupted, but
during the earlier months of the year, which are the rainy season
in the island, the wind occasionally shifts round to the N. and N.E.,
and sometimes blows hard from these directions, accompanied by
heavy rains. At such times Flying Fish Cove, which during the
prevalence of the trade- wind forms a sheltered anchorage, is
exposed to a heavy sea, which breaks on the reef with great
violence, the spray filling the whole valley and drifting up the
high cliff like smoke. The beach is piled up till it is nearly
vertical, and at high tide a little water is sometimes spilled over
its edge on to the platform behind. During these periods many
birds of passage, such as wagtails, whimbrel, swallows, etc., reach
the island, often in a very exhausted condition, and several new
kinds of moths and butterflies, not seen at other times, were
obtained. Even if the northerly wind only lasts a few hours
swarms of dragon-flies nearly always arrive; after two or three
weeks they disappear again.

Except for showers at night on the higher parts of the island,
almost the whole rainfall occurs from December to May inclusive ;
during these months there are sometimes heavy downpours lasting
several days, but as a rule the mornings are fine. At these times
the rain nearly always comes when the wind shifts round towards
the north. In the dry season (May—December) the vegetation is
kept fresh by very heavy dews and occasional showers at night.
These latter often occur on the uplands of the island, and seem
to be caused by the chilling of the E.S.E. wind, which results in
the formation of clouds over the high land.

The meteorological peculiarities of the island no doubt depend on
its situation close to the southern lmit of the monsoon. From
towards the end of the year till May the northern horizon is nearly
always marked by a cloud-bank, even when the trade-wind is
blowing on the island, and, as shown above, it is only occasionally

Cc

18 Christmas Island—The Soil.

that the N. and N.E. wind extends as far south as the island,
bringing with it unsettled weather.

Unfortunately no rain-gauge' was taken, so that accurate
measurements of the rainfall were not made; but the luxuriance
of the vegetation over the whole island, the fact that under fallen
logs the soil is generally moist, and the presence of perennial
springs on the east coast, are sufficient evidences that the amount is
large." Owing to the porous nature of the limestones and the
depth of the soil, there is a complete absence of standing water
and of marshy ground, except close to the small stream on the east
coast; and though, no doubt, it is to this circumstance that the
island owes its extreme healthiness, still the lack of easily
accessible water on the higher ground is a drawback which has
to be reckoned with. Wherever water is found it is held up by
the volcanic rock, and since in many places this occurs at no great
depth, borings will probably give an abundant supply without
much difficulty.

The Soil.

The soil which covers the greater part of the terraces and
plateau, with the exception of the areas occupied by the reefs and
groups of pinnacles described above, is a rich brown loam, often
strewn with nodules of phosphate and here and there with frag-
ments of volcanic rock. One of the most notable features about
the island is the great depth to which, in many places, the soil
extends. For instance, near the northern angle of the plateau
Mr. Ross sank a well nearly forty feet without reaching the bed
rock, and even on the shore terrace near Flying Fish Cove a shaft
some fifteen feet deep was entirely in soil in which some blocks of
limestone were embedded. Reefs of bare limestone may occur quite
close to such places, and it appears therefore that the soil fills great
inequalities in the surface of the island. It seems impossible that
a soil so abundant can have resulted merely from the disintegration
of limestone and the decay of vegetation, and no doubt it is to a
considerable extent the product of tke decomposition of volcanic
rock which must have been exposed in many places on the higher
land, either in consequence of the incompleteness of the limestone
covering of the volcanic basis of the island, or through the removal
of portions of that covering through denudation, or possibly in a
few cases through the extrusion of volcanic material in the form
of lava-flows or tuff beds.

1 In Colonial Report No. 257 on the Cocos-Keeling and Christmas Islands,
paragraph 36, it is stated that owing to injuries received by the meteorological
instruments while in my hands, Mr. A. Ross had been unable to keep the records
for the previous year. This is inaccurate. The thermometer by means of which
Mr. Ross recorded the temperatures in former years was never in my hands, and,
except perhaps a small pocket aneroid, there were not, to my knowledge, an
other meteorological instruments on the island. .

The Inhabitants. 19

It will be: necessary in the future to exercise considerable care
both in the clearing of the forest and in the introduction of animals,
such as pigs and goats, likely to lead to its destruction, for if
the disafforesting of the island were carried out to any very great
extent the rainfall would be at once reduced, and there would be
danger lest the torrential downpours of the wet season should lead
to the gradual removal of much of the soil left unprotected by
vegetation.

Inhabitants and Present Condition of the Island.

At the time of the visit of H.M.S. ‘Egeria”’ (Captain Aldrich),
in 1887, the island was found to be entirely uninhabited, and
there was no indication that it had ever been occupied. A few
ships, probably whalers, seemed to have touched at Flying Fish
Cove, for some of the large trees had letters cut on them [3],
and Mr. Andrew Clunies Ross told me that there was a report
current in Batavia that some thirty years ago five men of
a Dutch vessel were cast away on the south-east coast, where
they remained for several months. One of the party is said to
have died, and the others were at last rescued by a Dutch ship.
Captain Maclear also mentions [3] that one of his officers heard
a similar report. ;

Towards the end of 1887 the rocks collected during the visit
of H.M.S. ‘‘Kgeria’”? were submitted to Dr. (now Sir John)
Murray for examination, and he detected among the specimens
from the higher parts of the island some which consisted of nearly
pure phosphate of lime; it is to this discovery that the island owes
its further development.

Early in 1888 Dr. Murray sent Dr. H. B. Guppy to explore the
island and work out its structure. He went to Batavia, and thence
paid a visit to the Cocos-Keeling Islands, of which he has given
a valuable account ;1 but as far as Christmas Island was concerned
the expedition miscarried, and he returned to England in February,
1889, without having reached it.

In the meanwhile Sir John Murray had given such information
to the Government as led to the annexation of the island in June,
1888, as already mentioned above (p. 2), and in November of the
same year a settlement was established at Flying Fish Cove by
Mr. G. Clunies Ross, of Cocos-Keeling Island, and since that date
this gentleman’s brother, Mr. Andrew Clunies Ross, with his
family and a few Cocos-Island Malays, have resided there almost
continuously. By them houses were built, wells were dug, and
small clearings for planting coffee, coconut-palms, bananas, and
other plants were made in the neighbourhood of Flying Fish Cove.

1 Scottish Geographical Magazine, vol. v (1889), pp. 281, 457, 569.

20 Christmas Island.

In February, 1891, Sir John Murray and Mr. G. Clunies Ross
were granted a lease of the island by the British Government, and
in 1895-6 Mr. Sidney Clunies Ross made explorations in the higher
part of the island, resulting in the discovery of large deposits of
phosphate of lime. Finally, in 1897 the leaseholders sold their
lease to a small company, in the possession of which the island still
remains.

During my visit a number of Malay coolies were imported to
clear the forest for making roads. One of these roads was made
from Flying Fish Cove to the east coast, another to Phosphate
Hill, and a third from West White Beach to the west and south
coast, and by these the further exploration of the island was much
facilitated. Another result of these clearings is that the spread
of various plants introduced for food is rendered much more rapid,
and in the neighbourhood of the settlement several species have
already run wild and are entering into competition with the native
flora. The most successful of these newly introduced species are
the ‘chillie,’ which already forms dense masses on the shore
terrace near Flying Fish Cove, and the papaia, seedlings of which
are very numerous in the same locality, and were also noticed here
and there along the Phosphate Hill and south-east roads. In
both these instances man, no doubt, has been mainly responsible
for the dispersal of the seeds, but in the case of the chillies birds.
have probably assisted. Other plants will certainly follow, and
in a few years a number will have established themselves at the
expense of the native flora.

Since my stay in the island nearly two hundred Chinese have
been imported, and the presence of these men will doubtless lead to
the introduction and dispersal of other species of plants and animals,
and at the same time, judging from recent reports, it will bring
about a very considerable reduction in the numbers of the rats.

In addition to the Malays and Chinese, there are now on the
island eight Europeans (including the wife and two children of
Mr. W. A. Wilkinson, the Company’s engineer) and five Sikh
police.

At present the chief plants introduced include coconut-palm,
date-palm, bamboo, sugar-cane, banana, pineapple, pomegranate,
papaia, nutmeg, cacao, coffee, chillies, custard-apple, pumpkins,
gourds, maize, tobacco, Cassza siamea, and probably several others..
Of some of these only a few plants exist, and some no doubt will
prove unsuitable to the new conditions of life.

Scarcely any domestic animals have been yet introduced. There —
are a few ducks and fowls, a number of dogs, necessary to keep:
down the rats in the settlement, a goat, and one or two pigs. The
cat fortunately has not been taken to the island, and its intro-
duction should certainly be avoided, for if it were to increase to any
great extent the sea-birds, which are an important source of food,
would probably be destroyed or their numbers greatly diminished..
At present neither the Norway rat nor the house -mouse has.

Imported Animals. 21

reached the island ; but when large ships call at the island and
stay there for some time, the arrival of these animals is inevitable.
Probably a few insects, arachnids, and myriopods may have come
from the Cocos-Keeling Islands and Java in Mr. Ross’s vessels, and,
in fact, I have seen two or three large centipedes which arrived in
coconut-leayes which were imported for thatching. The number
of forms thus introduced must, however, be very small, since the
visits of these vessels only occur at intervals of several months.

It seems advisable to give these details as to the present condition
of the island, because, although they are unimportant in themselves,
they may be of considerable interest if the locality be again examined

a few years hence.

CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

ZOOLOGY.

eee

MAMMATITA.
By C. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.Z.S.

As might be expected in an oceanic island, the mammals are
both few in number and of small size. The collections brought
back by the officers of H.M.S. ‘‘ Flying Fish” and by Mr. Lister
included two species of rat (Mus macleart and I. nativitatis),
a large fruit-bat (Pteropus natalis), and a shrew (Crocidura
Juliginosa, var. trichura); a small insectivorous bat was seen,
but no specimens were obtained. Unfortunately no additions
have been made to this list, but further information as to the
habits and other points of interest have been obtained, and the
small bat is now described for the first time.

The conditions of life are apparently extremely favourable, food
being always abundant, and the hawk and owl, which are the only
possible enemies, feeding mainly on birds and insects. The con-
sequence of this is that all the species of mammals are extremely
common, and the individuals are always exceedingly fat. Perhaps
Mus nativitatis, the bull-dog rat as the Cocos Islanders have
named it, is the least numerous, probably because of some
competition with the much more active and versatile I, maeleari,
but most specimens of If, nativitatis have a layer of fat from half
to three-quarters of an inch thick over most of the dorsal surface
of the body. The fruit-bats are likewise invariably in remarkably
good condition, and considerable quantities of oil can be obtained
from them.

With the exception of the small bat, all the species have been
described by Mr. O. Thomas in two papers’ dealing with the
collections made by the officers of H.M.S. “‘ Flying Fish” and
by Mr. J. J. Lister. Huis descriptions will be here reprinted, with
such additions as the increased material renders possible and with

some notes on the habits of the several species.

1 P.Z.8., 1887, pp. 511-514, pls. xli, xlii; and 1888, pp. 532-534.

Mammalia. 23

1. Pteropus natalis, Thomas. (Plate I.)
PZ.N., 188%, ps oll,

Mr. Thomas’s description of this species, founded upon two adult
females and a new-born male, is given below :—

‘Colour (?) uniformly deep shining -black all over, the only
variation in tone being that while the head is absolutely black
there is a faint brownish tinge in the fur of the body. Fur thick,
soft, woolly, more so, of course, upon the head and neck than on
the back, but nowhere really straight; on the fore limbs above
it extends along the humerus, and thinly along the proximal half
of the forearm; on the back its least breadth is about 23 inches ;
on the hind limbs it extends thinly to about half-way down the
tibia. Below, the humerus, proximal half of forearms, hind limbs
to just below the knee, and wing membranes between the body and

Fic. 7.—Skull and Mandible of Pteropus natalis, showing dentition.
Natural size.

a line drawn from the centre of the forearm to the knee, are all
thinly clothed with scattered woolly black hairs. Muzzle broad
and obtuse. lars rather short; laid forward, they barely reach
to the posterior canthus of the eye; their anterior edges evenly but
slightly convex, their tips pointed or narrowly rounded off, their
outer margins straight or faintly concave for their upper half,
markedly convex for their lower; their basal half thinly hairy
internally ; their distal half quite naked, black. Wings arising
on the back about an inch apart. Interfemoral membrane narrow,
quite hidden in the fur.

‘“‘ Teeth, especially the canines, small and short. Upper incisors,
forming an evenly curved series, touching one another, their total

24 Christmas Island.

breadth 5mm. Canines short, 5 mm. from cingulum to tip behind,
thin, and acutely pointed; their postero -internal basal ledge
proportionally rather broad. Anterior premolars minute or absent.
Posterior premolars and first molar short, evenly oval in section ;
the surface of the molars and last premolar singularly smooth and
rounded; the cusps but little developed, and merely consisting
of low rounded ridges; last molar circular in section, rather larger
than one of the outer incisors, about 1:5 mm. in diameter.

‘‘ Lower incisors small, separated in the centre, the inner about
half the size of the outer, the combined diameters of those of each
side 2mm. Canines proportionally still shorter than in the upper
jaw, 3°5 mm. from cingulum to tip behind; their basal ledge broad.
Anterior premolar very large, nearly fillmg up the space between
the canine and second premolar, its size in cross section nearly
equal to that of the canine. Molars smooth and rounded, as in
the upper jaw. Last molar in section about one-third the size
of the anterior premolar, and three-quarters that of the last
upper molar.

‘Dimensions of the type, specimen a, an adult female in spirit:
Head and body, 210 mm.; head, 61 ; muzzle, 22; ear, above crown,
26; from notch at base, 28; forearm, 127 (=5-°0 inches); thumb,
without claw, 43; index finger, 90; tibia, 62; caleaneum, 21.

‘“‘Skull: Basal length, 52mm.; greatest breadth, 30; supra-
orbital foramen to tip of nasals, 24:5; interorbital breadth, 6:5;
intertemporal breadth, 5:0; breadth from tip to tip of postorbital
processes, 19:1; palate, length 32, breadth outside first molar 16:0;
length of first molar 5:0.

‘Tt is unfortunate that of this new species the only specimens
of any use for description are females, since it might happen that,
as is sometimes the case in Pf. nicobaricus, while the females are
wholly black, the males have the usual yellow or orange tippet.
It is therefore much to be hoped that male specimens will soon be
obtained and the point settled. In any case, however, Pt. natalis
is a very well-marked species. From Pt. nicobaricus it may be
distinguished by its much smaller size and smaller, shorter molars,
and especially by its much shorter and feebler canines, the latter
character, in fact, distinguishing it from all the other allied species
except Pt. lombocensis. Pt. pselaphon, another woolly-black. species
of about the same size, a native of Bonin, may be separated at
once by its hairy legs, the hind limbs being closely haired night
down to the feet. P¢. gouldi, also generally black, has a forearm
165 mm. long, and has also large teeth and long canines bearing
no resemblance to those of the present species.

‘‘On the whole P#. natalis seems to be most nearly allied to
Pt. lombocensis, Dobs.,1 as yet only known from Lombock, which

1 Cat. Chir. B.M., p. 34 (1878).

Mammalia. 25

also has similarly short canines, and is of about the same size.
That animal, however, is of a dull light-brown colour, with the
neck pale yellow. Its teeth, especially the anterior molar, are
narrower and lighter than those of Pt. melas; the first lower pre-
molar and the last molars both above and below are much smaller,
and the basal ledges to the canines are decidedly narrower than in
Pt. natalis. In the skull, again, Pt. lombocensis has a shorter,
broader muzzle, greater spread of zygomata, broader interorbital
space, and larger postorbital processes than the present species.
Of course, in comparing the colours of these two species the
question of sex again arises, as the only known specimens of
Pt. lombocensis are both males; but considering not only the
differences in the skull and teeth, but also the fact that even
if the male of P¢. natalis have a yellow tippet, it would in all
probability have at least its head and body jet-black, like the
female, I should certainly not be justified in assigning the Christmas
Island specimens to Pt. lombocensis. It should also be noticed that
the little hair that has appeared on the crown and between the
shoulders of specimen c, a newborn male, is woolly black ; its neck
is unfortunately still entirely naked.”

The above description was founded upon female specimens.
In some males, probably old individuals, there is a distinct trace
of the tippet, m the shape of a band of brownish fur most
conspicuous on the sides of the neck and narrowing towards the
middle of the back, where it is interrupted by a strip of black fur
like that covering the rest of the body. Scattered through the
fur there are a few white hairs or white banded with brown. The
fur of the lumbar region is smooth and straight.

This species is very common all over the island, and at the
settlement causes great destruction of fruit, particularly of papaias
and bananas. When the wild fruits are ripe comparatively few
of these bats visit the gardens, but great numbers may be seen
feeding in the forest. The wild fruits to which they are most
destructive seem to be those of the ‘Saoh’ (Szderorylon) and the
“Gatet’ (Jnocarpus).

One remarkable point about this species is, that it has to a very
great extent abandoned the nocturnal habits usual in the group.
Several might often be seen sailing and circling high in the air in
the hot sunlight, sometimes even at midday, and I have also
frequently seen them feeding in the daytime.’ The cry is a very
loud, harsh screech, apparently uttered both during the inspiration
as well as the expiration of the breath. At the end of July I shot

1 Macgillivray has recorded that on Fitzroy Island he saw great numbers of
Pteropus conspicillatus flying in bright daylight. (Voyage of the ‘‘ Rattlesnake,”
vol. i, p. 96.)

26. Christmas Island.

a female carrying a well-grown young one, but was never able to
obtain another specimen in this condition. Towards the end of
December several foetal specimens, some near the term, were
obtained. At this season most of the females seem to live in the
deeper parts of the forest, and nine out of ten of the specimens
killed near the settlement were males. Shortly afterwards these
also began to disappear, and it was not till March that they again
became numerous in the clearings. At this time a dead tree near
the east coast was seen covered with hundreds of these bats, but
a week or two afterwards they had completely forsaken it.
Measurements of specimens in the present collection are given
below :—

Head and Body. Hind-foot. Far.
S 190 mm. ee 37 mm. wind 28 mm.
g 198) ae hand We oh =.
a 180 ,, auatagae at Cas
S LON 55 ae 40 ,, sae 28) Ge
fo) i PT Ie o) a
Q 180... i mie Se.
y LOE. iss oe 36 5 i 20° oxy
Q 193; Ak ok a a ae
Q 180... ubnge te Lo 2g

2. Pipistrellus murrayi, sp.n.

Muzzle obtuse, but less so than in P. abramus; the glandular
prominences rather well marked.

Ears triangular, with broadly rounded tips, relatively longer and
narrower than in P. abramus; outer border somewhat concave.
Tragus with parallel borders and rounded tip; anterior border
straight, posterior convex.

Feet small; wing membrane attached just below base of toes.
Distinct post-calcaral lobe. Last caudal vertebra (2 mm.) free.
Fur covers about the upper third of the humerus and half the
femur; it extends very slightly on to the body membrane. On
the ventral surface the fur scarcely extends below anus, but sparse
hairs clothe the interfemoral membrane nearly to the tip of
the taal.

Colour, a dark brown with yellowish tips to the hairs, but some
specimens are a distinctly reddish brown. Fur on dorsal surface
long and thick. In front of ear and round eye the skin is nearly
bare, and the same is the case with the tip of the muzzle.

The outer incisor is rather longer than the outer cusp of the
inner, and on its postero-external surface the cingulum bears
a small but distinct cusp.

The lower incisors slightly crowded. The point of the first
premolar is visible through space between the canine and p.m. 2.

This species is considerably smaller than P. abramus and the
common Pipistrelle. It is larger and much darker in colour than

~

Mammalia. 27

P. pachypus, and in point of size comes very near to P. tenuis,
which, however, is distinguished from it by its much blacker tint,
and the complete absence of the rufous tinge which is noticeable
to a greater or less extent in all the specimens of the present
species. In P. tenuis also the outer incisor is stouter than the
outer cusp of the inner. /P. zndicus is brighter-coloured and some-
what larger.

The measurements of this species are as follows :—

Type Head and

Specimen. Body. Tail. Ear. Hind-foot. Forearm.
So Paeenlo 6) Oe Tn. ... LO. mm... 7), DO. ok EM.
bg 22S DS rates BESy sur PGrat © pice ie abe
a. 2 ont MaRS fees tpemee). ta Kpimueeee, eBaalts,
c. 2 EE PO aor Rae SB ey BOh
a.@° 25 Ply aie | Us eens DON east Rue LOO so, nse ek ae
e. 9 Ea OR ee ge Bp i G5...) x.lvginare,

The above measurements are taken from spirit specimens. The
length of the tail is given approximately only.

The following measurements are from freshly-killed specimens :—

Head and Body. — Tail. Kar. Hind-foot. Forearm.
Pee sas, os (rim... “Simm. .....° 6mm. ...,- 3). mm:
g Pena Sa, akin oie Fo gD.
2 ee eee te oe Oxy ws OUD 4,
° et em me mni gues Lo ge ro Sy
Q SMe Qe eG en Bae,

3. Crocidura fuliginosa, Blyth, var. trichura, Dobson.

Sorex fuliginosus, Blyth: Journ. Roy. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, xxiv, p. 362.
Crocidura fuliginosa, var. trichura, Dobson: P.Z.S8., 1888, p. 532.

The Christmas Island shrew was described by Dobson as a local
variety of Crocidura fuliginosa (Blyth), a species occurring in the
Eastern Himalayas, Assam, and Tenasserim. His description is as
follows :—

‘This variety differs from the typical form in the much greater
length of the tail, which also, unlike most specimens of that species,
is beset with long fine hairs.

‘“‘ In the shape of the skull and teeth and in all other characters
it so closely resembles typical examples of C. fuliginosa that I
hesitate to consider it more than a local variety of that species.”

The specimen which Dobson took as type seems to have possessed
an exceptionally long tail, some 10 mm. longer than the head and
body. In .most of my specimens measured in the flesh the tail is
shorter (in one case by 10 mm.) than the head and body, and in one
or two specimens only is it slightly longer. Nevertheless, since in
all the specimens from the island the tail differs from that of the
typical form in being thickly covered with fine hairs, it will be
best to retain Dobson’s varietal name t¢richura.

28 Christmas Island.

Measurements of the specimens obtained are given below :—

Head and Body. Tail. Far. Hind-foot.
3} 72 mm. Hah 75 mm. “a 7 mm. ase 15 mm.
3 65 ,, ae OS Gs “te ents see LG; 53
Ss 710" 'y3 se de fe lO Mig ove ee
g Fad Fon 1 Sot Tibia 3
g (oles nic yaaa eee vo» ot eee
g ee eee pee o uae PN Re TA Pe po
2 Gio 55 ale 62°55, =o T 15 ry 14°';,
2 ft hee | UOner ee eval tg ses 1s | ae
Q gai. Ware es ees — |
Q WO cent 9 \, . 0 =e

The measurements of Dobson’s type are—
Head and body, 70mm. ; tail, 80mm.; hind-foot, 16 mm.

This little animal is extremely common all over the island, and
at night its shrill squeak, like the cry of a bat, can be heard on
all sides. It lives in holes in rocks and roots of trees, and seems
to feed mainly on small beetles.

4. Mus nativitatis, Thomas. (Plate II.)
P.Z.S., 1888, pp. 533-4.

Mr. Thomas’s description of this species 1s given below :—

Head Hind Forearm Heel to
and Tail. Foot x and Ear. front of
Body. * | Hand. last footpad.
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.
a. (type) .| 254 176 54 66 | 20x17 26°6
DG ee 264 175 54 65 18x17 27°3

‘Skull: Basal length 46°8, greatest breadth 24°8 ; nasals, length
20:5; interorbital breadth, 8-7 ; interparietal, length 7:1, breadth
12°5; infraorbital foramina, length of outer wall 4:1, breadth
from outer corner of one to that of the other 13: 4 ; palate, length
26°7, breadth outside m.’ 9:0, inside m.’ 4°5; diastema, 15°5;
length of anterior palatine foramina, 9°38 ; length of upper molar
series, 7°6. Lower jaw, length (bone only) 30, (to incisor-tips)
34°6; greatest height, obliquely, from coronoid to angle, 15.

‘« Size large; form thick and clumsy, the limbs and tail stout and
heavy, but the head peculiarly small, slender, and delicate. General
colour dark umber-brown all over, the belly not or scarcely
lighter than the back. Ears small, laid forward they barely reach
to the posterior canthus of the eye. Fur of back, long, thick, and

Mammalia. 29

coarse, but without the extremely long piles so characteristic of
M. macleari, the longest hairs being about 40 or 45 mm. in length.
Hands and feet very thick and heavy; the claws, especially on
the fore feet, enormously broad and strong, not compressed, more
than twice the size of those of JL macleari, and evidently modified
for burrowing. Palms and soles naked, smooth; the pads broad,
low, and rounded, unusually little prominent; last hind foot pad
elongate. Tail shorter than the body without the head, very
thick, evenly tapering, nearly or quite naked ; its scales triangular,
very large, the rimgs averaging about seven or eight to the
centimetre ;* its colour uniform blackish brown throughout, above
and below, the white skin, however, showing to a certain extent
between the scales.

“Skull? disproportionally small, light, and delicate ; compared
with that of AZ. macleari it is slightly shorter and very considerably
narrower. Supraorbital edges evenly divergent, slightly beaded,
but without any marked postorbital thickening. Outer plate of
anterior zygoma-root short and weak, scarcely projected forwards.
Anterior palatine foramina long, reaching backwards just to the
level of the front of m., Bulle rather larger than in JL. macleari,
but far smaller than in J/. everetii. Lower jaw very thin and
slender, contrasting very markedly with JL macleari in this respect.

‘¢'Teeth* small and weak, their structure as usual. Front of
incisors orange above, yellow below.

‘‘This fine rat cannot possibly be confounded with any other
known species of the genus.’ Its size, peculiarly small and deli-
cate head, short unicolor tail, large hands and feet, and powerful
digging claws, separate it at once from any of its congeners. In
some respects it agrees with the description given long ago by
Hermann of his Mus yavanus,* but its brown under-side and naked
tail prove that it is not really the same, and it is probable that
Hermann’s description was merely founded on an unusually large
specimen of Mus decumanus.

‘‘The presence of a second large rat in such a small island as
Christmas Island is a very noteworthy fact, and recalls the state
of things existing im Guadalcanar, Solomon Islands, where two
still larger rats, Jus imperator and I. rex, one terrestrial and
fossorial and the other arboreal, live side by side in the same

locality.” °

1 Ten to twelve in IW. macleari.

2 For figures of the skull and teeth see Plate II (dis), figs. 2, 4, 5, 9, 10.

3 Mus infraluteus, a species from Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo, described
by Mr. Thomas (Ann. and Mag. N. H. (6), ii, p. 409) since the above was
written, has a considerable superficial resemblance to UW. nativitatis. Its tail,
however, is longer, and its skull is large and heavy, in due proportion to the size
of the body.

4 Obs. Zool., p. 63 (1804).

5 See supra, pp. 479-481.

30 Christmas Island.

To the above account it need only be added that some specimens
are of a much warmer brown than others, a difference that occurs
irrespective of sex. In some individuals there is a small irregular
patch of white fur on the belly. In very young specimens the fur
is a bluish black. The mammary formula is 0 —38 = 6.

This rat, though very numerous in places, especially on the hills,
e.g. Phosphate Hill, is very much less common than J. macleart.
I never saw one in Flying Fish Cove, though they certainly have
been killed there. They seem to live in small colonies in burrows,
often among the roots of a tree, and occasionally several may be
found living in the long, hollow trunk of a fallen and half-decayed
sago-palm (Arenga listert). The food consists of wild fruits,
young shoots, and, I believe, the bark of some trees. JL. nativitatis
is a much more sluggish animal than J/. maclearz, and, unlike it,
never climbs trees; and it is difficult to avoid the belief that the
former species is being supplanted by the latter in spite of the
abundance of food. Both animals are strictly nocturnal, and
M. nativitatis, when exposed to bright daylight, seems to be in
a half-dazed condition. ‘The Ross family in Christmas Island have
given this species the name ‘ Bull-dog Rat,” and this has been
adopted by the Malays.

Measurements of the specimens in the present collection are given
below :—

Head and Body. Tail. Far. Hind-foot.
6. (figured) .275 mm. .,. 182mm. .:. 24 mm. ).4 o0iaee
Gin fact) wed) BROT) inte eho Yee OR SiS Ge. a
a 965: 0. in LUO: bos” Sia eet,
o 960; sprees NGO ye oct OO: be
Q 958". Od TO Ch 2 pe
Q 96) 5,0 168! oy LS. 9a 20
Q 985 4 0 ke WO) wir Bea
Q 998 oh, nee ASBLb gl! cus OB] ven ah Se
2 909 6 new 140: 5.1, aver. 21 sy oe

5. Mus macleari, Thomas.
P.Z.8., 1887, p. 513.
Mr. Thomas’s description of this species is as follows :—

‘‘Fur very long, thick, and coarse, but not or very slightly
spinous, thickly intermixed on the back with enormously long
piles from 2 to 2% inches in length. General colour grizzled
rufous-brown, belly but little lighter pale-rufous. Shorter hairs
everywhere, pale slaty-grey at base, shining red at tip; longer
piles uniformly black; the general tint of the dorsal surface not
unlike that of Arvicola amphibius, except that the median line
is a good deal darker owing to the great number of the longer
black piles there present. Whiskers very long, many of them
more than three inches in length, mostly black. ars naked,
black, broad, short, and rounded, their breadth about equal to
their length; laid forward they fall short of the eye by about

a ay

Mammalia. 3l

a quarter of an inch. Limbs coloured externally like back,
internally dull grey ; upper sides of hands and feet uniform dark-
brown ; solepads six, very broad, flat, and rounded, evidently
adapted for climbing; pad at the base of the fifth toe with
a secondary pad at ie postero -external angle. Claws, both
anterior and posterior, short, stout, curved, and sharply pointed,
brown horn-colour, that of the hallux markedly shorter than the
rest; pollex with a broad nail as usual; fifth hind-toe without
claw reaching just to the end of the first phalanx of the fourth.

“Tail very long, its posterior half black all round, its distal
half white or yellow, thinly and finely haired with short grey
hairs, not hiding the scales; the scales large, the rings averaging
just ten to the centimetre.

‘“‘Palate-ridges 8-5. Mamme 4, one axillary and one inguinal

air.

‘Skull! large and strong. Nasals extending to about a milli-
metre past the level of the anterior edge of the orbit. Supraorbital
edges beaded, but the beading not continued so far forward as
in I. everetti. Interparietal large. Front edge of the anterior
zygoma-root very prominent, projecting forwards. Palatal foramina
very long, their posterior end about one millimetre in front of the
level of m.,; Bulle small and flattened.

‘‘ Incisors thick and strong, much bevelled externally, their faces
dull orange-yellow above and yellow below, but apparently the colour
has been more or less affected by spint. Molars of medium size.

‘Measurements of the type, an adult female in spirit :—Head
and body, 222mm.; tail, 248; hind-foot, 48°5; ear, 13; head, 64;
forearm and hand, 66; last hind footpad, 10°5; heel to front of
last footpad, 26.

““Skull:? Basal length, 47:5; greatest breadth, 26:2; nasals,
length 19°5, greatest breadth 5:7; interorbital constriction, least
breadth 7:0; interparietal, length 6°6, breadth 11°5; length of
base of anterior zygoma-root, 6:0; palate, length 30:0; breadth
outside m., 10°3, inside 4:4; palatal foramina, length 10°1; back
of incisors to m., (alveoli), 15°7; upper molar series, 9:0.

“This fine new rat belongs to a small group of species
inhabiting the East Indian Archipelago, all of which agree with
Mus macleari in being of large size, with very long tails tipped
with yellow, and with small rounded ears. Their differential
characters as compared to Jf macleari are best put in tabular
form :—

M. macleart. Mamme 1—1=4. Dorsal piles present. Front
edge of anterior zygoma-root projecting, very convex.
Palatal foramina long. Bulle very small.

Christmas Island.

1 For figures of the skull and teeth see Plate II (dis), figs. 1, 3, 6, 7, 8.
This species has been figured in P.Z.S., 1887, pl. xlii.

32 Christmas Island.

M. celebensis, Gray. Mamme 1—2=6. No dorsal piles.
Front edge of anterior zygoma-root not projecting.
Palatal foramina short.

Celebes.

M. xanthurus, Gray.2 Mamme 1—2=6. Long dorsal piles

present. Front of zygoma-root but little projecting.

Palatal foramina long.
Celebes. -

Mf. everetti, Giinth.* Fur long, but the piles not enormously
lengthened. Front of zygoma-root convex. Palatal
foramina long. Bulle very large.

Philippines. |

M. meyeri, Jent.4 Fur without lengthened piles. Supra-
orbital edges much developed. Front of zygoma-root
slightly convex. Palatal foramina short. Teeth very
large.

Celebes.

M. muellert, Jent.© Mamme 2—2=8. No dorsal piles.
Tail unicolor. Front edge of zygoma convex. Palatal
foramina short. Teeth rather small. Bulle medium.

Sumatra and Borneo.

‘‘This last does not properly belong to the present group of
species, but is only mtroduced to complete the list of those of
which it is necessary to mention the distinguishing characters
when describing Jf. macleari as new. All these species also differ
from If. macleart in having the general colour grey or yellow
instead of rufous. No other described species could possibly be
confounded with the present most interesting new form, with which
I have much pleasure in connecting the name of Captain Maclear,
of H.M.S. ‘Flying Fish,’ to whom the Museum is indebted for
the Christmas Island specimens.”’

To this description it may be added that in the young the under
surface is much lighter coloured, and in one specimen is quite
white, the inner side of the fore and hind limbs being nearly so.
In the young, moreover, the long piles are not fully developed,
though they are visible among the fur.

There is considerable variation in colour in this species. In
some specimens the back is darker and less rufous and the long
piles are less developed than in the typical form.

1 P.Z.8., 1867, p. 598.

2 Loc. cit.

SOP Zo LS Oe Be,

4 Notes Leyd. Mus., i, p. 12 (1878).
> Op. cit., 0, p. 16 (E879).

Mammalia. 383

This species is by far the commonest of the mammals found
in the island; in every part I visited, it occurred in swarms.
During the day nothing is to be seen of it, but soon after sunset
numbers may be seen running about in all directions, and the
whole forest is filled with its peculiar querulous squeaking and
the noise of frequent fights. These animals, like most of those
found in the island, are almost completely devoid of fear, and
in the bush if a lantern be held out they will approach to examine
the new phenomenon. As may be imagined, they are a great
nuisance, entering the tents or shelters, running over the sleepers,
and upsetting everything in their search for food. They seem to
eat anything, and destroy any boots or skins incautiously left
within their reach. Their natural food appears to be mainly fruits
and young shoots, and to obtain the former they ascend trees to
a great height. I have often seen them run up the trailing stems
of the lianas, and, in fact, they can climb as well as a squirrel.
In the settlement they utterly destroy all the fruit they can get at,
and frequently come into conflict with the fruit-bats on the tops
of the papaia-trees. A number of dogs is kept to keep them
in check, and near the settlement they are certainly already less
numerous than elsewhere.

In the daytime these rats live in holes among the roots of trees,
in decaying logs, and shallow burrows. They seem to breed all
the year round.

In the bush beaten tracks a few inches broad may often be seen,
and Mr. Ross informs me that these are made by rats travelling
in great numbers in search of food. I never had an opportunity
of observing this, and am not sure whether it is this species or
Mus nativitatis which makes the paths.

The measurements of the specimens of this species in the pr ere at
collection are given below :—

Head and Body. Tail. Ear. Hind-foot.
3 : 238 mm. ey a0 mit) i. 24 mm. ae 49 mm.
ze yey ate "iS Gin os ae 2. ns ee. 50M,
g 238 4,, Ese Nee af Pane? | eee
En 210 1,5 Ae ee DAD Ros es 7) Doe ADs ss
é 210. t;, SO ee AS 2B A oy 50 ,,
gd 208 ,, SO gees oe) OR te Soe eye,
3 200) \;, ce DASE bee O3} fs ane au. 43
é ESf 3, Bag. mee 4. Bins: Bae 4G>s;,
é ieee ie oe ADC 3, sad 93\,; Gs AD 55
a 152 ,, Sig Ge a tee ee 40s,
8 200 55 pak ee ee oS ee a AD. 55
2 een ee OOM ag hae Te ant: GO "5
9 240 ,, eet Soar ee pare.) ae st Sa AG
: 7 om dal? 4 DOL 5s Aa pe ae B- 47 55

D

34 Christmas Island.

NOTES ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF WYUS NATIVITATIS
AND MUS MACLEARL.

By Dr. C. I. Forsyra Masor, F.Z.S.
(PLATE II, Jis.)

Even if it were not known that Jus nativitatis is terrestrial and
burrowing, while us macleart is arboreal, the examination of the
manus of both species would reveal this fact at once. The bones of
the antebrachium, the carpals, metacarpals, and proximal phalanges

Fig. 1.—Antebrachium and carpus of Mus macleari.
Fig. 2.—Antebrachium and carpus of Mus nativitatis.
R, radius; U, ulna; +r, radiale; «, ulnare; 2m, radiale marginale ;
p, pisiforme; c, centrale; 1-4, first to fourth carpale; a, dorsal
phalange of first digit ; i-v, first to fifth digit.

are all slenderer and more elongate in the latter species, stouter
and broader in the former, the longitudinal dimensions of the
fore-limb as a whole being about the same in both.

Mammalia. 35

The above remark does not, however, apply to the ungual
phalanges, which in Jf nativitatis are longer, stronger, and less
curved than in the other species; the difference in length is the
more striking, as with regard to the proximal phalanges and
metapodials the proportions are reversed, these being more elongate
in M. macleart, as already pointed out.

The ungual phalange of the first digit of IL nativitatis is
not different in character from those of the other digits. In
M. macleart the whole of the thumb, including the Metac. i, is
more reduced than in the former species; and its ungual phalange
has a rounded, nail-like form, absolutely different from the claw-
like, curved ungual phalanges in the other fingers, and resembling
somewhat the same element in Primates. A still more appropriate
comparison of the digits of the arboreal JL macleari is with that
of Sevurus (e.g. S. rulgaris), where we find the same curved, claw-
like, ungual phalanges of digits ii-v, and the same rounded,
nail-like, ungual phalange of the first digit. The reduction of the
thumb has, however, in the squirrel, proceeded further than in
M. macleari; whilst the third and fourth digits have further
proceeded in the opposite sense, being disproportionately long.
In both JL nativitatis and I. macleart, an ossicle overlies,

dorsally, the interphalangeal articulation of the thumb. I have,
on a recent occasion, P.Z.S. London, 1899, p. 430, suggested that
this ossicle, which, although never mentioned before, is of quite
common occurrence in Rodentia and Insectivora, may be the second
phalange of the thumb, having been thrust out on the dorsal surface.

In the same place, quoted before, I have treated at length of
the distal pisiform of Muride, ete.; this bone forms, so to say,
a ‘pendant’ to the distal ‘prepollex’ (see below); it occurs in
both the species. See Text-fig. 5, op. cit.

The ossicle, which in the figures given in the above quoted
paper is marked wz, is equally present in both species from
Christmas Island, situated on the volar side, between the latero-
distal angle of the radius and the pisiform; in old specimens
it becomes fused with the former, but it is quite possible that it
often vanishes.

In I. nativitatis it is much smaller than in the other species.

Marginal radiale—The only writer, to my knowledge, who has
_ made mention of the ‘prepollex’ in the genus Jus, is Emery,
who describes it in Jf decumanus. In this species there is in
connection with the distal extremity of the bone in question
a lamina of tendinous connective tissue haying cartilaginous con-
sistence (‘‘eine knorpelharte Platte von schnigem Bindegewebe as
and acting as a support to the very prominent and compact radial
pad. The single bone of Mus decumanus is considered to be the
homologue of the proximal of the two bones occurring 1n Pedetes ;
to the distal bone of the latter would correspond the ‘ tendinous
lamina’ of Mus decumanus. ‘the character of a cartilage being
denied to the latter structure, the inference drawn from this is that

36 Christmas Island.

its homologue in Pedetes is a dermal bone of secondary origin.
In the latter genus the radial pad of other Rodents has been
transformed into the volar prominence sheathed with a horny cap;
in other words, the structure which in most Rodents is an organ of
touch has been adapted to fossorial functions in Pedetes.*

It is not clear to me on what grounds Emery here denies
a cartilaginous condition to the distal element of Mus decumanus.
In a subsequent memoir? he seems disposed to adopt a different
view. After having shown that in Marsupialia the ‘ prepollex ’
is ‘typically’ composed of two elements, he adds: ‘‘It will be of
particular interest to investigate whether in other mammals,
provided with a compound prepollex, the distal element has
a cartilaginous Anlage (‘knorpelig angelegt wird’), and is the
homologue of the distal portion of the marsupial prepollex.”

Like all Muride which have come under my observation,
both Mus natiwitatis and Ifus macleart have a large-sized marginal
radiale, articulating with the ‘scapholunar’ and the Metac. i on
their median and volar side,. and thence extending obliquely across
the vola in the direction of the distal pisiform bone. In both the
species there is attached to the distal and ulnar margin of the
marginal radiale, what appears to be a laminar cartilaginous
appendix, incompletely ossified on the ulnar side. Neither of the
two specimens—one from each species—is adult. I expect that in
adult specimens the ossification will be found to extend over the
whole of the distal part also. This condition I find to be the case
in an individual of a genus closely allied with Jus, viz. in
Arvicanthis (A. niloticus), although the specimen is not perfectly
adult.

The principal differences in the skulls of the two specimens have
been pointed out by O. Thomas (P.Z.S., 1888, pp. 5383, 534), and
are borne out by the figures of Plate II (67s), The skull of
M. nativitatis is weaker, more slender, and narrower than that
of the other species; the outer wall of the infraorbital foramen
is shorter and projects less forward; the incisive foramina extend
farther backwards. The molars of this species likewise are weaker
and less complicated with secondary cusps. In JM. macleari, the
outer cusps of the upper and the inner cusps of the lower molars
are much stronger than the corresponding parts in JL. nativitatis.
In several specimens of the latter the teeth present a diseased
appearance, which is not the case in any of the specimens of
M. macleart. I append the measurements in millimetres of some
of the skulls collected by Mr. Andrews, three of J. macleari and
two of I. nativitatis.

1 C. Emery, ‘‘ Zur Morphologie des Hand- und Fuss-skelets’?: Anat. Anz.,
Vv, pp- 288-291 (1890).

2 C. Emery, ‘‘ Beitrage z. Entwicklungsgesch. und Morphologie des Hand- und
Fuss-skelets der Marsupialier ’’ : Semon’s Forschungsreisen, li, p. 394 (1897).

Manmalia—A ves. 37

| 2 ne

| § S g = 33

: s&s Conn | > 10 > ~ 2 S = a:

. . . fl

Seal wsh He Neetu Gee

Basilar length (Henselion) . 47-4 40°5 42 42°5 | 425

Greatest breadth of skull ee o26rk 22°5 23°5 23°5 | 23°5
Length of nasals ............... 19°6 18 | 18-5 19°5 1y

Greatest breadth of nasals ... 5°8 OO: the ae anObes| 5 5°

Least breadth ininterorbital : : : wy ee

COWSEICHON :.........<. ae oe li 13 pater
Least length of outer wall ) | ‘ te Ln fet ;

of infraorb. foramen . | et ue ae me | ay
Length of palate ............... | 80°1 24:0 24:0 2275.7 |» 28
Breadth outside m.! ......... fa elit) sD 9-0 8° 9 —

Back of incisor to m.1 ... re Bit 14-5 | 214 16 15°5

Length of upper molar series. 8-0 8-0 8-0 7 | G50

Length of lower molar series. 8°2 | 8-0 8:0 GPS slo) Grd

AES.

By R. Bowptzr SHarrz, LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

(PLATES II-VI.)

Wuen the ‘Flying Fish” under Captain Maclear first visited
Christmas Island in January, 1887, two new species of birds were
discovered by the expedition, viz., Carpophaga whartoni and
Lurdus erythropleurus. The ‘ Egeria” shortly afterwards paid
a visit to the island, and Mr. J. J. Lister, who was naturalist
to the expedition, made a good collection of birds and discovered
several new species. His notes on his collection were also of great
interest.

Mr. Andrews obtained series of all the species found on Christmas
Island by Mr. Lister, and he was able to add several migratory
species which the other expeditions had not met with, while the
number of birds and eggs which he has obtained evince great
energy on his part. In the following pages his field notes are
accompanied by his initials ‘C. W. A.’

Order COLUMBIFORMES.

1. Carpophaga whartoni.
Carpophaga whartoni, Sharpe, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 514, pl. xiii; Lister, Pi ZiS.,
1888, p. 520; Salvad., Cat. B. Brit, Mus., xxi, p. 184 (1893) ;
Sharpe, Handl. B., i, p. 64 (1899).
No. 6, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 8, 1897.
No. 57, Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 21, 1897.

38 Christmas Island.

No. 61, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 22, 1897.

a, 6, Q juv. Phosphate Hill, October 24, 1897.

c,d,e, 6 ad. etimm. Flying Fish Cove, November 29, 1897.
No. 72, d imm. Flying Fish Cove, November 21, 1897.

d ad. Phosphate Hill, November 3, 1897.

gad. Flying Fish Cove, November 28, 1897.

No. 71, Qimm. Flying Fish Cove, November 24, 1897.

6 imm. Flying Fish Cove, November 16, 1897.

Of this fine and peculiar Fruit-Pigeon Mr. Andrews procured
a good series. There does not seem to be any appreciable
difference in the colour of the sexes, but the young birds are more
reddish underneath, and the first feathers of the throat and breast
are of a dull grey, without any purplish or vinous tint whatever.

[The large Fruit-Pigeon, called by the Malays ‘ Pergam,’ is very
common over the whole island, but is much more often heard than
seen, since it lives among the thick foliage of the tops of the lofty
forest trees, where to the unpractised eye it is extremely difficult to
discover. In addition to the ordinary cooing note, the male utters
a deep booming cry which is the most striking of the forest sounds
during the daytime. This note is said to resemble closely the
noise made by tigers, and Mr. Ross told me that an old Bantamese
wood-cutter who came to the island was at first afraid to enter
the forest, and was with much difficulty persuaded that a bird
was responsible for the sound. These birds are very tame, and
when a number were feeding in a tree it was generally possible
to shoot several, one after the other, without disturbing the rest.
The boys in the island used to catch them with a noose of string at
the end of a long stick, and the birds would sit quietly while the
instrument of their destruction was prepared, and the boy climbed
into a convenient position for using it. On one occasion I caught
one with my hands while it was drinking at a puddle on a tree
trunk.

The food is the fruit and leaf-buds of the various forest trees,
and the birds gather in great numbers in trees of which the fruit
is just ripening. The feet are very powerful, prehensile organs,
and, while feeding, this Pigeon clambers about among the branches
like a Parrot. The nest is a very scanty structure of sticks placed
high up in a tree. The eggs are two in number, white, and
elongated, with both ends alike. I saw a pai building on
December 24th, and obtained an egg on January 6th; many young
birds were shot in April. There seem to be two broods a year, for
in the middle of November there were also great numbers of young
birds, characterized by their looser, duller plumage and grey legs ;
in the adult the legs are a bright red. I have counted between
fifty and sixty on the bushes round the small waterfall on the east
coast. The year before I visited the island was a very dry one,
and Mr. Ross informed me that great numbers of these Pigeons had
died of thirst.—C. W. A. ]

Aves. 39

2. Chalcophaps natalis.

Chalcophaps natalis, Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 522; Salvad., Cat. B. Brit. Mus.,
XXi, p. 520 (1893); Sharpe, Handl. B., i, p. 84 (1899).

Nos. 24, 26, g ad.; No. 25, 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 6,
1897.

6 Qad. Flying Fish Cove, October 21, 1897.

No. 54, Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 21, 1897.

No. 55, ¢ juv. Flying Fish Cove, October 21, 1897.

Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 15, 1897.

Young birds have the greater wing-coverts for the most part
rufous, and the under parts irregularly mottled with dusky bars.
As Count Salvadori points out, the male is not to be distinguished
from some of the males of C. indica, but the female differs con-
siderably from the female of that species.
_ [The Ground-Pigeon is by far the most brightly coloured of the
birds of Christmas Island. It usually feeds on the ground, and
can run rapidly. ‘Though generally seen in pairs, small flocks
sometimes occur, particularly near water. The food consists of
small fruits. ‘The nest is said to be placed in thickets of screw-pine
(Pandanus), but I never saw either it or the eggs. At pairing-
time the males fight fiercely, and are said to kill one another
occasionally. Young birds are seen in April. In spite of the
brightness of its colouring, this bird is difficult to see, the green
of the back and chestnut brown of the breast matching very closely
the colours of the leaves and soil.—C. W. A. |

Order RALLIFORMES.

3. Limnobzenus fuscus.

Limnobenus fuscus (Linn.), Sharpe, Cat. Brit. Mus., xxiii, p. 146 (1894).

No. 40, Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 29, 1897.

Iris brownish red, lightest round the pupil; legs reddish brown.

This is an interesting addition to the list. The species may
visit the island regularly on migration, but Mr. Andrews only
obtained one specimen.

Order LARIFORMES.

4, Anous stolidus.
Anous stolidus (Linn.), Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xx, p. 136 (1896).

a, 6 ad. Rocky Point, November 15, 1897.
6, Qad. Flying Fish Cove, November 16, 1897.

40 Christmas Island.

This species has not been obtained on Christmas Island before,
but it was met with by Dr. H. O. Forbes on the Cocos-Keeling
Islands in February.

[Breeds round the coast, the eggs being deposited on small
shelves of the sea cliff.—C. W. A. |

Order CHARADRIIFURMES.

5. Glareola orientalis.
Glareola orientalis, Leach: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 58 (1896).

No. 48, Qimm. Flying Fish Cove, October 3, 1897.
Not previously noted from the island, but certain to be a regular
visitor on migration.

6. Charadrius dominicus,

Charadrius dominicus, P. L. S. Miill.: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 195
(1896) ; id., Handl. B., i, p. 152 (1599).
Simm. Flying Fish Cove, November 14, 1897.
Not met with by Mr. Lister, but certainly a regular visitor on
migration.

7. Ochthodromus geoffroyi.

Charadrius geoffroyi, Wagl.: Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 528.
Ochthodromus geoffroyi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 217 (1896); id.,
Handl. B., i, p. 153 (1899).

Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 14, 1897.
An adult female in full winter plumage. It is evidently a
regular visitor to Christmas Island on migration.

8. Numenius variegatus.
Numenius variegatus (Scop.), Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 361 (1896).

a,b, 8 Qad. Flying Fish Cove, November 17, 1897.

e,Qad. Flying Fish Cove, December 26, 1897.

New to the Avifauna of Christmas Island, but doubtless a more
or less regular visitor on migration. Mr. Andrews only saw one
small flock of four, out of which three specimens were killed.

9. Tringoides hypoleucus.

Tringoides hypoleucus (Linn.), Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 528; Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 456 (1896); id., Handl. B., i, p. 161 (1899).

No. 62, 9 imm. Flying Fish Cove, October 22, 1897.
This is also apparently a regular visitor on migration, as it was
likewise obtained by Mr. Lister.

Aves. 41

10. Calidris arenaria.
Calidvis arenaria (L.), Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 526 (1896).

An adult bird in moult, still retaining a few of the feathers of
the summer plumage on the back. This is an interesting addition
to the Avifauna of Christmas Island, and increases our knowledge
of the line of migration pursued by the Sanderling, which has in
recent years been discovered in North Australia and in the Malay
Archipelago.

11. Limonites ruficollis.

Limonites ruficollis (Pall.), Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 545 (1896) ;
id., Handl. B., i, p. 163 (1899).
a,b, 8 juv., Q juv. Flying Fish Cove, September 20, 1897.

Both these specimens are immature birds in their first winter
plumage. The male has the wing 4°15 inches and the female 4:0.
The species has not been met with before on Christmas Island, but
is doubtless a regular visitor on migration.

12. Gallinago stenura.

Gallinago stenwra, Bp.: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 619 (1896) ; id.,
Handl. B., i, p. 166 (1899).
a 6 ad. Flying Fish Cove, December 1, 1897.
Not previously recorded from Christmas Island.

Order ARDEIFORMES.

13. Demiegretta sacra.
Ardea jugularis, Wagl.: Sharpe, P.Z.S., 1889, p. 516; Lister, P.Z.S., 1888,
. 138

Pp :
Demiegretta sacra (Gm.), Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 138 (1898) ; id.,
Handl. B., i, p. 198 (1899).

No. 5 ad. Flying Fish Cove, July, 1897.
ad. [ white phase ].

Nos. 2,4, dimm. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

No. 3, ad. [ white phase }.

a, dg ad. Flying Fish Uove. November 18, 1897.

The bird in the white phase of plumage has very little crest,
but the long ornamental breast-plumes are fully developed. Two
of the outer scapulars are grey externally, and another grey plume
is concealed by the long ornamental feathers of the lower back.

42 Christmas Island.

Order PELECANIFORMES.
Sub-Order FREGATI.

14. Fregata aquila.

Fregata aquila (Linn.), Sharpe, P.Z.8., 1887, p. 516; Lister, P.Z.S., 1888,
. 629; Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. -» XXvi, p. 443 (1898);
Sharpe, Handl. B. yp Apezar (1899).

a,b, 6 Q. Flying Fish Cove, November 18, 1897.

e, d, 6 Q juv. Flying Fish Cove, November 4, 18, 1897.

According to Mr. Andrews, who shot some breeding birds, the
male of the large Frigate Bird is almost entirely black, being
white only from the lower breast down to the vent, including the
lower flanks and upper part of the thighs. The female is black
above, and has the throat black, but is white from the lower throat
downwards; the sides of the body black, with a large white patch
on the flanks. The young birds have a rusty-coloured head and
throat.

[Perhaps the most interesting of the birds of Christmas Island
are the Frigate-birds, two species of which occur. Numbers of
these birds could nearly always be seen sailing and circling in the
air at all heights; in calm weather they often soar till scarcely
visible. The flight is wonderfully graceful, and it is a pleasure
to watch a group moving along the coast in a succession of
sweeping circles, rising against the wind, or descending with it.
In flight the head is carried close to the body, so that the bird
seems to have no neck, and the tip of the beak is about on a level
with the anterior angle of the outstretched wings. The feathers
are often cleaned during flight, and occasionally the bird shakes
itself like a dog that has just left the water, dropping through
the air meanwhile. The young birds seem to be able to fly
perfectly well as soon as they leave the nest, and groups of them
could often be seen near the coast stooping to the water, one after
the other, to pick up leaves and other floating objects, and then
dropping them, apparently practising the method by which their
parents obtain their food, which consists of surface fish and
cephalopods. I never saw a Frigate-bird dive.

The old birds by no means depend for food on the fish they catch
themselves, but systematically rob the Gannets, which breed in
great numbers on the island. Towards sunset many Frigate-birds
may be seen sailing along the coast, watching for the return of the
Gannets, full-fed from the fishing grounds. The birds being well
aware of what is in store for them, and knowing that if they can
reach the shelter of the trees they are safe, approach the island at
a great speed, flying as low down as possible. Usually, while they
are still at some distance, two or three Frigate-birds give chase, and

——

Aves. 43

hunt the Gannet backwards and forwards, continually trying to get
beneath it and to cut off its retreat to the trees. ‘The chase may
last several minutes, but at length the exhausted bird disgorges
some of the fish it had swallowed, and this is immediately caught
in mid-air by one of the pursuers. Mr. Ross told me that
occasionally two Frigate-birds would come into collision and break
their wings, but this I never saw. The twigs for building the
nests are obtained on the same system of robbery, and although
these birds will pick up twigs floating in the sea and lying on
the beach, I never saw one attempt to break them off the dead
branches as the Gannets do. If, when a nest is partly built,
the bird in charge of it is killed, dozens of its neighbours come
round and steal the material thus conveniently collected for them.
The nest consists merely of a few handfuls of twigs placed on the
fork of a small branch, and it seems wonderful how the egg
remains on it. When the young has been hatched a few days the
nest becomes converted into a hard, nearly flat cake of twigs and
excrement. Old nests, and those of Gannets, are often utilized.

About the beginning of January the adult males begin to acquire
the remarkable pouch of scarlet skin beneath their throat. This
they can inflate till it is nearly as large as the rest of the body,
and a dozen or more of these birds sitting in a tree with out-
stretched drooping wings and this great scarlet bladder under their
heads are a most remarkable sight. When a hen bird approaches
the tree the males utter a peculiar cry, a sort of ‘ wow-wow-wow-
wow,’ and clatter their beaks like castanets, at the same time
shaking the wings. When they take to flight the air is allowed
to escape from the pouch, but occasionally they might be seen
flying with it partly inflated.

The pairing season extended from January till April; eggs were
found in February, and in August there were still many young
birds in white down, but by October all had flown. The young
continue to get a certain amount of food from their parents even
after the latter have begun to build again.

In the neighbourhood of Flying Fish Cove the large species
builds near the sea, the small one on the higher part of the island
farther inland. The cry of the male in the small species is quite
different from, and much more musical than that of the large one.

At present Frigate-birds are one of the chief articles of food
of the inhabitants of Christmas Island, and they are very good
indeed. The usual way of obtaining them is for a man to climb
into the topmost branches of a high tree near the coast, armed
with a pole eight or ten feet long and a red handkerchief. The
latter he wayes about, at the same time yelling as loudly as possible.
The birds attracted by the noise and the red colour swoop round
in large numbers, when they are knocked down with the long pole.
In this way sufficient birds to supply the small colony with food
can usually be obtained in an hour or two; occasionally, however,
in unfayourable states of the wind, they are difficult to procure.

44 Christmas Island.

Young. Brownish on back, head fawn brown, whiter on back
and upper part of neck. The brown of the front of the neck passes
on breast into a band of brownish-black feathers. Breast and
belly white. Beak greyish pinkish- white; throat and eyelid
ereyish white. Feet ditto. Some white feathers on sides of
breast. Secondary-coverts blackish brown, axillaries white, edged
with white. Rectrices slightly tipped with brownish white.—
Ch ae a

15. Fregata ariel.
Fregata ariel (Gould), Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 447 (1898).

No. 18, g. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

No. 45, Q. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

According to Mr. Andrews, the male is entirely black below, but
the female is white on the throat, breast, and sides of body. The
centre of the lower breast, abdomen, and lower flanks are black.

Sub-Order SUL.

16. Sula sula.

Sula sula (Linn.), Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 4386 (1898) ;
Sharpe, Handl. B., i, p. 236 (1899).
Nos. 7, 9, Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 4, 5, 1897.
No. 10, Q pull. Flying Fish Cove, August 4, 1897.
No. 94, Qimm. Flying Fish Cove, November 16, 1897.

The young bird was obtained by Mr. Andrews on the 4th of
August, with its mother (No. 9). It is still covered with white
down, though more than half-grown.

{ Sula sula (Booby) breeds near the coast. Nest of sticks on
ground, usually near edge of sea cliff, but sometimes on the high
inland cliffs at some distance from the sea. One or two eggs.—

C. W. A.J

17. Sula abbotti.

Sula abbotti, Ridgw., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, p. 599 (1893) ; Sharpe, Handl.
B., i, p. 237 (1899).

a, dg ad. East coast, October, 1897..

This species was hitherto known only from Assumption Island
in the Indian Ocean. Mr. Ogilvie Grant united it to Sula cyanops,
but it is certainly quite distinct.

[ Builds nests of sticks near the tops of the highest trees, usually
on the high land round the plateau. Shot young in September.
This bird is rarely seen on the north coast of the island, but
on the south it seems largely to take the place of S. piscatriz.—
C. Woo Ae]

Aves, 45

18. Sula piscatrix.

Sula piscatriz (Linn.), Sharpe, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 516; Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. xxvi, p. 432 (1898) ; Sharpe, Handl. B., i, p. 237.

No. 94, Qimm. Flying Fish Cove.

[ Suda piscatriz is very common all round the coast. Builds nest
of sticks in high trees. Begins to breed about January, and there
are great numbers of young birds in grey plumage in October.—

C. W. A.]
Sub-Order PHAETHONTES.

19. Phaethon rubricauda.

Phaethon phenicurus, Gm.: Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 529.
Phacthon rubricauda, Bodd.: Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 451
(1898); Sharpe, Handl. B., i, p. 238 (1899).

No. 14, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

a,b, 8 Qad. Flying Fish Cove.

No. 15, Q juv. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

e, 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897. ‘‘ Taken on nest
with No. 15.”

d, 6 ad. Flying Fish Cove, March 21, 1898. Taken from nest
in hole of cliff.

[The habits of the white Tropic Bird are much like those of
the yellow one, but it seems to nest almost exclusively in holes
in the cliffs, and I never saw it flying among the trees. The
colour of the young bird is exactly lke that of the other species.—

C.W. A.]

20. Phaethon fulvus. (Plate III.)

Phaethon flavirostris (nec Brandt), Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 528.
Phaethon fulvus, Brandt: Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 455 (1898).

No. 38, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 28, 1897.

No. 41, Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 30, 1897.

No. 47, Q juv. Flying Fish Cove, September 20,1897. ‘‘ Just
beginning to fly.”

Nos. 67, 69, Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 19, 1897.

No. 68, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 19, 1897.

a,b, @ Qad. Flying Fish Cove. December 26, 1897.

There appears to be no difference in the colour of the sexes, and
the orange tint is equally well developed in both the male and
female. The young bird, however, shows no orange in the
plumage, but is white, spotted on the head and barred on the back
with black; the inner secondaries with black longitudinal markings
of irregular shape on the outer web; the primaries and a few of

46 Christmas Island.

the secondaries black-shafted, the outer primaries with more or
less black along the outer web; tail-feathers white, with a sub-
terminal black spot; a circular spot of black im front of the eye,
extending below backwards in a line under the latter, and with
a black line above the ear-coverts; flanks with a tuft of chequered
black feathers with white notches and spots. These latter
feathers, and also many on the back and secondaries, seem to
indicate by the variation of their pattern that the latter changes
a great deal, so that the aspect of the feather becomes gradually
whiter and whiter.

[The most beautiful of the sea birds is the yellow Tropic Bird,
which, though much less numerous than the Frigate-birds, is still
fairly common. The flight of these birds is swift, though, owing
to the rapidity of the strokes of the wing, it often seems as if they
were labouring. I never saw them sail except for a short distance
when wheeling round. On hot days they may be seen in twos
and threes, flying rapidly up and down above and among the tree
tops, continually uttering their peculiar crackling cry, and pausing
now and then to hover before holes in the trees which seem to
offer an eligible position for a nest. It can hardly be said, however,
that they make a nest, for the single dark-brown mottled egg
is merely placed in a slight hollow on the floor of a hole in a tree
or in the sea cliff. The young bird, when nearly full-grown, is
white, barred with black, and since I never saw one in this
plumage out of the nest, it seems that the yellow colour is
acquired before it flies. The only distinguishing mark of the
youngest bird I ever saw flying was the presence of a few black
bars on the back just above the root of the tail. Eggs and
young were obtained in August and September; the breeding
season seems to be less definite than in the case of the other

birds.—C. W. A. ]

Order ACCIPITRIFORMES.

21. Astur natalis. (Plate V.)

Urospizias natalis, Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 523.
Astur natalis, Sharpe, Handl. B., i, p. 241 (1899).

¢ juv. Flying Fish Cove, August 14, 1897.

Nos. 30-33, ¢ Q juv. Flying Fish Cove, August 13, 1897.
No. 86, Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 20, 1897.

Vg

ieee pom Flying Fish Cove, August 22, 1897.
@ juv. Flying Fish Cove, September, 1897.

¢ juv. Flying Fish Cove, October, 1897.

Q juv. Phosphate Hill, November 28, 1897.

No. 35, g < ad. South-east coast, August 20, 1897.
3 juv.

Aves. 47

Mr. Lister has given a very good description of this species,
and has pointed out its similarity to A. grisecgularis. It differs
from the latter species, however, in its much darker slaty-grey
head, slaty-grey bars on the chest, and in the lhghter underwing-
and tail-coverts, which are barred with white and vinous rufous,
and are not so uniform vinous as in A. grisergularis.

[The Goshawk is common all over the island, and is very
destructive to young poultry in Flying Fish Cove. Its food
consists of the White-eyes, Ground-Thrushes, and Ground-Pigeons,
and it is said to kill the large Fruit-Pigeon also, but this I never
saw. In the crop of one there were remains of numerous locusts.
The nest is made of twigs and pieces of creepers, and is placed
near the top of a high tree. A nest with one young was found
on January 24th. The cry is a sharp ‘tweet-tweet-tweet,’ and
when shooting Fruit-Pigeons in the high trees a rough imitation
of this call was often employed to cause them to thrust out their
head, so that they could be more easily seen, and would present
a better mark.—C. W. A. ]

22. Ninox natalis. (Plate IV.)
Ninox natalis, Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 525.

No. 37, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 8, 1897.

No. 65, Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 24, 1897.

No. 66, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 9, 1897.

No. 70, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 24, 1897.

Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, December 24, 1897. Iris and feet
bright lemon-yellow.

The sexes do not differ in colour, and there is scarcely any
variation in size, as the males have the wing 7°6—7°8 inches and
the females 7:4—7°8.

[The Owl is most often seen in thickets of screw-pine and in the
denser parts of the forest. Its food consists of lizards, locusts,
white-eyes, and perhaps rats. The nest I never found, but
Mr. Hugh Ross told me it is usually placed in a screw-pine and
made of twigs. The peculiar cry, resembling very closely the bark
of a small dog, has been described by Mr. Lister. In the forest
after sun-down several of these birds could be heard barking in
answer to one another. They usually begin with a scarcely
audible ‘chuk-chuk,’ which is repeated crescendo till they break
out into a regular bark, which may be repeated a considerable
number of times; this may stop suddenly or die away gradually

as it began.—C. W. A. ]

48 Christmas Island.

Order CORACIIFORMES.
Sub-Order CYPSELI.

23. Collocalia natalis.

Collocalia natalis, Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 520; Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xvi,
p- 511 (1892) ; id., Tierreich, Lief. i, Aves, Macropt., p. 70 (1897).

No. 28, ad. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 24, 1897.

6 6 Gad. Flying Fish Cove, November 25, 1897.

Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, December 28, 1897.

ad: Flying Fish Cove, February 15, 1898.

$6 9 Qad. Flying Fish Cove, March 4, 1898.

66 OQ Qad. Flying Fish Cove, March 7, 1898.

The series brought home by Mr. Andrews confirmed the
characters of the species, but the differences between C. natalis
and C. neglecta are not very strongly pronounced.

Order COCCYGES.

Sub-Order CUCULI.

24, Chalcococcyx basalis.
Chalcococcyx basalis (Horsf.), Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xix, p. 294 (1891).

A single immature female in full moult. This species has not
before been obtained on Christmas Island.

Order PASSERIFORMES.
Family MOTACILLIDA.

25. Motacilla melanope.
Motacilla melanope, Pall.: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., x, p. 497 (1885).

@ ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 7, 1897.

Tris blue-black. On the shore. Stomach contained small marine
Worms.
Also not recorded from Christmas Island previously.

26. Motacilla flava.

Motacilla flava, Linn.: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., x, p. 516, pl. vi, figs. 3-5
(1885).

No. 49, gd imm. Flying Fish Cove, October, 1897.
a, 6,imm. Flying Fish Cove.
Three young birds, evidently procured‘on migration.

Aves. 49

Family ZOSTEROPIDA.

27. Zosterops natalis. (Plate VI.)
Zosterops natalis, Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 518, pl. xxvii.

No. 21, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 5, 1897.
a, dg ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 10, 1897.

b,c, d ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 29, 1897.
d, g6 ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 24, 1897.
e, G ad. Flying Fish Cove, December 3, 1897.
i,9,6 Qad. Flying Fish Cove, March 4, 1898.

The White-eye of Christmas Island is a large species, and easily
recognized by its colour. I can see no difference in the plumage
of specimens killed in various months, and the young resemble
the adults. The yellow at the base of the bill scarcely amounts
to more than a small loral patch and does not form a frontal band.
N.B.—In Mr. Lister’s diagnosis of the species (p. 519) the first
character, viz., that the crown becomes paler ‘‘ towards the base
of the ¢a/,”’ must be a misprint for ‘ bill.’

The nest is a pretty little structure —a shallow cup suspended
between the forks of a twig, to which it is attached. The nest
consists of vegetable fibre, with wool as a basis, and it is lined
with the same black fibre of the sago-palm as that used by the
Thrush for its nest. A second nest is deeper in the cup, contains
more cotton, and has a few white feathers interlaced in the
outside. The two eggs, obtained by Mr. Andrews in November,
are uniform bluish white. Axis 0°7; diam. 0°5.

[The little Zosterops (Burung Waringin) swarm everywhere,
even in the middle of the forest. They seem to form small flocks,
and behave much like Titmice, climbing about among the foliage
and often hanging head downwards under a leaf or branch in their
search for insects. They also eat a good deal of fruit, and destroy
many papaias, custard-apples, and bananas, of which they are so
fond that they often come on to the dinner-table to get them.
They have only a twittermg note, but when a Hawk is im the
neighbourhood the noise made by a flock of them is considerable.
The nest is usually placed between two twigs or in the fork of
small branches of bushes, and is made of fibres of the sago-palm,
or any other vegetable fibre they can get. They seem to breed
nearly all the year round.—C. W. A. }

Family TURDIDZ.

28. Merula erythropleura.

Turdus erythropleurus, Sharpe, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 515.
Merula erythropleura, Lister, P.Z.8., 1888, p. 517.

No. 28, ad. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
Nos. 52, 58, @ Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 20, 1897.

E

50 Christmas Island.

No. 60, g ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 22, 1897.
6 Qad. Flying Fish Cove, November 4, 1897.
¢ ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 12, 1897.
gad, Flying Fish Cove, November 21, 1897.
6 Qad. Flying Fish Cone December 29, 1897.
Go juv. Flying Fish Cove, February 14, 1898.
Qad. Flying Fish Cove, February 20, 1898.
Q ad. Flying Fish Cove, March 7, 1898.

juv. North Coast, March 17, 1898.

ad. Phosphate Hill, November 3, 1897.

This species is of the group of Merula javanica, but is especially
remarkable for the size of its bill, which is very large in proportion
to the bird. The sexes are alike in colour, and the young birds
are more dusky brown, with pale shaft-lines to the feathers of the
upper surface. In the young the bill is horn brown, not yellow,
and the under surface of the body is mottled with dusky-brown
edges to the feathers.

[The Ground-Thrush is common everywhere, but is most numerous
near the coast. Like the other birds of the island, it is very tame,
and when I was breaking up rotten wood searching for beetles,
several of them would stand quite close by in readiness to pick
up any grubs that were uncovered. Its food consists of msects,
seeds, and any carrion it can find, and I have seen one kill a small
brown lizard, though it seemed to have some difficulty in doing so.
When hunting for insects among the dead leaves, the colours of the
plumage harmonize so exactly with the surroundings that, were
it not for the bright yellow beak and eye-lids the bird would be
almost inyisible. The alarm cry is much lke that of the European
Blackbird, and in the pairing season (December-January) the male
has a song something like that of the English Thrush, but harsher
and less varied. The nest is made of fibres of the wild sago-palm
(Arenga listeri), skeleton leaves, and other vegetable fibre; it is
not mud-lined. One nest was taken from the crown of a screw-
pine (Pandanus), another from the hollow top of a broken tree
trunk, some fifteen feet from the ground. Eggs were found in
December, and in the following month young birds just able to
fly were numerous, and continued to be so till April.—C. W. A. ]

Family HIRUNDINIDA.

29. Hirundo gutturalis.
Hirundo gutturalis, Scop. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., x, p. 184 (1885).

Q juv. Flying Fish Cove, October 16, 1897.
A young female of the Eastern Chimney Swallow, in moult
from the first plumage to the glossy dress of the adult. |

Reptilia. 51

REPTILIA.

By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

(PLATE VIL.)

‘Tae first collection made on Christmas Island by the officers of
H.M.S. ‘Flying Fish” yielded examples of three species —
Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Kuhl, Lygosoma nativitatis (n.sp.), and
Typhlops exoceti (n.sp.). Mr. Lister’s visit to the island in 1888
resulted in the discovery of two further new species— Gecko listeri
and Ablepharus egerie. To these five species Mr. Andrews has
added a sixth, the widely distributed Lygosoma atrocostatum.

LACERTILIA.
Family GECKONIDA.

1. Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Kuhl.
Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz., 1, p. 44 (1885).

Known from Java, Sumatra, and Borneo; also from the mountains
-of Perak, in the Malay Peninsula, whence I have recently received
-Q specimen.

2. Gecko listeri. (Pl. VII, Fig. 1.)
-Gecko listeri, Boulenger, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 536.

Head moderate, snout once and one-third the diameter of the
orbit, which equals its distance from the very small round ear-
opening; forehead scarcely concave. Head covered with small
-granules, which are considerably larger on the snout; rostral
quadrangular, more than twice as broad as deep, without cleft;
nostril pierced between the rostral, the first labial, and three
nasals; twelve upper and ten lower labials; three transverse rows
of small hexagonal chin-shields. Dorsal scales uniform, minutely
granular; ventrals much larger, roundish hexagonal, subimbricate.
Digits with a very slight rudiment of web; seven or eight
angularly curved lamelle under the median toes. A short angular
‘series of twelve preanal pores. Tail cylindrical, covered with
uniform small flat scales, which are largest inferiorly. Pale grey-.
‘brown above, with a few rather indistinct brown spots and
scattered white dots; a brown streak from the nostril to the eye;
lower parts white, with small brown spots.

Total length ... ... 79 mm. Bore WetBy .. cen «ss 12
Head <a aie 0 Fira Gm, we, os ys

Width of head ... 8°5.,, PE cate vanjy ney” ce) oe se

Body ee adh seus O ”?

O2 Christmas Island.

This small Gecko, of which a single male specimen was obtained
by Mr. Lister, is closely allied to G. pumilus, Blgr., from Papua.
(Port Moresby and Torres Straits), from which it is at once
distinguished by its nearly free toes.

Family SCINCIDZ.
3. Lygosoma atrocostatum, Less.

Lygosoma atrocostatum, Boulenger, Cat. Liz., iii, p. 295 (1887).

Mr. Andrews has brought home two specimens of this species,
which is widely distributed, being known from the Philippines,
Celebes, the Moluccas, New Guinea, Cape York, the Caroline and’
Santa Cruz Islands. I may also add to its known habitat Pulo-
Tikos, Penang, where it was found by Mr. S. 8. Flower, and
whence it had been described by Stoliczka under the name of
Mabouya jerdoniana.

Lives among rocks on beach at. Flying Fish Cove.

4, Lygosoma nativitatis. (Pl. VII, Fig. 2.)
Lygosoma nativitatis, Boulenger, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 516, and 1888, p. 536.

Section Hmoa. Habit lacertiform; the distance between the end:
of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and one-third to
once and a half in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout.
long, obtuse. Lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk.
Nostril pierced between a nasal, a postnasal, and a supranasal ;.
frontonasal broader than long, forming a suture with the rostral
and with the frontal; latter shield nearly as long as the fronto-
parietal, in contact with the first and second supraoculars; four
supraoculars; seven or eight supraciliaries; frontoparietals united
into a single large shield; a small interparietal, behind which the
parietals form a suture; a pair of nuchals and a pair of temporals:
border the parietals; four or five labials anterior to the large
subocular. Ear-opening oval, a little larger than the transparent
palpebral disk, with three or four very small lobules on its anterior
border. Thirty to thirty-four scales round the middle of the body,
all smooth in the adult, quinquecarinate in the young, laterals.
a little smaller than dorsals and ventrals. No enlarged preeanals.
The hind limb reaches the elbow. Digits moderately elongate,
a little flattened at the base, compressed at the end; subdigital
lamellae smooth, thirty-one to thirty-four under the fourth toe.
Tail two-thirds of the total length. Brown above, strongly
iridescent, with small golden and blackish spots, most numerous.
on the sides and limbs; lower surfaces white.

Head... vit 5. 4 12 15 mm.
Width of head ra ace 25 ae
Body ... a oe es 58:
Fore limb... site ne Bors
Hind limb... ape a 31) ae

Reptilia. 53

This species was originally described from a single specimen;
numerous examples have since been obtained by Mr. Lister and
Mr. Andrews.

5. Ablepharus egerie. (Pl. VII, Fig. 3.)

Ablepharus egerie, Boulenger, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 535.

Snout pointed, rostral not projecting. Eye entirely surrounded
with granules; upper eyelid represented by three or four larger
scales. Rostral largely in contact with the frontonasal ; prefrontals
forming a long suture; frontal small, in contact with the first and
second supraoculars ; five supraoculars, second largest, fifth smallest ;
seven supraciliaries ; interparietal distinct from the very large,
single frontoparietal; a pair of large nuchals. Ear-opening rather
small, oval. Scales smooth or feebly striated, two vertebral rows
largest ; 26 or 28 scales round the middle of the body. Limbs well
developed, pentadactyle; the hind limb reaches the axilla in the
male, the elbow in the female; digits long and slender, smooth
inferiorly. Tail once and a half the length of head and body.
Bronzy above, with blackish and pale greenish spots; a light, dark-
edged dorso-lateral band; end of tail blue; lower parts greenish
white.

om lenethoe es -t.) lidimm-. iBForelimb ...... ... 17mm.
esi etie ad ct cs) LO: 5, Pinas Sen sae) seer 2d. vyy
Width of head... ... yas ea ae cui 2 an OS ing
eR pete ese eee, OO. py

Numerous specimens were obtained by Messrs. Lister and
Andrews.

Closely allied to the widely distributed A. boutoni, Desj., from
which it differs in the distinct interparietal shield. I have, how-
ever, recently noticed (Ann. Mus. Genova [2], xviii, 1898, p. 719)
the presence of a distinct interparietal in a specimen of that species
from Lugh, Somaliland. A. egerie should therefore perhaps be
regarded as a race of A. boutonit.

OPHIDIA.
Family TYPHLOPIDA.

6. Typhlops exoceti.
Typhlops exoceti, Boulenger, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 517, and Cat. Sn., i, p. 36, pl. iii,
fig. 2.

Snout depressed, rounded, strongly projecting; nostrils inferior.
Rostral broad, upper portion broadest anteriorly, about half the
width of the head, extending to the level of the eyes; nasal
incompletely divided, the cleft proceeding from the second labial ;
a preocular, of about the same size as the ocular, in contact with

54 Christmas Island.

the second and third labials; eyes distinguishable; upper head-
scales a little larger than the scales on the body; four upper
labials. Diameter of body 50 to 66 times in the total length; tail
nearly twice as long as broad, ending in a spine. Twenty scales
round the body. LPale brownish, each scale with a brown spot;
these spots largest and darkest on the dorsal surface, where they
form longitudinal lines.

Total length, 480 mm.

Two specimens were captured on the occasion of the visit of the
‘Flying Fish.”” Several more were brought home by Mr. Andrews,

who found them in damp places, under rocks and fallen trees...

Only seen out on dark rainy days.

[Turtles are often seen round the coasts of the island, and they
occasionally come up on to the white beaches to deposit their eggs:
in the coral sand—one nest on the West White Beach contained
142 eggs. There are probably three species—TZhalassochelys caretta,
Chelone imbricata, and C. mydas. In January, a small specimen of
the last was speared in shallow water near North-East Point.—

©. W. A.)

MOLLUSCA.
By KE. A. Surrz, F.Z.S8.
(PLATE VIII.)

Tre land -shells of Christmas Island are insignificant both im
size and the number of species. Eleven different forms were
enumerated by the writer in 1888,! nine of which were collected.
by Mr. Andrews, besides single specimens of three additional
species, namely, Opeas subula, Melampus castaneus, and Assiminea
andrewsiana. These, however, do not throw any additional light on
the relationship of the fauna with that of other parts of the world.
Although seven of the fourteen species recorded are, so far as we
know, peculiar to the island, it must be pointed out that they
belong to genera the species of which have no very striking
characters. The three forms of Zumprocystis are very much alike,
and approximate very closely to certain species from the Philippines.
and the Malay Archipelago. The Succineas also present no marked
features, and might have been found anywhere. Ovpeas, too, is.
a genus notorious for the sameness of its species and the wide

1 Proc. Zool. Soc.; 1888, p. 536.

Mollusca. 5d

distribution of several of them. The other genera represented at
Christmas Island — Pythia, Melampus, Truncatella, Assiminea,
and Leptopoma—are also recognized as containing species which are
very widely distributed.

In conclusion, therefore, it may be stated that the fauna, as
represented by the terrestrial Mollusca, does not show any special
affinity with that of any other particular locality; and that the
same species, or others very similar, might be expected to occur
not only at adjacent localities, such as Sumatra or Java, but also
further eastward in New Guinea and some of the Pacific Islands.

Family ZONITIDA.
1. Lamprocystis normani (Smith). (Pl. VIII, Figs. 1-3.)
Ariophanta (Microcystis) normani, Smith, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 537.

Testa parva, plus minus depressa, anguste perforata, tenuissima,
nitida, vel pellucida et dilute fusco-cornea, vel magis opaca, fusca,
infra suturam et ad basim pallida, supra et infra microscopice
spiraliter striata; spira brevissime conoidea; anfractus 5-6, lente
accrescentes, convexiusculi, ad suturam anguste marginati, ultimus
ad peripheriam acute rotundatus aut vix angulatus; apertura
oblique lunata; peristoma tenue, marginibus distantibus, colu-
mellari ad insertionem breviter expanso et reflexo. Diam. maj. 63,
min. 6mm.; alt. 44mm. Exemplum majus: diam. maj. 7%,
min. 7mm.; alt. 54mm.

_ This species is variable in size, form, and colour. The typical
speclmens were uniformly pellucid, horny, and thin in texture,
whilst some of those obtained by Mr. Andrews are more solid,
larger, and of a brownish or reddish brown colour, but pale
beneath the suture and upon the base of the body-whorl. Some-
times the upper surface, with the exception of the apex, which
is palish, is of a uniform reddish brown tint. The spiral strive
are only visible under the microscope, and are less conspicuous on
the under surface than above.

2. Lamprocystis mabele (Smith). (Pl. VIII, Fig. 4.)
Ariophanta (Microcystis) mabele, Smith, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 537.

Testa Z. normani simillima, sed magis depressa, anfractibus
minus conyexis, distinctius striatis, ultimo ad peripheriam subacute
angulato. Diam. maj. 6, min. 53 mm.; alt. 34 mm.

Collected by Mr. J. J. Lister.

This species, if the specimens upon which it was founded be adult,
is a little smaller than the preceding. It is similarly perforated,
of the same texture and glossy appearance, but more depressed,
and has flatter whorls which are a trifle more distinctly spirally
striated ; the body-whorl is quite angular, and consequently the
form of the aperture is rather different.

56 Christmas Island.

3. Lamprocystis mildrede (Smith). (PI. VIII, Figs. 5-7.)

Ariophanta (Microcystis) mildredea, Smith, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 537.

Testa Z. normani similis, sed minor, latius perforata, anfractibus
magis convexis, utrinque distinctius spiraliter striatis. Diam. maj. 5,
min. 42mm.; alt. 3mm.

Collected by Mr. J. J. Lister.

This species is smaller than either of the preceding, and also is
more distinctly striated both above and below, and more widely
umbilicated. The whorls are rounder and the suture deeper.

!

Family SUCCINEID.
4. Succinea solidula, Pfeiffer. (Pl. VIII, Figs. 8, 9.)

Suecinea solidula, Pfeiffer, P.Z.S., 1849, p. 184; Monog. Helic., vol. iii, p. 22 ;
Smith, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 578, figs. 1, 2.

Testa ovata, pallide flavescens vel dilute rufescens, subpellucida,
incrementi lineis fortibus obliquis curvatis sculpta, undique minute
subgranulata; anfractus 3, rapide accrescentes, perconvexi, sutura
obliqua sejuncti, ultimus magnus; apertura inverse auriformis,
intus nitens; peristoma tenue, vel interdum intus leviter in-
crassatum, margine columellari paulo incrassato, callo tenuissimo
labro juncto. Long. 13 mm., diam. maj. 10mm.; apertura 9 mm.
longa, 6 lata.

Another small but adult specimen is 9mm. in length and 7} in
diameter.

Hab.—F lying Fish Cove (Andrews).

There are two principal characters which distinguish this species,
namely, the thickened peristome and the peculiar sculpture. The
former is not, however, observable in all specimens, but its absence
may be due to their immature condition. It is only slight in any
of the specimens, and internal; hence Pfeiffer’s expression ‘‘ perist.
submarginatum.”’ The sculpture has the appearance (under a
strong lens) of the texture of very fine linen, or minute crisscross
lines, rather than minute granulations. Besides this excessively
fine ornamentation the surface exhibits rather strong lines of
growth or subplications.

5. Succinea solitaria, Smith. (Pl. VIII, Figs. 10, 11.)
Suecinea solitaria, Smith, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 518, figs. 3, 4.

Testa suboblique ovata, supra acuminata, solidiuscula, vel albida,
versus apicem rufescens, vel omnino rubescens, lineis incrementi
validis, valde obliquis, curvatis, striisque spiralibus, fortibus, plus
minus distinctis, sculpta; anfractus 3, rapide crescentes, duo
superiores perconvexi, ultimus supra declivis, antice descendens ;
apertura rotunde ovata, superne acuminata, intus pallida vel

Mollusca. OT

rubescens; peristoma tenue, intus interdum subincrassatum,
margine columellari plus minus incrassato et reflexo, superne
allo tenui labro juncto. Long. 93, diam. 54mm. ; apertura 6mm.
longa, 44 lata.

Only a single specimen of this species has hitherto been known.
The few examples obtained by Mr. Andrews differ in being of
a very rich reddish colour. The solidity, the strong lines of
growth, and the spiral strie are the principal distinguishing
features of the species. The transverse strie are rather coarse,
and more conspicuous in some specimens than others.

6. Succinea listeri, Smith. (Pl. VIII, Figs. 12, 13.)
Succinea listeri, Smith, P.Z.8., 1888, p. 537.

Testa elongato-ovata, superne acuminata, tenuis, cornea, rubes-
eens; anfractus 38, rapide crescentes, ultimus permagnus,
incrementi lineis tenuibus striatus; apertura elongata, ovata,
superne acuminata; peristoma tenue, marginibus callo tenuissimo
junctis. Long. 135 mm., diam. maj. 8mm.; apertura 103 mm.
longa, 7 lata. |
_ This species differs in form and sculpture from both the other
species from the island. It is smoother, and has a shorter spire
and a longer body-whorl. :

Family STENOGYRID.

7. Opeas subula (Pfeiffer). (Pl. VIII, Fig. 14.)

Achatina subula, Pfeiffer, Wiegmann’s Arch. Naturg., 1839, vol. i, p. 352.

Bulimus subula, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. v, pl. lxix, fig. 494.

Stenogyra (Opeas) subula, Binney & Bland, Land and Fresh-water Shells of
North America, pt. i, p. 230, fig. 392.

Bulimus oparanus, Pfeiffer, P.Z.S., 1846, p. 34.

Hab. — Many islands in the West Indies, Florida, Mexico,
Venezuela, Fernando Noronha, Borneo, Cochin China, Island of
‘Opara or Rapa, etc.

A single specimen obtained by Mr. Andrews is inseparable from
‘this species, which, as will be seen from the above localities, has
@ very wide range. I am unable to find any characters which
will distinguish this species from O. oparanus (Pfr.), the sculpture
‘being precisely similar in both. The crenulation at the suture,
especially in the upper whorls, a feature not noticed in the descrip-
‘tions, is very peculiar, and, although visible under a simple lens,
is best seen under a compound microscope.

Binney and Bland account for the wide distribution of this
‘species by its transplantation with the banana and plantain
throughout the Tropics. These trees have been introduced into
Christmas Island from Java, and possibly the Opeas along with
them, although at present I am not aware of its having been
recorded from that island.

58 | Christmas Island.

Family AURICULIDA.

8. Pythia scarabeeus (Linn.). (PI. VIII, Fig. 15.)
Pythia scarabeus, Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric., p. 82.

Hab.—Flying Fish Cove. Widely distributed in the islands:
of the Malay Archipelago and Oceania.

The specimens from Christmas Island are much smaller than:
usual, the largest having a length of only 20mm.

9. Melampus luteus (Quoy & Gaimard). (Pl. VIII, Fig. 16.)
Melampus luteus, Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric., p. 36.

Hab.—Same as preceding.
Also rather smaller than usual. Length, 14mm.

10. Melampus fasciatus (Deshayes). (Pl. VIII, Fig. 17.)
Melampus fasciatus, Desh.: Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric., p. 38.
Hab.—Same as preceding.

Again the examples are small, only 11} mm. in length. Some-

are red-banded, whilst others are of a livid greyish tint without
bands, the spire being slate-blue in all.

11. Melampus castaneus (Miihlfeldt). (Pl. VIII, Fig. 18.)
Melampus castaneus, Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric., p. 30.

Hab.—Sandwich and Samoa Islands.

Only a single young speeimen was obtained by Mr. Andrews.
It agrees in every respect with examples from the Hawaiian:
Islands.

Family CYCLOPHORID A.

12. Leptopoma mouhoti, Pfeiffer, var. (Pl. VIII, Figs. 19, 20,

Leptopoma mouhoti, Pfeiffer, P.Z.8., 1861, p. 185; Monog. Pneumon., vol. iii,.
p- 82; Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. xiii, pl. ¥, fig. 25.

Testa breviter conica, umbilicata, tenuiuscula, sulyiiiapatae
sordide albida, epidermide tenuissima lutescente induta, interdum
infra peripheriam fusco maculata; spira conoidea, ad apicem haud:
acuta; anfractus 5, convexi, liris spiralibus filiformibus (in anfr.
ultimo circiter 6) striisque inter liras spiralibus tenuibus, incre-
menti lineis obliquis ornati, ultimus in medio vix angulatus, liris:
circa 12 (mediana ad peripheriam ceeteris “paulo-fortiori), succinctus ;
apertura fere circularis, long. totius 4 paulo superans ; peristoma:
anguste expansum, haud duplicatum, marginibus callo tenui junctis,,
columellari sinuato. Long. 113 mm., diam. maj. 114 mm.

Mollusca. 5

Hab.—¥ound on mossy trunks of trees in the upper part of the
island (J. J. Lister); north coast (Andrews).

The type of Z. mouhoti was described from Camboja, and differs
slightly in being a trifle more elevated than the specimens from
Christmas Island. Its peristome also is slightly broader. At
present | have seen only two specimens, so am unable to judge
of the constancy of these differences.

Family TRUNCATELLID.

13. Truncatella valida, Pfeiffer. (Pl. VIII, Figs. 21, 22.)

Truncatella valida, Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric., p. 184; Kuster, Conch.-Cab., p. 11,.
pl. ii, figs. 19-21, 23.

Hab.—Philippine Islands, New Caledonia, Samoa, etc.

The two or three apical volutions, constituting the protoconch,
are very convex, and although apparently smooth under a simple:
lens, under the microscope are seen to be very finely, regularly,
longitudinally striated.

Family ASSIMINEIDA.

14 Assiminea andrewsiana, n.sp. (Pl. VIII, Fig. 23.)

Testa elongata, conica, imperforata, rufescenti- cornea, vix
pellucida; anfractus 7, convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, infra.
suturam linea pellucida marginati, leves, nitentes, ultimus brevis,
rotundatus ; apertura obliqua, inverse auriformis, longit. totius.
4 fere adequans ; peristoma marginibus callo tenui junctis, externo
acuto, tenue, columellari valde incrassato et reflexo. Long. 4,
diam. 2}mm..

Only a single specimen was obtained of this pretty little snecies.
It is closely allied to 4A. woodmasoniana, Nevill,’ from Port Canning,
near Calcutta. It is similar in colour, but has more convex.
whorls, and wants the keel which surrounds the umbilical region,
also a fine thread-like line which winds up the spire round the
middle of the whorls. This character, present in all four specimens.
of A. woodmasoniana obtained by the Museum from Dr. Hungerford’s.
collection, is not noticed in Mr. Nevill’s description.

1 Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1880, vol. xlix, pt. 2, p. 163; 1881, vol. L, p. 148,
pl. vii, fig. 1.

60 Christmas Island.

INSECTA.
(PLATES IX-XV.)
Order 1.—LEPIDOPTERA.
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA.
By, Antave .G., Bortzr, PhD., F.L.S., 7.Z.5,, eae

(PLATE IX, Fie. 8.)

In the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1888 I gave an
account of a collection of Lepidoptera obtained by Mr. J. J. Lister
on Christmas Island in 1887; this collection contained five species
of Butterflies, two of which I had described in the Proceedings of
the preceding year in a Report on a Zoological Collection made by
the Officers of H.M.S. ‘‘ Flying Fish.”’

Previous to Mr. Andrews’ visit, therefore, the following species
were recorded as occurring on the island: — Vadebra macleart,
Hypolimnas listert, Nacaduba aluta, Tertas amplexa, and Tervas
patruelis; but, as the last of these turns out to be quite distinct
‘from Moore’s species, and the ordinary female of 7. amplexa, only
four distinct species were known to exist on the island. To these
Mr. Andrews has added five others, one of which, however, was
evidently blown across from Java, to the species of which island
those of Christmas Island show some affinity, although less than to
those of North Australia.

The following is a list of the species :—

Family NYMPHALIDA.
EUPLGSIN A.

1. Limnas petilia.
Papilio petilia, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer’s Pap. Exot., pl. xxviii, fig. 3 (1787-91).

Three males and four females were obtained near Rocky Point
‘in September and November.

Hitherto this species has only been known as purely Australian ;
its occurrence on Christmas Island, therefore, is the more
remarkable. If JZ. petilia reached this island from Australia
there seems no reason why it should not have passed northwards
to Java; it would therefore appear more probable that it has
travelled in a south-easterly direction to Australia, but that it
should have crossed such a vast tract of sea is indeed extra-
ordinary ; nevertheless, the forms of Hypolimnas nerina occurring
in Australia and Java are almost identical.

Lepidoptera. 6L

2. Vadebra macleari.
Vadebra macleari, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1887, p. 522, fig. 1.

Flying Fish Cove; August to November, 1897; March, 1898.

One nearly perfect female was obtained, which (in the character
of its primaries) shows rather more resemblance to the female of
P. sepulchralis of Java than do the males; seventeen males were
secured.

SATYRIN A.
3. Melanitis ismene, var. determinata.

Melanitis determinata, Butler, Proc. Ent. Soc., 1885, p. vi.

One female of the wet-season phase (not dated).

This species has an enormous range, and may have reached the-
island from Java; it is the Indo-Malayan insect, and does not show
the characteristics of Jf. leda (which occurs in no part of India,
Burma, Ceylon, or Malaysia).

NYMPHALINA.

4. Charaxes andrewsi, sp.n. (Pl. IX, Fig. 8.)

More nearly related to C. pyrrhus from Amboina than to any
other species of the genus, but altogether a far more smoky-
coloured insect on the upper surface; all the white markings on
the primaries of C. pyrrhus are here represented by more or less.
buffi-coloured spots; the internal patch, bounded above by the
second median branch, diffused, and more or less heavily irrorated.
with black scales; the secondaries are much darker than in
C. pyrrhus, the central whitish band more sharply defined, and
almost always abruptly abbreviated, so that it rarely descends.
below the second subcostal branch; the greyish-lavender markings
of C. pyrrhus entirely wanting; the black outer border extended
inwards, so as to cover nearly half the wing-surface; a submarginal
ochreous band, broken by grey-greenish streaks, bordering the
extremities of the nervures.

The pattern and colouring of the under-surface is much more
like that of C. jupiter (from Duke of York Island, the Solomon
Islands, and New Guinea); it differs, however, in the slenderness
of all the black markings, the much smaller patch across the end of
the discoidal cell of the primaries, and the much reduced, or wholly
obliterated, patch below the cell; on the secondaries, the red
patches are brighter and somewhat broader; the white submarginal
spots are bordered externally with bluish-lavender, and the
interrupted ochreous band is brighter and better defined ; expanse
of wings, ¢ 87-92mm., 9 106-112 mm.

‘62 Christmas Island.

West of Flying Fish Cove in August and September; at and
near Rocky Point, November and December, 1897; Flying Fish
Cove, April, 1898.

One perfect female and a dozen more or less broken examples
(of both sexes) were collected. As usual with the species of this
genus, C. andrewsi has an extremely rapid flight and is difficult
‘to catch.

5. Junonia villida.

Papilio villida, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., ii, p. 35 (1787); Donovan, Ins. New
Holl. , pl. xxv, fig. 3 (1805).

Five specimens, not dated.

This is the typical Australian form of the species, differing from
‘that occurring on the islands of the South Pacific in the narrower
and less brilliantly red-tinted fulvous markings. Dr. Horsfield
obtained the same form in Java.

6. Hypolimnas misippus.
Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus, Lud. Ulr., p. 264 (1764).

Q Flying Fish Cove, March, 1898.

The single example obtained is much rubbed and shattered; it
was the only specimen seen, and appeared immediately after
north-easterly gales, so that there can be little doubt that it was
blown over from Java.

7. Hypolimnas nerina, var. listeri.
Hypolimnas listeri, Butler, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 542.

Typical H. lusteri is the prevalent form in Christmas Island,
‘but it proves to vary more than the eight examples obtained by
‘Mr. Lister led me to believe, though certainly far less than the
race occurring at Suva (Viti Levu). In the wet season it is repre-
‘sented by a form the male of which is like H. nerina on both
surfaces, but the female differs in having the tawny patch on
the primaries small, as in H. iphigenia; a second form agrees
exactly with H. iphgenia on both surfaces; a third form nearly
approaches H. proserpina, but has much smaller tawny patches—
on the female, and the white belt on the under-surface of the
‘secondaries represented in both sexes by a whitish haze; this
variety occurs in both large and small phases. Then follows
typical H. listeri, and finally a form near H. alemene, but with’
only a spot of tawny on the primaries and none on the secondaries.
It will be necessary to consider these varieties separately.

Var. 1 (wet phase). Three very much shattered examples, not
‘dated, but probably collected in February or March, 1898.

Var. 2 = H. iphigenia, Q 24th December; Flying Fish os
29th December, 1897. |

Lepidoptera. 63

Var. 3, near H. proserpina, Q November; 6, Q Q Flying Fish
Cove, December, 1897.

Var. 4, similar, but much smaller, five males and two females,
not dated.

Var. 5, H. listeri. West of Flying Fish Cove, August; North-
East Point, 23rd December ; the remaining specimens were probably
all taken at Flying Fish Cove, and are dated October, November,
and December, 1897.

Var. 6, near H. alemene. &, Q Flying Fish Cove, in December.
Unfortunately, most of the specimens of this species are so much
broken as to be hardly fit for the cabinet.

8. Nacaduba aluta.
Cupido aluta, Druce, P.Z.S8., 1873, p. 349, pl. xxxii, fig. 8.

Flying Fish Cove, 20th October, 28th, 29th, and 30th December,
1897; March, 1898; north coast, March, 1898.

A good series of this species was obtained ; it varies considerably
in size.

9. Terias amplexa.

Terias amplexa, Butler, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 528, fig. 5.
2 Terias patruelis, Butler (not Moore), P.Z.S., 1888, p. 545.

6 Flying Fish Cove, August; Q September; ¢¢ November;
3d, 9 24th, 25th, 28th, “and 29th December, 1897; ¢@ north
coast, December, 1897; Q February ; & Rocky Point, March, 1898.

There is no distinctive seasonal characteristic in this species; all
the males show a wet type of coloration, and the females a dry
one. It was the dry characteristic of the latter sex which led me
to suppose it might be a variety of Z. patruelis. There can be
little doubt now that Z. amplexa is an endemic form, and the only
Terias in the island.

LEPIDOPTERA PHALANZ.
By Sir Grorcr F. Hampson, Bart.

Tue number of species of Moths taken (exclusive of Pterophoride
and Tineide) was 65, among which are all the five species taken
by Mr. Lister, and described in the P.Z.S. for 1888, pp. 542-546,
by Mr. Butler.

The most interesting point in working out the fauna and flora
of an oceanic island is the ‘distribution of its species. I have
therefore given the full distribution of each species as far as they

64 Christmas Island.

are known to me. The distribution of Christmas Island Moths.
seems to show very clearly that it has no connection with the
Malayan sub-region, but is very intimately related to the Ceylonese
sub-region, with a less strong relationship to the Australasian fauna
found in Queensland, New Guinea, and the Pacific groups. In the
collection hardly any of the numerous species confined to the Malayan
sub-region occur ; and where there are closely allied species in the
Ceylonese and Malayan faunas, it is the species of the former region
that occur in Christmas Island, not of the latter, and this holds with
regard to large conspicuous species whose distribution is well known,
and not only small and obscure species which might be supposed to:
have been overlooked in the Malayan sub-region.

Family SYNTOMIDZ.

1, Euchromia horsfieldi, Moore: P.Z.S., 1859, p. 200, pl. Ix, fig. 13..

4 38,5 Q; January, February.
Distrib.—Borneo, Java, Bali, Sumbawa.

Family ARCTIADA.

NOLIN A.
2. Nola distributa, Wlk.: Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vi, p. 118(1862).
East coast, 1 Q.
Distrib.—Madagascar, China, India, Burma, Borneo, Bali.
ARCTIANA.
3. Deiopeia pulchella, Linn.: Syst. Nat., 10th ed., p. 534 (1758).

6 g, 5 Q; October. All of the pale form candida, Butl.
Distrib.—Almost universal in Old World.

4, Argina cribraria, Clerck: Icones Ins., ii, pl. liv, fig. 4 (1759).

1 Q. Both wings extremely pale.
Distrib.—Madagascar, Mauritius, China, Malayan sub-region to
New Hebrides.

Family AGARISTIDA.

5. Mimeusemia econia, n.sp. (Pl. IX, Fig. 7.)

Head yellowish white; palpi with the second and third joints
banded with black; a short black streak above the frontal
prominence; antenne and patches above and behind eyes black;
thorax black, with white stripes on dorsum and patagia; pectus.

Lepidoptera. 65

and legs orange yellow, tarsi banded with black; abdomen orange
yellow, with dorsal fuscous bands. Fore wing chocolate red, with
sub-basal yellowish-white spot; an oblique triangular antemedial
spot from subcostal nervure to submedian fold ; a small medial spot
below costa, and a large spot from above median nervure to sub-
median fold; a spot beyond the cell from below costa to below
vein 3; the costal area black, with silvery-blue spot near base ;
a silvery-blue streak on basal half of vein 1; antemedial spots in
and below cell, with a streak of scales above them on costa; the
discocellulars silvery blue ; the postmedial line silvery blue, oblique
from costa to vein 4, then recurved to below end of cell; the area
from just beyond it strongly irrorated with whitish scales; cilia
white near apex and tornus. Hind wing black, with basal white
patch extending on inner area to middle, its outer edge slightly
angled at subcostal and median nervures ; an elliptical spot beyond
the cell; cilia white near apex and towards tornus.

3 6,19; Flying Fish Cove, October. xp. § 40, 9 42 mm.
Alhed to Perakana, Roths.

Family NOCTUID&.

CARADRININ A.

6. Dipterygia vagivitta, Wlk.: Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vi, p. 185.

2 Q; February, March.
Distrib.—Sikhim, Borneo.

7. Amyna selenampha, Guen.: Noct., i, p. 406.

5 9; March.
Distrib.—Natal, Madagascar, China, India, Ceylon, Andamans,
Philippines, Borneo, Java.

8. Amyna octo, Guen.: Noct., i, p. 233.

5 6, 49; December—February. Of these six belong to the
form axis, with the white discoidal spot on fore wing.

There are also 1 g, 1 Q, of a very dark form, fore wing with
some orange on the white discoidal spot, and a prominent white
spot on costa close to apex; this is also found in Pulo Laut and
Fergusson Island, New Guinea.

Distrib.—Throughout the Tropical Zone.

9. Prodenia littoralis, Boisd.: Faun. Ent. Madag. Lép., p. 91,
pl. xi, fig. 8.
8 g, 4 9; September—March.
Distrib.—Mediterranean sub-region, and throughout the Tropical
and sub-Tropical Zones of the Old World.

F

66 Christmas Island.

10. Leocyma tibialis, Fabr.: Syst. Ent., p. 578.

tO:
Distrib.—India, Formosa, New Caledonia, Tonga, Tahiti.

NOCTUIN A.

11. Armactia columbina, W1k., xxxiu, 808.

6g, 6Q; December—March.
Distrib.— Queensland.

12. Brana calopasa, W1k., xiii, 1100.

15 g, 8 9; September—January. Found on several occasions
in dense masses measuring about 2 x 1 ft. x 6in., or in long narrow
masses on trees or rocks; probably due to a single female attracting
a large number of males.

Distrib.— Ceylon, New Guinea.

13. Ophiusa honesta, Hiibn.: Samml. Exot. Schmett., u, p. 4,
pl. 203, figs. 1, 2.
14 g, 8 9; February—March.
Distrib.—India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans, Philippines.

14, Ophiusa coronata, Fabr.: Syst. Ent., p. 596.

24,79; September.
Distrib.—India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans, Java, Queensland.

15. Ophiusa serva, Fabr.: Syst. Ent., p. 593.

5 g, 18 Q; December—March.
Distrib.—India, Ceylon, Burma, Borneo, Java, Celebes, Queens-
land, New Hebrides.

16. Bocula limbata, Butl.: P.Z.S., 1888, p.545. (Pl. IX, Fig. 1.)

2g, 8 9; December—March. The genus Hudragana was
described by Mr. Butler from the single female collected by
Mr. Lister, which had remained unique in the collection. It will
form a section of the genus Bocula, Guen.: antenne of male with
long bristles and cilia; patagia short, ending in tufts of hair;
abdomen with large lateral, oval tufts; hind wing with slight
costal fold and subcostal fringe of very long scales on upper side.

Lepidoptera. 67

i. Acantholipes similis, Moore: Lép. Atk., p. 174, pl. vi, fig. 5.

1 Q. Small, like specimens from Borneo.
Distrib.—India, Borneo.

18, Thermesia rubricans, Boisd.; Faun. Ent. Madag. Lép., p. 106,
pl. xvi, ‘fig. if

ae
Distrib.—Africa, Madagascar, throughout the Oriental region to
the Pacific groups.

19, Ophideres salaminia, Fabr.: Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 17.

iQ.
Distrib.—Madagascar, Formosa, throughout the Oriental region
to Queensland and Fiji.

20. Ophideres ancilla, Cram.: Pap. Exot., ii, pl. 149, F.

4 6,4 9; August- February.
Distrib.—India, Ceylon, Burma.

21. Ophideres fullonica, Linn.: Syst. Nat., i, 2, p. 812.

6 g, 8 Q; September, October.
_ Distrib.—Africa, and throughout the Oriental region to New
Guinea and Queensland.

22. Ophideres materna, Linn.: Syst. Nat., i, 2, p. 840.

73,5 Q; September.
Distrib. = Tropical Africa, India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans,
Java, North Australia.

23. Cosmophilaerosa, Hiibn.: Zutr. Samml. Exot. Schnutt., ii, 19,
figs. 287, 288.

1 6, 29; March. The male belongs to the form with

pectinated antenne.
Distrib. — United States, West Indies, Africa, Madagascar,
Mauritius, throughout the Oriental region to Queensland and Fiji.

24. Cosmophila vitiensis, Butl.: Trans. Ent. Soc., 1886, p. 408:
(PI Dey Pies +12.)

446,59; March. The antenne of males have short branches
on outer side, and are fasciculate on the inner; the postmedian line

68 Christmas Island.

of fore wing has its excurved portions rounded or straight, not
angled; the usual colour variations occur.
Distrib.—New Hebrides, Fiji, Tahiti.

25. Eutelia delatrix, Guen.: Noct., 1, p. 304.
83,39

Distrib.—India, Ceylon, Burma, Singapore, Java, Queensland.

26. Stictoptera describens, WIk., xiii, 1139.

1 9; December.
Distrvib.—South India, Ceylon, Singapore.

27, Hydrillodes vexillifera, spn. (Pl. IX, Fig. 6.)

6. Palpi recurved over head, the first joint angled with scales
in front; the second largely tufted with hair at the extremity, the
third bent downwards and tufted with hair; fore tibize and femora
with large tufts of hair; fore wing with slight costal fold on
under-side fringed with large scales; hind wing with the basal area
on under-side clothed with fulvous androconia.

Fuscous brown; the tufts on fore legs and at extremity of
abdomen tinged with ochreous. Fore wing with faint traces of an
antemedial line; a black point at middle of cell; the postmedial
line arising from a white point on costa, then indistinct, waved,
and incurved from vein 8 to submedian fold; the subterminal line
indistinct, curved and angled inwards in submedian fold; hind
wing with discoidal lunule. Under-side of hind wing paler, with
distinct discoidal spot and waved postmedial line; the fulvous
scales in male extending on inner area to near tornus.

1 g, 4 Q; December—March. zp. 26mm.; also from the
Louisiades, St. Aignan (Meek).

28. Maliattha signifera, Wlk., xii, 793.

12 g, 18 9; August—March.
Distrib. — Japan, China, India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans,
Penang, Queensland.

29. Erastria griseomixta, sp.n. (Pl. IX, Fig. 5.)

Q. Head and thorax grey, slightly mixed with brown scales ;
abdomen fuscous brown. Fore wing grey, irrorated with brown
scales; an indistinct sub-basal line oblique from costa to median
nervure, where it is angled, obsolete below submedian fold; the
antemedial line indistinct, slightly waved, oblique from costa to
median nervure, then nearly erect; a slight rufous point at lower
angle of cell; the postmedial line indistinct, bent outwards below

a ee

Lepidoptera. 69

costa, where there is an obscure brownish spot on it, then minutely
dentate and slightly defined by white scales, the area between it
and the slightly waved subterminal line browner. Hind wing dark
brown, paler towards base; cilia greyish.

1Q; February. xp. 22 mm.

30. Tarache olivacea, Hmpsn.: Ill. Het. B.M., viii, p. 68,
pl. 142, fig. 9

1 6; February.
Distrib.—Shanghai, Naga Hills, Nilgiris; a closely allied species
in Abyssinia.

31. Earias chromataria, Wlk., xxvii, 204.

1 Q. Fore wing with the dark terminal band very broad ; hind
wing tinged with fuscous.

Distrib. — Africa, Japan, India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans,
Sula, Java.

Family LYMANTRIAD&.

32. Porthesia pulverea, spn. (PI. IX, Fig. 9.)

SG. White; head and thorax strongly or slightly tinged with
yellow brown; antenne with the branches brownish; abdomen
with the anal tuft orange. Fore wing strongly or slightly irrorated
with large yellow-brown scales; more or less prominent brown
medial and postmedial lines excurved from costa to median
‘ nervure. Hind wing white, the termen and cilia often tinged
with brown.

The anal tuft pale yellow or brownish; fore wing much
less irrorated with brown, the | lines hardly traceable, or quite
obsolete.

20 g, 8 2; December-March. Allied to P. trrorata, Moore,
from Java.

33. Orgyia postica, WIk., iv, 803.

1 ¢; January.
Distrib.—Formosa, India, Ceylon, Burma, Bibiso: Java, New
Guinea, Queensland.

Family SPHINGIDA.

CH HZROCAMPIN A.
34. Cherocampa erotus, Cram.: Pap. Exot., ii, pl. 1048.

10 g, 4 Q; July-January.
Distrib.— Andamans, Queensland, Solomons, Tonga.

70 Christmas Island.

35. Cherocampa vigil, Guér.: Deless. Voy., ii, p. 80, pl. xxii,
figs 1.

13 6,7 Q; August-January.
Distrib.—India, Ceylon, Andamans, Philippines, Java, Queens-
land, New Hebrides.

36. Theretra lucasi, Wlk., viii, 141.

1 Q; December.
Distrib.— Oriental region to North Australia.

SPHINGIN A.

3/7. Pseudosphinx discistriga, Wlk., viii, 209.

4 2; December, January.

Dstrib.—Japan, China, India, Ceylon, Andamans, Borneo, Java,
Queensland.

MACROGLOSSIN A.

38. Cephonodes hylas, Linn.: Mant. Ins., p. 589.

9 ¢, 6 9; September—March.

Distrib.— West and South Africa, Oriental region to Australia,
and Gilbert Islands.

All the specimens belong to the form confinis, Boisd., previously —
recorded from South Africa only.

Family GEOMETRID&.

BOARMIAN i.
39. Hyperythra lutea, Cram.: Pap. Exot., iv, p. 157, pl. 3706, p.

24,29; January.

A small form of the species, with the male extremely dark,
similar to a specimen from Claremont Island, North Australia.

Distrib.— Oriental region to North Australia.

40. Boarmia acaciaria, Boisd.: Faun. Ent. Madag. Lép., 116,
pl. xvi, fig. 4.

4 $,1 9; October-February. Showing the usual large amount
of variation, but all belonging to the dark form cornaria, Guen.

Lepidoptera. él

Distrib.— West and South Africa, Madagascar, Oriental region to
Australia and North Caledonia.

41. Boarmia scotozonea, sp.n. (Pl. IX, Figs. 4, 15.)

6. Pale olive-brown, irrorated with black scales; palpi at sides
and frons black; forelegs streaked with black; abdomen dorsally
suffused with black from second to subterminal segment. Fore
wing with obscure, slightly curved, antemedial series of points and
indistinct oblique medial line; a postmedial series of points, with
dark spots on it between veins 6 and 4, with a diffused blackish
patch beyond it extending nearly to termen; a pale subterminal
line dentate towards costa; some black points on termen. Hind
wing with obscure antemedial line; a more prominent, minutely
dentate, medial line followed by a rust-red line; an ill-defined,
pale, subterminal line, somewhat dentate towards costa, and with
rust-red line on its inner side, the area beyond it pale from vein 4
to tornus; two terminal black lunules towards apex and one
towards tornus. Under-side, with the terminal area of both wings,
black, with subterminal series of pale spots becoming a line towards
inner margin of hind wing. Antenne ciliated ; fore wing with
small fovea.

Q. The area beyond the postmedial line of fore wing and medial
line of hind wing suffused with black, except the costal area of
fore wing.

24 g, 3 9; September—-March. The only close ally of this
species is B. cessarva, W1k., from India and Ceylon.

LARENTIAN ZA.

42. Sauris hirudinata, Guen.: Phal., ii, p. 362.
1 g, 3 9; December—March.
Distrib.—South Africa, India, Ceylon, Burma, Sumatra, Java,
Queensland, Fiji.
GEOMETRIN A.
43. Thalassodes veraria, Guen.: Phal., i, p. 360.

One Q in bad condition, which is bright yellow-green instead of
blue-green, and may belong to a closely allied species.
Distrib.—India, Ceylon, Java.

ACIDALIAN A.

44, Craspedia optivata, Wlk., xxii, 780.

5 3,16 Q; December—March. The females agree very well with
the Australian form, but the males have the discoidal spots and
terminal points larger.

12 Christmas Island.

Distrib. — North Australia, Queensland, New South Wales,
Tasmania.

45, Craspedia, sp.
One Q in too bad condition to identify, apparently allied to
C. eulomata, Snell.

Family URANIAD ZA.
EPIPLEMIN &.
46. Epiplema inhians, Warr.: A.M.N.H. (6), xvii, 214.
(Pl. IX, Fig. 2.).

6 g, 3Q; December—-March. Agrees exactly with specimens
from Sikhim and the Khasis, from which it has been previously
recorded only ; one female is browner, with a black medial band to
both wings.

Family PYRALID.

GALLERIAN A.

47. Doloessa castanella, Hmpsn.: Moths Ind., iv, p. 4.
1 g;. February.
Distrib.— Ceylon.
48. Corcyra cephalonica, Stt.: Ann., 1866, p. 147.

1g, 49; March.
Distrib.—Kurope, West Indies, Ceylon. Probably introduced.

PHYCITIN ZA.

49. Homceosoma nimbella, Zell.: Isis, 1839, p. 178.

eae
Distrib.—United States of America, Europe, Syria, Cape Colony.

50. Ephestia scotella, spn. (Pl. IX, Fig. 13.)

Q. Dark purplish-brown slightly suffused with grey. Fore
wing without trace of antemedial line or discoidal points; a very
indistinct pale subterminal line excurved from below costa to
vein 2; a terminal series of indistinct black points. Hind wing
fuscous; veins 3 and 5 stalked.

29; December, January. Zzp. 16 mm.

’
d
§

Lepidoptera. fi)

51. Heterographis singhalella, Rag.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1888,
i p. 283.

1 9; January. In bad condition, which may belong to a closely
allied species.
Distrib.—Ceylon.

52. Euzophera cinerosella, Zell.: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1867, p. 380.

2Q; January.
Distrib.—Europe. Probably introduced.

53. Epicrocis egnusalis, W1k., xix, 905.

3 9; January-March.
Distrib.— Madagascar, China, India, Ceylon and Burma, Sumatra,
Australia.

ENDOTRICHINZ&.

54. Endotricha listeri, Butl.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 546.
(Wk Fie. 3)

28 g, 81 9; August—March.

PYRALIN A.

55. Herculia nannodes, Butl.: Ill. Het. B.M., ui, p. 71,
pl, ivi; fig. 5:

1 g, 10 9; December—February.
Distrib.—Japan, China, Borneo.

PYRAUSTIN Z.

56. Zinckenia nigerrimalis, spn. (Pl. IX, Fig. 10.)

Antenne of male, with the tuft of scales from basal joint very
large, convolute, and enclosing the base of the shaft, which is
greatly thickened by scales on inner side after the excision. Deep
dull black ; palpi with the second joint banded with white; pectus
and legs partly white; abdomen with slight dorsal segmental lines
on upper sides and broad bands on ventral surface. Fore wing with
medial white spots in cell, below the cell and on inner margin;
a trifid spot beyond the cell above vein 5, and two spots nearer the
termen between veins 3 and 5; cilia white above middle and
tornus. Hind wing with oblique, slightly curved, white medial
band not reaching costa or inner margin; cilia white below
apex, and tipped with white near middle.

4 6,8 9; December—March.

74 Christmas Island.

57. Zinckenia fascialis, Cram.: Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 398 c.

43,79; August.
Distrib. — Neotropical, Nearctic, South Palearctic, Ethiopian,
Oriental, and Australian regions.

58. Dichocrocis surusalis, Wlk., xviii, 695.
19.
Distrib. Japan, Ceylon, Sumatra, Borneo, Bali, Celebes.

59. Sylepta lunalis, Guen.: Delt & Pyr., p. 352.
170:
Distrib. — Formosa, India, Ceylon, Burma, Borneo, Celebes,
Sumbawa, Venezuela.

60. Dichocrocis auritincta, Butl.: Trans. Ent. Soc., 1886, p. 431.
(Pl. IX, Fig. 14.)

LO:
Distrib.—Bali, Tenimber, Australia.

61. Glyphodes (Phacellura) holophealis, sp.n. (Pl. IX, Fig. 11.)

Fuscous; palpi below, pectus and ventral surface of abdomen
white; the anal tuft fulvous, with black tips; wings fuscous
brown, with a purplish tinge; an oblique opalescent shade on
medial area of both wings.

7 6, 8 Q; September-March. The only near allies of this
species are Neotropical.

62. Glyphodes indica, Saund.: Trans. Ent. Soc., 1851, p. 163.

44,1 9Q.
Distrib.—Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australian regions.

63. Glyphodes suralis, Led.: Wien Ent. Mov., 1863, p. 405,
ple xiv, ec,
36,6 Q; August—March.
Distrib.—Nicobars, Amboina, New Guinea, Solomons, and Pacific
groups.

64. Hellula undalis, Fabr.: Ent. Syst., ii, 2, p. 226.

1.
Distrib.—United States of America, Mediterranean sub-region,
Ethiopian and Oriental regions.

Lepidoptera. 75

MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.

By the Rt. Hon. Lord Watstnenam, M.A., LL.D., F.B.S.,
Trustee Brit. Mus.

PYRALIDINA.
Family OXYCHIROTIDA, Meyv.

1. Oxychirota paradoxa, Meyr.

Oxychirota paradoxa, Meyr.: Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, 438-9.1

Hab.—N.S. Wales: Sydney, June.!

Christmas Island; Jan.—Mar., 1898; seven specimens. (C. W.
Andrews. )

I find a specimen in my collection, apparently belonging to this
genus, collected at Paradeniya in Ceylon by Dr. G. H. K. Thwaites,
which is quite distinct from Meyrick’s species.

Family PTEROPHORIDA.

2. Cosmoclostis quadriquadra, Wlsm., sp.n.

Antennz white. Palpi scarcely projecting beyond the head;
white. Head pale rust-brown above, face white. Thorax yellowish
white anteriorly, rust-brown posteriorly ; under-side shining white,
tinged with yellowish at the sides. Fore wings cleft to beyond
middle ; yellowish white, the costa and dorsum narrowly pale rust-
brown; a few rust-brown scales erossing the wing at one-fourth
are succeeded by a rust-brown patch at the base of the fissure,
wider on the tornal than on the apical lobe; before the middle of
the apical lobe is another transverse oblique rust-brown patch,
joined along the dorsum of the lobe to an ante-apical patch of the
same colour which overflows the dorsal but not the costal cilia; on
the tornal lobe there is also a broad straight transverse rust-brown
patch beyond its middle, colouring the cilia above and below it, the
cilia (except where so coloured) are whitish. zp. al. 11-13 mm.
Hind wings and cilia bronzy grey, the cilia of the dorsal lobe paler.
Abdomen rich rust-brown, with four quadrate whitish patches
above—one basal, one ante-median, one post-median, and one on
the anal segment ; under-side shining white, tinged with yellowish

76 Christmas Island.

at the sides. Hind legs white, smeared above on the tibize and

banded on the tarsi with pale rust-brown ; spurs white, tinged with
rust-brown before their extremities, the scales at the base of the
spurs not conspicuously raised, rust-brown mixed with white.
Co-types (3), Mus. Br.
Hab.—Christmas Island; Dec., 1897 — Jan., 1898; fourteen
specimens. (C. W. Andrews.)

The specimens are in poor condition, but show that the species

is distinct from C. aglaodesma, Meyr., not only from its smaller size
but from the different arrangement of the abdominal spots and the
tint of the hind wings, besides minor differences in the arrange-
ment of the markings. It is obviously an insular form allied to
the New South Wales species, which, however, also occurs in the
Solomon Islands.

TINEINA.

Family HYPONOMEUTID 2.

3. Brenthia elachista, Wlsm., sp.n.

Antenne annulate with bronzy fuscous and whitish towards the
base, becoming blackish above on their outer half. Palpi porrect ;
white, annulate, with bronzy fuscous—two annulations on each
joint. Head and thorax bronzy brownish. Fore wings cinereous,
profusely speckled with bronzy brownish, forming transverse sinuate
strigule across the outer half ; a short, bronzy brown, basal patch,
wider on the costa than on the dorsum, this is outwardly bounded
by a band of the pale ground-colour, beyond which the wing is
again shaded with bronzy brownish; a minute patch of fuscous
speckling at the outer end of the cell, with a white spot on the
costa above it, this is succeeded by a blue and lilac metallic spot ;
the apex and termen are broadly ornamented with velvet-black,
alternating on its Inner margin with golden brown and speckled on
its outer margin with lustrous shining metallic iridescent spots—
the first two shghtly below the apex, silvery white set in black,
the others more or less coalescing in a narrow band about the
middle of the termen, with some scattered metallic scales again
below them; cilia shining, greenish grey on their basal half, pale
bronzy brownish externally. zp. al.6mm. Hind wings bronzy
brownish grey, with an oblique transverse white band from the
costa to below the middle at one-third from the base, with some
shining metallic lilac spots towards the apex and termen; cilia
brownish grey, streaked with white through their middle below
the apex. Abdomen bronzy brownish. Legs white, spotted with
bronzy brownish above on the tibize and tarsi.

Co-types (2), Mus. Br.

Lepidoptera. oe

Hab. — Christmas Island ;* Jan.—Mar., 1898; six specimens.
(C. W. Andrews.)

Smaller than any previously described species of this genus,
greatly resembling B. pavonacella, Clem., and the larger quadri-
florella, Z., from North and South America respectively.

4, Simaethis ornaticornis, Wlsm., sp.n.

Antenne with the basal joint enlarged, obtuse; brownish
ochreous, the stem white, conspicuously annulated with black.
Palpi whitish, barred with brownish ochreous on the outer sides.
Head brownish ochreous, mixed with pale cimereous. Thorax
brownish ochreous, becoming dark brownish grey posteriorly.
Fore wings with the costa much arched, widening outward from
the base, apex rounded, termen obliquely convex; olivaceous
brownish, with two narrow transverse bands of pale cinereous
speckling between base and middle, the outer one terminating in
a whitish costal spot, beyond which is another reduplicated whitish
costal spot, the space between them dark brownish fuscous,
another small white spot hes in the costal cilia immediately above
the apex; some blackish patches around the outer end of the cell
are succeeded by some paler transverse strigule and accompanied
by brownish cinereous scaling, the ante-apical and ante-terminal
portion of the wing being irregularly clouded with fuscous, the
termen olivaceous brown, with a dark brown line along the base
of the bronzy greyish cilia. Hzp.al.11mm. Hind wings dark
bronzy brownish, with some faint pale curved streaks running
through them before the margin; under-side with two speckled
pale cinereous bands. Abdomen bronzy brownish. Legs fuscous,
tarsi with three white bands.

Co-types (2), Mus. Br.

Hab. — Christmas Island; Feb.—Mar., 1898; ten specimens.
(C. W. Andrews.)

This species resembles in shape, colouring, and markings the
typical forms of S:maethis, and is apparently nearer to the European
oxyacanthella, L., than to any other well-known species.

5. Phycodes adjectella, Wkr.

Nigilgia adjectella, Wlk.: Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M., XXVIII, 512 (1863).!
Phycodes adjectella, Wism.: Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, 80.?

Hab.—Sierra Leone. East Africa: Tangani, Kolumbi Creek,
Aug.?

Christmas Island; Dec., 1897—Jan., 1898; two specimens.
(C. W. Andrews. )

Apparently a small form (exp. al. 11mm.) of Walker’s Afncan
species.

78 Christmas Island.

6. Tortricomorpha chlorolepis, Wlsm., sp.n.

Antenne dark brown. Palpi dark brown externally, brownish
cinereous on their inner sides; terminal joint short, not rising above
the level of the head. Head greyish brown. Thorax dark brown,
sprinkled with greenish and pale cinereous scales. Fore wings dark
brown, profusely sprinkled with pale yellowish green scales, the
greenish scaling is somewhat thicker on the basal half, on
a transverse band passing the end of the cell, and about the
apical and terminal portion of the wing, leaving a brown band less
thickly scaled across the middle; cilia brownish grey, a narrow
brownish ochreous marginal line preceding them. zp. al. g 28,
Q 23mm. Hind wings greyish brown, the outer two-thirds of the
cilia whitish cinereous. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs greyish
brown, the end of the hind tibiz and the last four tarsal joints
brownish ochreous.

Type.—f Q Mus. Br.

Hab.—Christmas Island; Feb., 1898; three specimens. (C. W.

Andrews. )

Family TORTRICID.

[HPAGOGE, Hb. = DICHELIA, Gn. = HASTULA, Mill. }

7. Epagoge halysideta, Wlsm., sp.n.

Antenne greyish cinereous. Palpi triangular; pale brownish
ochreous. Thorax greenish olivaceous, with two scarlet longi-
tudinal streaks. Fore wings dull olive-green to two-thirds from
the base; on the green portion are three lines of scarlet streaks—
the first, from the base below the costa, broken beyond its middle,
the basal half tending to join the outer half of a similarly broken
median streak ; the third, also from the base, is broken into three
spots below the middle and outer half of the fold; three small
scarlet spots and a transverse elongate one precede the darkened
outer third of the wing, which, after a narrow margin of metallic
pinkish ochreous, becomes rich yellowish brown, with obscure
greyish fuscous semi-metallic shading and reticulations; along the
costa, commencing near the base, is a series of minute pale ochreous
spots, gradually increasing and becoming oblique geminated streaks,
continuing to the apex; these, beyond the middle, are joined in
pairs at their lower extremities, giving the appearance of links of
a chain; cilia pale ochreous, with fuscous streaklets running
through them. zp. al. 9mm. Hind wings dark greyish.
Abdomen bronzy grey; anal tuft ochreous. Legs pale ochreous.

Lepidoptera. ae

Type.—G Mus. Br.

Hab.—Christmas Island; Jan., 1898; unique. (C. W. Andrews.)

A single specimen, adding to the somewhat curious tropical
distribution of this conspicuous form, allied species occurring on
the west coast of Africa, Malaysia, Queensland, and extending
northwards to Shanghai.

CZNOGNOSIS, Wlsm., gen. nov.
(cavvos = ‘new’; yvweas = ‘ knowledge.’)
Type: Canognosis incisa, Wl1sm.

Antenne (Q) simple. Palpi porrect, median joint clothed with
loose hair-scales beneath; terminal joint nearly half the length of
the median, slightly drooping, smooth. Head rather rough above.
Thorax smooth. Fore wings narrow at the base, slightly widening
outward, costa moderately straight, apex obtusely falcate, termen
deeply sinuate, not oblique, tornus rounded: neuration, 12 veins—
2 from scarcely beyond middle of cell; 3 from before angle of cell,
much recurved, approximating to 4 on termen; 4 and 5 separate,
4 recurved, 5 to sub-apical sinus; 6 to lower extremity of the
faleate apex; 7 to above apex, 8 and 9 out of 7; 10 nearer to 7
than to 11; 11 from outer third of cell. Hind wings as broad as
the fore wings, scarcely sinuate below the rounded apex: neuration,
8 velns—3 and 4 connate; 5 parallel to 4; 6 and 7 stalked.
Abdomen normal. Legs smooth; a slight projecting tuft of scales
at the end of the hind tibie.

Apparently allied to the New Zealand genus Epalziphora, Meyr.,
which is also represented in New South Wales.

8. Cezenognosis incisa, Wlsm., sp.n.

Antenne pale brownish. Palpi white, a brownish streak on the
outer side of the median joint reaching to half its length, terminal
joint tinged with brownish. Head dark rust-brown. Thorax
white, with a brownish tinge. Fore wings sericeous white, costa
narrowly tinged with rust-brown, through which run short oblique
white streaklets commencing before the middle and continuing
nearly to the apex; apex obtusely caudate, rich ferruginous,
a silvery streak running through the lower half of the
ferruginous patch, joined at its base by a similar slender streak
from the costa and at its apex by another curving around the base
of the apical cilia; this patch is preceded by a dark fuscous
quadrate spot a little beyond the upper angle of the cell with
smaller patches of fuscous scales on either side of it; along the
middle of the termen are three or four patches of similar fuscous
scales between the veins, and a few, less noticeable, are distributed

80 Christmas Island.

along the dorsum below the fold; cilia at the apex ferruginous,
below it white tipped with fuscous, around the tornus plain white.
Exp. al.17mm. Hind wings pale yellowish brown with a roseate
gloss; cilia pale brownish, tipped with dirty whitish towards their
apex. Abdomen pale yellowish brown. Legs pale yellowish
brown, the terminal four joints of the hind tarsi darker brownish
above, with whitish spot at the joints.
Type.—Q Mus. Br.

Hab. — Christmas Island; March, 1898; unique. (C. W..

Andrews. )
Family TINEIDA.
9. Dendroneura punctata, Wlsm., sp.n.
Antenne olivaceous ochreous. Palpi divergent; whitish

ochreous beneath, streaked with fuscous along their upper side.
Head pale olivaceous grey; face flattened, slightly paler. ‘Thorax
and fore wings shining pale olivaceous grey, with a greenish iri-
descent gloss; a small fuscous spot les a little below the costa at
three-fourths from the base, and is preceded by a similar small spot
on the dorsum ; cilia pale olivaceous greyish. vp. al. 11-12 mm.
Hind wings widened near the base, becoming rapidly attenuate
beyond the middle to the acute apex; tawny olivaceous greyish,
cilia scarcely paler. Abdomen pale cinereous. Legs with the
usual flattened femora characteristic of this genus; hind tibize very
hairy above; pale cinereous.

Co-types (2), Mus. Br.

Hab. — Christmas Island; Dec., 1897; Jan.—Feb., 1898; ten
specimens. (C. W. Andrews.)

The species of this genus are said to be attached to sugar-cane
and the banana. One has been recorded from the West Indies;
others occur in Hawaiia and the Society and Marquesas Islands.

Hymenoptera. 81

Order 2.—HYMENOPTERA.

By W. F. Kissy, F.L.S., F.E.S., ete.

(PLATE XIV, Fies. 5-9.)

I nave been able to identify eleven species of Hymenoptera, obtained
by Mr. Andrews on Christmas Island, all but two of which are, as
far as yet known, peculiar to the island. Of these, I have described
six as new, one of which I have made the type of a new genus.
There are also single specimens of three species of Ichneumonidae,
which it is not desirable to describe until more specimens are
obtained. I have added the descriptions of new species, and any
notes of importance from my former paper on the Hymenoptera
collected by Mr. Lister (P.Z.S., 1888, pp. 551, 552).

EEST OF, SPECIES;

TEREBRANTIA.

ENTOMOPHAGA.

PRocToTRYPIDE.

Dryininz (?).
Mantibaria, g.n.
anomala, sp.D.

IcHNEUMONID&.
OPpHIONIN2E.
Ophion, Fabr.
flavocephalus, sp.n.

ACULEATA.
HETEROGYNA.

ForMicip ®.
PonERINz.
Lobopelta, Mayr.
diminuta, Smith.

ForMIcIn &.
Camponotus, Mayr.
melichloros, Kirb.

FOSSORES.

CRABRONID 2.
Larrin 2.
Notogonia, Costa.
alecto, Smith (?).

DIPLOPTERA.

EUMENID 2.
Odynerus, Latr.
polyphemus, Kirb.

VESPIDZ.
Polistes, Latr.
balder, Kirb.

ANTHOPHILA.

APIDZE.
ANDRENINZ.
Halictus, Latr.
andrewst, sp.n.
binghami, sp.n.

MEGACHILIN®.
Megachile, Latr.

rotundipennis, sp.n.

nivescens, Sp.N.

G

82 Christmas Island.

MANTIBARIA, Kirby, gen. nov.

Head very large, oval, as broad as the thorax, and broader than
long; ocelli arranged in an equilateral triangle, antenne inserted
close together between the eyes, and set with short hairs, scape
slightly curved, about four times as long as broad, second joint
rather longer than broad, slightly narrowed at the base and
truncated at the extremity; flagellum nine-jointed, the joints
transverse, closely appressed, a little broader than long, except
at the extremities, the last as long as the preceding three, and
ending in a fine point; pronotum nearly square, a little rounded
in front; scutellum forming an obtuse-angled triangle, truncated
behind, and with a slight central carina; abdomen moderately
broad, with six dorsal segments visible, of about equal length ;
legs short, stout, clothed with short hairs, but destitute of spines ;
tarsi five- jointed, the first joint rather longer than broad, the
second, third, and fourth transverse, the fitth as long as all the
rest put together, greatly swollen, and followed by large claws,
which are, however, more or less damaged in all the specimens
before me, and hence cannot be further described. Rudimentary
wings visible under the microscope.

Affinities uncertain; I am inclined to refer the species to the
Dryinine, but without feeling at all sure that this is its real
position.

1. Mantibaria anomala, sp.n. (Pl. XIV, Figs. 5, 5a.)

Long. corp. 2°5 mm.

Black above, very finely punctured; antenne, legs, face, and
sometimes a ring round the eyes, testaceous or rufo-testaceous; tip
of abdomen and sometimes the incisions more or less reddish.

Five specimens from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897. Parasitic
on Mantis, etc.

2. Ophion flavocephalus, sp.n.

Long. corp. 14mm.; exp. al. 22mm.

Male and Female.—Testaceous, head yellow, except the antennese
and mouth-parts, which are testaceous, and the very large ocelli,
which are black. Thorax, in the male, with three longitudinal
brown stripes. Abdomen: first segment with its apical third
rather suddenly enlarged; second segment fusiform, thickest |
beyond the middle, but before the extremity; the abdomen is
thickly clothed with short hair, especially towards the extremity,
which is brownish, darkest in the male. Wings iridescent
hyaline, with piceous nervures; costa of fore wings blackish as

TT ymenoptera. 83

far as the stigma, and, including the latter, yellow beyond.
Stigma slightly indented at its base by the cubito-discoidal cell,
below which point are two testaceous specks, enclosed by a curved
water-line; the outer extremity of the cubito-discoidal cell is
unusually broad, about two-thirds as broad as its lower extremity ;
costa of hind wings edged with a blackish line.

Described from one pair, taken near Flying Fish Cove.

8. Lobopelta diminuta. (Pl. XIV, Fig. 6, 9.)
Ponera diminuta, Smith: Cat. Hym. B.M., vi, p. 89, n. 23 (1850).

Nine workers; north part of island, March, 1898. One
female (?) without locality ; described below.

A common East Indian species, previously recorded from
Christmas Island, as well as from Calcutta, Borneo, etc.

Mr. Lister’s collection contained four workers from a nest found
near the summit of the island, on October'4, 1887.

Lobopelta diminuta, 9 (?). (Pl. XIV, Fig. 7.)

Long corp. 6mm.; exp. al. 12mm.

Dull black, clothed with short grey hairs, especially conspicuous
on the abdomen. Antenne dull reddish, clothed with a very fine
pile. Mouth-parts, tegule, and the last two segments and under-
surface of the abdomen, and a narrow border to the segments ; the
trochanters, base and tip of femora, and the tibice and tarsi rufous ;
the hind tibiz brown in the middle. Front coxz much thickened,
front tibie cultrate, with a very large oblique terminal spine.
l'etiole large, erect, sloping in front, and truncated behind. Wings
fusco-hyaline, with fuscous nervures; stigma blackish; neuration
nearly that of Ponera.

4. Camponotus melichloros.
Camponotus melichloros, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 541.

‘‘Long. corp. 7-8 mm.

‘Worker. Structure nearly that of C. ligniperdus, Latr. Thoracic
sutures fairly well defined; node of petiole forming a rounded
plate. Smooth and shining, sparingly clothed with erect white
hairs; thorax honey-yellow; head and tarsi reddish; flagellum
paler; abdomen black, with pale sutures; eyes and extreme tips of
mandibles black, the latter sexdentate.

‘The following label was attached to the bottle: ‘Two forms
from same nest in rotten wood, Flying Fish Cove, October 2’

84 Chiistmas Island.

[1887]. The specimens differ little, except that some are rather
smaller and paler than others, and with conspicuously smaller head.”

A large series of the various forms of this species from Flying
Fish Cove, August-October, 1897, and February, 1898; from
north coast, December, 1897; and from north part of island,
January, 1898. The workers vary from 3—9mm. in length.
The females are 10-11mm. long and 22-25mm. in expanse.
They are of a rather darker chestnut-red than the workers, and
the abdomen is black, clothed with short grey hairs. The wings
are yellowish hyaline, with yellowish nervures. The males are
7mm. long and 14mm. in expanse; the upper part of the head
is black, the antenne and front of the head and face reddish. ‘The
thorax 1s reddish, with brown or black markings, and the abdomen
is black, with the sutures light reddish. The legs are reddish, with
black femora. Workers found in a rotten stump.

5. Notogonia alecto (?).
? Larrada alecto, Smith: Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., ii, p. 103, n. 6 (1858).

Long. corp., ¢ 7, Q 10mm.; exp. al, ¢)11, 9 17mm

Black, head and thorax thickly and finely punctured, clothed
with a very fine silvery pile, especially on the face, scutellum, and
abdomen; middle and hind tarsi more or less reddish in the female,
and hind tibie edged within with silvery pile; scutellum oval,
much longer than broad, thickly, coarsely, and very irregularly
rugose-punctate, wings brownish hyaline, with brown nervures.

Nine specimens, from Flying Fish Cove, August—October, 1897 ;
east coast, September, 1897; north coast, 1898.

Apparently identical with a specimen marked ‘‘ Larrada alecto,
Smith,’’ from Celebes; but as we have no authentic specimens of
that species from Singapore, the original locality, I am not certain
that the Christmas Island insect is the true alecto.

6. Odynerus polyphemus.
Odynerus polyphemus, Kirb.: P.Z.8., 1888, p. 551.

‘‘Long. corp. 10mm.; exp. al. 17 mm.

‘‘ Black, thickly and closely punctured; head with a yellow
spot between the antenne; the orbits opposite the antenne very
narrowly edged with yellow; a yellow streak on each side of the
base of the clypeus, just below the antennz, and a yellow streak
behind each eye, above the middle. Prothorax edged in front
with a broad yellow stripe, tapering and interrupted in the middle,
and cut squarely off on each side. Tegule pitchy, with a very

Hymenoptera. 85

small yellow dot in the middle, a triangular yellow spot above, and
another, sub-rotund, on the mesopleura. Scutellum with a broad
longitudinal yellow stripe on each side; post-scutellum yellow,
metathorax with a broad curved yellow stripe on each side.
Abdomen with the first segment yellow above, except in front,
a black line, interrupted behind, on the median line above; second
segment yellow above, except at the base, and on a wide conical
space which extends to three-quarters of its length; on the hinder
edge of the segment the yellow colour is continued on the lower
surface, but does not form a complete ring, being widely inter-
rupted in the middle; the third segment bordered behind on the
upper surface. Wings dirty hyaline, smoky along the costa, and
in the radial cell.

‘Allied to O. confluentus, Smith, from Sumatra, but differing
much in colour from any described species.”

Thirteen specimens, from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897; west
coast, October, 1897; north part of island, December, 1897, and
January, 1898; central part of island, February, 1898.

7. Polistes balder.
Polistes balder, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 552.

“Exp. al. 28mm.; long. corp. 13 mm.

‘“‘Ochreous - yellow, with linear black markings. Head with
a black line just above the antenne, the ends of which run
upwards on each side, and slightly diverge; below the antenne
the clypeal suture is black, and this curve is sometimes connected
with the upper one by a black line on each side within the
antenn ; a black line crosses the head just behind the ocelli, over
which extends a continuous black spot; the tips of the mandibles
are also black, as well as the basal parts of the head and prothorax.
Thorax with all the sutures more or less black, sometimes not
continuously ; the central black line is frequently incomplete
behind. Pectus and pleura black, the latter marked with four
or five large and small yellow spots. Scutellum, post-scutellum,
and metathorax yellow; the sutures rather broadly black; groove
of the metathorax black. Legs almost entirely yellow, or reddish
yellow; the trochanters and the extreme tips of the coxe and
base of the femora black. Abdomen inclining to reddish yellow,
but with no distinct markings, except a black spot above at the
base of the first segment, and the suture between the first and
second segment, which is generally black. Wings smoky hyaline,
with brown nervures; costal nervure and costal region yellowish.

‘“‘ Allied to P. hebreus, Fabr., but smaller and differently
coloured. The first segment of the abdomen, too, appears to be
a little longer and more gradually widened.

86 Christmas Island.

‘“Two nests accompanied these wasps. They are round, and
the smaller one is considerably raised in the middle. The upper
surface is grey; the outer portion is inky black towards ita base,
and whitish on the sides above.

‘“One of the wasps was taken on October 1, at Flying Fish
Cove; a nest, with eggs, larve, and cocoons, was found on the
under-side of a branch at the same place on October 2; and
another nest, with wasps flying round it, on October 5.”

Six specimens, from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897; and
north part of island, December, 1897, and January, 1898.

Makes small hanging nests on trees and bushes, and stings
severely.

8. Halictus andrewsi, sp.n. (Pl. XIV, Fig. 8.)

Long. corp. 6mm; exp. al. 10 mm.

Female.— Face forming a long oval between the eyes, clothed
with bronzy-green pile, back of head bronzy green, rarely purplish
black, cheeks clothed with long grey hair; antennze rufo-testaceous,
with the scape and following joint black; mesonotum and scutellum
bronzy green, the borders of the former sometimes purplish black ;
post-scutellum broad, depressed, more strongly punctured than the
rest of the thorax, and of a darker bronzy-green; it is bordered
behind and on the sides with long whitish hairs. Abdomen
shining bronzy-green, very finely punctured, with the sutures
narrowly testaceous. Under-surface mo-tly bronzy green, but paler
than above; legs testaceous, frequently more or less bronzed,
especially on the femora; wings iridescent hyaline, with brown
nervures ; centre of stigma yellow.

Probably allied to H. buccinus and vicinus, Vachal.

Kleven specimens, those with localities marked ‘‘ North part of
island,” January, 1898.

9. Halictus binghami, sp.n. (Pl. XIV, Fig. 9.)

? Halictus proteus, Bingham: Faun. Brit. Ind., Hym. i, p. 428, n. 737 (1897) ;
nec Vachal.

Long. corp. 5°5 mm.; exp. al. 10-11 mm.

Female.—Head and thorax black, sometimes with a very faint,
ereenish tint, very finely punctured, an impressed vertical line
from between the bases of the antenne to half the distance from
thence to the anterior ocellus; lower part of the face clothed with
grey pubescence; tongue testaceous; metanotum longitudinally
striated, and bordered with grey pubescence. Abdomen more
shining black, the segments not constricted, basal segment
polished, smooth, rufous, the segments narrowly bordered behind

“
SE es SS SO

,
f
:

Hymenoptera. 87

with testaceous, and fringed with yellowish- grey pubescence.
Legs dark reddish-brown, sometimes with a darker line above, and
elothed with long yellowish-grey pubescence. Wings iridescent
hyaline, with yellowish-brown neuration.

Four specimens, from north part of island, J anuary, 1898.

This imsect agrees very well with Lieut. - Col. Bingham’s
description of the female from Tenasserim, which he doubtfully
refers to ZH. proteus, Vachal; but I cannot regard it as Vachal’s
species, which is described as having the “ metanotum (post-
scutellum) tomento croceato tectum.” It is black in the Christmas
Island specimens, bordered with grey pubescence. But it is
possible that the male, which Bingham doubtfully refers to the
same species, may be Vachal’s insect. However, as I have no
specimens of these Halicti to compare, and as the Christmas
Island species would in any case require to be renamed, I have
named it after my friend Lieut.-Col. Bingham, whose book on the
Aculeate Hymenoptera of India is so useful to all who have
occasion to study toreign Hymenoptera.

10. Megachile rotundipennis, sp.n.

¢ long. corp. 9mm.; exp. al. 17mm. Q long. corp. 12mm.;
exp. al. 21 mm.

Male.—Head transverse, very finely punctured, fully as wide as
thorax; mandibles and lower part of head black; mouth-parts
more or less ferruginous in rubbed specimens, but in fresh
specimens the face, like the greater part of the head and thorax,
is clothed with pale fulvous pubescence. Eyes with their inner
orbits obliquely approximating below; abdomen black, the seg-
ments banded behind with brighter fulvous pubescence, and the
two apical segments densely clothed with the same above. Legs
black, clothed with long grey hair, with a slight fulvous shine:
front tarsi beneath, and at the tips, ferruginous; middle and hind
tarsi thickly clothed with fulvous pubescence beneath, darkest in
the latter. Wings hyaline, slightly clouded towards the margins;
nervures brown; wings rather broad, and the fore wings obtusely
rounded at the tips.

Female similar, with the abraded thorax much more coarsely
punctured than the head, and the abdomen clothed with fine
golden-grey pubescence; the last segment above clothed with
thick fulvous pubescence; the abdomen beneath coarsely punctured,
and clothed, especially towards the extremity, with long, recumbent,
fulvous hair; the greater part of all the tarsi likewise thickly
clothed with bright fulvous hair.

Described from five males and one female, from Flying Fish
Cove, August and September, 1897, and West Coast, October, 1897.
On the flowers of forest trees (especially Grewia); rather scarce.

88 Christmas Island.

This species resembles If. budde, Dalla Torre (rufipes, Smith),
more than any other species in the Nat. Hist. Mus. Collection ;
but the latter species is more brightly coloured, and the costal
nervure is fulvous instead of brown.

11. Megachile nivescens, sp n.

6 long. corp. 10, exp. al. 19mm.; Q long. corp. 14, exp. al.
23 mm.

Much resembles the last species, but the face, except the
ferruginous proboscis, is entirely black, and the head, face, thorax,
and bands on the abdomen above are clothed with dense silvery-
white pubescence. The bands towards the tip of the abdomen are
slightly bordered behind with fulvous in very fresh specimens, and
the terminal segment is clotned above with rich fulvous; beneath,
the abdomen is banded with silvery white, as above, in the male,
and clothed with long, recumbent, fulvous hair in the female. The
legs are clothed with yellowish-grey hair, the hair on the tarsi
being bright fulvous beneath, and more or less above, at least on
the middle tarsi.

Twelve specimens, mostly worn females, from Flying Fish Cove,
August-October, 1897; west coast, October, 1897; north part of
island, December, 1897, and January, 1898. Very common on
sea-cliffs, frequenting flowers of Pemphis and Scevola.

Order 3.—DIPTERA.

{The Diptera unfortunately have not yet been determined. The.

specimens collected are roughly as follows:— 7ipulida, 3 or 4 species;
Culicida, 2 species; DMycetophilide, 1 species; Stratiomyide,
2 species; Aszlide@, 4 species; Bombylide, 1 species; Dolichopodide,
probably 2 species; Syrpinda, 1 species; uscide@, at least 7 or 8
species; ecropezide, 1 species; Ortalide, 1 species; Ochthiphilide,
1 species; Mippoboscide, 2 species. There are also several other
specimens,. and the collection probably includes between thirty
and forty species in all_—C. W. A. ]

a

Coieoptera. 7 89

Order 4.—COLEOPTERA.

By C. O. Warernovse, F.E.S., C. J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S.,
and G. J. Arrow, F.E.S.

(PLATES X anp XI.)

Family CARABID A.
1. Morio orientalis, Dej.

Common in rotten wood.
In the Museum there are specimens from Java, Penang, Andaman
and Nicobar Islands.

2. Harpalus, sp.

Two specimens, which at present are undetermined.

3. Trechus (?).

A small species apparently referable to this genus.

Family STAPHYLINID A.
4. Gyrophena, sp.
This and the following we are at present unable to determine.
5. Philonthus, sp.
6. Lithocharis, sp.
7. Pederus listeri, Gahan, sp.n. (Pl. X, Fig. 1.)

Niger, articulis duobus primis et duobus ultimis antennarum
fulvis; elytris chalybeato - cyaneis, dense fortiterque punctatis,
quam prothorace vix brevioribus; tarsis fulvo-testaceis, interdum
leviter infuscatis. Long. 8-9 mm.

Head and prothorax black and glossy. Antenne with the first
two and the last two joints fulvous or testaceous, the intermediate
joints dark brown. LElytra very slightly shorter than the pro-
thorax ; steel blue or sometimes greenish blue in colour; thickly
and rather strongly punctured. Abdomen pitchy black ; the legs
of the same colour, with the tibie less dark towards the extremity,

90 Christmas Island.

and the tarsi fulyous or testaceous, sometimes shaded with dark
brown.

Phosphate Hill, November, 1897; North Coast, December, 1897.
This species was obtained also by Mr. Lister in Christmas Island.
Dr. Sharp informs me that he has in his collection an allied but
distinct species from Java.

8. Lispinus castaneus, Fauv.

One example only of this species was obtained by Mr. Andrews.
Through Dr. D. Sharp’s kindness I have been enabled to compare
it with a typical specimen of Z. castan-us, from New Guinea. It
is somewhat smaller in size, and its elytra, instead of being reddish
chestnut, are dark brown in colour.

Family HYDROPHILID ZA.

9. Dactylosternum abdominalis, Fabr.

Flying Fish Cove, in August and October.

Specimens in the Museum are from Brazil, Fernando Neronha,
Madeira, Canaries, Cape Verdes, St. Helena, Rodriguez, Mauritius,
Sierra Leone, Angola, Natal, Ceylon, Penang, Andamans, Sandwich
Islands, etc.

Family HISTERID ZA.

10. Hololepta malleata, Lewis, sp.n.

Oblongo-ovata, subdepressa, nigra, nitida; fronte plana; thorace
impunctato, stria marginali tenui; elytris striis dorsalibus, 1 brevi,
24 brevissima, appendice brevi curvato, subhumerali haud lata
utrinque abbreviata; propygidio lateribus anguste punctato ;
pygidio sparse punctato postice levi; prosterno lato; mesosterno
sinuato utrinque angulariter marginato; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

Long. (absque mandibulis) 8- 9mm.

Oblong oval, rather depressed, black, shining ; the head, surface
flat, smooth, and impunctate, mentum in both sexes agrees. with
that of H. indica, Er. ; the thorax is arched at the sides, bisimuous
before the scutellum, very feebly angulate behind the middle of
the lateral edge, marginal stria fine "inal ceasing at the anterior
angle; the elytra, lateral fossa rather narrow, not very deep, and
shortened at both ends; strie, first dorsal short and a little oblique,
second very short, the apical appendage is short and slightly
incurved at the apical tip; the propygidium is smooth except for
a few lateral punctures before the middle; the pygidium ¢ is
smooth, with a few punctures scattered transversely and irregularly
along its base, 9 punctures similarly placed, but more numerous

Coleoptera. 91

and less scattered; the prosternum is rather broad and dilated at
the base; the mesosternum is sinuous anteriorly and distinctly
angulate on either side, and the short marginal strie follow the
course of the angles; the anterior tibie are 4-dentate.

The species is in many respects similar to H. indica, Er., but in
Erichson’s species the pygidium is densely punctured and the
mesosternum is not so conspicuously angulate laterally.

Hab.—Northern part of the island, January, 1898.

11. Platysoma lignarium, Lewis, sp.n.

Oblongum, subparallelum, parum convexum; fronte concaya,
labis transversa, stria transversa integra sed tenuiter impressa ;
pronoto stria laterali haud interrupta, valida; elytris, striis dor-
salibus 1-3 integris, 4-5 et suturali apicalibus; propygidio
transversim punctato; pygidio parum dense ocellato - punctato,
margine postice elevato; prosterno haud striato ; mesosterno,
sinuato, marginato; tibiis anticis 4-dentalis.

Long. ¢ 4°5-5 mm.

Oblong. somewhat parallel, little convex, black, shining, legs and
tarsi reddish brown; the head, forehead concave, labrum trans-
verse, stria complete but fine; the thorax transver-e, rounded otf
at the anterior angles only, marginal stria very fine and ceasing
near the eye, lateral stria strong, with the interstice uniform in
width, not narrowing at the base, and distinctly wider than that
of P. birmanum, Mars. ; scutellar puncture linear; the elytra, strie,
inner’ humeral fine, basal, and oblique, outer humeral wanting,
1-3 dorsal strong, parallel, and complete, 4 apical, and not
reaching the middle, 5 shorter, not half the length of the fourth,
and with a wider space between it and the apex; sutural com-
mences behind the middle of the dorsum, and reaches only to
a point on a line with the anterior part of the fifth; the pro-
pygidium has ocellate punctures transversely arranged, which leave
a smooth margin along its edges both before and behind; the
‘pygidium is closely punctured, punctures ocellate, hinder margin
strongly elevated; the tibiew, anterior 4-dentate, intermediate 4—d,
posterior 3- spinose.

This species belongs to the same group as ee odiosum,
Mars., and in its oblong, rather parallel form, it resembles
P. suturale, Lew.

Hab.—Found in rotting wood on the coast and in the central
part of the island.

12. Paromalus, sp.

There is a single example in this collection of an apparently
undescribed species; it has a large and deep round fovea in the
centre of the pygidium, and is therefore probably a male.

Hab.—In rotting wood.

92 Christmas Island.

Family NITIDULID A.

13. Prometopia quadrimaculata, Motsch.

This is evidently a widely distributed species, as it was described
by Motschulsky from Ceylon, and there is a specimen in the British
Museum from the Philippine Islands. A long series was collected
by Mr. Andrews, showing that the species varies considerably, and
little importance need therefore be attached to its failure to

correspond in every respect with the description. Motschulsky —

mentions an impressed median line on the thorax, of which I can
find no trace; and Reitter, in a table of the Oriental species of
this genus, characterizes P. guadrimaculata as having the basal spot
of the elytron ‘‘peu developpée transversalement,”’ whereas the
development of this spot differs greatly in different specimens,
sometimes extending transversely to the suture and sometimes
upwards to the base of the elytron.

14, Stelidota orientalis, Arrow, sp.n.

Elongato - ovalis, convexa, fusco-niger; capite prothoraceque
punctato-rugosis, fulvo-setosis, prothoracis lateribus arcuatis, rufo-
flavis, angulis anticis obtusis, posticis acutis, disco prope basin
leviter bifoveolato ; elytris costatis, costis setosis, interstitiis grosse
seriato-punctatis, punctis setiferis, marginibus maculisque rufo-flavis.

Long. 3mm.

The colour is a deep brownish-black, with the margins of thorax
and elytra and markings on the latter reddish yellow. The pattern
on each elytron consists of a spot bordering the scutellum, another
beneath near the suture, a wavy fascia beyond this extending
nearly across the elytron, and another between the first and second
spots reaching the external but not the internal margin. There
are two large but not deep impressions near the base of the
prothorax.

The British Museum collection contains a specimen of this species
from Macassar. Another, from Mr. Andrew Murray’s collection,
bears the unpublished name of Séelidota orientalis, Motsch.

Family TROGOSITIDA.

15. Shoguna polita, Arrow, sp.n.

Cylindrica, nitida, castanea; capite prothoraceque subtiliter parce
punctatis, illo antice ustulato, arcuatim emarginato, oculis promi-
nulis; antenne clava 3-articulata; prothorace convexo, medio postice

Coleoptera. 93

subsulcato, lateribus concavis; elytris indistincte seriato-punctatis,
prope suturam linea impressa, apicis subtruncatis.

long. 5mm.

This closely resembles the typical species S. rufotestac-a, Lewis
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1889, p. 274), but is darker in colour,
with the emargination of the head arcuate and not angular. The
head and thorax are sparsely punctured, and the latter furrowed
along its posterior half. The elytra have indistinct rows of
punctures and a single pair of strie bordering the suture. The
' pygidium is furnished with long, erect fulvous sete.

A single specimen was obtained on the north coast of the island.

16. Shoguna striata, Arrow, sp.n.

Cylindrica, subdepressa, nitida, rufo-castanea ; capite prothorace-
que parcissime sat distincte punctatis, capitis fronte arcuatim
emarginato, oculis minutis, antenne clava 2-articulata, articulo
nono vix precedentibus majore; prothoracis dorso subplano, medio
postice subsulcato, lateribus concavis; elytris fortiter strigatis,
utrisque ad apicem rotundatis.

Long. 4mm.

Rather smaller and more depressed than the preceding species ;
the head and thorax with large scattered punctures, the latter
longitudinally furrowed posteriorly. The eyes are very small,
and the ninth joint of the antenne is hardly larger than those
preceding it. ‘The elytra are deeply striated, and the pygidium is
fringed with yellow hairs.

Only a single specimen was found.

The previously described species of the genus Shoguna inhabit
Madagascar, Burma, Japan, and New Britain respectively.
Mr. Lewis mentions species from the New World, which he does
not think can be generically separated, but an examination of
these convinces me that they constitute a closely allied but
distinct genus.

ONISCOMORPHA, Arrow, gen. nov.

Caput elongatum, exsertum, emarginatum, oculi integri, ovales
remoti, antenne 11-articulate, clava elongata triarticulata; pro-
thorax transversus, antice non capitis ad marginem attingens,
angulis anticis valde rotundatis, posticis emarginatis; scutellum
transversum ; elytra parallela, postice parum attenuata, sub-
acuminata.

Allied to Warcisa, and of similar appearance, but the head is
not sunk into the prothorax, and the eyes are entire, and situated
on the sides of the head, the upper and lower divisions being equal,
but without constriction or emargination. The facets are very
large. The antennal club is compact, and twice as long as broad,

94 Christmas Island.

with the last joint spheroidal. The prothorax is deeply emarginated
for the head, but the lateral lobes do not extend beyond the front
of the eyes; the hind margin is lobed in the middle, and has a
blunt right-angled tooth on each side fitting into a corresponding
notch in the elytron. The elytra are parallel- sided, slightly
acuminate towards the apex, with the margins entire, and, together
with the rest of the upper surface of the body, are clothed with
flat oval scales.

17. Oniscomorpha marmorata, Arrow, sp.n. (Pl. X, Fig. 2.)

Oblonga, subdepressa, fusca, squamis albidis supra tecta, ore
antennis pedibusque ferrugineis; clypeo late emarginato-truncato ;
prothorace elytrorum latitudine, lateribus valde rotundatis, crenatis,
subtus squamulis albis parce vestito; elytris costatis, lateribus
parallelis, integris, costis tuberculiferis, interstitiis albo-squamosis,
fusco-marmoratis.

Long. 6mm.

Family COLYDIID A.

18. Xuthia maura, Pascoe: Journ. Ent., ii (1863), p. 128.

A single example from rotting wood. The specimen is, perhaps,
a trifle narrower than the type from Morty, but this is probably
a sexual difference.

19. Bothrideres strigatus, Arrow, sp.n. (Pl. X, Fig. 3.)

Angustatus, piceus, subnitidus, capite prothoraceque dense et
profunde strigoso-punctatis, hujus medio linea levi, ante medium
impressione haud profunda, post medium spatio impunctato circulari
fossa profunda postice incluso, striis duabus ad basin connexa;
marginibus leviter sinuatis, postice valde contractis, angulis
posticis rectis; elytris disco striatis, partibus exterioribus carinatis,
intervallis ] et 3 paullo punctatis.

Long. 8 mm.

The colour is black, with the antenne and legs a very dark red.
The head and thorax are coarsely punctured, and there are a few
scattered punctures on the first and third interstices of each elytron.
The third interstice is also angularly elevated, and beyond it the
strie are replaced by three sharp cost. Near the base of the
thorax is a U-shaped impressed line enclosing a smooth area, and
in front of this is a shallow depression.

The species is represented only by a single specimen.

Coleoptera. 95

Family CUCUJIDZ.

20. Psammeecus concinnula, Walker.

There are two specimens of this species, originally described
from Ceylon. Others in the Museum collection are from Java and
China, and a single example from Sierra Leone.

Family DERMESTID 2.

21. Dermestes felinus, Fabr.

This species, like many others of its genus, occurs in all parts of
the world. Several specimens were taken.

D. subcostatus, Murr., the type of which is now in the British
Museum, belongs to this species.

Family CRYPTOPHAGIDA.

A single example of a minute species, taken on the east coast
in September, apparently allied to Paramecosoma, and closely
resembling P. serrata in general form and colour, but with
differently formed tarsi.

Family COCCINELLIDZ.
22. Epilachna indica, Muls.: Spec. Col. Trim., p. 776.

Numerous specimens of this widely distributed Asiatic species
were taken, together with their larve, near Flying Fish Cove.

23. Epilachna nativitatis, Arrow, sp.n. (Pl. X, Fig. 6.)

Lata, subdepressa, flava, parce pubescens, oculis magnis, pro-
thoraceque angusto, basi fortiter arcuato, immaculato; elytrorum
marginibus late explanatis, ad humeros valde rotundatis, deinde
fere ad apicem recte angustatis, singulo grosse sex-punctato,
punctis tribus prope suturam, uno ad callum humeralem et duobus
prope marginem, punctis quatuor basalibus linea recta, quatuor
intermediis equidistantibus linea arcuata ordinatis.

Long. 7°5 mm

This species is of a pale tawny colour, and is not very thickly
clothed with hair. The prothorax is much narrower than in the
preceding species, and is strongly arcuate at the base, so that its
length in the middle is almost equal to half its breadth. The
elytra are broadly margined, and the size and position of the spots

96 Christmas Island.

recall the common European £. chrysomelina rather than any of
the Oriental species. The four basal spots are arranged in
a straight line, and the inner spots of the middle row are scarcely
farther removed from the suture than those above and below them.

Three specimens were brought by Mr. Andrews from the north
coast of the island. This species was also found both by Mr. Lister
and the officers of the ‘‘ Flying Fish.”

24. Scymnus, sp.

A single specimen of a small species, probably new.

Family PSEUDOCORYLOPHID &.

25. Aphanocephalus, sp.n.

A single specimen, which it seems inadvisable to describe.

Family EROTYLID A.

26. Euxestus parki, Woll.: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ili (1858), p. 411.

Of this insect, originally described from Madeira, three examples
were found in the north part of the Island in January. It has
been recorded from Rodriguez Island and Damma Island.

Family LUCANIDA.

27. Paregus listeri, Gahan: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 539.
(Pl Bigs. 15:2)

A good series of examples, including both sexes, of this species
was obtained by Mr. Andrews. Mr. Lister’s collection, on which
my previous paper was based, contained only male specimens,
though I was able to describe the female from a single specimen of
this sex previously obtained by the officers of H.M.S. ‘ Flying
Fish.”’

28. Figulus rossi, Gahan, sp.n.

Niger nitidus; capite supra paullo concavo, sparse minuteque
punctato, utrinque prope oculos tuberculato, clypeo inviso, canthis
oculorum late rotundatis ; mandibulis bidentatis, mento sat profunde
concavo, valde punctato; pronoto antice in medio leviter tubercu-
lato, disco fovea media punctis 15 ad 20 impressa, versus latera
subtilissime vel haud punctato ; elytris regulariter punctato-striatis,

Coleoptera. 97

punctis magnis rotundatis in latitudine interstitiis levibus costatis
fere zqualibus, utroque elytro prope angulum apicalem reticulato-
punctato ; lateribus prosterni, metasternique, et abdominis processu
intercoxale fortiter punctatis, ceteris abdominis fere impunctatis.

Long. (mandib. exclusis) 9-11°5; lat. 3-4mm.

Head sparsely and very feebly punctured, slightly concave in the
the middle above, and having on each side an obtuse tubercle,
which is separated from the eye by a short longitudinal ridge;
anterior margin straight in the middle, and very slightly projecting
forwards in a short obtusely rounded process at each side; ocular
eanthi regularly rounded both in front and at the sides, slightly
oblique behind; mandibles each with two teeth on the inner side,
those of the right mandible being placed, one just in front of the
middle, the other near the base, those of the left, which are shorter,
between the middle and the apex. Prothorax very minutely or
not at all punctured above, except in the median fovea (which is
impressed with from about 15 to 20 strong punctures) and also at
the anterior margin close to the lateral angles, where there are
a few irregular rows of moderate-sized punctures. Elytra strongly
punctate-striate, the punctures being large, broadly elliptical, or
nearly circular in outline, and almost equal in width to the smooth
subcostate intervals between the rows; near the apical angle each
elytron is somewhat reticulately punctured. Sides of the pro-
sternum and metasternum, and the intercoxal process of the
abdomen strongly punctured ; sides of the first segment with a few
large punctures, and the rest of the abdomen with some’ minute
sparsely scattered punctures. Anterior tibie with four or five, the
middle and hind tibie with two or three teeth on the outer border.

Five specimens collected in the north part of the island.

In general form and structure this species approaches LF”. suleicollis,
Hope, from which it is chiefly to be distinguished by its smaller
size, less punctured prothorax, and the relatively much larger size
of the punctures of the elytra.

Family PASSALIDZ.

29. Leptaulax, sp.

_ Mr. Andrews obtained a number of specimens of this genus at

Flying Fish Cove in October. They closely resemble L. tomorvensis,
but will probably prove to be one of the many allied species recently
described by Herr Kuwert.

Family APHODIID.
30. Rhyssemus inscitus, W1k.

_ One example, taken in the north part of the island, which does
not seem to be specifically distinct from Walker’s type from Ceylon.

H

98, Christmas Island.

31. Trichyorhyssemus (gen. nov,) hirsutus, C. de P., sp.n.

A specimen sent to M. L. Clouét des Pesruches was kindly
examined by him and returned with this name, which will be
published in his forthcoming monograph.

CETONIIDA.
o2. Protetia andrewsi, Gahan, spn. (Pl. X, Fig. 5.)

Nigra, nitida, interdum viride vel purpureo tincta, supra sparse
setosa, thorace subtus pedibusque sparse sat longeque villosis ;
clypeo transverso, margine antico late rotundato (fere truncato) et
fortiter elevato: capite pronotoque sat dense fortiterque punctatis,
longitudinaliter in medio obtuse leviterque carinatis; elytris dense
punctatis, squamis luteis sparse guttatis, depressionibus posticis
haud vel obsolete striatis, marginibus suturalibus postice elevatis
et ad angulos apicales paullo productis.

Long. 12-15, lat. 6°5-8°5 mm.

Colour black, but in some specimens tinged with metallic green
or purple. Head strongly and rather thickly punctured, clypeus
transverse, broadly rounded or almost truncate in front, with the
margin strongly raised. Pronotum with an obtuse and very feebly
raised carina along the middle ; this carina, a median space at the
base in front of the scutellum, and one or two smaller areas towards
the sides, smooth, the rest of the surface strongly and rather thickly
punctured. LElytra somewhat strongly punctured, the punctures
being less thickly placed in the neighbourhood of the scutellum
than over the rest of the surface; the broad depression on each
side of the sutural carina on the posterior half of the elytra is
rather thickly punctured and usually destitute of strize (in one or
two specimens among those examined traces of striz in the form of
one or two broken lines are to be seen). Antenne varying in colour
from light mahogany-brown to dark chestnut-brown; the inner
lamella of club almost as long as the whole of the proximal part
of the antenna. Legs and under-side of the body with a long
sparse pubescence; metasternum with an impressed line along
the middle.

This species seems to come nearest to P. acuminata, Fab., from
which, however, it is very distinct. It differs not only in colour
and sculpture, but in being more pubescent above and below and in
having the anterior margin of the clypeus more strongly raised,
the apices of the elytra less produced at the sutural angles, the
metasternum impressed with a median line, and the hair-fringe of
the intermediate and hind tibiz much longer and more sparse.

—

,
|

Coleoptera. 99

Family BUPRESTID2.

33. Chrysodema simplex, Waterh.: P.Z.S., 1881, p. 520.

Mr. Andrews met with this species in abundance at Flying Fish
Cove in October.

34. Chrysobothris andrewsi, Waterh., sp.n. (Pl. X, Fig. 8.)

Obscure brunneo-cuprea, parum nitida, creberrime sat fortiter
punctata; elytris maculis sex marginibusque aureo-viridibus.

Long. 10 mm.

Head in front green, circularly impressed, closely and rather
coarsely punctured ; the forehead more finely and very closely
punctured. Thorax transverse, rather strongly punctured, the
punctures on the disk widely separated from each other, becoming
gradually closer together, till they are crowded at the sides, the
intervals on each side of the disk forming transverse shining ruge.
The sides are nearly parallel posteriorly, strongly sinuate in front
of the middle, so that there is a well-marked rectangular projection
before the anterior angle. Elytra gently convex, without coste,
brownish coppery, with a slight purple tint in some lights, rather
strongly, evenly, and very thickly punctured, the punctures green.
The base and margins are tinted with golden green; and each
elytron has a transverse, oval, golden-green impression on the disk,
before the middle, and two contiguous impressions behind the
middle, the inner one oblique. The margins are denticulate from
behind the middle. The anterior femora are much thickened in
the middle, and furnished with a rather small acute tooth. The
under-side of the body is green, tinted with coppery, especially
on the abdomen, the terminal segment of which has a well-marked
median carina, and is deeply emarginate at the apex.

This species is quite isolated. I know of no species at all
resembling it either in colour or markings. The thorax has not
the posterior angles turned in, as is generally the case, and the
angular projection at the sides is very marked.

Family EUCNEMIDZ.

35. Fornax, sp. (?).

A single example, apparently referable to this genus, taken at
Flying Fish Cove in October.

100 Christmas Island.

Family ELATERID 2.

36. Tetrigus murrayi, Waterh., sp.n.

Elongatus, parallelus, brunneus, fulvo-pubescens. Thorace

creberrime punctato; elytris striatis, striis sat fortiter punctatis,

interstitiis crebre punctatis.

Long. 22mm. @.

The thorax has the punctuation very close, and considerably
stronger than in Z. parryi or flabellatus, and the pubescence is
rather coarser. The elytra are striated, the punctures in the stric
are much stronger than in 7. flabellatus about the same as in
T. lewisi, but closer together ; the dorsal strie are nearly as
strongly marked as the lateral ones. The interstices are closely
and more strongly punctured than in 7. flabellatus, and there is
a slight tendency of the punctures to be asperate. The apex of
each elytron is angular, the angle nearly a right angle, not at the
suture (as in Z. parryz) but between the second and third strie.
The prosternum is rather closely and very strongly punctured, but
there is a smooth median line posteriorly. The apex of the abdomen
is arcuately rounded, not emarginate.

37. Anchastus discoidalis, Waterh., sp.n.

Sordide testaceus; capitis vertice, thoracis disco, elytrisque
(basi excepto) fuscis.

Long. 6-6°5 mm.
_ This insect has much the appearance of Dolopius marginatus, but
it is rather more elongate, the thorax is rather longer and more
narrowed in front, and the elytra are a little narrower and more
acuminate. The clypeal carina is very sharp and prominent. The
antenne have the third joint distinctly longer than the second,
a little shorter that the fourth. The thorax is shining, moderately
strongly punctured, the punctures distinctly separated on the disk,
close together at the sides; the posterior angles are prolonged and
very acute, the inner carina is fine, and not very sharply defined,
so that it is only visible in certain positions. The base is
testaceous, the sides and anterior angles light brownish-testaceous,
the disk dark brown, with a trace of a lighter median line.
The elytra are strongly striated, the strie closely and strongly
punctured, the interstices slightly convex, rather closely, finely,
but distinctly asperate-punctate ; the dorsal surface is dark brown,
the extreme base testaceous, the sides light brown, the prosternum
is very dark brown, shining; the under flanks of the pronotum
testaceous, with a broad dark-brown stripe. The rest of the under-
side is rather dark, the segments bordered with lighter colour.

Two examples in rotting wood. A single specimen was also
taken by Mr. J. J. Lister.

——

Coleoptera. 101

This species is very like 4. cnfumatus, Cdz., from Ceylon, but is
larger, the thorax is much less closely and more strongly punctured,
and the brown on the elytra is much more extended.

38. Megapenthes andrewsi, Waterh., sp.n. (Pl. X, Fig. 7.)

Piceo-flavus, parum nitidus; capitis vertice thoraceque infuscatis,
elytris fortiter striatis, fusco variegatis, striis confertim sat fortiter
punctatis, interstitiis parum convexis, crebre asperato-punctatis.

Long. 14-17 mm.

This species is one of those that resemble Agrotis in general
form, and must be placed near J/. agrotus, Cdz.

Head convex, very closely and rather coarsely punctured; dark
fuscous, the anterior margin obscure yellow, this colour ascending
a little on each side. Thorax a little longer than broad, convex,
rather straight at the sides, very slightly narrowed before the
posterior angles, which are very slightly diverging, acute, with the
inner carina so near to the outer one that it is scarcely distinguish-
able viewed from above. The punctuation is densely and moderately
fine. There is an impressed line at the posterior part of the disk.

. The fully-coloured specimen has the thorax entirely dark fuscous,

except the posterior angles. Scutellum fuscous. . Elytra deeply
striated, the strie strongly and very closely punctured ; the inter-
stices moderately closely and rather strongly asperate-punctate,
giving the surface an uneven appearance. The colour is sordid
yellow, with a spot on the shoulder, and the suture fuscous,
the fuscous colour dilating behind the middle. The under-side
fuscous, except the margins of the segments and the prosternum.

Varieties.—(1) Elytra with the dark colour extended at the base,
and the dilated portion behind the middle joined to the humeral spot
on the seventh interstice. (2) Thorax with the margins and
a median line light brown. (38) Almost entirely pitchy yellow,
with a spot on the forehead, two discoidal spots on the thorax,
the shoulders and suture of the elytra rather darker.

Taken in September and October, December and January, at
Flying Fish Cove.

39. Melanoxanthus dolosus, Cdz.

Candéze, Elatérides Nouv.: Mém. Ac. Sci. Bruxelles, xvii, 1865.
Two specimens which seem to be referable to the species from
Ceylon, found on the north coast in December, 1897, and March,
1898.

40. Melanoxanthus litura, Cdz. (?).

Candéze, Elat. Nouv.: Mém. Ac. Sci. Bruxelles, xvii (1865),
p- 34.

102 Christmas Island.

Three examples. One taken by Mr. Lister. Two by Mr. Andrews
in the central part of the island in February, and near Flying Fish
Cove.

The specimens vary in colour, two having the thorax black, with
the hind angles only yellow; the third has the whole of the sides
yellow. The extent of the yellow markings on the elytra also
varies considerably. Of the numerous allied described species, this
seems to be nearest to I. hitura, Cdz., from Ceylon, but it may be
distinct. The material at disposal is not sufficient to determine the
question.

Family MELYRIDZ.
41. Laius tibialis, Gahan, sp.n. (Pl. X, Fig. 4.)

Cyaneus aut viridi-cyaneus, ore et antennarum articulis duobus
primis flavo-testaceis.

&. Articulo 1° antennarum curvato et compresso, secundo crasso
parum oblongo, haud excayvato; tibiis anticis intus ad basim rufo-
callosis.

Long. 5, lat. 2mm.

Dark blue or greenish blue, with the first two joimts of the
antenne, the epistome, labium, and maxille (last joints of palpi
excepted) yellowish testaceous. In the male the first two joints
of the antenne are enlarged; the first joint is curved, and is
compressed from side to side, so that it appears narrow looked at
from above, but is as broad as the second when seen from the
front; the second joint is thick, somewhat oblong in form, and
is not compressed nor excavated. ach of the anterior tibie of
the male has a small reddish callosity close to the base on the
anterior (inner) side, with a small pit placed just below the cal-
losity. In some of the allied species there is a deep oblique groove
occupying the same position.

Family PTINIDA.

42. Lasioderma testacea, Duft.
A. single example of this species, which is found almost.
everywhere.

NEOPTINUS, Gahan, gen. nov.

(9?) Antenne inserted on the front, nine-jointed, with the
ninth joint as long as the two preceding joints taken together.
Prothorax with distinct lateral margins. Middle coxe moderately

distant from one another ; hind coxee widely separated, the intercoxal »

Coleoptera. 103

process of the abdomen being broad, and obtusely rounded in front.
First three abdominal sternites more or less fused together, the
sutures between them being apparent only towards the sides;
fourth sternite very narrow, with its hind margin, like that of the
third, arcuate behind. Tarsi five-jointed, of equal width throughout
their whole length, ciliated on each side below, even on the claw-
joint. |

_ This genus seems best placed in the group Ptinides of the family
Ptinidee, although it does not agree in some important particulars
with Lacordaire’s definition of that group.

43. Neoptinus parvus, Gahan, sp.n. (Pl. X, Fig. 10.)

Nigro-piceus, supra sub-erecte setosis, pedibus et antennarum
apice testaceis; antennis basin prothoracis paullo superantibus,
articulis 2° ad 8¥™ inter se subzequalibus, articulo 9° duobus
precedentibus unitis zequilongo, paullo crassiore ; prothorace trans-
verso, lateribus marginatis, postice cum basi rotundatis; elytris
late ovatis, humeris nullis; striato-punctatis, breviter sub-erecte
setosis.

Long. 1:5, lat. 1 mm.

_ Pitchy black, with the legs and the last joint of the antenne
testaceous. Kyes small; antenne inserted upon the front at a
short distance in advance of the eyes, nine-jointed, with the first
joint thick, and nearly twice as long as the second, joints second to
eighth sub-equal in length, the ninth thicker than the seventh or
eighth and a little longer than these two united. Pronotum trans-
verse, convex above, deflexed towards the sides, basal margin
rounded, and forming with the lateral margins a continuous curve;
so that, looked at from above, the pronotum has somewhat the
form of a segment of a circle, the anterior margin being, however,
not straight, but slightly bowed forwards in the middle; the
surface sparsely setose. Elytra broadly oval, without shoulders,
convex above, and the surface of each marked with eight rows of
rather large and closely approximated punctures, each of which is
slightly transverse in direction, and carries a greyish-white seta
springing from its anterior margin; on the deflexed (and slightly
inflexed) side of each elytron there are two or three less regular
rows of punctures. Prosternum much shorter than the pronotum ;
narrow in the middle, and scarcely separating the anterior cox
from one another; metasternum short, its sides, as well as the
sides of the abdomen, thickly impressed with large shallow
punctures; these punctures extend also on to the middle of the
intermediate sternites, but are absent from the intercoxal process
and from the fifth sternite; the latter is narrow, and is rounded at
the apex. |

Taken on the east coast of the island, September, 1897.

104 Christmas Island.

44, Paranobium posticum, Gahan, gen. et sp. n.
(Pl. X, Fig. 9.)

(Q) Fuscum, pube fulvo-grisea sat dense vestitum; antennis
11-articulatis, fortiter serratis, articulis 4° ad 10%™ inter se sub-
cequalibus, 11° quam 10° paullo longiore; prothorace dense
punctulato, ad latera sub-obliquiter gibboso sed non marginato,
disco postice valde gibboso, fere in cristam elevato; elytris dense
sat fortiterque punctatis, fusco-brunneis, utroque elytro lineis
quatuor pallidioribus, paullo elevatis, instructo.

Long. 7°5, lat. 3mm.

Head and prothorax dark brown, with a rather dense tawny-grey
pubescence. Antenne reddish brown, about half as long again as
the head and prothorax together, 11-jointed, with the joints from
the third to the tenth sub-equal in length, the third feebly angular
a little before its apex, the fourth to tenth each produced antero-
distally into a sharply angular process, eleventh a little longer than
the tenth. Prothorax with an oblique projection, passing forwards
from the basal margin, on each side; the disk raised in the middle,
so as to form a blunt crest or tubercle behind; surface closely
punctulate, but with the punctures more or less concealed by the
pubescence. Elytra nearly half as broad again as the prothorax,
closely and somewhat strongly punctured, reddish brown in colour,
and clothed with a fulvous- grey pubescence, which is somewhat
paler along four slightly raised lines running from the base to the
posterior declivous part of each elytron, these lines being connected
together behind by means of one or two oblique branches. First
joint of each of the tarsi as long as the three succeeding joints
taken together, slightly narrowed towards the base; the second
joint a little longer than either the third or fourth.

One example, taken near Flying Fish Cove, December, 1897.

As this species does not fit well into any of the described genera
of Anobiides, I have given to it the generic name of Paranobium.
Two very closely allied species are represented in the British
Museum collection, one by a single unnamed specimen from Natal,
the other by a specimen from Siam. In the Natal specimen, which
probably is a male, the antenne are longer than in the specimen
described above, and the joints from the fourth to the tenth are
furnished with longer processes.

45. Aspidiphorus orbiculatus, Gyll.

Examples of this species have been obtained with a fungus—
Stemonitis splendens, Rost., collected by Mr. Andrews in Christmas
Island. This species is found in England, though rarely, and also
on the Continent. An example from Java in the British Museum
collection; in which the prothorax and elytra are of a reddish-brown

Coleoptera. 105

colour, appears to be an immature specimen of the same specics,
which hitherto has not been recorded from any locality outside of
Europe.

Family BOSTRICHIDA.

46. Dinoderus minutus, Fabr.

Of this species, which occurs throughout the Malay Archipelago
and in many other parts of the world, three specimens were found.

Family CIOIDA.

47, Minthea rugicollis, Walker.

Ditoma rugicollis, Walker: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ii (1858), p. 206 (Ceylon).
Minthea simiiata, Pascoe: Journ. Ent., ii (1863), p. 141 (Saylee).

A single example of this species, taken on the north coast in
October.

Family TENEBRIONIDZ.
48. Opatrum dubium, Arrow, sp.n.

Breve, latum, rufo-fuscum, undique breviter erecte setosum;
capite granulato-punctato, clypeo triangulariter emarginato, a fronte
sulca obsoleta separato; prothorace elytrorum latitudinis, lateribus
regulariter arcuatis, minutissime ciliatis, antice paullo contracto,
disco utrinque oblique sulcato; elytris brevibus, convexis, punctato-
striatis, interstitiis convexis, granulatis; antennis brevibus,
articulis 9° et 10° transversis, 8° et 11° globosis; tarsis rufo-piceis.

Long. 9-11 mm.

This species, which was found in considerable numbers, exhibits
a wide range of variation. Small specimens are narrow, with the
thorax hardly margined, and the fovez on each side of its disk
obsolete. The colour varies from a deep reddish-chocolate in fresh
specimens to a dull black, the whole upper surface, with the legs,
being clothed with short, nearly erect bristles. The clypeus is very
deeply emarginate, and meets the anteocular lobes in a deep notch
on the sides of the head. The prothorax is strongly curved, and
more or less flattened at the lateral margins, and has a slightly
oblique longitudinal groove on each side of the middle. There are
eight strie on each elytron, and the interstices are studded with
somewhat regularly arranged tubercles, each of which gives rise to
a stout hair.

106 Christmas Island.

49, Bradymerus seminitidus, Arrow, sp.n.

Elongatus, fuscus, opacus, palpis, antennis basi tarsisque rufis ;
capite, cum prothorace punctato rugoso, clypeo crebrius punctato,
truncato, antennis clava nigra 6-articulata; prothoracis medio.
fortiter sulcato, lateribus integris leviter arcuatis, basi quam
humeros minus lato, antice vix contracto, angulis omnibus acutis,
elytris pallidioribus, nitidis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis carinatis ;
corpore subtus dense punctato.

Long. 7-9 mm.

Allied to B. clathratus, Schauf., and semiasperatus, Fairm., ‘hae
differing from all closely related species by the almost metallic ‘gloss
of the elytra.

This species was found in large numbers all over the island,
although it did not occur in either of the two previous collections.

50. Alphitobius piceus, Oliv.: Ent., iii, No. 58, p. 17.

A single specimen was obtained of this species, which is of
world-wide distribution.

51. Palorus depressus, Fab.: Ent. Syst., i, 2, p. 501.

This insect is also very generally distributed. Two specimens
_were found.

52. Toxicum antilope, Arrow, sp.n.

Parvum, angustum, ¢ capite cornubus 4 retro-curvatis armato,
posterioribus fere parallelis sed paullo bisinuatis apice divergentibus
antice crinitis, antenne clava 4-articulata, articulis vix transversis ;
prothorace subtiliter punctato, ¢ valde transverso, 9 subquadrato ;
elytris striato-punctatis ; pedibus fuscis.

Long. 12 mm.

Allied to 7. guadricorne, Fab., but rather smaller, and readily
distinguishable from this and all other species hitherto described by
the curvature of the posterior horns, which converge from the base,
and slightly diverge towards the tip.

Several specimens of both sexes were collected.

53. Nyctobates carbonaria, Arrow, sp.n.

Parva, nigra, nitida; capite subtiliter inter oculos minus dense
punctato, sutura clypeali distincta, semicirculari ; prothorace parvo
transverso, crebre punctato, margine anteriore quam posteriorem
angustiore, angulis anticis valde “rotundatis, posticis acutis, disco

Coleoptera. 107

leviter sulcato; elytris sulcatis, sulcis grosse interstitiis subtilissime
punctatis; pedibus sat brevibus, Q tibiis anterioribus quam inter-
medias non longioribus.

Long. 18 mm.

The thorax is small, with the median groove lightly impressed,
and the anterior angles rounded. The anterior tibize show no trace
of the usual elongation.

A single female specimen was brought by Mr. Andrews. The
British Museum contains a second specimen, also a female, captured
by Mr. Lister in 1888.

54, Amarygmus funebris, Arrow, sp.n.

Elongato-ovalis, indigaceo-niger, antennis tarsisque ferrugineis ;
eapite prothoraceque obscure purpureo vel viridi, clypeo crebre
punctato, sutura clypeali distincta, anguste ab oculis separata,
antennis brevibus paullo ultra humeros attingentibus ; prothorace
brevi, subtiliter punctato; elytris striatis, striis minutissime
punctatis.

Long. 9 mm.

This species apparently resembles 4. inornatus, Macl. The colour
is black, tinged with a deep purplish or greenish hue, especially
upon the head, thorax, and anterior part of the elytra. Some
specimens present a slightly sericeous bloom upon the upper
surface. Underneath it is a shining black, with the abdominal
segments striated longitudinally.

Nine specimens from various parts of the island.

Family (@2DEMERIDZ.

55. Sessinia andrewsi, Arrow, sp.n.

Flavo-testacea vel fusco-testacea, sericea, immaculata, distincte
punctata; prothorace elongato flavo, margine basali vix reflexo;
elytris flavis vel fusco-testaceis, margine laterali pallidiore, margine
suturali elevato et costis duabus disco tertiaque ab callo humerali
incipiente prope marginem lateralem.

Long. 8-12 mm.

The colour of the elytra and under-side varies from a pale
testaceous to a smoky brown, that of the prothorax being fairly
constant. The average size of the males is larger than that of the
females, and the antenne are shorter, with the rudimentary 12th
joint very apparent.

This species was also obtained by Mr. Lister. It is stated by
Mr. Andrews, who found it exceedingly abundant, to exude an
oily liquid, which is considered by residents to have most injurious
properties, and which no doubt serves as a protection from insecti-
vorous animals.

108 Christmas Island.

The following species was obtained by Mr. Lister, and is
represented only by a single female :—

56. Sessinia listeri, Arrow, sp.n.

Flavo-testacea, nitida, sericea, sat grosse punctata; palpis
maxillaribus gracilibus latere apicali articuli ultimi latere interiori
subequali, ut. lato quam longi, parum dense punctato, margine
basali valde reflexo; elytris nitidis, distincte punctatis, ecostatis,
parce sericeis.

Long. 18 mm.

This species closely resembles the typical species S. livida, Fab.,
but the silky covering is less fine and dense, and the punctuation
coarser. The prothorax is shorter, and the terminal joint of the
maxillary palpus, which in S. livida is almost cylindrical, is
distinctly triangular.

Family CURCULIONID A.
Sub-Family OTIORRHYNCHIN A. |

RHYNCHOLOBUS, Gahan, gen. nov.

Apterous; corbels of posterior tibizee open; claws of tarsi connate
at the base. Rostrum rather broad, strongly dilated at the apex
in the male, so as to have a very distinct lateral process on each
side just below, and in front of, the insertion of the antenne ;
gradually and slightly dilated towards the apex in the female, and
without distinct lateral processes ; marked off from the head by
a slight transverse impression; scrobes deep, extending to the eyes
and almost as wide as them behind, narrowed in front. Scape of
the antenne reaching to, or a little beyond, the anterior margin
of the prothorax; funiculus of seven joints, the second joint
longer than the first and almost or quite equal to the third and
fourth united; club short, ovate, three-jointed. Prothorax broadest
in front of the middle, slightly narrowed towards the base, more
strongly towards the apex. Elytra somewhat oval in shape;
broader and less convex above in the male; very little or not at all
broader than the prothorax at the base. Second sternite of the
abdomen almost as long as the post-coxal part of the first, and
marked off from it by a straight suture; much longer than the
third sternite, but not quite equal to the third and fourth taken
together. Femora stout, thick in the middle; the hinder pair
flattened, or sometimes even slightly concave, on the posterior
(or inner) face; hind tibiz obliquely truncate at the extremity.

Coleoptera. 109

57. Rhyncholobus rossi, Gahan, sp.n. (Pl. XI, Figs. 7, 8.)

Niger, squamis viridibus (interdum ccerulescentibus) dense
vestitus ; prothorace supra granulis, nigris, nitidis, setigeris
instructo; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis nigro-granulatis,
granulis setigeris; sutura interdum fere omnino nigra; articulo
3° funiculi quam 4° vix longiore; tibiis posticis ad apicem sat late
truncatis.

6. Rostro ad apicem late sat abrupteque dilatato (vel lobato) ;
elytris supra minus convexis; inter discum lateraque anguste
convexis ; femoribus crassioribus, tibiis intus denticulatis.

Q. Rostro versus apicem gradatim leviterque dilatato; elytris
supra valde convexis.

Long. 7-12, lat. 3-6 mm.

Black ; closely covered with scales, which are mostly of a tae
green colour (sometimes bluish) mixed with a few of a golden or
coppery tint. . On the sides of the thorax and elytra, as well as on
the legs and under-side of the body, the scales are often of a paler
and more silvery colour. The sete or hairs, which are present on
nearly all parts of the body, are somewhat longer and denser on the
legs and the posterior part of the elytra; those on the prothorax
and elytra mostly arise from punctures situated each at the summit
or on the hinder face of a little black granule. Head and rostrum
together about equal in length to the pronotum. Rostrum flattened
above, with a feeble carina along the middle, ending in front at
the apex of a triangular space, of which'the base, forming part of
the anterior margin of the rostrum, has a small angular notch
in the middle. Prothorax almost equal in length to its greatest
width, which lies a little in front of the middle ; distinctly narrower
at the apex than at the base; disk with scattered and very slightly
raised, shining - black setigerous granules. Exposed part of the
scutellum triangular and very small. Elytra punctate-striate; the
interstices in no wise costiform, furnished with feebly raised, shining-
black setigerous granules; the punctures along the strie rather
deep and oblong, but those at the sides much smaller and less
conspicuous. (In a few examples, not otherwise distinct, the
punctures on the disk are narrower and less conspicuous, and
the setigerous granules a little more raised.)

Scape of the antenne only just reaching to the anterior margin
of the prothorax; second joint of the funiculus equal in length to
the third and fourth united, the third jomt very little longer than
broad, and scarcely longer than the fourth joint. Posterior (or
inner) face of hind femora flat and smooth; hind tibie rather
broadly truncated at the end. In the male there is a row of small
teeth along the lower margin of all the tibie; in the female these
teeth are obsolete or wanting.

110 Christmas Island.

58. Rhyncholobus discoidalis, Waterh.
Piezonotus discoidalis, Waterh.: P.Z.S., 1887, p. 521, fig. 3.

This species, to which a female example obtained by Mr. Andrews
may possibly belong, was described from a single male specimen
from Christmas Island. It differs from the preceding species in
having a somewhat broader prothorax, which is more densely and
sharply granulate above, and marked with a broad black band
along the middle; the elytra also are somewhat more granulate,
and the punctures along the striz less distinct; the third joint of
the funiculus is distinctly longer than the fourth. The female
specimen referred to differs from the male type in having a line
of green scales along the middle of the pronotum, dividing the
longitudinal black band into two; as well as by those characters
which, in the generic description, I have indicated as being sexual.

59. Rhyncholobus vittatus, Gahan, sp.n. (Pl. XI, Fig. 6.)

¢G. Viridi-squamosus ; vitta lata longitudinali prothoracis, vitta
suturali et vitta utrinque medio disco elytrorum, nigris; prothorace
quam longiore sat distincte latiore; antice posticeque sat fortiter
angustato, basi quam apice paullo latiore; elytris punctato-striatis,
interstitiis disco elevatis, seriatim regulariterque granulatis; scapo
antennarum apicem prothoracis paullo superante, articulis 3° 4° que
funiculi unitis quam articulo 2° distincte longioribus ; rostro ad
apicem lobato.

Long. 9, lat. 4mm. .

With a broad black band along the middle of the pronotum ;
with a sutural vitta and a broad band along the middle of each
elytron, also black; the rest of the upper surface covered with
green scales. Antenne a little longer and more slender than in
the other species of the genus; third and fourth joints of the
funiculus each much longer than broad, and taken together
distinctly longer than the second joint. Prothorax somewhat
hexagonal in form, being obtusely angular on each side just in
front of the middle, with the sides converging strongly both before
and behind; a little broader across the base than at the apex;
upper side distinctly and rather densely granulate, especially along
the black band. Elytra slightly convex above; punctate-striate,
with the interstices between the strie on the disk sub-costate and
carrying each a single row of granules; those between the strie
on the sides being flattened, and less strongly and less regularly
eranulate. Inner margins of the tibiz obsoletely denticulate.
Posterior (or inside) face of the hind femora flat and smooth,
shining black. Truncated end of hind tibize moderately broad.

Coleoptera. 111

One male example of this very distinct species was taken near
Flying Fish Cove. The female sex is still unknown.

60. Rhyncholobus andrewsi, Gahan, sp.n.

6. Piceus, viridi-squamosus (interdum cceruleo - squamosus) ;
prothorace quam longiore evidenter latiore, sat dense nigro-
granulato ; supra in medio minus dense squamoso; elytris
punctato-striatis, interstitiis convexis, sat dense irregulariterque
granulatis; disco paullo convexo, lateribus abrupte deflexis; facie
postica femorum posticorum planata vel leviter concava, sat fortiter
transversim rugosa; tibiis omnibus subtus denticulatis.

Long. 9-11, lat. 4-5 mm.

Q. Piceo-fuscus (interdum brunneus); prothorace supra versus
latera luteo-viridi-squamoso; elytris punctato-sulcatis, interstitiis
subcostiformibus, disco sat fortiter convexo, versus latera et apicem
luteo-viridi-squamoso.

Long. 8-10, lat. 4-5 mm.

Male.—Pitchy-black, covered with bright green or with bluish
scales, which are more thinly placed or entirely wanting along the
middle of the pronotum. Prothorax distinctly broader than long,
its greatest width being in front of the middle, where the sides also
are most rounded. JDisk of the elytra only slightly convex, and
the sides abruptly deflexed, so as to form with the disk a rather
acute angle ; the interstices between the punctured strie are slightly
convex, and rather thickly and irregularly granulate. Posterior
(or inner) face of the hind tibie flattened, or perhaps slightly
concave, and distinctly wrinkled in a transverse direction. Lower
margin of all the tibie denticulate.

Female.—Dark brown, varying to reddish brown, in colour. The
scales are almost entirely confined to the sides of the pronotum and
to the lateral and apical parts of the disk of the elytra, and are,
moreover, of a yellowish- or greenish-grey colour. Pronotum
relatively shorter than in the male. Elytra strongly enough
convex above, punctate-striate, with the interstices raised, convex,
and somewhat costiform. Posterior flattened face of hind femora
feebly wrinkled towards the margins, but not in the middle. Tibie
very faintly denticulate along the lower margin.

Although the sexes here described are so remarkably different in
many characters, there can be little or no doubt that they belong
to the same species. Mr. Andrews collected a fair series of each
sex on the same day and at the same place on the island—viz.,
North-East Point, December 23, 1897.

Mr. J. Faust, who has kindly examined some specimens sent
to him, points out that while this new genus has a general
resemblance to Hlytrogonus, Guér., it agrees in the connate claws
of the tarsi with Lacordaire’s group Oosomides, and might be placed
near Himbrithes, Sch., and Dicasticus, Pasc.

112 Christmas Island.

61. Acicnemis andrewsi, Gahan, sp.n.

Minor, angustior, nigro-picea, ochraceo - brunneo - squamosa et
sparse albo-setosa, supra albido fuscoque variegata; rostro arcuato,
piceo, quam femoribus anticis vix longiore, basi confertim punctato ;
antennis ferrugineis, ad medium rostri insertis, articulo 2° quam 1°
sesqui-longiore, clava fusiforme, sub-solida; prothorace confertim
punctato, antice constricto, supra sparse irregulariterque nigro-
granulato, disco medio squamis brunnascentibus, lateribus squamis
albidis vestito; elytris quam prothorace latioribus, punctato-striatis,
interstitiis antice remote nigro - granulatis, ochraceo - brunneo -
squamosis, fascia parva transversa ad medium albida, fasciis duabus.
obliquis nigris literam V formantibus paullo pone hance fasciam ;
maculis parvis nigris et albidis inter hanc fasciam et basin, dispersis ;.
tibiis omnibus annulo lato fusco supra medium notatis.

Long. 3:°5—5°'5, lat. 1:°5-2 mm.

Densely covered with scales, which are mostly of an ochreous-
brown colour, but mixed with others forming small bands and
spots of a whitish and dark-brown colour; the most distinct of
these being a short sinuately transverse white band at the middle
of the elytra, and a V-shaped fuscous band placed a little posterior
to it. Rostrum scarcely longer than the anterior femora, dark
brown, closely punctured, and more or less squamous at the base.
Antennz inserted at the middle of the rostrum, reddish brown,
second joint of the funiculus very little more than half the length
of the third, club fusiform, with two articular sutures faintly
visible ; prothorax constricted at the apex, very closely punctured
and densely squamose, ochreous-brown on the middle of the disk,
dirty-white, with brownish patches on the sides; with sparsely
scattered black granules on the disk. LElytra punctate-striate,
interstices with rather widely separated black granules. Proximal
half of each tibia almost entirely dark brown in colour, distal half
whitish ; femora covered with luteous scales, sparsely mixed with
short flattened white setze like those present also on the prothorax
and elytra.

62. Camptorhinus crinipes, Gahan, sp.n.

Squamis ochraceo-brunneis et griseis dense vestitus, capite
rostrique basi confertim punctulatis; prothorace confertim sat
fortiterque punctato, antice in medio leviter carinato; dense
squamoso, squamis ad latera et in medio disco (presertim prope
basin) pallidioribus ; elytris seriatim fortiterque punctatis, imter-
stitiis alternis magis elevatis et breviter setosis; pedibus elongatis,
femoribus anticis intermediisque subtus dente parva, femoribus
posticis dente validiore, armatis; tibiis omnibus intus longe
fulvo-pilosis, articulis duobus primis tarsorum quoque pilis fulvis
longis fimbriatis.

Coleoptera. 1138

Long. 9°5, lat. 2°2 mm.

This species is somewhat stouter than C. dori@, Pasc., to which
it has a pretty close resemblance in colour and sculpture. The
scales with which it is covered are, however, darker in colour, being
mostly of an ochreous-brown tint, with grey patches on the sides of
the prothorax, on the middle of the disk close to the base, along the
median third of the elytral suture, and behind the middle of each
elytron. The species differs further from C. dori@ in having longer
and straighter posterior tibie, the inner face of which is furnished
along the distal half with long tawny-brown hairs, similar to but
less dense than those which are present also along nearly the whole
length of the inner (or lower) face of the anterior and middle tibie ;
the first two joints of the anterior and middle tarsi are thickly,
those of the posterior tarsi sparsely, fringed on each side with
similar long hairs.

One male example, taken on the north coast; March, 1898.

63. Mecopus bispinosus, Web., var.

This is a variable species, and widely distributed throughout the
Eastern Archipelago.

64. Trochorhopalus strangulatus, Gyll.
Sphenophorus strangulatus, Gyll.: in Schoen. Gen. Curculion., iv, p. 963.

The examples from Christmas Island, while agreeing in most
respects with others which I have seen, are somewhat narrower
in form, and may possibly be distinct. Mr. J. Faust, who has been
good enough to examine some specimens I sent to him, considers
them to belong to this species, which is a widely distributed one,
having been recorded from Siam, Malacca, the Philippines, Java,
Borneo, and other islands of the Malay Archipelago as far as New
Guinea.

65. Rhabdocnemis fausti, Gahan, sp.n.

&. obscuro (Boisd.) sat similis sed prothorace angustiore, elytris
plus oblongis, densius tomentosis et fortius punctatis.

Long. 12-13, lat. 42-45 mm.

Rostrum not very strongly curved, tuberculate underneath in
the male, unarmed in the female. Prothorax almost one-half
longer than broad, scarcely narrowed towards the base, the sides
converging from the middle up to the tubulate apex; disk naked
along the middle, but marked with sericeous grey punctures.
Elytra covered with a dense silky tomentum ; punctate-striate, the
punctures being large and distinct, and wider than the striz along
which they are placed.

I

114 Christmas Island.

This species has a somewhat close resemblance to R. obscurus,
Boisd., but is relatively longer and narrower; the elytra are more
oblong and more densely tomentose, and the punctures along the
striz are very much larger and more distinct.

Family COSSONIDZ.

66. Cossonus variipennis, Gahan, sp.n.

Niger, nitidus, elytris medio plus minusve testaceis, lateribus
sutura et apice nigris; prothorace antice constricto et transversim
sulcato, lateribus punctatis a basi versus apicem curvatim paullo
convergentibus, disco levi, utrinque medio seriebus duobus irregu-
laribus punctorum impresso; elytris punctato-striatis, intersiatas
paullo convexis.

Long. 4—4°25, lat. 1-1:25 mm.

Black and elossy, with the elytra testaceous to a greater or less
extent along the middle of each, the sides, suture, and apex being
black. Head impressed in the middle between the eyes with a
small round pit, from which a shallow groove extends forwards
along the rostrum as far as to a point in a line with the insertion
of the antenne. Prothorax constricted, and marked with a deep
transverse groove a little behind the apex; its sides punctured, and
converging slightly from the base up to the anterior constriction ;
the disk smooth, with two irregular rows of well-marked punctures
along each side of the middle from the base to the anterior groove ;
the space on each side between these rows of punctures and the
side of the prothorax is sparsely and very minutely punctate, the
narrow space along the middle between the rows of punctures being
wholly impunctate. Elytra punctate-striate, five equidistant rows
of punctures being visible from above on each elytron, while four
closely approximated rows, in addition to a short marginal row
along the anterior third, are present on each side; the interspaces
between the rows of the punctures on the disk are slightly convex.
The colour of the elytra is variable; in some specimens the middle
of the disk of each elytron from the base up to the posterior fourth
or fifth is testaceous; in others there is but a narrow testaceous
strip extending a short distance from the base; while in one
example the elytra are wholly black.

This species resembles C. sutwralis, Boh., but is flatter on the
disk of the prothorax and elytra, and much less strongly punctured
on the sides of the prothorax and on the middle of the breast and
abdomen.

67. Phloeophagosoma dubium, Gahan, sp.n.

Sub-fusiforme, nigro-piceum aut fuscum; rostro longiusculo,
sub-parallelo, antice vix latiore, minute punctulato: oculis
prominentibus; antennis ante medium rostri imsertis; prothorace

Coleoptera. 115

sub-ovato, quam latitudine maxima (paullo ante basin) vix longiore,
prope apicem nec constricto nec sulcato, disco (linea media brevi
excepta) dense sat fortiterque punctato; scutello sat conspicuo,
sub-semicirculare, nitido; elytris quam pronoto duplo longioribus
et paullulo latioribus, fortiter punctato - striatis, interstitiis
minutissime uniseriatim punctulatis.

Long. 4, lat. 1°35 mm.

Rostrum and front of head finely punctured; the rostrum longer
than the head, slightly curved, with its sides sub-parallel or very
slightly and scarcely perceptibly diverging anteriorly; with the
antenne inserted a little in front of the middle of its length.
Eyes strongly convex and prominent, but not large. Prothorax
scarcely longer than its greatest width, which is about midway
between the base and the middle; sides curved, slightly constricted
at the base, converging gradually towards the apex, where there is
neither a constriction’ nor transverse groove; disk slightly convex,
thickly and rather strongly punctured, except on a short linear
space along the middle. Scutellum distinct, smooth and glossy,
somewhat semicircular inform. Elytra about twice as long as the
pronotum, and a little wider than the latter at its widest part,
strongly punctate-striate, with the intervals between the rows
slightly convex, and marked each with a single series of rather
distant and very minute punctures. Intercoxal part of the
prosternum about half as broad as one of the anterior coxe ; that
of the mesosternum equal in width to one of the middle coxe.
Third joint of the tarsi broader than the other joints.

In its relatively short form this species resembles the true
Rhyncoli rather than the species placed by Wollaston in
Phiwophagosoma; but it differs essentially from the former by its
broader sternal processes, its more conspicuous scutellum, and less
convex prothorax.

A

68. Pachyops (?) incertus, Gahan, sp.n.

Angustus, parallelus, convexiusculus, cylindricus, piceo-niger,
nitidus; capite rostroque sat dense minute punctulatis, prothorace

eonico-cylindrico, dense punctulato; elytris sat fortiter punctato-

striatis, interstitiis paullulo convexis, uniseriatim minutissime
punctulatis ; coxis anticis sat late distantibus; scapo clavoque
antennarum piceo-rufescentibus, clavo anguste ovato, haud com-
presso.

Long. 4, lat. 1 mm.

This species resembles Pachyops eylindricus, Woll., in pees
form, but is smaller, and differs in the following points of structure :
The space between the anterior coxe is as wide as one of the coxe;
the club of the antenne is narrowly ovate, and not compressed ;
the elytra are less strongly punctured than in eylindricus, WollL.,

and the intervals between the rows of punctures are wider, very

116 Christmas Island.

slightly convex, and not in the least costiform, with the exception,
however, of the interval between the two outermost rows of
punctures on the posterior half of the side of each elytron, this
interval being narrow and somewhat cariniform; the antenne are
inserted a little behind the middle of rostrum, and nearer to the
eyes than in P. cylindricus. In Pachyops cylindricus the space
between the anterior coxe is scarcely half the width of one of
the coxe; and the club of the antenne is compressed, and is
broadly oval or almost rounded in outline.

The differences between the two species are therefore pretty
considerable, and such as might perhaps be regarded as of generic
importance. But unless a new genus be formed for its reception,
the present species cannot be better placed than in the genus
Pachyops.

69. Dryophthorus assimilis, Gahan, sp.n.

D. lymexyloni similis sed minor, elytris brevioribus, utrinque ad
apicem minus fortiter carinatis.

Long. (rostro excl.) 3, lat. 1 mm.

Resembling the European D. lymexylon, Fab., in colour and
sculpture, but smaller in size, with the elytra relatively shorter,
being rather less than, instead of more than, twice as long as the
prothorax, and with the sub-apical carina, which is continuous.
with the sixth interstice of each elytron, much less prominent.

It also presents a somewhat close resemblance to D. modestus,
Sharp, a species from the Sandwich Islands, but differs by its
proportionately narrower prothorax, and the narrower and more
acutely raised intervals between the rows of punctures on the
elytra.

Family SCOLYTIDZ.

70. Platypus solidus, Walk.
Platypus solidus, Walker: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), ii, p. 286 (1858).

Specimens found in ‘‘rotting wood.” They agree well with the
type from Ceylon.

71. Xyleborus perforans, Woll.

Tomicus perforans, Woll.: Cat. Col. Mad., p. 96 (1857).

Bostrichus testaceus, Walker: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), iii, p. 260 (1859).

Xyleborus perforans, Blandf.: Kew Bull., 67, 68, 1892, p. 157; Report on the
Destruction of Beer Casks in India by the attacks of a Boring:
Beetle, 1893.

Found in ‘rotting wood.”

Coleoptera. 117

72. Xyleborus parvulus, Eichhoff: Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1868, p. 152;
Mém. de la Soc. Roy. de Liége (2), viii, p. 392 (1878).

Found in ‘rotting wood.”

This species was described from specimens from Siam and Ceylon.
It probably is widely distributed throughout the Oriental region.
There are in the British Museum collection examples from China
and New Guinea which agree with those found in Christmas
Island.

Family BRENTHIDA.

73. Orychodes andrewsi, Gahan, sp.n.

6. Rostro supra basi suleato; capite postice bituberculato,
utrinque vix pone oculum dentato, dente sat recte transversa, ultra
oculum paullo projiciente; prothorace rufo-castaneo, polito, quam
latitudine maximo fere duplo longiore, apice quam basi latiore,
ad basin transversim bisulcato, et ante sulcos linea mediana leviter
impresso; elytris quam pronoto quarta parte longioribus, rufo-
brunneis, lineis flavis interruptis, ornatis, longitudinaliter striatis,
striis intermediis versus medium plus minusve obsoletis.

Q. Capite breviore, postice haud tuberculato, rostro simplice,
nec dentato nec ad apicem dilatato; prothorace quam latiore
dimidio parte longiore.

Long. (rostro incl.) 138-21 mm.

6. Rostrum grooved above at the base; anterior part with two
rows of teeth; head with two backwardly projecting and slightly
diverging tubercles behind, and at each of the post-ocular angles
with a rather sharp tooth which projects outwards to a level with
or even a little beyond the outermost portion of the eye. Antenne,
when turned forwards, reaching beyond the apex of the rostrum by
less than half their length. When they are pressed close to the
rostrum it will be seen that the sixth joint does not extend beyond
the apex of the rostrum. Prothorax about three-quarters of the
length of the elytra, and nearly twice as long as its own greatest
breadth ; it is a little broader across the apex than at the base; at
the base it is constricted and marked with two transverse grooves,
from the anterior of which a faintly impressed median line
extends as far as the middle. Elytra reddish-brown, marked with
interrupted yellow lines, these lines, which do not offer so strong
a contrast with the general colour of the elytra as in allied species,
being arranged as follows:—One on the second interstice, which is
yellow at the base and on the posterior declivity ; one on the third
interstice, which is yellow at the base and in front of and behind
the middle, as well as on the posterior declivity ; fourth interstice
similar to the third, but with the yellow parts shorter and less
distinct ; fifth yellow at base, behind the middle, and near the

118 Christmas Island.

apex ; ninth interstice yellow from the base almost up to the apex ;
the anterior part of this interstice is common to it with the tenth,
and the latter is yellow for a short distance back from the point of
junction with the ninth. |

Q. Head obsoletely or not at all tuberculate behind; prothorax
scarcely longer by one-half than its greatest breadth, and rather
less than two-thirds of the length of the elytra. Differs also from
the male in the shape of the head, the unarmed anterior tibie, etc.

Dr. Angelo Senna, who has a considerable acquaintance with the
beetles of this family, has very kindly examined some specimens
of this species, and has told me that they are quite new to him,
and the species distinct from any other described. I have to
thank him also for pointing out some of the most important
characters detailed above. The new species must be placed in the
group of O. serrirostris, Fab.

Family ANTHRIBID&.

74, Xenocerus nativitatis, Gahan, sp.n.

X. flagellato affinis sed differt capite supra inter oculos, pygidio,
et utriusque elytri interstitio nono fulvescentibus, elytris magis
fortiter punctatis, antennis omnino nigris.

Long. 18, lat. 4mm.

This species comes nearest to X. flagellatus, Fahr., and X. en-
ganensis, Jordan, from both of which it differs in having the upper
part of the head between the eyes, the pygidium, and the ninth
interstice of each elytron of a tawny colour; the two lateral vitte
on the pronotum also have a tendency to be of the same tawny
colour; the elytra are a little more strongly punctured, and the
white markings somewhat different. The latter consist of (1) a
narrow sutural band reaching from the base to the middle, behind
which it joins two short diverging bands placed one on each elytron
between the suture and the third row of punctures; (2) a basal
spot just within the shoulder, and continued behind as a narrow
vitta, which runs slightly inwards to end in the fourth interspace
a short distance before the middle; (3) a spot on the seventh
interspace and a narrow spot on the tenth at about one-third of the
length of each elytron from the apex; and (4) a spot close to
the apex.

Xenocerus flagellatus, Fahr., to which X. enganensis, Jord., is
very closely allied, is, according to Dr. Jordan, very widely
distributed in the Indo-Australian Archipelago.

75. Litocerus jordani, Gahan, sp.n.

L. plagiato (Jordan) affinis sed differt: prothorace breviore, vitta
mediana pronoti in medio angustata, area luteo-ochraceo-tomentosa
elytrorum minus extensa, sed striis elytrorum etiam luteis.

Coleoptera. 119

Black. Head with a dull ochraceous tomentum, which extends
between the eyes on to the vertex as far as in a line with the
posterior border of the eyes; behind this, the head is dark brown.
Prothorax dark brown, with a broad median vitta, three small spots
on each side between this vitta and the lateral margin, and a larger
spot on each side just within the lateral margin, luteous, the part
of the median vitta which lies between the transverse sulcus and
carina is narrower than either the part in front of the groove or
the part between the carina and the base. LElytra dark brown,
with the striz and a large common plaga, reaching from the base
to a little beyond the middle, luteous; the plaga is broad at the
base, constricted as it approaches the middle of the elytra, and
again widened out just behind the middle. Under-side and femora
with a greyish tomentum; tibie and tarsi dark brown, with the
base of the’ first joint, a spot at the base of the second, and the
whole of the third joint of each tarsus, as well as a ring above
the middle of each tibia, fulvo-testaceous.

One female specimen, taken in April, 1898.

I am indebted to Dr. Jordan for his kindness in pointing out the
chief differences between this species and L. plagiatus, Jordan,
which, among those described, is the species most nearly allied to
it. ZL. plagiatus was described from North Luzon, Philippine
Islands,

76. Apatenia apicalis, Gahan, sp.n.

6. Capite fulvo-pubescente, in vertice fusco-plagiato; rostro
quam spatio interoculare plus duplo latiore ; prothorace supra pube
luteo-grisea obtecto, macula ante scutellum fulva, disco medio
utrinque leviter tuberculato et antice fusco-notato, angulo inter
carinam ante-basalem et carinam lateralem acuto, retrorsum leviter
producto; elytris griseo-fumosis, ad apicem fulvo-albido-plagiatis,
utroque elytro tuberculis 9 vel 10 instructo ; corpore subtus griseo,
pedibus testaceis, femoribus tibiisque medio fuscis; segmento primo
abdominis tuberculis duobus prope medium instructo.

Long. 8, lat. 34mm.

Head clothed with a somewhat sparse tawny pubescence, which
is interrupted on the vertex by two dark-brown plage or vitte ;
eyes somewhat approximate in front, the space between them being
rather less than half the width of the rostrum. Prothorax with
a luteous-grey pubescence; with a distinct pale tawny spot in front
of the scutellum; the disk with a small, feebly raised tubercle
on each side of the middle, and two fuscous spots between the
middle and the anterior border; ante-basal carina forming with the
lateral carina of each side a rather acute angle, which is slightly
produced backwards. LElytra with a dingy grey pubescence,
but with a pale fulvous patch on the declivous apical portion,
similar in colour to the pygidium; each with about nine or ten
unequal-sized tubercles, the three largest of which are placed—

120 Christmas Islan d.

one a little behind the middle of the base, the second behind the
middle of the disk, and the third at the beginning of the posterior
declivity. Under-side with a greyish pubescence; legs reddish
testaceous, with the thickened part of the femora and the lower
half of the tibie more or less fuscous. First abdominal segment
of the male with a tubercle on each side of the middle.

One male example, taken April, 1898.

77. Areocerus, sp.

This is one of the forms closely allied to Arcocerus coffee, Fab.

Family PRIONIDZ.
78. Prinobius coxalis, Gahan, sp.n. (Pl. XI, Fig. 3.)

Brunneo-testacea, elytris plus minusve fulvescentibus, coriaceis,
basi prope suturam sub-asperatis, utrisque lineis quatuor paullo
elevatis, instructis.

&. Prothorace transverso, supra subtusque confertissime punc-
tulato, disco antice plagis duabus triangularibus, sub - nitidis,
impresso; lateribus breviter dentatis postice subparallelis, antice
rotundatim paullo convergentibus ; antennis apicem elytrorum
paullo superantibus, articulo 3° quam 1° plus duplo longiori, et
articulis 4°, 5°, 6° que conjunctis fere equali; articulis 3° 4° que
subtus breviter spinosis, articulis 1° ad 4%™ supra fortiter sat dense
punctatis, articulis 5° ad 9¥™ sparsius punctatis, 10° 11° et apice
noni longitudinaliter striatis et opacis; mesosterno, metasternique
lateribus et coxis posterioribus nudis, confertissime punctulatis et
opacis; plaga triangulari mediana metasterni nitida sparse punc-
tulata et hirsuta, fortiter depressa.

Antennis quam corpore multo brevioribus ; prothoracis
lateribus a basi antice convergentibus, sat fortiter dentatis vel
spinosis ; disco medio sparse, versus latera dense et rugose, punctato.

Long. 35-50, lat. 10-14 mm.

The females of this species offer no very prominent characters
by which they may be distinguished from those of several other
species of the genus. The third joint of the antenne is relatively
long, being nearly equal in length to the three following joints
taken together, and is also comparatively slender, as it is not so
distinctly thicker than the fourth joint as it is in nearly all the
other species.

The male is readily distinguished by the following characters :—
Prothorax transverse, furnished at the sides with very short teeth,
and very closely punctured and opaque over almost the whole
surface excepting two small triangular sub-nitid and impressed
areas placed between the middle and anterior part of the disk.
Hind coxe, as well as the prosternum, mesosternum, and sides of

Coleoptera. 121

the metasternum, very closely punctured, opaque, and destitute of
pubescence. Median triangular area of the metasternum deeply
depressed and very sharply marked off from the closely punctured
lateral areas. Antenne reaching a little beyond the apex of the
elytron, with the third joint almost equal in length to the three
following joints taken together, and distinctly thicker than any of
those joints. Anterior tibie nearly straight, scarcely curved
towards the apex; first jomt of anterior tarsi not quite so long as
the two succeeding joints taken together.

Prinobius ceramensis, Lansb. (Notes Leyden Mus., vol. vi, p. 148),
seems to have many characters in common with the present species,
but as the author in his description states that the antenne are
shorter than the body, and has not called attention to the relative
proportions of the joints, nor has pointed to any unusual character
in the hind coxe, it is safe to assume that the species is quite
distinct.

Zooblax elateroides, Thoms., from the Andaman Islands, also has
certain affinities with the present species.

Family CERAMBYCIDA.

79. Ceresium quadrimaculatum, Gahan, sp.n.

Nigrum, antennis pedibusque (clavis femorum nigris, preetermissis)
ferrugineis; pronoto fortiter subrugoso-punctato, maculis quatuor
fulvis ornato; elytris sat sparse punctatis et albo-setosis.

Long. 11-18, lat. 3-4 mm.

Black, with the antenne, tibie, tarsi, and the bases of the
femora reddish brown. Head coarsely punctured; antennz more
than half as long again as the body, with the third joint a little
longer than the first or fourth, but distinctly shorter than the fifth ;
fifth and following joints as far as the tenth sub-equal in length to
one another, the eleventh longer than the tenth. Prothorax nearly
one-third longer than broad, strongly and thickly punctured, and
somewhat rugose, especially towards the sides; with a faint patch
of fulvous pubescence on each side, and with four distinct fulvous
spots above, two of which are near the anterior, two near the
posterior, margin. Elytra black, glossy, not very closely punctured,
with the punctures diminishing in size towards the apex, and each
bearing a short, decumbent yellowish-white seta.

Taken in the central part of the island, and also near Flying
Fish Cove.

In colour this species resembles C. nigrum, Gah., though
differing in having the thickened portion of the femora black,
and in haying four distinct tawny spots on the pronotum. It is,
however, easily to be distinguished by structural differences. In
C. nigrum the pronotum is as broad_as it is long, and is scarcely
punctured towards the sides; the femora, especially those of the

122 Chiistmas Island.

anterior and middle pairs, are much stouter than in the present
species ; and the antenne are only a little longer than the body,
with the eleventh joint distinctly shorter than the tenth.

80. Ceresium nigrum, Gahan.
P.Z.8., 1888, p. 540.

81. Examnes affinis, Gahan, sp.n.

Brunneo-testaceus, setis albo-fulvescentibus sat dense obtectus ;
abdomine piceo-nigro ; scutello, capitis fronte verticeque et pro-
thoracis maculis quatuor fulvo-pubescentibus, prothorace quam
longiore paullo latiore, fortiter sub-rugosoque punctato; elytris
sat dense punctatis, punctis setigeris et versus apicem gradatim
decrescentibus ; antennis (@) quam corpore duplo longioribus,
(Q) quam corpore haud sesqui-longioribus.

Long. 9-20, lat. 2°5-8:5 mm.

Several examples of this species were captured, exhibiting almost
every gradation in size within the limits of the measurements given
above.

The species is closely allied to Hxzamnes philippensis, Newm.,
from which it differs chiefly in having the prothorax broader, more
rounded at the sides, and marked above with four distinct tawny-
coloured pubescent spots, placed two on each side, one near the
base, the other close to the apex.

In the Munich Catalogue, Hzamnes philippensis, Newm., is
placed as a synonym of Ceresium simplex, Gyll. It is, however,
quite distinct from that species, and appears to me to be identical

with Examnes longicornis, Pasc., a species which, in its turn, is not.

to be distinguished from Hzamnes idoneus, Pasc.

Family LAMIIDA.

82. Monohammus nativitatis, Gahan.
P.Z.S8., 1888, p. 540.

83. Olenecamptus basalis, Gahan, sp.n.
O. bilobo (Fab.) affinis, sed differt, capite supra usque ad occiput.

sparse fusco-punctato, elytris basi albo-cinereo-pubescentibus deinde |

luteo-pubescentibus, utrisque macula oblonga irregulari nivea infra
humerum, et macula parva nivea limbo piceo glabro circumeincta,
ultra medium, ornatis, apicibus paullo nigrescentibus.

Long. 19, lat. 4°5 mm.

Allied to O. bzlobus, Fab. (a widely distributed species, ranging
from China to North Australia), but differing from it by the following:

Coleoptera. 123

characters :—Head speckled above with a number of small glabrous
brown spots, each of which surrounds a puncture. Pubescence of
elytra ashy white in colour at base, yellowish grey over the rest of
their surface ; each elytron with two snow-white spots—one under
the shoulder, similar to that in dz/obus, the other, which is very
small, and surrounded with a naked brownish-testaceous border,
being placed on the disk beyond the middle. The two snow-white
spots, which in O. dilobus are present on the disk near the base,
are in the new species wanting, their place being taken by two
glabrous spots, not very regular in outline, and therefore, possibly,.
due to accidental rubbing.
One male specimen, taken in the north part of the island.

84. Pterolophia perplexa, Gahan. (Pl. XI, Fig. 5.)
Praonetha perplexa, Gahan: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 441.

85. Prosoplus banksi, Fab.

Two specimens of this species were taken at Flying Fish Cove.
I have already recorded the species from Christmas Island under
the name of Micracantha.

86. Apomecyna nigritarsis, Gahan, sp.n.

Pube fulvescente sat dense obtecta; tarsis et antennarum
articulis septem ultimis nigris; prothorace immacuiato; elytris,
albo-maculatis, maculis in seriebus obliquis tribus vel quatuor
ordinatis, spatiis inter series macularum plus minusve fusco-variis;
apicibus elytrorum fortiter obliquis et paullo emarginatis.

Long. 8-9°5, lat. 2°25-2°5 mm.

Covered with a dense yellowish-tawny pubescence. Head and
prothorax without spots, and rather thickly punctured; antenne
with the last seven joints and the apex of the fourth joint black ;
these seven joints together not longer than the third and fourth
taken together. Elytra with white spots arranged in three or four
oblique rows on each side, the first row consisting of two or three
spots, the second of four, the third of three, and the fourth, which
is sometimes wanting, made up of two or three distinct spots;
between the third and fourth rows is a single white spot placed
near the lateral margin; the interspaces on the elytra between the
rows of spots are rather strongly punctured, and more or less
mottled with dark brown; the apices of the elytra are strongly
oblique and slightly emarginate. Tarsi and extreme tip of the
tibie black, with a faint grey pubescence; the rest of the legs.
covered like the under-side of the body with a yellowish-tawny
pubescence.

124 Christmas Island.

87. AEgocidnus exiguus, Gahan, sp.n. (PI. XI, Fig. 4.)

Parvus, capite testaceo vel fusco pube grisea tenuiter vestito ;
prothorace griseo - pubescente, fusco-maculato, lateraliter paullo
pone medium spina brevi antice obliqua armato; elytris sat fortiter
punctatis, rufo-brunneis, pube grisea, plagis fuscis interrupta,
vestitis; antennis testaceis, quam corpore sesqui-longioribus, articulo
4° quam 38° vel 5° distincte longiori, articulo 3° quam 1° vix
longiori, articulis 6° et sequentibus gradatim brevioribus.

Long. 3°5—4, lat. 1°25-1°5 mm.

Head dark brown or reddish brown in colour, covered with a
thin greyish pubescence. Antenne about half as long again as the
body, with the fourth joint, which is the longest, distinctly longer
than the third or fifth, and the third joint scarcely longer than the
first. Prothorax armed a little behind the middle of each side with
a short spine, the posterior face of which stands out almost at right
angles, while the anterior face is oblique and continuous with
the side of the prothorax in front of it. Elytra rather strongly
punctured, with the punctures for the most part irregularly placed,
but towards the sides of the disk, having a tendency to be arranged
in longitudinal rows; reddish brown in colour, with a covering of
grey pubescence, which is interrupted by a number of dark-brown
patches. (In one of two specimens there is a large and conspicuous
dark-brown patch placed towards the side on the middle of each
elytron). Legs pale testaceous, with the thickened part of the
femora more or less infuscate.

Two examples taken on the north coast of the island; one in
March, the other in December.

This species resembles gocidnus ignarus, Pasc., in colour, but
it is smaller in size, and differs from it also in the shape of the
lateral spine of its prothorax, and in the relative proportions of the
first, third, and fifth joints of the antenne.

Family EUMOLPIDA.

88. Rhyparida rossi, Gahan, sp.n.

Testacea, elytris antennis pedibus et abdomine pallidioribus;
capite subtilissime granuloso et opaco, sparse minutissime punc-
tulato; prothorace transverso, lateraliter rotundato, angulis anticis
posticisque minute dentato, disco sub-opaco sparse minuteque
punctulato; elytris nitidis fortiter seriatimque punctatis; antennis
articulo 8° quam 2° fere triplo longiore, articulo 4° quam 38° paullo
breviore, ceteris gradatim decrescentibus.

Long. 7, lat. 3-5 mm.

Reddish testaceous in colour, with the elytra, legs, antenne,
and abdomen somewhat paler or more fulvous. Head very minutely

Coleoptera. 125

granular and opaque, sparsely and very finely punctulate; clypeus
somewhat in the form of a triangle, with curvilinear sides and
a slightly sinuate base; vertex impressed between the eyes with
three lines, one short median, and one on each side passing outwards
from the apex of the clypeus, and then curved round the inner and
posterior border of the eye. Thorax rounded at the sides, and
broadest across the middle; upper surface dull, finely, and rather
sparsely punctured. LElytra glossy, distinctly punctured, with the
punctures arranged in definite rows which, counted across the
middle, are to the number of eleven on each elytron; the first or
sutural row becomes double at the base, the sixth, seventh, and
tenth stop short at the shoulder, and the eighth and ninth a little
further back, the eleventh or marginal row, before reaching the
base, sends off a short inner branch as far as to the shoulder;
posteriorly the eleventh row also becomes double, its outer branch
joining the first or sutural row at the apex, its inner branch joining
the second row, the tenth row and the third being similarly united
behind; the punctures of the remaining rows are somewhat closely
crowded and confused behind ; the interstice between the short
eighth and ninth rows is raised and sub-costate. Femora unarmed.

89. Rhyparida modesta, Gahan, sp.n.

Fusca, violaceo-tincta, corpore subtus fere nigro, antennis pedi-
busque testaceis ; capite dense sat fortiter punctato ; prothorace
transverso, lateraliter ante medium, rotundato, deinde versus apicem
basimque angustato, angulis anticis posticisque leviter dentatis;
elytris sat fortiter seriatimque punctatis; antennis articulo 1° quam
2° duplo longiore.

Long. 8-9, lat. 4°5 mm.

Colour varying from brownish testaceous to a darker brown,
with a more or less distinct violaceous tint and metallic lustre; the
under-side, except at the apex of the abdomen and the sides of the
prothorax, almost quite black; the legs and antenne testaceous.
Head distinctly and rather thickly punctured, especially on the
clypeus; the latter with curvilinear sides, from each of which an
impressed line passes to the inner and posterior border of the eye, its
basal margin very slightly sinuate in the middle. Prothorax nearly
twice as broad as long; rounded at the sides; broadest a little in
front of the middle, and thence narrowed towards the base and
apex; distinctly and rather thickly punctured above. LElytra
rather strongly punctured, the punctures being arranged in regular
rows on the disk and close to the lateral margins, more irregularly
on the intervening space at each side; interstices between the rows
of punctures very minutely and sparsely punctulate. Antenne
reaching to a little beyond the base of the elytra; second joint less
than half the length of the first or third; fourth joint a little
longer than the third; fifth and following joints sub-equal to one

126 Christmas Island.

another in length, with the last three or four somewhat thicker
than those preceding them. Femora unarmed.

This species and the preceding one differ from nearly all the
Australian species of thyparida in having the second joint of
the antenne less than half as long as the third. In this respect
they resemble certain Indo-Malayan species, and agree with those
of the genus Lindinia, Lefev.

90. Demotina lateralis, Gahan, sp.n.

Parva, testacea, setis decumbentibus fulvis sat dense vestita ;
capite supra linea media glabra a clypeo ad occiput extensa,
clypeo glabro transverso sub-semilunare; prothorace transverso,
lateribus rotundatis, margine omnino deleta; elytris crebre sat
fortiter punctatis, disco paullo convexo, lateribus valde deflexis,
costa utrinque inter discum latusque; antennis basin elytrorum
vix superantibus, articulis 1°, 2° que crassis, subovalibus, 3°
angusto, cylindrico, quam 2° haud longiore, articulis 7° ad 114™
paullo dilatatis.

Long. 2°5 mm.

Colour testaceous, with the middle of thoracic disk and spots
on the elytra dark brown; the whole rather thickly covered with
decumbent tawny setz. Prothorax broader than long, slightly
rounded at the sides, which are wholly without a sharp carinate
margin. Elytra thickly and rather strongly punctured, abruptly
deflexed at the sides; the latter being vertical and marked off each
from the disk by a slightly proj iecting costa or line.

In the abruptly deflexed and vertical sides of the elytra this
species differs from all others belonging to the genus Demotina.

In general appearance it most resembles D. bowringi, Baly,
a species occurring in Hongkong, Formosa, and Chusan ; and it is,
perhaps, more nearly allied to this than to any other described
species. The genus Demotina has a distribution ranging from
China and Japan to New Guinea.

91. Scelodonta nitidula, Baly, var. ?
One example, taken on Phosphate Hill; November, 1897.

This example may possibly represent a distinct species ; it differs

from nitidula in having the elytra of a uniform dark coppery-
brown colour, slightly tinged with metallic green; smoother on
the middle of the disk; and furnished with shorter sete.
S. nitidula, Baly, occurs in Borneo, Sumatra, Java, Malacca, and
in North and South India. In every example I have seen there
are two or more spots of a purplish or steel-blue colour on each
elytron; but these spots are sometimes very small and faint.

————— OTe

Hemiptera. 127

Family HALTICIDA.
92. Psylliodes tenuepunctata, Gahan, sp.n.

Nigro-ccerulea, nitida, antennis pedibusque (femoribus posticis
exceptis) testaceis ; pronoto subtilissime irregulariterque punctu-
lato; elytris seriatim subtilissime punctulatis; articulo secundo
antennarum primo zequilongo, quam tertio paullo longiore.

Long. 3 mm.

Dark blue and very glossy, with the antenne and the legs
(posterior femora excepted) testaceous. Prothorax and elytra very
finely punctured, with the punctures on the elytra arranged in
regular rows, the interspaces between the rows being quite
impunctate, or with the punctures so minute as not to be visible
under a strong lens. Antenne with the first, second, and fourth
joints sub-equal in length, each being a little longer than the
third, with the joimts from the fifth to the tenth becoming
gradually and slightly thicker.

This species is distinguished from all other species of the genus
known to me by the much finer punctuation of its prothorax and
elytra. In the relative proportion of the basal joints of the
antenne it agrees with P. gracilis, Boh., balyz, Jac., and other
Oriental species.

Order 5.—HEMIPTERA.

By W. F. Kresy, FL.S., F.ES.

(PLATE XY.)

In the following Report, I have only included the more easily
determined species taken by Mr. Andrews, postponing any notice
of the remainder until the Museum collection of the families to
which they belong has been rearranged. There are about twice
as many species represented as are here noticed.

Family CYDNIDAi.
1. Athus nitens, sp.n. (Pl. XV, Fig. 1.)

Long. corp. 4 mm.; lat. 3 mm.

Black, very shining, antenne rufo-testaceous ; pronotum and base
of scutellum not punctured; the rest of the scutellum (which
is rather long, and narrowed towards the extremity) with large
punctures; tegmina with the punctures arranged in regular rows,

128 Christmas Island.

converging in front; membrane brownish hyaline. Legs with
a slightly ferruginous shade.

Three specimens (one immature), North Coast, December, 1897,.
and April, 1898. On plants.

Family PENTATOMID.
2. Pentatoma grossepunctatum, sp.n. (Pl. XV, Fig. 2.)

Long. corp. 7-10 mm. ; lat. thor. 5mm.

Head with the central lobe about as long as the greatest width
of the head, and traversed by a double row of punctures; the
lateral lobes slightly waved before the eyes, but curving inwards,
and more thickly punctured than the central lobe; front and back
of head obtusely convex. General colour of the upper surface
reddish brown, with numerous large black punctures on the head,
thorax, scutellum, and tegmina; they are largest and most
numerous on the thorax, where they run in irregular transverse
curves. Thoracic lobes obtusely prominent, and more or less.
blackish ; cortum black, with the costal border broadly testaceous ;
membrane brownish hyaline; extremity of scutellum rather broad
and rounded, nearly smooth, and testaceous; abdomen and under-
surface testaceous ; rostrum (which extends a little beyond the
base of the hind femora), tarsi, and tip of the antenne brown.

Five specimens, from Flying Fish Cove (no date), and North
Coast, December, 1897. Not common, but came to lamp in evening.

Not closely allied to any other species in the Museum.

Family LYGAIDA.
o. Lygeeus subrufescens. (Pl. XV, Fig. 3.)

Lygeus subrufescens, Kirb.; P.Z.S., 1888, p. 583.

‘‘Tong. corp. 11-13 mm.

‘‘Pitchy brown above; the head, pronotum, and base of the
tegmina bordered with dull red; the ocelli, and the space between
each eye, brighter red; antenne and legs pitchy brown above and
below ; head and body dull red beneath (in the female the abdomen
is shaded with brown on the sides, and towards the extremity, and
the legs are of a redder brown beneath than above). Proboscis.
pitchy, extending to the middle of the third segment of the
abdomen.

‘¢ Allied to Z. longiusculus, W1k., from Celebes.”’

Flying Fish Cove (Lister).

Two specimens, Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897, and West
Coast, October 15th, 1897. Also ten immature specimens, one
from East Coast, September 28th, 1897; the others marked
‘April, 1898.”

Hemiptera. 129

Family BRACHYRHYNCHID A.

4, Brachyrhynchus lignicolus, sp.n. (Pl. XV, Fig. 4.)

Long. corp. 6mm.; lat. 2°5 mm.

Dull red, the upper part of the head, the middle of the pronotum,
the scutellum, the corium, and the membrane black ; the clavus
testaceous ; and the segments of the connexicum often with large
dusky markings. Head square, obliquely sloping outwards, with
a projecting point laterally behind the eyes, and another projecting
on each side in front of the antennez, between which it is tri-
angularly narrowed as far as the broad frontal process, which
extends beyond this point for about one-third of the total length
of the head; it is slightly denticulated at the sides, and slightly
bifid at the extremity. Antenne with the four joints all of nearly
equal length. Pronotum slightly contracted in front, where it is
rounded, and slightly concave in the middle, with slight denticula-
tions on the sides in front; on each side of the median line of the
front half is a black, irregularly-shaped space. The greater part
of the insect is moderately coarsely punctured ; the spaces between
the veins of the membrane look like large depressed pits. Femora
thickened and, as well as the tibie, very finely denticulated. Under-
surface varied with black and red.

A large number of specimens found under bark in rotting wood.
Nearest allied to some specimens of B. rubrescens, Walker (which
probably includes more than one species), but with the markings
more clearly defined.

Family HALOBATID &.

5. Halobates princeps.

Halobates princeps, Buchanan White: Rep. Pelagic Hemipt. (Challenger Rep.,
xix), p. 44, pl. i. fig. 3 (1883).

Three specimens, Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
The type, now in the British Museum (Natural History), was
brought from the Celebes Sea.

6. Halobates proavus.

Halobates proavus, Buchanan White: Rep. Pelagic Hemipt. (Challenger Rep.,
xix), p. 54, pl. u1, fig. 1 (1888).

Two specimens, Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
Originally described from Gilolo.

130 Christmas Island.

Order 6.—HOMOPTERA.
By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., F.E.S., ete.

(PLATE XY.)

Or this Order eleven species are enumerated in the following list,
all of which, so far as is known, are peculiar to the island. Of
these, seven are now described as new, one being considered to
represent a new genus, the other four having been described by
me in 1888 from Mr. Lister’s collection; of these the descriptions
are here reprinted. It is curious that six species out of the eleven
belong to a single family, the Ricaniide.

CrcaDIDm. DELPHACID®.
Pecilopsaltria, Stal. Bidis, Walk.
calypso, Kirb. » aristella, sp.n.
Ricannpz. APHROPHORIDZ.
ficama, Germ. Cinéa, S14
flavifrontalis, sp.n. peas sp.n.
Paurostauria, g.n.
delicata, sp.n. Isstp.
Vareva, Stal. Issus, Fabr.
flavicostalis, Kirb. andrewsi, sp.D.
Nogodina, Stal.
affinis, Kirb. J ASSIDZ,
hyalina, Kirb. Idiocerus, Lewis.
subviridis, sp.n. punctatus, sp.n.

Family CICADIDA.

1. Pecilopsaltria calypso.

Oxypleura calypso, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 553.
Peeslopsaltria calypso, Dist.: Mon. Oriental Cicadide, p. 6, tab. x, figs. 3a, 4
1889).

‘¢ Male.—Black, with testaceous markings. Head black; front
of vertex with a wide testaceous stripe on each side, extending
from the inside of the eye to the striated portion of the face.
Longitudinal sulcation broad, rather deep black, surmounted by
a trapeziform ochreous spot; the transverse striations, except the
upper ones, are marked with ochreous, ending in a continuous
ochreous stripe, not striated, on each side of the extremity of the
longitudinal sulcation. Sides of face clothed with thick yellowish-
grey hair; labrum with a longitudinal testaceous stripe, expanded
above and below, proboscis testaceous, black towards the extremity,

Homoptera. 131

and reaching as far as the hinder trochanters ; antenne black.
Pronotum testaceous, entirely so behind; a dumb-bell shaped black
mark in front of this, extending to the front edge, and the central
sutures blackish; sides not greatly expanded, with irregular black
markings, and dotted with grey hair; mesonotum black, with two
short, thick, tawny stripes on each side, not reaching the front
edge, and a spear-headed, tawny mark, filled with black in the
middle, directed forwards; scutellum with the hinder half and
lateral ridges testaceous. Abdomen black, sutures narrowly edged
with testaceous, especially on the sides; segment 7 with two
testaceous dots in the middle, and a larger spot on each side.
Sternum mostly black, clothed with greyish hair; legs testaceous ;
cox, four iront femora, and tarsi streaked with black above;
opercula testaceous, extending nearly to the end of the first
segment of the abdomen. Abdomen beneath testaceous ; basal
segment entirely black, the following segments triangularly
blackish on each side at the base, the last two lateral lobes spotted
with black. Tegule and wings hyaline, with brown nervures ;
costal nervures and inner marginal nervure testaceous.

*Alhed to O. bufo and O. polita, Walk., but differently marked.

“An extremely hairy pupa, marked ‘ Dug up, earth, October 8,’
accompanied the specimen, besides an empty pupa-skin, both
probably belonging to the same species.”’

Three males, one from the west coast, October, 1897, and another
from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897. Also three pups, one
darker than the others, found in April, 1898.

Besides these, there is a female specimen from the east coast,
October, 1897. It differs little from the male, except in the paler
colour of the light markings.

Family RICANIIDA.

2. Ricania flavifrontalis, spn. (Pl. XV, Fig. 5.)

Long. corp. 3°25mm.; exp. al. 11-13 mm.

Head brown above; pronotum blackish on the back; abdomen
blackish in the middle, otherwise rufo-testaceous ; face and under-
surface dull yellow, clypeus slightly broader than long, nearly
square, but with the lower angles slightly rounded off ; a slight
vertical carina. Tegmina brown, costa with a white or yellowish-
white basal stripe, sometimes extending to two-fifths of the length
of the tegmen. Beyond this the costa is marked with pale spots
as far as a large white band on the costa at about two-thirds of
its length; this band is subinterrupted below, and then turns
obliquely outwards. This lower part extends for about half the
length of the upper, and is much narrower, and rather pointed
at the end. Within this is a broad white band, outwardly con-
cave on its upper portion, and extending to the inner margin.

182 Christmas Island.

The basal portion of the corium is much mottled with white.
The lower part of the hind margin is dotted with white, and the
marginal portion of the tegmen is marked off on the inside in one
specimen by a row of hardly indicated white dots. Wings
hyaline, with broad pale-brown borders. The fringes of both
the tegmina and wings consist of very short, straight, isolated
bristles, only visible under the microscope. Before the tip of the
tegmina is a slightly oval black spot, rather large for the size of
the insect.

Two specimens, North Coast, January, 1898.
_ The white markings and well-marked subapical black dots will
easily distinguish this interesting little species.

PAUROSTAURIA, Kirby, gen. nov.

Front quadrangular, broader than long, slightly expanded below,
and with a central carina. Vertex transverse, about three times
as broad as long, and gradually concave behind. Pronotum curved,
transverse, mesonotum oval, tricarinate, rather long. Tegmina
hyaline, very broad at the extremity, the costa slightly arched,
much longer than the inner. margin, which is a little shorter than
the hind margin. Apex much rounded, and hind margin curving
obliquely to the hinder angle, which is obtusely rounded; inner
margin convex. Costal cell with oblique transverse nervules ;
subcostal cell free ; basal cell oval, broader than long. Three
longitudinal nervures running from the basal ceil, the upper one
forked close to its base, and the branches again forking at about
half their length, and ultimately throwing off long forks to the hind
margin. The middle nervure forks a little further from the base,
and once or twice more before or near the middle of its length;
the lower nervure forks only once, at about half its length. An
obsolete nervure curves round inwards from the costa at three-
fourths of its length to the base of the first fork of the lower
branch of the middle longitudinal nervure. Before the apex of
the tegmen is a large black stigma, and the marginal area, which
is rather broad, is marked off by a row of pale nervules between
the nervures. The clavus throws off a vein of about half the rest
of its length near the base, which curves to the inner margin;
between and beyond are several transverse nervules. Wings
hyaline, much shorter than the tegmina, the three upper
longitudinal nervures variously forked, and connected by two
oblique transverse nervures. Hind tibie bispinose.

Allied to Ricanoptera, Melichar ; but it does not appear to be
congeneric with the species of that genus before me. Inter ala,
the subapical spot seems to be always absent in Ricanoptera. The
name Paurostauria has been suggested by the paucity of cross-
nervures in this insect.

Homoptera. 133

3. Paurostauria delicata, sp.n. (Pl. XV, Fig. 6.)

Long. corp. 3mm.; exp. tegm. 10mm.; lat. tegm. 3 mm.

Male.—Testaceous (probably green when living, as the abdomen
is still green in one of the specimens); eyes and vertex brown.
Tegmina hyaline, with most of the nervures yellow, except in the
dark portions. Marginal area brown, broadest at the apex. An
oval, subapical black spot, below which a hyaline curved stripe
runs down to the inner margin; the brown band within this is
bisected by the light cross-nervules marking off the marginal area.
Costa with a black line, commencing at about half the length of
the costal cell, and curving round the end of the subcostal cell;
it also throws off an expanding pear-shaped black spot, running
downwards to half the width of the tegmen, beside the marginal
markings. Between these black markings, the costa, and the sub-
apical spot, the wing is brown, with hyaline markings. The
subcostal nervure is broadly black above, narrowly edged with
yellow below, and the upper longitudinal nervure is marked with
a large black spot in the middle. The curved dividing-line in the
middle of the tegmen is edged outside with black, and a series of
irregular black markings is continued to the inner margin. Nearer
the base are two or three more small black spots, and the greater
part of the lower vein of the clavus is broadly black.

Described from three specimens, without special locality.

4. Varcia flavicostalis. (Pl. XV, Fig. 7.)

Ricania flavicostalis, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 554.
Vareia flavicostalis, Melichar: Ann. Nat. Hofmuseums, xiii, p. 319 (1899).

‘‘ Exp. al. 20 mm.; long. corp. 7 mm.

‘“‘ Male.— Head yellow, with four keels; vertex depressed,
brown, except at the sides and on the median line; front quadri-
carinate, the angles of the outer carine very prominent, the middle
ones hardly projecting on the frontal edge; all the carine black,
and with a short dark line on the clypeus between them, the
middle ones rather wide apart, and meeting in a point at the
extremity of the clypeus. Thorax and abdomen blackish brown
above, the thorax tricarinate, varied with ferruginous on the sides
and along the outer edges of the two outer carine; abdomen with
the second segment greenish, and the base of the three following
segments ferruginous. Undersurface of the body and legs
yellowish ; the four front tibis brownish above; abdominal
segments edged behind with a green line; the last two segments
reddish brown. Wings hyaline; fore wings with the costal space
yellow as far as the black stigma, beyond which is a hyaline space ;
hind margin broadly purplish brown, intersected by a curved line

134 Christmas Island.

nearly parallel to the hind margin; within the middle of this runs
a narrow vitreous stripe covering the outer half of seven cells; one
or two very irregular series of transverse cells beyond the middle
of the wing, not even uniform on both sides; inner marginal region
tinged with yellow, but less strongly than the costa; costal cross-
nervures not forked, but most of the apical nervures beyond the
stigma and on the hind margin are forked. Hind wings hyaline,
brown along the hind margin, the first six or seven marginal
nervures from the tip furcate or bifurcate.

‘The neuration of this and the two following species somewhat
resembles that of &. panorpeformis, Guér. No dates of capture
are attached to any of the specimens.”’

Two specimens: Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897, and Kast.
Coast, October, 1897.

5. Nogodina affinis. (Pl. XV, Fig. 8.)

Ricania afinis, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 554.
Nogodina affinis, Melichar: Ann. Nat. Hofmuseums, xiii, p. 309 (1899).

‘‘ Exp. al. 22mm.; long. corp. 9 mm. :

“* Male.—V ery similar to the last species, but darker above, the
brown bands on the clypeus beyond the inner carina darker ;
undersurface of body yellow, with irregular black markings
beneath the wings, and a large spot on the pectus between the
two first pairs of legs; abdomen not banded with green above,
but with a row of yellow spots on the sides. Wings hyaline, not
tinged with yellow on the costa or inner margin, but with a yellow
spot on the costa (likewise edged with black within) before the
black stigma; below the stigma are some small brown blotches.
along the line of the inner row of transverse cells; there are also
two small brown spots nearer the base on the lower half of the
wing; hind margin brown for about one-sixth of the width of
‘the wing, and marked with two irregular hyaline spaces, each
covering several cells; close to the hind margin runs an interrupted
row of small hyaline dots. Hind wings hyaline, edged with
brown, except towards the anal angle. Neuration nearly as in
the last species, but the outer row of transverse cells less.
numerous.”

6. Nogodina hyalina, (Pl. XV, Fig. 9.)

Ricania hyalina, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 555; Melichar, Ann. Nat. Hof--
museums, Xiii, p. 337 (1899).

“Exp. al. 15 mm.; long. corp. 5mm.

‘* Male.—Head yellowish ; the carine black, the clypeus marked.
with brown lines between them; the middle carine not projecting
on the vertex, which is deeply and triangularly depressed in the

Homoptera. 135

middle ; thorax reddish above, the middle carine yellow; abdomen
brown above, the sides marked with yellow, and the segments
bordered with green behind. Undersurface of the body yellow, the
femora, the extremities of the five first segments of the abdomen,
and a large spot at each side at its extremity green; the base of
the five first abdominal segments rich cream-colour.

‘< Allied to R. pellucida and R. panorpeformis, Guér.”

Twenty-eight specimens, all those specially labelled taken in
January, 1898, on the North Coast. An abundant and very
variable species, both in colour and neuration; but without
exhibiting well-marked differences which appear to be of specific
or even varictal importance. Some of the specimens are of a pale
testaceous yellow, others are of a darker yellowish brown, with
the abdomen more or less green, with a black dorsal band, and
black sutures. The number of nervures in the costal cell before
the stigma varies from 8 to 11; the stigma covers about five
eross-nervures, and is generally but slightly browned, but in the
darker specimens (which are usually those with most cross-
nervules in the basal cell and elsewhere) it is blackish. The
subcostal space is always(?) empty; but the two following
longitudinal spaces are sometimes free, almost as far as the first
fork of the second longitudinal nervure, which is usually preceded
by a cross-neryure in each space; or there may be one, two, or
three cross-nervules in each of these spaces, preceding the fork.
Sometimes the marginal third of the tegmen is mapped out into
three fairly regular areas; but sometimes the neuration of this
portion is much more irregular. The shape, too, of the various cells
differs considerably.

7. Nogodina subviridis, sp.n. (Pl. XV, Figs. 10, 11.)

Long. corp. 7mm.; exp. al. 20 mm.

Female.—Testaceous; abdomen, except at tip, green, with black
sutures, expanding in front, and connected; front long, with
black lateral and central carine, the latter crossing, and between
their upper part is a brown line. Sutures of pronotum more or
less black. ‘Tegmina yellowish hyaline, with yellowish-brown
nervures ; costal area with 11 or 12 cross-nervures before the
stigma, which is very large, extending between six or seven cross-
nervures, those towards its base being more or less yellow. Sub-
costal area free. The three upper longitudinal nervures rising
together from the upper angle of the basal cell; the second forking
at three-fifths of its length, the third at one-fourth. The fourth
is widely separated from the others at its base. It is parallel
with and closely approximating to the upper vein of the clavus,
and it throws off a branch upwards at two-fifths of its length.
The middle vein of the clavus unites with the lower one at half its
length ; lower branch of the clavus broadly brown, and united

136 Christmas Island.

with the upper by from four to six cross-nervules. Wings hyaline,
with brown nervures. (Fig. 10.)

Variety (?). Female.—Differs in the body being mostly black,
except the front, the sides of the thorax, and the base of the
abdomen, which are testaceous. The black central carine are
merely indicated in brown, below the point where they cross;
the stigma on the tegmina is almost wholly black, and there are
one or two cross-nervures in the subcostal area. I can hardly
consider these differences specific, having only single specimens to
compare. (Fig. 11.)

The type is from the East Coast, and the variety from the North
Coast, January, 1898.

Allied to IV. plena, Wlk., and WV. affinis, Kirb.

Family DELPHACID Ai.
8. Bidis aristella, spn. (Pl. XV, Figs. 12, 13.)

Long. corp. 4mm.; exp. al. 12mm.

Testaceous, the two joints of the antenne long, cylindrical, of
equal length, and set with very short brown bristles; the second
joint slightly thicker than the first, subannulated, and with two
long brown bands, not extending to either extremity ; it is followed
by a bulb bearing a very fine bristle, longer than the two joints
together. Vertex and front quadricarinate, the carine brown, and
the centre of the front and the narrowest space between the central
carine, on the vertex, brown. Beyond this point, the central
carine unite with the outer ones, and run backwards parallel to the
eyes, the space between which is very deeply concave behind ; there
is also a brown spot between the carinze, where they diverge.

Pronotum with three black carine, one central, the others
starting from it in front, curving round each eye. Mesonotum
with five longitudinal black earine, the two outer ones slightly
diverging, and followed by a brown line on the sides of the
pronotum. Both the pronotum and mesonotum have very prominent
lateral angles, before which is a brown line. Abdomen testaceous,
with red central and terminal carine, the latter preceded by broad
brown bands ; the two terminal segments are blackish, bordered
behind with testaceous. Ovipositor of the female blackish, up-
curved; above it is a long, broad, blackish process, set with rather
long bristles, and bifid at the extremity. Tegmina yellowish
hyaline, the nervures and fringes set with short bristles, and
alternately brown and yellow for rather long spaces. There is
a large brown spot in the middle of the clavus, and in the female
the space between this and the base is also brown. There is also
a brown curved nervure marking the apical area, and the space
between this and the apex is much clouded with brown, especially
in the female; and nearer the base the dark portions of the

ee

Homoptera. 137

mervures are more or less clouded with brown. Wings hyaline,
mostly with brown nervures. Legs testaceous, end of tibie, and
the tarsi mostly brown.

Four specimens: East Coast, September, 1897, and Flying Fish
Cove, 1898.

Allied to B. pictula and B. punctifrons, Wlk., but with the
nervures running to the costa yellow and unspotted; in the other
species they are brown, and terminate in brown spots on the costa.

Stal notes Bidis, Wlk., as = Ugyops, Guér.; but as some of
the characters disagree, I retain Walker’s name for the present.

Family APHROPHORID 2.
9. Clovia eximia, sp.n. (Pl. XV, Fig. 14.)

Exp. al. 14mm.; long. corp. 5 mm.

Head and thorax black, dull above, shining beneath, upper part
of front with seven transverse testaceous bands, the uppermost
widely interrupted, and those below the second more or less
irregular and indented in the middle; below them is a trace of
an eighth ; proboscis and a triangular spot just above its base
also testaceous. Vertex and thorax hardly separated, front
yellow, narrowly edged with black from eye to eye, and with
a short waved transverse black stripe in the middle. Behind this
is another, longer, curving from eye to eye in front, and there is
again a broader black band between the eyes, followed by two
yellow ones. The thorax may be described as black, with three
broad transverse yellow lines, and the scutellum is marked with
three yellow lines, converging behind, and joined by a yellow curve
in front. Sides of metathorax and extremity of the rufous-brown
abdomen varied with testaceous. _Tegmina rufous brown, with
testaceous yellow markings, those towards the extremity tinged
with golden. An oblique long oval spot at one-third of the
length of the costa, a short slightly curved spot on the costa at
two-thirds of its length, and three pale stripes on the lower part
of the hind margin. The outer portion of these is brown, but
does not touch the hind margin, and the two lower ones contain
a longitudinal brown dash on the outer part. There is a bifid
yellow stripe, traversing the clavus parallel with the inner margin,
from the base; the outer branch is narrow; the inner one is
broader, and curves up to meet a corresponding spot on the inner
margin of the corium. Legs testaceous, longitudinally striped
with brown, the hind legs darkest. |

Eleven specimens: from East Coast, September 28, and October,
1897; and North Coast, January, 1898.

Not closely allied to any other species at present in the
British Museum (Natural History); but appears to approach
C. lemniscatus, Stal, described from Java.

1s Christmas Island.

Family ISSID.
10. Issus (?) andrewsi, spn. (Pl. XV, Fig. 15.)

Long. corp. cum tegm. 6mm.; long. tegm. 5mm.; lat. tegm.
2°5 mm.

Testaceous, front black, tricarmate in the middle, the lateral
carine meeting above in an acute angle; the sides are dotted with
testaceous, and the summit of the angle is of the same colour.
There are also outer carine, raised at the summit within the eyes ;
vertex and lower mouth-parts testaceous. Legs testaceous, the
femora and tibie more or less black in the middle. Tegmina
coriaceous, greenish grey, a little mottled with brown or reddish
brown, especially on the clavus and along the borders, wings
brownish hyaline.

One specimen, without special locality. Allied to some unnamed
Indian species in the collection of the Museum.

Family JASSIDA.
11. Idiocerus (7) punctatus, sp.n. (Pl. XV, Fig. 16.)

Long. corp. cum tegm. 5mm.; long. tegm. 3°5 mm.

Almost uniform testaceous, darkest on the thorax, which is
sculptured with transverse strie. The front of the thorax is some-
times speckled with brown, and the hinder part and base of the
scutellum are marked with four rather indistinct brownish bands.
Ocelli in the middle of the front, about twice as far apart as each
is distant from the margin of the eye. Tegmina with longitudinal
rows of brown setiferous punctures, and with a brown spot on the
inner margin towards the end of the vein of the clavus. Hind
tibize long, whitish, strongly ciliated.

Five specimens: from East Coast, August, 1897; Flying Fish
Cove, October, 1897; and North Coast, January, 1898.

Somewhat resembles Bythoscopus testaceus, W1k., from Sarawak,
but much smaller, paler, and with the ocelli much further from the
eyes. It is still nearer B. unicolor, W1k., from Makian (Celebes) ;
but the latter species has a brown spot at the end of the tegmina,
and the front is less rounded above.

Order 7.—MALLOPHAGA.
By W. F. Kirgsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., ete.

A sINGLE specimen (East Coast, September, 1897), probably from
some marine bird, but closely resembling, except in its much
greater size, Wirmus attenuatus, Nitsch, as figured by Giebel
(Insecta Epizoa, Tab. vi, fig. 1). The latter species is found on
the corncrake.

Neuroptera. 139

Order 8.—NEUROPTERA.
By W. F. Kinsy, F.L.S., F.ES., etc.

(PLATE XIV.)

In this Order, Mr. Andrews collected a Termes, two Ant-lions,
and three wide-ranging species of Dragon-flies. One of the
latter is the ubiquitous Pantala flavescens, which inhabits almost
all the warmer parts of the world, from Egypt to Natal, from
Kamtchatka to Ceylon and Australia and ‘Tahiti, and from
Georgia to Brazil; it is even said to have been once taken many
years ago in the English Fens. It is almost certainly a migratory
species, and Mr. Andrews informs me that enormous swarms of
dragon-flies appear suddenly in Christmas Island from Java when
the wind is in the north and north-east, and disappear again in
a few days.

ODONATA.

Family LIBELLULIDZ.
Sub-Family LIBELLULINZ.

1. Pantala flavescens.
Libellula Jlavescens, Fabricius: Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 285 (1798).

Nineteen specimens: from Flying Fish Cove, September 2 to
- October 20, 1897; West Coast, October, 1897, and March 28, 1898.

2. Trithemis trivialis.
Libellula trivialis, Ramb.: Ins. Névr., p. 115 (1842).

Four specimens. North Coast, on sea-cliffs.

Family ASSCHNID ZA.
Sub-Family ASCHNIN ZA.

3. Anax guttatus.
Aisehna guttata, Burmeister: Handb. Ent., ii, p. 840, n. 14 (1839).

Flying Fish Cove.
One male specimen only. Rare; only two or three specimens
seen. Called ‘Rajah’ by the natives.

140 Christmas Island.

PLANIPENNIA.

Family MYRMELEONID &.

4, Formicalso morpheus, sp.n. (PI. XIV, Fig. 3.)

Exp. al. 55-60 mm.; long. corp. 25-29 mm.

Male and Female.—Dark brown, varied with testaceous; antenne
ringed with black and testaceous, much thickened before the tip
in the male; face testaceous, the tips of the mandibles, a narrow
transverse band below the antenne, and a broad band above
black, the latter indented in the middle beneath. Above this
is a testaceous stripe, followed by a black one, and then by
two lateral ones, curving backwards in the middle; the vertex
is black, with two short longitudinal testaceous lines, with
a testaceous spot between in front, and three large testaceous
spots behind, followed, on the occiput, by two lateral testaceous
spots and a central line. ‘Thorax black, pro- and mesothorax
with a testaceous middle line, and a broader longitudinal stripe
on each side; metathorax with a Y-shaped testaceous mark on the
sutures, and the base and extremity of the front lobe also marked
with testaceous. Abdomen black, with about two longitudinal
spots on the back of each segment, and two oval ones on the
sides of several segments at least. Legs testaceous, front femora
thickened, striped longitudinally with black; front tibie with
two black rings, hinder ones with indications of the same; joints
of the tarsi ringed with black; all the legs set with very long,
fine bristles. Wings rather long, moderately pointed, most of
the nervures varied alternately with fuscous and yellowish;
pterostigma yellowish; wings towards the extremity with about |
four irregular rows of blackish stippling, most distinct on the
fore wings, and the innermost row largest.

Four specimens: Flying Fish Cove (900 feet), August and
November, 1897; East Coast, September 2, 1897; near water, in
forest.

Allied to Uyrmeleon insomnis, W1k., from an unknown locality,
but differently marked. The specimens are not in first-rate con-
dition, but it is hoped that the description will be sufficient for
identification.

5. Myrmeleon iridescens, sp.n. (Pl. XIV, Fig. 4.)

Long. corp. 25mm.; exp. al. 59 mm.

Female black, head with the lower mouth-parts testaceous, a
short testaceous line below the base of each antenna, two
testaceous dots on the middle of the vertex, and the upper and
hinder orbits very narrowly testaceous. Thorax narrowly bordered
in front, at the sides, and behind with testaceous ; base of the

Orthoptera. 141

wings with testaceous callosities above and beneath. Legs
testaceous, with dark rings towards the end of the femora, and
obsoletely on the tibize; tarsi mostly black. Wings very iridescent
hyaline, without markings; neuration black, except the subcostal
nervures and those of the pseudostigmatal space of the fore wings,
which are yellowish.

Described from a single specimen, without special locality.

This species much resembles I. lethifer, W1k., from Natal, but
has somewhat narrower wings.

ISOPTERA.

Family TERMITID A.

6. Termes, Linn.

Many specimens of a species allied to 7. sarawakensis, Haviland.
Abundant everywhere. Nests formed of a dark-brown papier-
maché, on stumps, or plastered against trunks of trees.

Order 9.—ORTHOPTERA.

By W. F. Kirsy, F.1.S., F.E.S., ete.

(PLATES XII-XIV.)

Tue principal feature of the collection of Orthoptera is in the
comparatively large number of Forficulide obtained. This, how-
ever, is probably more apparent than real, for although in a few
countries, such as England and, still more, the United States, the
family is very poorly represented, there are probably a very large
number of existing species, which only require to be collected, for,
as a rule, they are passed over entirely by collectors.

As regards the other Orthoptera, it is remarkable how many
important groups appear to be represented in Christmas Island
only by a single conspicuous species, generally peculiar to the
island, as far as is at present known. Most of the species in the
following list which have been previously described from other
countries, are wide-ranging species of Blattide. Want of sufficient
material renders it somewhat doubtful whether other specimens
provisionally referred to known species may not ultimately prove
to be distinct.

142 Christmas Island.

_ Twenty-three species, obtained by Mr. Andrews, are enumerated
in the following list, of which seven are described as new. Of the
remaining species, at least seven appear to be peculiar to the island.
I have reprinted the descriptions of these from my previous paper.

ORTHOPTERA.
ForFICULIDm. PHASMID&.
Labidura, Leach. Clitumnus, Stal.
nigricornis, Kirb. stelpnovdes, Kirb.
Platylabia, Dohrn. G
dimidiata, Dohrn. Bisley ;
Anisolabis, Fieb. Lictadoderus, Guér.
stali, Dohrn. flavipalpis, sp.n.
Labia, Leach. GRYLLACRIDE.
oe he ea Gryllacris, Serv.
Oe rufovaria, Kirb.
indistincta, sp.n,
subarmata, sp.0. ConocEPHALIDZ.
Anechura, Scudd. Pseudorhynchus, Serv.
sp. lessonvt, Serv.
Brarrpz. ListrocELipz&.
Temnopteryx, Brunn. Phisis, Stal.
Julva, Brunn. lastert, Kirb.

Phyllodromia, Serv.

supellectilium, Serv. PHANEROPTERIDS.
Periplanata, Burm. Psyra, Stal.
americana, L. pomona, sp.n.
ophea, Brunn.
es, Locustip 2.

surinamensis, L.

Panesthia, Serv. Oxya, Serv.

orientalis, Kirb.

ONE, CN Cyrtacanthaeris, Walk.
Manip. disparilis, Kirb.
Hierodula, Burm. Epacromia, Fisch.
dispar, sp.n. rufostriata, Kirb.

Family FORFICULIDA.

1. Labidura nigricornis, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 546.
(Pl. XII, Fig. 2 3, Fig. 3 Q.)

‘Long. corp. 18-20 mm.

‘Black, head smooth, not much raised, broad behind, and narrowed
and enlarged in front; lower mouth-parts sometimes testaceous ;
antenne seventeen-jointed, sometimes inclined to pitchy beneath,
but with none of the joints white or yellow; pronotum smooth in

Orthoptera. 143

front and very finely reticulate behind, nearly quadrate, the hinder
edge rounded; a central groove on the front half, on each side of
which is a slight elevation; tegmina nearly smooth, broader than
the thorax, and 14 times as long as broad; projecting portion of
the wings rather narrow, sparingly punctate, about one-third as
long as the tegmina, and very slightly tipped with pale testaceous ;
femora slightly thickened; tarsi, and sometimes the extreme tips
of the tibiz, ferruginous; abdomen thickly and finely punctured,
the hinder margins of the segments appearing as if milled. Under-
surface more inclining to pitchy. Forceps nearly as long as the
abdomen, moderately broad, more or less punctured, and incurved
at the extremity; in the male with a tooth at the base, and
another, preceded by two or three small denticulations, at two-
thirds of the length. 7

‘‘Several specimens obtained October 3rd, 1887 (Lister). This
species appears to be the common earwig of the island. It has
considerable external resemblance to Chelisoches morio, Fabr., from
which the structure of its legs and the unicolorous antenne will
at once distinguish it.”’

Three males, one from North Coast, December, 1897, and one
female, April, 1898 (Andrews).

2. Platylabia dimidiata (?).
Platylabia dimidiata, Dohrn: Stett. ent. Zeit., xxviii, p. 348 (1867).

A single damaged specimen, agreeing approximately with the
description of P. dimidiata; but in the absence of specimens of the
latter from Luzon (from whence the types were received), it is
impossible to be sure of the identification.

3. Anisolabis stali.
Forcinella stali, Dohrn: Stett. ent. Zeit., xxv, p. 286 (1864).

Three specimens (from ‘‘ North Coast, Dec., 1897”), apparently
belonging to this Javanese species.

4, Labia murrayi, sp.n. (Pl. XII, Fig. 6, 9; Pl. XIII, Fig. 5, ¥.)

Long. corp. cum forcip. 9 mm.; segm. ult. cum forcip. 3 mm. ;
long. tegm. 13 mm.

Male.—Kiufo - testaceous, very shining, head convex, shining
black, face testaceous, antenne testaceous, rather darker above
than below, antennz pubescent, thirteen-jointed (?), second joint
narrower than the scape, and short, the rest cylindrical, abdomen
finely punctured, terminal segment smooth, but coarsely punctured
towards the base of the forceps; legs pale testaceous, femora

144 Christmas Island.

darker, forceps separated at the base by a space about equalling
their breadth, gradually tapering, and curved inwards to the tips,
which are crossed, and not very acute; a large tooth on the inner
edge at about one-quarter of their length, followed by two or more
smaller ones ; tegmina short, obliquely truncated (no wings), and
one or two of the following segments of the abdomen marked
with blackish at the sides; pygidium short, broad, transversely
oblong; pliciferous tubercles obsolete.

Described from two males. An hermaphrodite specimen is paler,
and has the tegmen on the left side longer than the other, and
subacute, and the right branch of the forceps is considerably shorter
and slenderer than the other; waved, unarmed, and more acute at.
the extremity.

The last specimen is from North Coast, March, 1898; the others
are without special locality.

5. Labia incerta, sp.n. (PI. XII, Fig. 5.)

Female.—Resembles the last species, but the head, pronotum, and
tegmina are purplish brown. Abdomen fulvous, with purplish-
brown markings at the base and sides. Forceps rather slender,
waved, with the tips pointed and approximating; the inner edge
finely serrated.

A single specimen.

6. Labia indistincta, spn. (Pl. XII, Fig. 4.)

Male.—Rufo-castaneous, antenne thirteen-jointed, head above,
hinder part of pronotum, and tegmina varied with brownish ;.
tegmina rather narrow, subtruncated ; abdomen beneath them,
with a transverse blackish band, but the rest of its upper surface
uniformly reddish. Forceps nearly straight, incurved at the tips,
and set with long, fine, grey hairs; the inner edge with a cultrate
projection at the base, about twice as broad as the short transverse
pygidium, which is rounded off towards the extremity ; beneath
this is a quadrangular projection.

A single specimen obtained.

Much resembles the two last species. In all these small Labie
the pliciferous tubercles on the abdomen are almost, if not quite,
obsolete.

7. Labia (2?) subarmata, sp.n. (Pl. XII, Fig. 7.)

Long. corp. cum forcip. circa 5 mm.

Male.—Dark chestnut-brown, thickly and very se punctured
on the tegmina and abdomen, and covered with a very close pile.
Head black above, nearly quadrate, but with the hinder angles
obtusely rounded off. Antenne eight-jointed (?), pilose, rufo-
testaceous, the scape oblong, at. least three times as long as broad,

Orthoptera. 145

second joint small, the others oval, much longer than broad. Head
below the antenne pale testaceous. Pronotum narrower than the
head, longer than broad, subquadrate, with the hinder angles
slightly rounded off, and the front angles very obtuse, sides slightly
bordered with pale testaceous. Tegmina and exposed part of wings
long, subacute, thickly dotted with grey pile, as is also the abdomen.
Terminal segment red; forceps red, about half as long again as the
terminal segment, unarmed, widely apart, and slightly thickened
at the base, regularly incurved, and crossing at the extremity.
Pygidium short, obtusely angulated. Legs testaceous, paler at the
joints. No pliciferous folds visible on abdomen. Under-surface
brownish testaceous, abdomen and forceps reddish.

Female.—Similar to the male, but with the pronotum and
abdomen of a lighter brown, head reddish. Legs testaceous,
brownish towards the base of the femora. Forceps approximate,
stout, subcontiguous, triquetral, with the inner ridges very strongly
marked ; tips incurved. Antenne ten-jomted. Under-surface of
body more uniformly reddish in the male.

The apparent absence of pliciferous folds makes me doubt
whether this species is a true Labia. It much resembles some
American species, such as Z. rotundata and L. brunnea, Scudder.

8. Anechura, sp.

An immature female, probably belonging to an undescribed
species. ‘‘ North Coast, March, 1898.”

Family BLATTIDA.

9. Temnopteryx fulva (?).
Temnopteryx fulva, Brunner: Syst. Blatt., p. 86 (1865).

One specimen, considerably smaller than the Javanese type
described by Brunner, but possibly belonging to the same species.

10. Phyllodromia supellectilium (?).

Blatia supellectilium, Serv.: Ins. Orth., p. 114 (1839).
Phyllodromia supellectilium, Brunn.: Syst. Blatt., p. 98 (1865).

One specimen, north part of island, January, 1898, belonging to
this or to an allied species.

11. Periplaneta americana.

Blatta americana, Linn. : Syst. Nat., 10th ed., i, p. 424, n. 4 (1768).
Periplaneta americana, Brunn.: Syst. Blatt., p. 282, Tab. v, fig. 24 (1865).

One specimen only, December, 1897.

146 Christmas Island.

12. Leucophea surinamensis.

Blatta surinamensis, Linn,: Syst. Nat., 10th ed., i, p. 424, n. 3 (1758).
Panchlora (Leucophea) surinamensis, Brunn.: Syst. Blatt., p. 278, Tab. vii,
fic. 32 (1866).
Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
A single specimen of this cosmopolitan species was found in
rotting wood.

13. Panesthia javanica.

Panesthia javanica, Serv.: Ann. Sci. Nat., xxii, p. 38 (1832); Brunn., Syst.
Blatt, p. 393, Tab. vii, fig. 58 (1865); Kirb., P.Z.S., 1888,
p- 547.

These insects abound under rotten wood, and in large holes in
it, which they seem to make. In various stages of development.
West End, Christmas Island, October 1, 4, 5, 1887 (Lister).

Ten specimens in various stages. Flying Fish Cove, August,
1897; also December, 1897. They appropriate the burrows of
wood-boring beetles. (Andrews.)

Family MANTIDZ.

14. Hierodula dispar, sp.n.

DIMENSIONS. fe
Long. corp... oa So 56-65 mm. ee 63-74 mm.
Long. partis antice pronoti... (ep ee bs (Oia
Long. partis postice pronoti ... Lax chs ste 13-16 ,,
Long. pronoti toti is “Bh 20-" at 20-27 ,,
Long. tegminarum_ i... ae 45-55 ,, sat 50-66 ,,
Lat. pronoti... ae ape Ths a a 9-11 ,,

Male.—Body probably green when living; afterwards yellowish
or brown; pronotum often with some brown or purplish markings.
Pronotum broadest in front, and serrated at the sides. Front coxee
beneath, with a dentated ridge at the base, generally rising in two
large, flat, triangular projections (sometimes three larger projections)
followed by a few smaller ones, irregular in number and position.
Front tibiz with four strong teeth on the outer edge, and many on
the inner, mostly tipped with black; front tarsi black on the inside.
Wings and tegmina vitreous, with green nervures, which are very
numerous towards the apex; costal area of tegmina green (or
yellow, as well as the nervures, in faded (?) specimens); stigma
large, oval, yellowish white.

_ Female.—Green, or purplish grey (rarely olive yellow); tegmina
nearly opaque, mottled with purplish grey, and in the costal area
with yellowish; front coxe and femora beneath white; tibiz
mostly yellowish. Coxe with two large, flat, round plates on the

Orthoptera. 147

inside at the base, ending in triangular dentated points; beyond
and above these are numerous small teeth. Femora with four
white spines on the outer edge, ringed, tipped, and lined with
black; a row of alternately large and small black spines, streaked
with white inside, on the inner carina, and four large median
oblique basal spines, black, standimg in black rings, and white only
on the inside. Tibial spines tipped with black; tarsi streaked
with black on the inside. Propectus with two broad black bands;
mesopectus with one. (In the males, the colours beneath are not
sufficiently well preserved to be described.)

A very distinct species, but most nearly related to H. patellifera,
Serv.

Described from four males (two labelled ‘‘ Flying Fish Cove,
Aug., 1897,” and another, ‘‘ West Coast, Oct., 1897”), and six
females (three from Flying Fish Cove or neighbourhood),
September 20 to October 20, 1897. There is also a pupa and an
empty pupa-skin from the same locality.

Family PHASMIDZ.

15. Clitumnus stilpnoides. (Pl. XII, Fig. 1.)
Clitumnus stilpnoides, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 547.

‘‘ Long. corp. 100 mm.

“« Yale.—Uniform brown; head and pronotum somewhat more
grey; antenne about two-thirds as long as the mesonotum ;
pronotum hardly longer than the head ; mesonotum one-fourth
longer than the metanotum; two small horns between the eyes;
legs long, slender, unarmed, clothed with very fine oblique
bristles; outer anal appendages longer and less incurved than in
C. stilpnus.

‘¢ Taken October, 1887 (Lister). Also two immature specimens,
apparently belonging to the same species. Closely allied to
C. stilpnus, Westwood.”

Four specimens: from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897; and
East Coast, November, 1897. (Andrews.)

There are two other Phasmide in Mr. Andrews’ collection,
apparently belonging to the allied genus Entoria, Stal, but hardly
in sufficiently good condition to describe, though probably new.

Family GRYLLIDZ.
16. Ectadoderus flavipalpis, sp.n. (Pl. XIII, Fig. 3 g, Fig. 4 Q.)

gS. Long. corp. 6-8mm.; long. pron. 23-3mm.; long. elytr.
2-24 mm.

-@. Long. corp. 8-9mm.; cum ovip. 15mm.; long. pron.
23 mm.

148 Christmas Island.

Male.-—Testaceous or rufo-testaceous, in the darkest specimens
inclining to reddish on the head, pronotum, and the raised border
of the tegmina; mouth blackish, palpi and femora yellow, abdomen
black above and below; knees, tibiz, and tarsi more or less varied
with blackish.

Female.—Apterous, the abdomen more or less testaceous above.

Four specimens, East Coast, August and September, 1897, and
Flying Fish Cove; also four specimens from Mr. Lister's collection.

Nearest allied to Z. xanthopterus, Guér.

Family GRYLLACRIDA.
17. Gryllacris rufovaria. (Pl. XIV, Fig. 1.)

Gryllaeris rufovaria, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 548.

‘Long. corp. 32 mm.; ovipositoris Q 12mm.; exp. al. 65 mm. ;
long. antennarum circé 110 mm.

‘Yellowish brown; the head, especially the face, red; the vertex,
the neighbourhood of the eyes and of the antenne, the space
between the latter, the lower mouth-parts, and the palpi more or
less varied with yellowish, prothorax and sides of abdomen beneath
varied with red; spines of the hind legs tipped with black; tegmina
yellowish, with yellowish veins. Wings ample, pale grey; the
longitudinal nervures yellowish brown; the cross-nervures blackish,
bordered with dusky on each side, except the two or three outer
rows, the outermost of all being varied with yellowish.

‘““Moderately stout, smooth and shining; face with a few shallow
punctures; head and thorax of equal breadth; antenne, legs, and
anal appendages (except ovipositor) sparingly clothed with fine,
short woolly hairs; hind femora with from nine to eleven short
spines, hardly arranged in pairs, on each side; hind tibie with six
irregular pairs, without counting the apical ones. In the male the
last segment of the abdomen terminates in two short, stout,
conical projections; the upper anal appendages are long, tapering,
divergent in the middle, and slightly incurved at the tips; the
lower appendages are only half the length of the upper ones, and
are simply divergent. In the female the upper appendages are
stouter at the base and more incurved at the tips than in the male,
but are of nearly equal length.

. “Belongs to the same group as Gryllacris tessellata, Drury, but
readily distinguished by the total absence of black markings on the
head and thorax, and by the colour of the tegmina and wings. It
is probably more closely allied to G. variabilis, Brunner (Verh.
Zool. bot. Ges. Wien., xxxvili, p. 353, fig. 40) than to any other
described species.

‘‘ Appears to be a common species in Christmas Island, as one
male and four females were obtained.” (Lister.)

Orthoptera. 149

Taken on leaves on a tall tree-top, October 9th (Lister) ; Forest,
East Coast, September, 1897.

Three specimens, a male and two females. (Andrews.) |

Also two larval forms, from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
They are in spirit, and the present colours are as follows :—The
larger specimen has the head and thorax light rufo - testaceous
above, with the lower mouth-parts, and three spots between the
eyes, whitish; of these, the middle spot is rather long, and is
deeply concave above, ending in a point on each side; the lateral
spots are nearly round, and each contains two black dots. The
short wing-cases are black, and the back of the abdomen dark
reddish-brown ; the under-surface of the body and legs are white,
the coxe and trochanters being marked with pale reddish; the
knees (except for a white spot on the hind tibize just in the joint)
and the spines are black; the four front tibize and their spines are
reddish brown. The smaller specimen differs in being black above,
except the three spots and the labrum and labium, which are
white. In both specimens the middle of the abdomen is banded
with black beneath.

Family CONOCEPHALIDA.

18. Pseudorhynchus lessonii.

Pseudorhynehus lessonii, Serv.: Ins. Orth., p. 511 (1839).
Conocephalus alienus, Wik.: Cat. Derm. Salt., ii, p. 324, n. 14 (1869).

Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
Three male specimens. Originally described from Java.

Family LISTROCELIDZ.

19. Phisis listeri. (Pl. XIII, Fig. 6.)
Phisis listeri, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 547.

‘Long. corp. 15 mm.

*€ Male.—Pale green; head and pronotum darker, with two
conspicuous yellow lines, slightly convergent, running from the
back of the eyes to the base of the pronotum; suture of the
tegmina yellowish, and the antenne, legs, and under-surface of
body likewise inclining to yellow; four front femora and tibize
armed with long slender spines; hind femora considerably
thickened before the middle; hind femora and tibie with very
numerous short spines.

*‘Three specimens, two immature (Lister). The adult specimen
above described shows only three spines on the intermediate
femora, but one of the others has four, showing that this is not
a constant character. One of the immature specimens bears

150 Chnistmas Island.

a label: ‘Christmas Island, October 8. Colour grass-green.’ The
colour is now much mixed with yellow.

* Allied to P. pectinata, Guér., but considerably smaller than any
of our specimens of that species.”
' One specimen, East Coast, September, 1897. (Andrews.)

Family PHANEROPTERID A.

20. Psyra pomona, sp.n.

_ Long. corp. (absque ovip.) 26mm.; cum ovip. 35mm.; exp.
tegm. 93 mm.; lat. tegm. 11 mm.

Female.—Body testaceous, more or less tinged with green (doubt-
less greener when alive); head whitish, almost ivory-white under the
eyes and on the labrum ; last joint of palpi green; antenne green,
becoming brown towards the extremity; scape testaceous. Thorax
with the hinder third dark green, edged behind by a lighter carina,
and in front, in the middle, somewhat blackish. Ovipositor green,
about twice as long as the thorax, upcurved, and reddish brown
on the upper and lower edges, towards the extremity, which are
crenulated. Legs pubescent, with slender green spines, tipped
with blackish. Tegmina unicolorous, bright apple-green; wings
greenish hyaline, with green nervures, and tipped with green.

Two females came to lamp at night; Flying Fish Cove.

Allied to P. ensis, De Haan, but the antenne are not banded,
the tegmina are not spotted, and there are no dark markings on the
legs, except that there is a darker green spot at the base of the
front tibie. It is evident that Brunner’s descriptions of the species
of this genus are taken from more or less discoloured specimens.

Family LOCUSTIDA.

21. Oxya orientalis.
(Pl. XIII, Fig. 1, dark form; Pl. XIV, Fig. 2, typical form.)

Primnia (?) orientalis, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 549.

‘<q Exp. al. 44 mm.; long. corp. 26mm.

‘¢ Grass-green ; antennee about twice as long as the rete and
pronotum, yellowish (faded ?), the tips brownish; tips of mandibles
and palpi dark green; vertex with four dusky lines approximating
in front; the inner ones much nearer together than the space
between these and the others, the transverse grooves on the pro-
notum black, the first shorter than the others, and ending in a dusky
spot on each side, behind which is another dusky spot (between
the second and third grooves); the second groove is angulated
forwards at its extremities, ending in blackish spots; before the
first groove runs a transverse reddish line, only distinct on the

Orthoptera. 151

sides. Abdomen blackish above, green on the sides and beneath ;
a large dark-green spot beneath, towards the extremity of the
eighth segment. Tegmina green, with many of the longitudinal
nervures yellowish; the intermediate spaces inclining to hyaline
beyond the middle. Wings smoky hyaline, with brown nervures ;
costal nervure yellow, and the nervures at the base and along the
inner margin grass-green, Spines short, tipped with black, as
well as the claws.”

‘‘ Flew into light in tent (October 9th).’”’ (Lister.)

Seven specimens: from Flying Fish Cove, October, 1897, and
February, 1898; and Kast Coast, January, 1897. Common on
herbage, especially near coast. The same remark applies to the
two following species. (Andrews.)

These specimens apparently represent a duller form of the species
than the type. Mr. Andrews informs me that they were brownish
green when alive; they are now testaceous brown, with only the
tips of the spines of the hind tibie black. The two females are
larger and darker than the males, expanding 55-60mm. They
have some obscure brown markings on the back of the thorax, and
the middle of the tegmina is longitudinally varied with light brown
and yellowish for the basal third, and with light brown and pale
testaceous beyond. The abdomen is black at the base for two-
thirds of its length, and the hind femora are marked with two
large brown patches, interrupted by the striz on the outside, one
near the middle, and the other towards the extremity.

22. Cyrtacanthacris disparilis.

Cyrtacanthacris disparilis, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 549.
C. fusilinea, Kirb. (nec W1k.), 1.c., 1888,

‘Exp. al. f 90mm., 9 115 mm.; long.corp. ¢ 54mm., 9 80 mm.

‘* Male. — Head and body yellow, inclining to reddish above ;
antenne with the first two joints yellow, the remainder black
above, beneath pitchy or yellowish; tegmina longer than the
abdomen, yellow; the longitudinal veins darker; towards the tip
the membrane becomes nearly hyaline, and many of the nervures
are brown. Wings smoky hyaline, the nervures towards the base
and costa yellow, the remainder brown; the nervures immediately
at the base incline to reddish. Legs yellow, darker above; tarsi
inclining to reddish, the joints sometimes marked with green;
claws black at the tips; hind femora with three carine above,
with short and distant serrations; these and the lower lateral
carina are irregularly marked with black; the intermediate space
above is slightly reddish, more so at two points than in others,
which gives the appearance of two interrupted lines. Sutures of
the knee-joint black. Hind tibie with a green spot at the base
above, otherwise dull green; the under-surface yellow. Spines
yellow, tipped with black; hind tarsi yellowish or reddish.

152 Christmas Island.

‘“ Female.—Reddish brown, inclining to black on the upper part
of the head and thorax; antenne black (including the two basal
joints), and pitchy towards the extremity; face reddish. The
frontal concavity is black on the sides, but is filled up with
yellow, which forms the front of a broad yellow stripe which
runs to the extremity of the prothorax, of which the borders,
and especially the lower hinder angles, are more or less yellow;
the borders of this streak above, the facial carine, and a stripe
under each eye are darker than the surrounding parts. Four
front legs dirty green, varied with yellow; the arolia reddish;
middle femora. with a double row of yellow spots on the outside.
Hind femora brown above and reddish beneath, with two blackish
transverse bands above; the space between the lateral carine with
oblique or oval whitish or pale-yellow marks, and a continuous
yellow stripe on the under-surface. Hind tibie black above, with
a yellow spot at the base, and brownish yellow beneath; spines
yellow, tipped with black. Hind tarsi reddish, with a black carina
above; tegmina brown, the interspaces more hyaline towards the
tips. Wings as in the male.

“‘ Allied to C. melanocerus, Serv. (mgricorne, Burm.), from Java
and Malacca.

‘‘T should not have ventured to place these insects together but
for a memorandum which accompanied them, stating that they
were found zm coiti by Lieutenant Richardson near the shore of
Christmas Island on October 1, 1887. Another specimen of the
male was met with on October 2 at Flying Fish Cove.”

Besides the above specimens contained in Mr. Lister’s collection,
I am now inclined to refer the insect which I formerly regarded as
possibly C. fusilinea, W1k., to C. disparilis.

Four specimens, one marked Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897,
and another, December, 1897, were in Mr. Andrews’ collection, as
well as two dark female specimens, with the pale band on the
pronotum entirely absent. They may represent a variety of this
species, but do not appear to be specifically distinct.

23. Epacromia rufostriata. (Pl. XIII, Fig. 2.)
Epacromia rufostriata, Kirb.: P.Z.8., 1888, p. 550.

“Exp. al. ¢ 43 mm., 9 40 mm.; long. corp. ¢ 20 mm., 9 22mm.

‘¢ Male.—Testaceous, speckled with reddish and black; a small
black spot beneath each eye; a black ‘stripe (bordered above by
a pale line, and suffused below) runs behind each eye to the
extremity of the pronotum ; it is intersected at the third groove
of the pronotum by the pale line which runs below instead of
above the hinder part of the black stripe, which is conical and
more sharply defined than the rest; hind femora on the inside
black for half their length, followed by a long black spot; the
inside sutures of the knees are also black, hind tibie benedth black.

Arachnida, ete. 153

at the base and for the last three-quarters of their length; spines
whitish, tipped with black. Tegmina testaceous, sub-hyaline beyond
the middle, with reddish nervures; the basal half of the principal
nervure black ; wings clear hyaline, with pale nervures; several of
the longitudinal nervures before the middle of the wing black for
at least part of their length.

‘‘ Female similar to the male, but much redder, and hardly
speckled; edges of the frontal concavity blackish, and from this
run two slightly diverging blackish lines between the eyes and
as far as the occiput. Markings of the head and pronotum nearly
as in the male; sides of pronotum varied with yellowish. Hind
femora red (very bright red beneath), and marked as in the male ;
hind tibie black at the base on the inside and beneath; the basal
third otherwise yellow, the middle third black, and the apical
third red. Spines white, tipped with black; extreme tip of hind
tibize, including the base of the terminal spines, and hind tarsi,
yellow. Tegmina and wings nearly as in the male, but the
tegmina, and especially most of the longitudinal nervures, darker ;
many of the cross nervules, a short stripe before the middle above
the principal nervure, and most of the nervures on the inner
marginal region, are red.

‘“‘In both sexes the costa is moderately arched at one-fourth of
its length.

‘“‘Not very closely related to any species previously represented
in the British Museum.” Captured October Ist. (Lister.)

One taken at Flying Fish Cove, October, 1897. (Andrews.)

CHILOPODA, DIPLOPODA, AND ARACHNIDA.

By R. I. Pocock.
(PLATE XVI.)
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.

Ur to the present time our knowledge of the Arachnid and
Myriopod fauna of Christmas Island rested upon two collections.
The first was made in January, 1887, by the officers of H.M.
surveying vessel ‘‘ Flying Fish”’; the second in the’ autumn of the
same year by Mr. J. J. Lister, when acting as naturalist on board
H.M. surveying vessel ‘‘Egeria.”” The reports upon these
collections, published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society
for 1887, p. 520, and 1888, pp. 556-561, contain references to one

154 Christmas Island.

species of Scorpion, three species of Spiders, three of Centipedes,
and two of Millipedes.

With the exception of the two species of Cryptops obtained by
Mr. Lister, Mr. Andrews, during his stay on the island, rediscovered
all the species that had been collected by his predecessors, and,
in addition, supplemented the list by procuring one fresh species of
Millipede, three species of Pseudoscorpions, one of which appears
to be undescribed, and adult and identifiable representatives of six
species of Spiders, as well as several other examples of this order
unfortunately too immature for determination.

Quite sufficient material, however, has been procured to show
that the fauna of the island bears unmistakable signs of derivation
from that of the area of the Oriental region, represented especially
by Burma and Java, lying to the north.

There is no evidence that any of the species have been intro-
duced artificially. Indeed, the absence of such forms as the
Spider Heteropoda venatoria, the Scorpion Jsometrus europeus
(= maculatus, De Geer.), and the Centipede Scolopendra morsicans,
which accompany man in all his wanderings and establish them-
selves wherever the conditions of existence are favourable, seems
to indicate that the species or their ancestors now found in the
island crossed the sea that separates it from Malaysia by purely
natural means—the Scorpions and the Myriopods and possibly some
of the Spiders mm connection, in all probability, with floating tree
trunks or other vegetation; the majority of the Spiders, especially
the web-spinning, bush-living species, on their so-called gossamer
webs in the early days of their existence ; and the Pseudoscorpions
by clinging to the legs of flies or bees, or lurking beneath the
elytra of beetles.

Crass CHILOPODA.

Family CRYPTOPID &.

1. Cryptops hortensis, Leach.

One specimen apparently identical with the typically Palearctic
species C. hortensis, collected by Mr. J. J. Lister. Mr. Andrews
did not find this species.

2. Cryptops inermipes, Poc.

Pocock: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 556, fig. 1; Ann. Mus. Genova (2), x, p. 422, 1891.

This species was based upon specimens obtained in Christmas.
Island by Mr. J. J. Lister. It has subsequently been found by
Sig. L. Fea upon Mount Mooleyit, in Tenasserim.

Mr. Andrews did not rediscover this species.

Arachnida, ete. 155.

Family GEOPHILIDZ.

3. Mecistocephalus castaneiceps, Haase.
Abh. Museum, Dresden: Chilopoden, p. 102, pl. vi, fig. 109.

Specimens taken by both Mr. Lister and Mr. Andrews.
Originally recorded from Pulo Edam, off the north coast of Java ;
also occurring in Table Island, Andamans (Z#. W. Oates), and in
Rotuma (S. Gardiner).

Crass DIPLOPODA.
Family STRONGYLOSOMIDZ:.

1. Orthomorpha coarctata (Sauss.).

Paradesmus coarctatus, Sauss.: Mém. Soc. Phys. Genéve, 1860, p. 298.
Paradesmus vicarius, Karsch: Anz. f. Naturg., 1881, p. 38, pl. in, fig. 8.
Strongylosoma poeyi, Bollman: Ent. Amer., iii, p. 81.

Not previously recorded from Christmas Island.
Universally distributed, and of common occurrence in conserva-
tories in various parts of Europe.

Family CYLINDRODESMID Z.
CYLINDRODESMUS, Poc.

Cylindrodesmus, Pocock: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 558; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7),
1898, i, p. 328.

Haplosoma, Verhoeff: Zool. Anz., 1894, xvii, p. 8 (om preo

Haplodesmus, Cook: Ann. N. York Acad., ix, p. 4.

2. Cylindrodesmus hirsutus, Poc.
P.Z.S., 1888, p. 558, fig. 2; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 1898, i, p. 329.

Taken by Mr. Lister and by Mr. Andrews in various parts of the
island.

The specimens of this Millipede collected by Mr. Lister were
the only representatives of the genus known at that time.
Within the last six years, however, two fresh species have been
discovered. One of these was met with in Amboina, and was
named Haplosoma strubelli by Verhoeff; the other, described by
myself as Cylindrodesmus villosus, was obtained by Mr. Stanley
Gardiner in the island of Rotuma. The specific features of the
three are tabulated in my above cited paper in the ‘‘ Annals” for
last year.

156 Christmas Island.

Family CAMBALID A.

3. Iulomorpha exoceti (Poc.).
Spirostreptus (Nodopyge) exoceti, Pocock: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 560.

Many specimens taken’in and above Flying Fish Cove- by
Mr. Lister and Mr. Andrews.

The anterior legs in the ¢ of this species are five-jointed, not
four-jointed, as in the species described by Porat.

Ciass ARACHNIDA.

Order SCORPIONES.
Family ISCHNURIDAL.
1, Hormurus australasie (Fabr.).

Scorpio australasiea, Fabr.: Syst. Ent., p. 309.

Collected by Captain Maclear and Mr. Andrews. “ Always
found under the bark of fallen tree trunks.”’

Abundantly distributed from Burma and Siam to the Polynesian
Islands.

Order PSEUDOSCORPIONES.

Family CHELIFERID &.

2. Trachychernes claviger (Thor.).
Chelifer claviger, Thorell: Ann. Mus. Genova, 1889, xxvii, p. 491, pl. vy,

gs. da, b.
A single example of this or of a closely allied species taken
under the bark of a decaying tree above Flying Fish Cove.
C. claviger was originally recorded from Bhamo in Burma.

3. Chelifer javanus, Thorell.
Ann. Mus. Genova, 1882, xviii, p. 37, pl. v, figs. 20-22.

A single specimen, apparently identical with C. javanus, Thorell,
taken on the north coast of the island.

4, Chelifer murrayi, spn. (PI. XVI, Figs. 1, 1a.)

Colour tolerably uniform chestnut-brown, with paler legs.

Carapace entirely covered with fine granulation; sides of its
posterior portion nearly straight and parallel, of its anterior portion
somewhat abruptly converging in front; cephalic or anterior portion
subglobose posteriorly, defined by a deep transverse sulcus, the
external edges of which curve forwards above the lateral margin;
ocelliform spots large and distinct, a row of six simple bristles along

Arachnida, ete. 157

the anterior border between them. TZergal plates finely and closely
covered with squamiform granules, each half transversely oblong
and about four times as wide as long, a row of setiferous tubercles
along the posterior margin, and two close together, one on each
side of the middle line, and a few smaller scattered about; the
whole abdomen narrow, nearly parallel-sided, posteriorly rounded.
Sterna at most coriaceous; coxe and maxille smooth.

Chele with humerus and brachium finely granular, sparsely
setose; humerus subcylindrical, about three times as long as wide ;
brachium elliptical, elongate, also about three times as long as wide,
scarcely longer and only a little thicker than the humerus; hand
smooth, much wider than brachium, an elongate oval, nearly twice
as long as broad, and about as long on the brachium ; considerably
longer than the movable digit. Process on tip of movable digit of
mandible straight and cylindrical at base, curved slightly outwards
towards the apex, where it ends in three short finger-like processes
and a short thumb-like projection, the whole structure much
resembling a four-fingered human hand.

Total length of body, 3mm.

Our knowledge of the Oriental species of this group is still in its
infancy, and the species here described will very likely be redis-
covered in Burma, Sumatra, or Java, but it apparently differs from
all the Indo- Malayan species described by Thorell (Ann. Mus.
Genova, xxvii, pp. 591-606). For example, C. birmanicus has no
trace of eyes and is quite smooth. (C-. orites, also from Burma, is
allied to C. yavanus in being smooth and in having the carapace
entire. C. sumatranus has a different flagellum; and, lastly, both
C. hansenii and C. bisulcus from Burma have the eyes very distinct,
and not mere pale integumental patches, d¢swleus in addition being
smooth. C. hanseni, on the contrary, except so far as the eyes are
concerned, is certainly nearly allied to C. murray, but differs also
in the structure of the sete and of the mandibular flagellum (see
Thorell’s figures, op. cit., pl. v, fig. 8).

The three species of Cheliferide obtained in Christmas Island
may be determined as follows :—

a. Carapace without eyes, but with two very strong transverse
grooves; integument of dorsal surface coarsely granular,
the bristles short and thickly clavate; coxe of posterior
legs enlarged; abdomen very broad . . claviger, Thor.

6. Carapace with a pair of pale ocelliform patches, and at most
one transverse groove; integument smooth, or at most
very finely granular; bristles simple; coxe of fourth
leg not enlarged; abdomen narrow.

a’. Integument shining, smooth; carapace without trans-
verse sulcus; chele much stouter . javanus, Thor.
6'. Integument finely and closely granular; carapace with
a strong transverse groove defining the cephalic area;
chele much thinner . . ... . murrayt, spn.

158 Christmas Island.

Order ARANEL.
Family DYSDERID A.

5. Ariadna natalis, sp.n.

Colour.—Carapace castaneous, becoming gradually blacker in the
cephalic region; mandibles black; legs and palpi clear reddish-
yellow, with the protarsi and tarsi of the first and second legs
and the tibia and tarsus of the palpi blackish; abdomen a pale
greyish-olive tint throughout.

Carapace slightly longer than patella and tibia of first leg,
smooth, sparsely hairy ; eyes of posterior line straight when viewed
from above, slightly procurved from the front.

Legs.—Femur of first armed apically with six spines, three of
which are longer and serially arranged on the inner (anterior) side ;
tibia armed below with seven to eight anterior and nine or ten
posterior spines, mostly long, but a few quite short; protarsi
armed with eight pairs of strong spines, some long, some short;
tibia of third with two median inferior, protarsus with two median
and two apical inferior spines. Patelle of legs unarmed; fourth
leg unarmed.

Measurement (in millimetres).—Total length, 8:5; length of cara-
pace 4, of first and second leg about 8, of third 6, of fourth 7:5.

‘Above Flying Fish Cove; on the ground under decaying tree
trunks. In holes in limestone blocks, ue of cliff, N.E. Pome,
about 600 feet.”

Recognizable from its nearest geographical allies, the Sumatran
A. snellemanii, Van Hasselt (‘‘Midden Sumatra, etc., Aranez,”’
1882, p. 37; see also Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova (2), 1889-90,
vill, p. 388), and from the Burmese 4. monticola, Thorell (Ann.
Mus. Genova (2), 1897, xvii, p. 190), in the following particulars :—

a. Carapace and abdomen black, tibia of legs of first pair
armed with only 7-9 spines, six of which are arranged
in three inferior pairs.

a. Protarsus of first with seven pairs, of second with five
pairs of spines. . .snellemann, V. H.
b. Protarsus of first armed beneath with only four spines,
arranged 1, 1, 2, of second with five, arranged 2, 1, 2
beneath and 1 in front ds eteds os Qnontocala: Thor.

6. Carapace ferruginous, with blackish head; abdomen olive
grey, with silky lustre; tibia of first leg armed beneath
with from fourteen to seventeen spines, biserially arranged ;
protarsi of first and second with eight pairs of inferior
SPINES Pesos oy «pee 0. note

Arachnida, ete. 159

Family SCYTODID.

6. Scytodes (Dictis) venusta, Thor.
Dictis venusta, Thorell: Ann. Mus. Genova (2), 1889-90, viu, p. 301.

Several specimens apparently identical with D. venusta, Thorell,
which has hitherto been recorded only from Sumatra.

Family PHOLCIDZ.

7. Smeringopus elongatus (Vinson).

Pholeus elongatus, Vinson: Aran. des iles . . . Réunion, Maurice, et
Madagascar, 1863, p. 135, pl. iii, fig. 5.

Pholeus distinetus, O. P. Cambr.: Journ. Linn. Soc., 1869, x, p. 380, pl. xi,
figs. 28-30.

‘“‘ Flying Fish Cove. In houses.”
Widely distributed in the tropics of both hemispheres.

Family ARGIOPIDZ.

8. Argiope reinwardti (Dol.). (Pl. XVI, Fig. 2.)

Epeiva trifasciata, Doleschall: Nat. Tijdschrift Nederland. Indie, 1857, xiii
(ser. 111, vol. i), p. 416. Verh. Nat. Vereen. Nederland. Indie,
1858-9, v, pl. i, fig. 3 (nom. preoce.).

Epeira reinwardti, id.: loc. cit., p. 31, pl. xv, fig. 5.

Argiope doleschailii, Thorell: Remarks on Syn., 1873, p. 520; Ann. Mus.
Genova, 1878, xiii, p. 38.

‘‘Common everywhere; geometrical web in forest. Web
furnished with narrow vertical white band of thick silk, crossing
centre. Spider rests in form of an X.”

Ranges from Java to Amboina.

In the typical Javan form of this species, as figured by
Doleschall, the two anterior abdominal stripes are separated by
a wider dark space than is observable in any of the Christmas Island
specimens. Unfortunately we have scarcely any material from Java
wherewith to test the constancy of this character in the typical
form. But since in the Christmas Island form the two yellow stripes
are sometimes in contact in the middle line, sometimes separated
by a narrow space, it is justifiable to assume that Javan specimens
will be found to vary in a similar way.

A figure of the species is published on Pl. XVI, as being
the most beautiful and one of the most plentiful spiders on the
island.

160 Christmas Island.

9. Cyrtophora unicolor (Dol.). (PL XVI, Fig. 3.)

Epeira wunicolor, Doleschall: Nat. Tijdschrift Nederland. Indie, 1857, xiii
(ser. 111, vol. ili), p. 149; Verh. Nat. Vereen. Nederland. Indie,
1858-9, v, pl. ii, fig. i. Thorell: Ann. Mus. Genova, 1878,
xili, p. 62.
Abundant on the island.
Ranges from Ceylon to Amboina.
A full figure of this species is also published on Pl. XVI, as
forming a striking feature of the spider fauna of the island.
‘‘Geometrical snare surrounded by mass of irregularly arranged
threads; sometimes a number of spiders found together in large
compound web. Spiders always found in curled-up dead leaf
towards outer part of snare.”

10. Nephila nigritarsis, L. Koch.
Die Arachniden Australiens, i, p. 152, pl. xii, figs. 4, 4a.

Subsp. ensulicola, nov.
= NV. nigritarsis, L. Koch: Pocock, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 560.

Recognizable from the typical form which occurs in Queensland,
at least in having the anterior portion of the sternum entirely black
instead of being furnished with a broad yellow border.

Abundant in the island. Many specimens were taken by
Mr. Andrews and previously by Mr. J. J. Lister. ‘‘ Makes
geometrical webs of yellow silk im the forest among trees and
bushes,. sometimes at considerable heights from the ground.”

11. Cyclosa mulmeinensis (Thorell).

Epeira mulmeinensis, Thor.: Ann. Mus. Genova, 1887, xxv, p. 221.
Epeira (Oyclosa) mulmeinensis, id.: Descriptive Cat. Spiders of Burma, 1896,
p- 192.

Cyclosa mulmeinensis, Simon: Hist. Nat. Araignées, 1894, i, pt. 8, p. 784.

‘‘ Bast coast. Geometrical web on face of limestone cliffs.”

The Christmas Island specimens of this species seem to be
identical with those obtained by Mr. Oates at Tharrawaddy in
Burma, except that the abdominal tubercles are not apparent. The
prominence of the tubercle is probably dependent upon the degree
of distension of the abdomen, as is the case in Cerostris and some
other tuberculate spiders. When the spider is full fed and the
abdominal integument at its utmost stretch, the tubercles become
reduced or vanish altogether; when the spider is killed in a fasting

uae

Arachnida, ete. 161

state, the tubercles project more or less above the general level of
the skin. A cluster of the cocoons of this species, strung together
in the manner characteristic of the species of Cyclosa, was also
procured by Mr. Andrews.

According to Simon this species occurs in India, Arabia, and
South Africa, as well as in Malaysia.

Family SPARASSID A.

12. Heteropoda listeri, spn. (Pl. XVI, Figs. 4, 4a-d.)
Heteropoda venatoria (Linn.), Pocock: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 561 (not venatoria, Linn.).

Colour. —Carapace castaneous, with pale posterior transverse
band ; thickly clothed with hairs of almost a mustard-yellow hue
at the sides, more rusty red above; mandibles black or ferruginous,
the upper half thickly clothed with long yellow bristles; legs
ferruginous, distally infuscate, clothed with yellowish-grey hairs,
paler on the femora than on the tibie; sternum and coxe deep
reddish-black; upper side of abdomen covered with yellowish or
reddish hairs in front, with darker hairs intermixed with blackish
patches behind; lower surface darker in the middle than at the
sides, the sides yellow, the median area greyish black or pale
grey, with a pair of narrow darker lines.

Carapace a little longer than broad, low, longitudinally hori-
zontal above, the ocular region lightly depressed ; eyes of posterior
line slightly recurved, their anterior edges nearly level, the
median a little more than a diameter apart; eyes of anterior line
nearly straight, their upper edges in a straight line, the laterals
only about one-fourth larger than the medians, the laterals only
about half their diameter above the edge of the clypeus; carapace
about as long as tibia of first leg, shghtly longer than that of
fourth, the width just about equal to tibia of third.

Legs 2,1, 4, 3; the second overlapping first by more than the
length of its tarsus, third just surpassing middle of protarsus of
second, fourth surpassing third by about half the length of its
tarsus.

- Vulva (as in Fig. 4a).

G closely resembling Q except in length of legs; carapace
about equal to half the length of the patella and tibia of first;
third leg not reaching middle of protarsus of second.

Palpus (as in Figs. 46, ¢, d).

Measurements (in millimetres)—Q Total length, 19; length of
carapace 8°5, width 8, length of first leg 34, of second 38, of third
31, of fourth 32, of palpus 11. ¢ Total length, 16°5; length of
carapace 8°d, of first leg 44, of second 52, of third 39, of fourth
38, of palpus 11.

M

162 Christmas Island.

‘Common on the island. Found under loose bark; also in tent
at night and in roof of outbuildings, etc.”

A single mutilated female example of this species was brought

by Mr. J. J. Lister from Christmas Island in 1888, and wrongly

identified by me as H. venatoria, L. An examination of well-
preserved material, consisting of both young and adults of both
sexes, proves the species to be quite distinct from venatoria. It
differs from all the known species of Heteropoda, in having the
upper half of the mandibles thickly clothed with long hairs, with
the apical half naked, exactly as occurs in the genus Panaretus.
In this particular it constitutes an intermediate link between
Panaretus and Heteropoda, both of which are represented by
several species in the Malaysian area. From the known species
of Panaretus, H. listeri differs in having the posterior portion of
the carapace as high and not higher than the anterior.

In addition to the large specimens of this species described above
and figured, Mr. Andrews procured a number of small examples
of Heteropoda, containing both adults and young, which at first
sight. appear to belong to a distinct species. But since the vulva
and palpi are practically identical im structure with those of the
larger examples, I conclude that the smaller examples are merely
dwarfed representatives of the same species as the larger.

In addition to the spiders above recorded Mr. —— bei site
back—

1. A single syb-adult female trapdoor spider belonging to the
family Barychelide and possibly referable to the genus
Encyocrypta. The arrangement of the eyes is less specialized
than in that genus, the anterior laterals beg further apart.
But this primitiveness m the eyes im the Christmas Island
specimen is probably to be attributed to immaturity.

2. Several sub-adult specimens of what is probably a new species

of Xysticus.
3. Immature specimens of a species of Araneus — perhaps
A. nauticus, L. K.
. A single adult female referable to the genus Lithyphantes.
_ A few immature specimens of a species of Oxyopes.
. Several small Attide of various kinds, which I refrain from
determining.

& Or

Land Crustacea. 163

LAND CRUSTACEA.

By C. W. Anpzews, B.Se., F.G.S.

Tue land Crustacea are a very important factor in the fauna of-
the island. They seem to act as the chief scavengers, destroying
both animal and vegetable refuse, while the little red crab
(Gecarcinus lagostomus) to some extent takes the place of earth--
worms, in loosening the surface soil and incorporating with it the
decaying vegetable matter.

I am indebted to Professor Jeffrey Bell and Mr. R. I. Pocock’
for the determination of the species noticed below.

Family GECARCINIDZ.

1. Gecarcinus lagostomus, M.-Edw.

Gecarcinus lagostoma, M.-Edw., Hist. nat. Crust., vol. ii (1837), p. 27.
Hyleocarcinus natalis, Pocock, P.Z.S., p. 561, 1888.

In his account of the Crustacea of Christmas Island collected
by Mr. J. J. Lister, Mr. R. I. Pocoek described as new a small
erab, to which he gave the name Hyleocarcinus natalis. At the
same time he pointed out that the genera Hylaocarcinus of
Wood-Mason and Limnocarcinus of De Man are probably identical,
and suggested that the differences between them depend on age.

In the present collection a number of large bright-red crabs,
here referred to Gecarcinus lagostomus, are undoubtedly the adult
of Hyleocarcinus natalis.

This is the commonest of the land-crabs inhabiting the island,
and is found in great numbers everywhere, even on the higher
hills and the more central portion of the plateau. In many places
the soil is honeycombed by its burrows, into which it rapidly
retreats when alarmed. These crabs seem to feed mainly on dead
leaves, which they carry in one claw, held high over the back,
and drag down into the burrows. From their enormous numbers
they must play a great part in the destruction of decaying vegetable
matter and its incorporation into the soil.

Once a year, during the rainy season, they descend to the sea’
to deposit their eggs, and during this migration hundreds may be
seen on every path down steep slopes, and many descend the
cliff-face itself. They remain on the beach for a week or two,
and deposit their eggs among stones in shallow water inside the
reef. Afterwards they gradually make their way back to their
accustomed homes. In the year of my visit this migration occurred
an January.

164 Christmas Island.

2. Cardisoma carnifex (Herbst).

Cancer carnifex, Herbst, Naturgesch. der Krabben und Krebse, vol. ii (1794),
p. 163, pl. xli, fig. 1.

This species is now recorded from the island for the first time,
the reason why it was not seen by previous collectors being that
it occurs only in the neighbourhood of small fresh-water streams:
which up to the time of my visit had not been explored. In this
island, at any rate, this species must be regarded as a fresh-water
form, and, in fact, when a specimen was seen it might be taken as
an indication that fresh water was not far off. It lives 3 in deep holes.
in the mud at the sides and bottom of the brooks, and is especially
common near the stream about two miles north of Steep Point.
(See map.)

Its colour when living is a uniform light slate-grey. This form
seems to differ slightly both in colour and in the proportions of its.
carapace from specimens in the Museum Collection from Tahiti,
which have been referred to the same species.

Family OCYPODIDA.

3. Ocypoda ceratophthalma (Pallas).
Cancer ceratophthalma, Pallas, Spicilegia Zoologica, 1772, p. 83, pl. v, figs. 7, 8.

This crab is rather common on the shore platform at Flying Fish
Cove, where it lives under the blocks of stone, which are strewn
at the foot of the cliff.

Family CHENOBITIDA.

4. Birgus latro (Linn.).
Cancer latro, Linn., Syst. Nat., 12th ed., 1766, p. 1049.

This species is found in abundance all over the island, even in
the densest parts of the forest on the central plateau. If im any
spot none are visible it is only necessary to stand still for a short
time before several may be seen approaching rapidly from various
directions. As they come near they advance more slowly and with
caution, the antenne continually moving up and down alternately
on opposite sides. On the least alarm ‘they scuttle backwards in
a succession of ungainly jerks, caused by the thrusts of the long
front walking-legs, and as soon as possible they push the unprotected
hinder part of their body into any hole or crevice in tree or rock
that they can reach.

In defending themselves they seem to rely chiefly on the first
pair of walking-legs, which are long and ter minate in sharp points ;
these the crab raises over its back and then strikes downward with

Land Crustacea. 165

both sides at once. The chele are extremely powerful, and are
used with great effect when an opportunity occurs.

These crabs eat fruits, the pith of the sago-palm and the
screw-pines, dead rats and other carrion, and any of their fellows
that may have been injured. They frequently ascend trees to
a great height in search of food, and occasionally dozens may be
seen round a sago-palm of which the fruit is ripening, some
ascending and descending the trunk, others eating the fallen fruit.

After dark, as a rule, these crabs cease to wander about, and
I found that many of them, particularly the smaller ones, climb
a short distance up tree trunks or into low bushes, probably to
escape being disturbed by the rats. In moonlight and in the light
of the camp-fire they may keep moving all the night.

They are excellent scavengers, and have a curious habit of often
dragging their food long distances before attempting to eat it.
I have seen a crab laboriously pulling a bird’s wing up the first
inland cliff, half-a-mile or more from the camp whence it had
stolen it.

I never saw one of these crabs voluntarily enter the sea, and
they do not appear to migrate to it for the purpose of laying
their eggs. At the beginning of the year numerous females
carrying large masses of eggs were seen at long distances from
the coast and on the highest ground; and about the same time
young crabs not more than an inch or two long, but otherwise
like the adults, were fairly common. Mr. Andrew Clunies-Ross
told me that he believes the eggs are hatched out while the females
are buried in holes in the ground. During the wet season both
sexes seem to bury themselves temporarily while casting their shell.

| 5. Coenobita clypeata (Herbst).
Cancer clypeatus, Herbst, Nat. Krabben und Krebse, 11, 1796, p. 22, pl. xxiii, fig. 2.

This large hermit crab is found in considerable numbers ; it
is commonest on the lower terraces near the sea, though not
unfrequently met with in the higher parts of the island. It
usually inhabits large Zrochus shells, and the occurrence of these
on the hills far from the sea was difficult to account for until
this circumstance was noticed. These crabs, like Birgus, are good
climbers; they ascend steep rock faces and get into small trees
and bushes in search of food: when disturbed, they let themselves
fall at whatever height they may be.

There are several other species of hermit crabs living on the
beaches, but since these belong rather to the marine fauna they
need not be noticed here.

A small fresh-water Crustacean, apparently an Amphipod, was
collected from the mud of a small stream on the East Coast ;
unfortunately these specimens have been lost.

166 Christnas Island.

VERMES,’

ON THE EARTHWORMS FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

By Danret Rosa, D.8c.,
Assistant in the Royal Zoological Museum, Turin.

1. Pontodrilus ephippiger, D. Rosa (1898). (Figs. 1, 2.)
D. Rosa: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [7], vol. ii (1898), p. 281, pl. ix, figs. 4, 5.

Pontodrilus ephippiger, D. Rosa (1898).

Fig. 1. Prostate.
», 2. Spermatheca.

Hab.—Christmas Island (rear small stream on east coast).

The length of our specimens ranges from 43 to 47 mm., with
a diameter of 3mm.; the number of segments varies from 85 to
100; the colour (in spirit) is an intense yellow.

The prostomium is short, only slightly dovetailed in the peri-
stomium, which is longer than the second segment.

The setze are distant: behind the clitellum the ventral interval
aa is twice that between setz ab; the lateral intervals between
setee ab, be, ed are about equal, though slightly increasing from
below upwards; the dorsal middle space dd is about three times as.
wide as cd. These distances vary slightly in front of the clitellum ;
for instance, at the height of the spermathece the sete be are
slightly wider apart than sete ab or ed, so that the sete are here
paired, though, of course, not very close together.

The clitellum extends over segments 18-17 = 5; it may be
termed saddle-shaped, ceasing near the outer ventral seta (b): this.
clitellum is well developed dorsally, where its rings are completely
fused together, while on the ventral area the sete as well as the
intersegmental furrows are tolerably visible.

There is a deep transverse fossa on segment 18; the transverse

1 Reprinted, by i ala from Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Fee h vol. ii (1898),,
p. 281, pl. ix, figs. 4

Vermes. 167

margins of this fossa show a slight inward convexity, but are
not specially swollen, whereas the longitudinal margins, which
overhang the fossa, are in fact the ventral end of a pair of large
glandular swellings which are also visible from the dorsal side,
where they gradually disappear near the outermost sete (d). The
whole has much the appearance figured by Akira Jizuka for
P. matsushimensis. The male openings are difficult to see, lying
in the fovea at the base of the overhanging walls, approximately
in a line with the outer ventral seta (0).

A deep slit-like sucker, with pale, somewhat raised margins, lies
ventrally on the intersegmental furrow between segments 19 and
20, reaching laterally the line of the innermost ventral sete.

The oviducal openings are two minute pores on the anterior part
of segment 14, almost in a line (though a little ventrad) with the
innermost ventral sete (a).

The spermathecal pores are on small projecting tubercles between
segments 7-8 and 8-9, on a line with the outer ventral sete (bd).

There are no dorsal pores. The nephridio-pores le at the level
of the outer ventral sete, but I could not determine which segment
bears the first of them.

Septa 5-6 to 8-9 inclusive are thin; the following, 9-10, 10-11,
11-12, and also, but to a less degree, 12—13, are thickened.

A gizzard is not recognizable, but septum 6—7 is more deeply
infundibulate than its neighbours, and we may connect this with
the earlier existence of a gizzard in the 6th segment. There
are no calciferous glands; the intestine begins behind the 18th
segment, perhaps in 16 or 17.

The hearts occupy segments 11, 12, 18, the last being the
largest.

The two pairs of large spermathece belong to segments 8 and 9;
each spermatheca consists of a pyriform pouch not distinctly
marked off from its duct, and of a narrow tubular diverticule
which is longer than the main pouch.

The broad grape-like ovaries are readily seen in segment 13, as
well as the testes in segments 10 and 11, all these gonads being
attached to the anterior septum on each side of the neurochord.
In front of the gonads, that is, on the anterior face of septa 10-11,
11-12, and 13-14, the funnels of both pairs of vasa defereutia and
of the oviduct are plainly visible.

The small sperm-sacs in segments 11 and 12 have a botryoidal
appearance.

The prostates occupy segments 16, 17, and 18, and recall very
nearly those of P. esularis (Rosa). Their glandular portion has
the appearance of a large sausage -like body, formed by the
apposition of the several parts of a slightly-coiled lesser duct.

_The muscular duct which arises from the front end of the glandular
tube is moderately bent, with the convexity inwards, and gradually
increases in diameter as it proceeds backwards, reaching at last the
external openings on the 18th segment.

168 Christinas Island.

I could not see exactly where the vas deferens joins the prostate,
but I have little doubt that the connection between both structures
will be found to be the same as that which has been described by
Akira Jizuka for P. matsushimensis.

Our species seems to be closely allied to P. ensularis (Rosa),
which I first described from specimens obtained in the Aru
Islands,’ and which has been more recently found also at Ceylon
(Michaelsen).* Still, a marked difference between the two species
exists, as in the spermathece of P. insularis both Michaelsen and
I failed to find any diverticulum. Our specimens were not fully
mature, but on the hypothesis of an identity between these two
species it seems highly improbable that even in a series of sections
no traces could be found of an organ which in the adult reaches so
great a development. Moreover, in the descriptions of P. insularis
no mention is made of a ventral sucker.

Another allied species is undoubtedly P. matsushimensis, for
a clear description of which we are indebted to Akira Jizuka.®
However, this Japanese Pontodrilus seems to be really different
from our species.

First, it is a larger species than ours, as its length ranges from
90 to 110 mm., with adiameter of 3-3°5mm.; while our specimens,
with a diameter, too, of 3mm., have only a length of 43-47 mm.
Besides, it may be noted that the clitellum of P. matsushimensis is
described as being well developed all round the body (and the same
is shown by the figures), whilst in our species the clitellum is
distinctly saddle-shaped. Finally, the appearance of the prostate
is (so far as one can judge from the figures) somewhat different.

2. Pericheta brevis, D. Rosa (1898). (Figs. 3, 4.)
D. Rosa: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [7], vol. ii (1898), p. 283, pl. ix, figs. 6, 7.

Pericheta brevis, D. Rosa (1898).

Fic. 3. Sperm-sacs (vs.), sperm-reservoirs (cs.), and diverticulum (cs.div.).
», 4. Spermatheca.

1 Ann. d. naturh. Hofmuseum, Wien, Bd. vi, 1895.
? Mitth. aus. d. naturhistor. Museum, xiv (Hamburg, 1897).
* Annotationes Zoologice Japonenses, vol. li, pars 1 (Tokyo, 1898).

Vermes. 169

Hab.—Christmas Island (near small stream on east coast).

A very small species, measuring only 15-20 mm. in length by
a diameter of 2-2°5mm.; it consists of about 70-80 segments; the
olour (in spirit) is a deep yellow.

The sete on segment 25 are approximately 50.

The clitellum occupies somites 14, 15, 16.

The male pores are on high conical and almost lateral porophores,
which are partially visible from behind. The boundaries of these
porophores are laterally indistinct; in front and behind they are
marked by the intersegmental furrows 17-18 and 18-19, which
are here deflected. Fourteen sete are visible between the male
pores.

The oviducal pore is single and lies in a whitish spot on the
14th segment.

There are three pairs of spermathecal pores between somites 5-6,
6-7, and 7-8, close to the lateral line.

I have not been able to determine the position of the first dorsal
pore. There are no copulatory papille.

None of the septa are noticeably thick and none are wanting.

The gizzard is between conical and tun-shaped; it is as long as
two somites, but is nevertheless comprised between septa 7-8 and
8-9; this last septum is pushed backwards and comes nearly in
contact with septum 9-10.

The last heart lies in segment 13.

The spermathece lie in segments 6, 7, 8; each consists of
a nearly globular sac with a short narrow duct, which is connected
at the inner side with a narrow tubular diverticulum ; this diverti-
culum is straight, not enlarged at the end, and extends a little over
the middle of the large sac.

The sperm-sacs in segments 11 and 12 are each connected
with a minute sperm-reservoir; the sperm-reservoirs of the 10th
segment are laterally produced into a large lobe, which looks
exactly like another pair of sperm-sacs, but it should be mentioned
that the true sperm-sacs lying in segment 10 prove to be connected
with the sperm-reservoirs of the 11th, and not with those of the
10th segment.

The prostates extend through six segments; they are very
irregular in shape and consist of many lobules, which are only
loosely connected; the ejaculatory duct is of moderate length,
sigmoid, and does not open into a muscular bulb.

This species somewhat recalls P. acrophyla, Rosa,’ from
Sumatra.

1 Ann, Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. xvi, 1896.

170 Christmas Island.

3. Pericheta posthuma, Vaill.
Vaillant: Ann. Sci. Nat., 1868, p. 228.

The distribution of this species, according to Beddard, is Celebes,
Philippines, India, Bahamas.

4. Megascolex armatus (Bedd.).

Pericheta armata, Beddard: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], vol. xii (1883), p. 216.
Megascolex armatus, Rosa: Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. vii (2a), 1889, p. 139.

Hab.—Calcutta, Burmah, Labuan (Borneo), Seychelles, Nias.

BOTANY.

DICOTYLEDONS.

POLYPETALA.
By Epuunp G. Baxer, F.L.S., of the Botanical Department.

(PLATE XVII.)

MENISPERMACEZ.
1. Tiliacora racemosa, Colebr., forma.

Distrib.—India, Ceylon, Java.

CAPPARIDEA.

2. Pedicellaria pentaphylla, Schrank (Gynandropsis penta-
phylla, DC.).

Settlement No. 84.
Distrib.—Widely spread in tropics.

PITTOSPOREZ.
3. Pittosporum nativitatis, sp.nov. (Plate XVII.)

Arbor humilis. Ramuli divaricati cortice griseo. Folia apices
ramulorum versus subverticillatim disposita ; lamina oblonga vel
oblongo-lanceolata utrinque glabra in petiolum attenuata apice
acuta penninervia subcoriacea modice petiolata margine integra
vel subintegra. Inflorescentia pro genere aliquantulum insignis;
flores ad apices ramulorum subdense capitati-congesti; pedicellis
teretibus brevibus. Sepala lanceolata acuminata petalis breviora.
Petala obianceolata libera. Ovarium subsessile; stylus brevis, sub-
crassus petalis brevior, stigmate terminali coronatus. Capsule
subglobosz coriacez bivalves.

Hab. —Christmas Island Plateau, East Coast. No. 150. In
flower and fruit; March, 1897.

t Eye Christmas Island.

Small tree. Branchlets divaricate. Leaves generally sub-
verticillate near the ends of the branches; lamina oblong or
oblong - lanceolate, subcoriaceous, penninerved, lateral nerves
arching, sub-prominent below, glabrous, margin entire or sub-
entire, lamina 3-4 ins. long, often about an inch wide at the
broadest part, petiole + }in. long. The flowers are in compact,
many-flowered heads terminating branches; pedicels short terete;
bracts narrow. Sepals acuminate about two-thirds the length of
the petals. Petals free, oblong or oblanceolate, + 3 lines long,
+ 3 line broad, somewhat hooded at the apex, three-nerved.
Stamens five, shorter than the petals; filaments 1 line long or a
little longer; anthers + } line long. Ovary hairy below, gradually
tapering to a rather stout style which is less than 1 line long,
stigma terminal capitate. Capsule bivalved or sub-trivalved,
valves coriaceous; fruiting peduncles about 3 lines long. Seeds
reddish-brown, hardly 1 line long.

Noticeable on account of the congested character of the
inflorescence.

GUTTIFERA.

4. Ochrocarpus ovalifolius, T. And.

East Coast.
Native name: Nyamplon besar.
Distrib.— Malaya, Fiji.

5. Calophyllum inophyllum, Linn.

No. 46. ,
Native name: Nyamplon.
Distrib.—Widely spread in tropics.

MALVACEA.

6. Malvastrum tricuspidatum, A. Gray.

Also in the herbarium from Cocos-Keeling Island. H. 0. Forbes,
1879. No. 135.
Distrib.— Widely spread in tropics.

7. Abutilon auritum, Sweet.

Rocky Point. No. 8a.
Distrib.—Widely spread in tropics.

Dicotyledons. 173:

8. Abutilon listeri, Baker fil.

Rocky Point. Flowers July and August. Previously collected.
by Mr. J. J. Lister. No. 8, No. 9.
Distrib.—Endemice.

9. Hibiscus vitifolius, Linn.

Shore terrace, North-East Point. No. 156.
Distrib.— Widely spread in tropics.

10. Hibiscus tiliaceus, Linn.

Nos. 49, 61, 122, 142.
Native name: Waroo.
Distrib—A common seacoast tree in most tropical countries.

11. Hibiscus (Abelmoschus), sp.

Valley on west coast. Very rare. No. 58.

This may be H. vriestanus, Hassk., in Hoey. and De Vriese-
Tijdschr. (1838-39), p. 263, a plant which I only know from the
description.

STERCULIACE.

12. Kleinhovia hospita, Linn.

No. 57.
Native name: Laban.
Distrib.—Tropical Asia.

TILIACEA.

13. Berria ammonilla, Roxb., forma.

No. 6. North coast. Nos. 72, 158. Most valuable timber tree-
on island. Has been called ‘‘ Teak” in previous reports. ‘he type
is figured in Roxburgh’s ‘‘ Plants of the Coast of Coromandel,’ iii,
t. 264 (1819). Lspera cordifolia, Willd., in Ges. Naturf. Freunde
Neue Schr., 11 (1801), p. 449, is probably an earlier name for
the above.

Native name: Boognor.

Distrib. (type). — pe Asia (var. rotundifolia, Bentham),
Cumberland Islands.

174 Christmas Island.

14. Grewia levigata, Vahl.

No. 106.
Native name: Kayu Wangie.
Distrib.—Tropical Africa, India, Malaya.

15. Grewia, sp.

Near G@. oblongifolia, Blume, but fruit is required. No. 72a.

RUTACEZ.

16. Acronychia andrewsi, sp. noy.

Arbuscula cortice griseo. Folia trifoliolata; foliola oblonga vel
oblanceolata sessilia vel vix petiolulata petiolo longiora e basi
acuta apice obtusa vel subemarginata penninervia chartacea glabra
pellucido - punctata subtus pallidiora costulis patentibus ante
marginem unitis tenuibus; petiolus communis canaliculatus.
Panicule axillares sub lente pub adsperse ; bracteole circa basin
pedicellorum breves ovate. Pedunculi quam petioli breyiores.
Calyx brevis lobis ovatis. Petala sub anthesi reflexa lanceolata
apice apiculata. Filamenta basi ciliolata, antheris dorsifixis ovatis
brevibus. Ovarium 4-loculare globosum, stylo basin versus
albo-pubescente.

Hab.—Christmas Island. Small tree, common, especially on the
shore terrace. Native name: Kayu djerouk.

Small tree with grey cortex. Branchlets towards extremities
pubescent. Leaves trifoliolate; leaflets oblong or oblanceolate,
chartaceous, apex obtuse, base cuneate, lateral leaflets slightly
smaller than central leaflets (reaching 2 ins. long), central leaflets
23-22 ins. long, but probably longer when older; common petiole
rather over an inch, petiolules scarcely any. ‘The flowers are borne
below the leaves in short axillary panicles (shorter than the
common petioles); pedicels pubescent. Buds oblong - cylindrical.
Calyx lobes short. Petals lanceolate + 1°5 lines long. Filaments
ciliolate near the base. Ovary 4-locular, style pubescent, stigma
capitate. |

Allied to A. trifoliolata, Mig., A. minahasse, Miq., and
A. halmahetre, Mig.

MELIACE.

17. Melia azedarach, Linn. ?

In fruit. No. 151.
Native name: Wyndet.
Species uncertain in absence of flowers.

Dicotyledons. 175

18. Dysoxylum amooroides, Miquel.

Tree reaching 150-200 feet.. No. 36.
Native name: Pegou utan.
Distrib.—Java, New Guinea. .

CELASTRINEZ.

19. Celastrus paniculatus, Willd.

Small tree. Shore cliff, Rocky Point. No. 26, No. 75.
Distrib.—India, Malay Archipelago, Philippine Is.

RHAMNACE.

20. Colubrina pedunculata, sp. nov.

Arbor humilis. Ramuli teretes leves apices versus pubescentes.
Folia membranacea ovata vel ovato-lanceolata acuminata vel sub-
acuminata mucronata basi lato-cuneata vel rotundata penninervia
adultiora superne glabra subtus presertim in costa venisque
strigoso-pubescentia modice petiolata margine integra vel sub-
undulata. Flores in pedunculo longiusculo axillari piloso pedicel-
lati. Calyx externe pilis inspersus; laciniz ovate intus carinate.
Petala 5 disci carnosi pentagoni planiusculi ovario adherentis
margini inserta, oblonga concava quam sepala breviora. Stylus
erectus trifidus; lobis obtusis intus stigmatosis. Capsula haud visa.

Hab.—Christmas Island, north coast, only occurring near settle-
ment. In flower February, 1898.

Easily distinguished from C. asiatica, Brongn., and C. javanica,
Miq., by having a much longer peduncle.

Small tree. Leaves alternate membranaceous, ovate-acuminate
or subacuminate, margin entire or somewhat undulate, when fully
matured glabrous above and strigose pubescent below, especially
on the veins. Lamina 3-4 ins. long, 14-2 ims. broad; petiole
generally about 4 in. long.

Flowers in axillary cymes. Peduncles much longer than in
C. asiatica, Brongn., being from 14-13 in., strigosely hairy, as are
also the pedicels. Calyx pubescent externally, lobes ovate, acute,
with internal keel. Petals shorter than the sepals, nearly 1 line
long, rather remote from each other, concave. Stamens about same
length as petals. Style erect, stigmas 3. Ovary immersed in the
disk semi-inferior. Fruit not seen.

The genus Muarcorella, Necker, Elem., 11, p. 122 (1790), has been
placed by Mr. Jackson in the Index Kewensis as synonymous with
Colubrina. It is considerably earlier, but I have seen no authentic
material of this.

176 Christmas Island.

AMPELIDEZE.

21. Cissus repens, Lam.

Phosphate Hall.
Distrib.—Tropical Asia, Queensland.

22. Cissus pedata, Lam.

Nos. 59, 127.
Distrib.—India, Ceylon, Cochin China, Siam, Java.

23. Leea sambucina, Willd.

Native name: Chelenka.
JNistrib.—India, China, Philippines, North Australia.
Leea horrida, Teysm., is recorded by Mr. H. N. Ridley.

SAPINDACEA.

24, Allophylus cobbe, Blume, forma glaber, Hiern.

No, 119.
Distrib. (type).—India, Indian Archipelago, North Australia, etc.

LEGUMINOS.

25. Erythrina indica, Lam., forma.

Tree on north coast, common in places (one measured 18 feet in
circumference); bark smooth, light grey. No. 62.

Native name: Dadup.

This plant approaches so closely in structure to #. indica, Lam.,
that I think it must be considered a form of that species. The
calyx of F. indica is minutely five-toothed at the very tip, while ©
the Christmas Island plant has three, or sometimes five, bluntish
callosities. The standard is about 2ins. long; the wings and keel
are subequal, and + 1in. long.

Distrib. (type).—Sea-shores of South-East Asia, from Sunderbuns.
to Malay Archipelago and Polynesia.

26. Strongylodon ruber, Vogel.

Common near sea. No. 101.
Distrib.—Ceylon, Polynesia.

27. Galactia tenuiflora, W. & A.

Rocky Point. No. 4. .
Distrib.—India, Siam, Malaya, Australia, and East Tropical
Africa. ;

Dicotyledons. 177

28. Canavalia ensiformis, DC.

Shore. No. 132.
Distrib.— Widely spread in tropics.

29. Phaseolus lunatus, Linn.

No. 93:
Distrib.—An American species now widely spread in Old World.

30. Cajanus indicus, Spr.

No. 100.
Distrib.—Cultivated widely in tropics.

31. Pongamia glabra, Vent.

Forest tree, hard wood. No. 81.

Native name: Kayu kwat.

Distrib.—On all coasts from Mascarene Islands to Malaya, North
Australia, West Polynesia. .

oz. Inocarpus edulis, Forst.

Tall forest tree, common everywhere. No. 28.
Native name: Gatet.
Distrib.—Malaya, Polynesia.

30. Guilandina bonducella, Linn.
Distrib.—Widely spread in tropics.

34, Cassia siamea, Lam.

Small tree, flowering in January, near coast. Probably intro-
duced. No. 108.
Distrib.—India, Indo-China, Malay Archipelago.

35. Entada scandens, Benth.

East coast.
Distrib.— Widely distributed in the tropics.

COMBRETACEA.

_ 86. Terminalia catappa, Linn.

Large tree. No. 28.
Native name: Katapan.
Distrib.— Widely spread in tropics.

178 Christmas Island.

37. Combretum acuminatum, Roxb.

East coast; August. Climber. No. 41.
Distrib.—India, Malaya to Philippines.

38. Gyrocarpus asiaticus, Willd.

- Flowermg specimens. Also fruit specimens. Common near sea.

Seedlings soon occur in great numbers when clearings are made.
No. 140.

Native name: Buah ba-siap.
Probably synonymous with @. americanus, Jacq., Select. Amer.,
p- 282, t. 178 (1763). Comes into leaf January, flowering about

April. As soon as fruit is ripe leaves fall, and tree is bare from }
June to December.

Distrib.— Widely spread in tropics.

og. Quisqualis indica, Linn. .

Distrib.—India, Malaya, China, Philippine Islands, Tropical
Africa.

MYRTACEZ.

40. Eugenia, sp.

Large forest tree. Flowers March, April. No. 162.

Native name: Gowok. .

This plant requires comparison with some of the Miquelian types
contained in the Dutch Herbaria.

41. Barringtonia racemosa, Blume.

Nos. 13, 27, 38. Also spirit specimens.
Native name: Jamboe passagi.

One of largest and commonest forest trees.
Distrib.— Malaya, Polynesia.

LYTHRACEA.

42. Pemphis acidula, Forst.

Forming clumps on sea cliffs. Nos. 65,116. Also in herbarium
from Cocos-Keeling Island. H. O. Forbes.

Native name: Kayu burung.

patra. —Tropical coasts of the Old World.

_

Dicotyledons. 179

CUCURBITACEA.

43. Momordica charantia, Linn.

Nos. 47, 95, 80.
Distrib.—India, Malaya, China, Tropical Africa.

44. Melothria mucronata, Cogn.

Nos. 2, 59, 67, 70.
Distrib.—India, Malaya, Philippine Islands.

45. Melothria, sp.
Trailing on rocks, east coast. No. 113.

ARALIACEA.

46. Heptapleurum ellipticum, Seem. (?).

Climbing on trees. Common. No. 15.

The above species was recorded by Mr. Ridley for Christmas
Island. Our specimens are in flower only, and fruit is required
for confirmation of this.

GAMOPETALZ.

By Epuunp G. Baxer, F.L.S., of the Botanical Department. —

RUBIACEA.

47. Randia densiflora, Benth., laxior, var. nov.

Cymz quam typi ee laxiores, sed pedunculis pedicellisque
longioribus. Flores majores. Calyx externe glaber dentibus
brevibus. Corolle tubus + 2 lin. longus, ut in specimine typico
interne hirsutus; lobis 4—4°5 lin. longis, antherze + 4 lin. longe.

Hab.—Common everywhere. No. 5.

Native name: Coppee utan.

In the type the corolla tube is scarcely above 1 line long and the
lobes 2:5-3 lines. The anthers are about 2 lines long.

Distrib. (type).—India, Hongkong, Malay Archipelago, North
Australia. |

180 Christmas Island.

48. Guettarda speciosa, Linn.

Large forest tree; common. East coast. Sweet-scented flower.
No. 40.

Native name: Melati.

Distrib.—Tropical shores of Old and New World.

49. Morinda citrifolia, Linn.

Small tree in Flying Fish Cove. No. 78.

Native name: Mungkoodoo.

Seems somewhat different from usual form of this plant, leaves
being narrower and flowers occasionally four-merous, but agrees
with a specimen so named in Herb. Banks. from Endeavour River,
New South Wales.

Distrib. (type).—India, Malay Archipelago, Australia, Pacific
Islands. |

50. Saprosma nativitatis, sp. nov.

Frutex. Ramuli adultiores glabriusculi, juniores rufo-pubescentes.
Stipule interpetiolares opposiste membranacez bicuspidate de-
ciduz. Folia disticha e basi acuta oblonga vel oblongo-lanceolata
vel oblanceolata apice subacuta, breviter petiolata membranacea
subtus pallidiora supra glabra, subtus costulis utrinque 11-18 valde
patentibus ante marginem arcuatis et unitis cum costa prima brevyiter
rufo-hirsutis. Flores axillares sessiles. Calycis lobi ovati quam
corolle tubus + dimidio breviores, persistentes. Corolla infundi-
bularis fauce villosa lobis 4 oblongis vel oblongo-ovatis. Stamina
fauci corolle inserta; filamentis pro genere aliquantulum longis.
Ovarium 2-loculare ; stylus filiformis ramis 2 recurvatis. Semina
plano-convexa.

Hab.—Christmas Island. Above Cove. No. 79.

Small shrub with dark cortex, the younger branchlets covered
with dark rufescent pubescence, the older branches glabrous or
sub-glabrous. Leaves oblong, or oblong lanceolate, or oblanceolate,
lamina often about 14 in. long and 5-7 lines broad at the widest
part, petiole short (14-23 lines long), penninerved, lateral nerves
11-138 arching and uniting before the margin, which is entire.

Flowers axillary, sessile, tetramerous. Calyx lobes reaching about
half the length of the corolla tube. Corolla infundibuliform, lobes
oblong or oblong ovate, tube about 1 line long. Anthers borne on
filaments which are longer than is usual in this genus. Ovary
two-celled ; fruiting calyx persistent.

COMPOSIT A.

51. Ageratum conyzoides, Cass.

Common on shore cliff. No. 48.
Distrib.—All hot countries.

_ Dicotyledons. 181

52. Blumea spectabilis, DC.
Common on open spaces where trees have fallen. Last coast.
No. 44.
Distrib.—India, Ceylon.
53. Wedelia biflora, DC.

Above Kast Coast Waterfall, near sea. No. 56.
Distrib.—Tropical shores of Eastern Asia.

54. Synedrella nodiflora, Gertn.

Common on shore cliff, near Flying Fish Cove. No. 52.
Distrib.—India, Andaman Islands, Tropical America.

GOODENOVIEZ.
55. Sczevola koenigii, Vahl.

On sea cliffs; common near Flying Fish Cove. No. 17.
‘Native name: Kembang sabla.
Distrib.—Tropical East Asia, Australia, Polynesia.

MYRSINE.

56. Ardisia complanata, Wall.

New South-East Road Plateau. Shrub 6-8 feet. No. 1.
‘(Small tree.”’ No. 14.
Distrib.— Penang, Malay Peninsula, Java.

SAPOTACEA.

57. Sideroxylon sundaicum, Burck., ex descript.

Tall tree; common everywhere. Fruit eatable. Nos. 29 and 73.
Native name: Saoh.

Distrib.—Sunda Islands.
OLEACEZ.

58. Jasminum sambac, Aiton.

Flowers rather larger than usual.
_Distrib.—India, Java, Moluccas.

182. Christmas Island.

APOCYNACEZ.

59. Cerbera odollam, Grertn., forma.

Small tree, Rocky Point. No. 104. .

This plant, as figured by Rheede in the Hort. Mal.,1, p. 71,
t. 89, has long lanceolate or oblanceolate leaves. In the Christmas
Island plant the leaves are broader and shorter.

Distrib. (type).—India, Malay Archipelago, China, Australia,
Pacific Islands.

60. Ochrosia ackeringe, Miquel, angustifolia, var. nov.

Folia quam ea typi longiora et angustiora. Drupe 2 basi
connate divaricate conic 1} poll. longe. tat}
Forest tree. Timber used for building. No. 35.
Native name: Gundra roussa.
Distrib.— Banka Islands.

ASCLEPIADACEA.,

61. Hoya aldrichii, Hemsley.

Everywhere on trees and rocks; flowers November—January.
No. 105. Mr. W. B. Hemsley briefly diagnoses this species in
Journ. Linn. Soc., xxv, p. 8355. For an amplified description see
Mr. W. P. Hiern in Journ. Bot., 1898, p. 417.

Native name: Kembang jiwa.,

Distrib.— Endemic.

BORAGINEZ.

62. Tournefortia argentea, Linn. fil.

Common on sea cliffs. No. 187.
Distrib.— Ceylon, Australia, Malaya, Mauritius.

63. Cordia subcordata, Lam.
Near sea only. Very hard wood. No. 45.

Native name: Grongan.
Distrib.—South-East Asia to Australia and Sandwich Islands,
Tropical Africa.

64. Ehretia buxifolia, Roxb.

Small shrub, common on the higher parts of the island, where it
forms the worst of the undergrowth. The leaves are rather larger
than usual. No. 68. | |

Distrib.— Deccan Peninsula, Malaya to Formosa and Philippines.

Dicotyledons. > 183.

CONVOLVULACEA. »

65. Ipomeea pes-capree, Roth.

This common plant of tropical sea-shores was recorded by
Mr. Ridley from the island, but is not in the present collection.

66. Ipomea (Calonyction) grandiflora, Lamk., forma.

Climbing on trees, north coast. Flowering in April.

This plant approaches very closely to JZ. longifiora, R. Br., ,the
type of which is in the British Museum (Natural History)
Herbarium. The leaves and sepals are similar, but the peduncles
are longer. Robert Brown’s plant came from the Gulf of
Carpentaria, and Mr. C. B. Clarke, in FI. Brit. India, iv, p. 198,
unites it with J. grandiflora, Lamk.

Distrib. (of I. grandiflora, Lamk.).— Widely spread in tropics. |

67. Ipomeea peltata, Choisy.

Creeper forming dense masses over low trees, middle of island.
| Distrib.— Malaya, Madagascar, Fiji.

68. Ipomea digitata, Linn.
Distrib.— Widely spread in tropical countries.

69. Convolvulus parviflorus, Vahl.

Trailing herb, White Beach at Settlement No. 33.
Distrib. Widely spread in tropics of Old World.

SOLANACEA.

70. Solanum biflorum, Loureiro.
Middle of island.
Native name: Lombok utan.
Distrib.—Singapore, Malaya, East Ava.

71. Solanum ferox, Linn.
Top of first inland cliff. No. 74.
On road above Flying Fish Cove. No. 97.
Phosphate Hill Road. No. 99.
Native name: Terong glatet.
_, Dastrib.— India, Java.

72. Physalis ed ae

| _-Phosphate Hill. No. 160. |
Distrib.—Tropical Asia, Africa, Australia.

184 Christmas Island.

73. Datura alba, Nees.

On all coasts. No. 117.

This species in the Flora of British India is considered a variety
of D. fastuosa, Linn.

Distrib.—India,

ACANTHACE A.

74, Ruellia prostrata, Lamk., var. dejecta, C. B. Clarke.
Dipteracanthus dejectus, Nees.

Common in Flying Fish Cove. No. 96.
Distrib.— East Africa, India, Ceylon.

75. Asystasia coromandeliana, Nees, forma.

Top of inland cliff, Steep Point. In flower April 5th, 1898.
No. 154.

Leaves much larger than type, reaching 53ins. long at base,
gradually narrowing to petiole.

Distrib. (type).—India, Malaya, Africa, Arabia.

76. Dicliptera maclearii, Hemsley.

Common on shore platform. Nos. 20 and 22.
Distrib.— Endemic.

VERBENACEZ.

77. Stachytarpheta indica, Vahl.

Settlement, Flying Fish Cove. No. 29.
Distrib.—Tropical Asia and America.

78. Callicarpa longifolia, Lamk.

Small tree. East coast, shore cliff, and near Flying Fish Cove.
No. 39.

Native name: Chendana.

Distrib.—India, West Malaya to North Australia.

79. Tectona grandis, Linn. fil.

This tree is recorded by Mr. Hemsley for the island, but it is
not in present collection. The so-called Teak of the island is
Berria.

[I believe that this record is due to a mistake, and that Tectona
grandis does not occur in the island.—C. W. A. ]

_ Dicotyledons. | 185

80. Premna lucidula, Miq.

Small tree. First inland cliff. No. 108.
Native name: Kayu durie.
Distrib.—Java.

LABIAT&.

81. Anisomeles ovata, R. Br.

Common on shore platform. No. 18.
Common on shore cliff. No. 34.
Distrib.—India, Malaya, China.

82. Leucas javanica, Benth., forma.

Shore above the Cove; common. No. 8.

Shore cliff, in clearings. No. 124.

The calyx is smaller and teeth shorter than in Horsfield’s Java
specimens of this plant.

Some forms of LZ. mollissima, Benth., seem closely allied to above.

Distrib. (type).—Java, Philippine Islands.

APETALA.

By A. B. Renprz, M.A., D.Sc., F.LS.,
Of the Botanical Department.

NYCTAGINEZ.

83. Boerhaavia diffusa, L., var. pubescens, Choisy.

Shore cliff, near Flying Fish Cove. No. 51. Common near
the sea; November. No. 101. On shore cliff; January, 1898.
No. 123.

Distrib.—Tropics generally.

84. Pisonia grandis, R. Br.

Large tree near sea; August toSeptember. No. 19.
Native name: Ampol.
Distrib.— North Australia, Polynesia.

85. P. excelsa, Bl.
A tree, common everywhere, especially in middle of plateau.
No. 96. Flying Fish Cove; April, 1898. No. 159.
Native name: Jamboe.

Distrib.— Malay Islands.

186 Christmas Island.

AMARANTACEA.

86. Deeringia celosioides, R. Br.

Everywhere near cliffs. Flowering in August. Flowers red.
No. 22. East coast; first inland cliff. No. 114.
Distrib.—India, Malaya, Australia.

87. Celosia argentea, L.

Flying Fish Cove; introduced. No. 21. Flying Fish Cove;
common; December. No. 77.

Native name: Buntoot kuching.

Distrib.—Tropical Asia and Africa.

88. Achyranthes aspera, L.

Rocky point, shore cliffs; common. Three to four feet high.
No: 71.
Distvib.—Tropics.

PIPERACE.
89. Peperomia levifolia, Miq.

Centre of island ; on fallen trees; February, 1898. No. 145.
Distrib.—Java.

90. P. rossi, Rendle, sp. nov.

Herba parva, carnosula, repens, glabra, foliis oppositis, breviter
petiolatis, ellipticis, obtusis, obscure triplinerviis, frequentissime
et minute atro-punctulatis; spicis terminalibus, crassis, densifloris,
folia duplo excedentibus; bracteolis rotundatis, peltatis; ovario
obtrudente, rotunde-obovoideo, stigmate parvo, punctiformi, sub
apice lateraliter inserto; fructu brunneo, valde exserto, subgloboso,
apiculato, pericarpio punctato.

Shoots 3 to 4 ins. long by about 13 line greatest thickness ;
leaves 2 to 14 ins. long: by 4 to 7 lines broad, on petioles 2 to 3 lines
long. Spikes reaching barely 2 ins. long by. 1 line thick; peduncles
less than 4in. Bracteoles- about 4 line in diameter, ’ punctulate
like the leaves. Fruit 2 line long, pericarp scarcely fleshy, covered
with numerous small roundish warts.

The measurements in the above description are taken from a
moistened specimen ; the plants shrink considerably on drying.

Near the Polynesian P. insularum, Miq., but ceineenes %é
its fleshy habit and elliptical leaves.

Dicotyledons. 187

_ LAURINEA.

91. Cryptocarya nativitatis, Rendle, sp. nov.

Arbor ramulis ferrugine -tomentellis, foliis breviter petiolatis,
coriaceis, ovatis vel oblongo-ovatis, interdum lanceolatis vel
oblongo -lanceolatis, apice acuminatis, uninerviis, supra glaucis,
impresso-costatis, et manifeste reticulatis, subtus glabris cum venis
prominentibus et dense prominulo-reticulatis; paniculis floribundis,
rhachi ferrugine, ramulis et floribus subfulve-tomentellis, floribus
subsessilibus, sesquilineis.

Leaves 4 to 6ins. long by 14 to 22ins. broad, with 4 to 6
upwardly curving main lateral veins; ultimate meshes of reticu-
lation small, but well marked; petioles + to4in. long. Terminal
panicles spreading, reaching 3 ins. long by 33ins. broad, branches
2ins. long or less. Perianth-segments oblong -spathulate, blunt,
1 to 14 line long; fertile stamens 9, anthers bilocular, the 3 inner
extrorse, with a pair of shortly-stalked roundly cordate anther-like
glands scarcely 2 line long, the 3 staminodes (fourth staminal
whorl) subsessile, triangular-ovate, acute, base cordate, apex hairy,
4 line long. Fruit shortly ellipsoidal, about 2 in. long.

Approaches the North Australian B. Cunningham, Meissn., but
is distinguished by its larger flowers and ovate leaves.

Phosphate Hill; April 25, 1898, No. 158.

Native name: Jamboo boolut. ~

92. Hernandia peltata, Meissn.

Large tree; common. No. 146.
Native name: Commendor.
_ Distrib.—India, Malaya, Polynesia.
' Probably the Hernandia ovigera, L., of Hemsley’s list.

EUPHORBIACEA.

93. Euphorbia hypericifolia, L.
Common on the shore and cliff. Nos. 10, 60.

Distrib.—Tropics.
94. E. pilulifera, L.

Shore cliff and terrace, Flying Fish Cove; common. No. 54.
Coffee garden; common. No. 51. , :
Distrib. —Tropics and subtropics.

95. Phyllanthus niruri, L.
Distrib.—Tropics. |

188 Christmas Island.

96. Jatropha curcas, L.
Distrib.—Tropics generally.

97. Croton caudatus, Geisel.

Shore terrace, near North-East Point; December, 1897. No. 107.
A single specimen, containing unopened male flowers.
Distrib.—India, Malaya.

98. Claoxylon rubescens, Mig.

Rocky Point; December, 1897. No. 112. North coast,
February; plateau, March, 1898. Small tree, first inland cliff.
No. 53.

Native names: Chundana, Kayu onjay.

Distrib.— Malay Islands to Polynesia.

99. Acalypha wightiana, Muell. Arg.

North-East Point; April, 1898. No. 157.
Distrib.—India, Java.

100. Cleidion J avanicum, Bl.

Small tree, east coast, first inland cliff; August, 1897. No. 37.
Distvib.—India, Malaya.

101. Macaranga tanarius, Muell. Arg.

Tall tree; common everywhere. No. 64. Flying Fish Cove;
February, 1898.

Native name: Kayu merah.

Distrib. Malayan islands.

URTICACEA.

102. Celtis cinnamomea, Lindl.

Large tree, common everywhere. In fruit, February, 1898.
Stinking wood. No. 63.

Native name: Kayu boussouk.

Distrib.—India, Malaya.

103. Sponia amboinensis, Decaisn.

Small tree, Coffee Garden; October, 1897. No. 32.
Distrib.—Tropical Asia, Australia, Polynesia.

Dicotyledons. 189

104. Ficus retusa, L.

Common everywhere; January, 1898. No. 120.
_ Native name: Waringin.

Distrib.—India, Malaya to Australia.

105. F. saxophila, Bl., vel aff.

Distrib.—Java, Timor.

106. Cudrania javanensis, Trécul.

Thorny creeper. Plateau near south-east road; August, 1897.
No. 11.
Distrib.—Old World tropics. .

107. Fleurya ruderalis, Gaud.

No. 134.
Native name: Pulus.
Distrib.—Malay Archipelago, Polynesia.

108. Laportea crenulata, Gaud.

No. 133.
Native name: Pulus.
Distrib.—India, Malaya.

109. L. murrayana, Rendle, sp. nov.

Arbor dioica (?), ramulis crassis, glabris, foliis petiolatis, paulo supra
basin rotundatam peltatis, late ovatis, acutis, glabratis, venis subtus
sparse stimuloso-pilosis exceptis, marginibus leviter undulatis,
siccis atro-viridibus et membranaceis ; inflorescentibus fcemineis
axillaribus petiolos subszequantibus, pedunculis compressis vix alatis,
cum ramis ramulisque sparse stimuloso-retrorso-hispidis, floribus
capitatis; perianthil segmentis 4 inequalibus, plus minus ovyatis
vel ellipticis, acuminatis, dorso puberulis; achenio discoideo,
glabro, cum stigmate subulato terminato.

Leaves 34 to 74.ins. long by 23 to 44 ins. broad, petioles 2 to 3 ins.
attached about + in. above the base of the leaf, ee velns about
six each side, subprominent below, curving and anastomosing
below the margin, united by regular scalariform secondary veins ;
reticulations minute, obvious; cystoliths numerous, evident ;
stipules bluntly ovate, sparsely hispidulous. Inflorescence to 22 ins.
long, lateral branches 14 in. and less; branchlets subterete; florets
sessile. Perianth-segments brown, } line or less; stigmas long,
ferruginously hairy; achenes = line in diameter. Male flowers
absent.

190 Christmas Island.

Apparently near the Javanese Z. laxiflora, Wedd. (from the
description in DC. Prodr., xv1, i, 81), which, however, has leaves
pubescent beneath, and the female inflorescence larger than the
petioles.

Flying Fish Cove. A tree; leaves stinging severely. February,
1898. No. 147. .

Native name: Jelaton.

110. Procris pedunculata, Wedd.
A shrub trailing over rocks. First inland cliff, No. 76. Near
Flying Fish Cove, No. 91.
Distrib,—Malay Islands, Polynesia, Mascarene Islands.

111. Boehmeria platyphylla, Don.
Small tree, common everywhere. Stinging leaves; wood very
soft; in flower all the year. Nos. 18, 60.
Native name: Pulus scrobbo.
Distrib.—India, Malaya, to China and Japan; Polynesia.

MONOCOTYLEDONS.

By A. B. Renpre, M.A.) D.Sc.) ¥.1.8.,
Of the Botanical Department.

(PLATE XVIII.)
ORCHIDEA.

1. Dendrobium crumenatum, Sw.

Common everywhere on trees. No 110.
Distrib.— Malaya.

2. D. macrei, Lindl.

The flowers are smaller than usual in the species, but I do not
think the Christmas Island plant is specifically distinct.
Mstrib.—India, Java.

3. Phreatia listeri, Rolfe.
Distrib.—Endemic.

4, P. congesta, Rolfe.

Distrib.— Endemic, A small orchid not found in the present
collection.

Monocotyledons. 191

5. Saccolabium archytas, Ridl.

Doritis, sp.n. (?), Rolfe in Hemsley’s list.

February, 1898. On trees everywhere. No. 144.

This is obviously the plant of which fruiting specimens only
were collected, tentatively referred by Mr. Rolfe to Doritis in
Mr. Hemsley’s list.

Distrib.— Endemic.

6. Sarcochilus carinatifolius, Ridl.

On trees everywhere. No. 1438.

Flowering and fruiting specimens. Fruit just before dehiscence
a little over 2 ins. long, tapering regularly from 14 line diameter at
the apex; lobes of dehisced capsule 34 ins. long.

Distrib.—Endemic.

7. Corymbis veratrifolia, Reichenb. fil.

February, 1898. Common on higher parts of the island.
Distrib.—India, Malaya.

AMARYLLIDACEA.

8. Crinum asiaticum, L.

On cliff, North-East Point; March, 1898. No. 142.
Distrib.—Tropical Asia to Japan and North Australia.

PALM A.

9. Arenga listeri, Becc.

Didymosperma, sp. of Hemsley’s list.

Common everywhere; flowering at all times. No. 109. Some-
times attains a height of 70 feet and a diameter of 13 inches.

Native name: Areng.

Distrib.— Endemic.

PANDANACEA.

10. Pandanus, sp.

Male spikes and leaves only. Apparently allied to the common
Indo-Malayan P. odoratissimus, Linn. fil. —

Mr. Andrews states that there is another species of Pandanus of
which he was unable to procure flowers. It forms trees 40 feet high.

192 Christmas Island.

AROIDEA.

11. Remusatia vivipara, Schott.

Phosphate Hill Road. No. 115. January, 1898.
Distrib.—India, Malaya.

CYPERACEA.,

12. Fimbristylis cymosa, R. Br.

Distrib. — Malaya, Australia, Polynesia. Not found in the
present collection.

GRAMINE A.

13. Ischemum foliosum, var. leiophyllum, Hack.

Flying Fish Cove. Common everywhere round coast. No. 23.

Distrib.— Endemic.

This is the J. murinum, Forst., of Hemsley’s list; and is probably
only a form of the common tropical Asiatic Z. cliare, Retz.

I. muticum, L., cited in Mr, Ridley’s list, is perhaps a mistake
for I. murinum, Forst.

14. Digitaria sanguinalis, Scop.

Common on shore cliffs. No. 25 (in part).
Distrib. —Universal.

15, Panicum (Effuse) andrewsi, Rendle, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII.)

Planta minor culmis tenuibus, basi repentibus tum ascendentibus,
usque paniculam foliatis; foliis lanceolatis, acutis vel acuminatis,
basi oblique cordatis, sparse pilosis ; panicula effusa, glabra,
ramis solitariis, tenuibus, inferioribus ascendentibus, superioribus
patentibus, ramulis filiformibus ;_ spiculis longe - pedicellatis,
ellipsoideis, parvis, glabris, gluma i? quam gl. 111 duplo minore,
ovata, uninervia, vel obsolete 5-nervia; gl. 11% obovata, obtusa,
5-nervia; gl. ii? vix gl. ii#™ excedente, late elliptica, obtusa,
5-nervia, paleam sterilem includente; gl. fertili coriacea, levi,
convexa, elliptica, 5-nervia, marginibus paleam subequalem
amplectante. _ |

Shoots 6-8 ins. high, internodes short, 6-8 lines long by barely
+ line or less in diameter, puberulous; sheaths subequal, striate,
with pilose margins; ligule very narrow, membranous; blades
1-2 ins. long, 5-7 lines broad, papery, generally seven-nerved ;

Gymnosperms. 193

margins pilose below, becoming glabrous above. Panicle not fully
developed, 3 ins. long by 12 broad; in Timor specimens 8 ins. long
by 4 ins. broad. Spikelets 2 line long; barren glumes membranous,
green, gl. i less than 4 line long; gl. ii barely #-line long, very
bluntly apiculate, lateral nerves as in gl. iii submarginal; gl. i
% line, with an empty pale a little more than half its length;
fertile gl. barely 3 line; grain unripe.

Resembles P. arborescens, L. (P. ovalifolium, Poir.), in habit, but
differs in the much smaller lowest glume, and the shape and size of
gls. 11 and iii. .

Hab.—Christmas Island, 1897. Also collected in Timor by
Wallace and Curtis (in Herb. Kew).

16. Oplismenus compositus, Beauv.

Coffee Garden, Flying Fish Cove, and everywhere. Nos. 7, 128.
No. 128 is viviparous.
Distrib.—Tropics generally.

17. Eleusine indica, L.

Common on shore cliffs. No. 25 (in part).
Distrib.—Old World tropics.

18. Eragrostis plumosa, Link.

Nos. 26, 138.
Distrib.—Tropical Asia and Africa.

GYMNOSPERMS.

By A. B. Renptz, M.A., D.8c., F.LS.,
Of the Botanical Department.

CYCADEZ.
Cycas circinalis, L., var. javana, Miq.

Flying Fish Cove, beach.

Grows all round the island; most plentiful on upper terrace
(350 feet) at west end of south coast.

Native name: Penawa jambi.

Distrib.—Java, Sumatra, Borneo.

194 Christmas Island.

FERNS.
By A. Gzrp, M.A., F.L.S., of the Botanical Department.

FILICIN A.

1. Trichomanes parvulum, Poiret.

On trees, plateau; February, 1898.
Distrib.—East Asia, Malay Archipelago, Oceania, Madagascar.

2. Davallia solida, Swartz.

Common in forest, on trees; November, 1897. No. 82.
Distrib.—Malay Peninsula, Java, Polynesia.

3. Davallia dissecta, J. Sm.

Common on cliffs. No. 81.
Distrib.— Java.

4. Davallia spelunce, Baker.

One frond.
Distrib.—Tropics and sub-tropics.

5. Asplenium nidus, L.

May, 1898.
Distrib.—Tropics and sub-tropics of the Old World.

6. Asplenium falcatum, Lam.

Common on trees; October, 1897. Nos. 83, 112.
Distrib. — Polynesia, Australasia, Malay Archipelago, India,
Africa.

7. Asplenium centrifugale, Baker: in Journ. Linn. Soc., xxv,
p. 360 (1890).

Distrib. —Christmas Island (J. J. Lister).

8. Nephrodium syrmaticum, Baker.

Common in forest. No. 87.
Distrib.—India, Malay Archipelago.

9. Nephrodium dissectum, Desv.

Common in forest. No. 88.
Distrib.—India, Malay Archipelago, Oceania, Madagascar.

Ferns. 195

10. Nephrodium intermedium, Baker.

Distrib.—India, Malay Archipelago, Japan, Christmas Island
(J. J. Lister).

11. Nephrodium truncatum, Presl.

Panchoran; January, 1898. No. 121.
_Distrib.—India, Malaccas, Australia, Polynesia.

12. Nephrodium polymorphum, Baker.

North-West Point; not common. No. 94.
Distrib.—India, Malay Archipelago.

13. Aspidium membranaceum, Hook.

Plateau, common; No. 12. On trees everywhere; No. 131.
Distrib.—Ceylon, Java, Philippines, West China, Formosa.

14, Nephrolepis exaltata, Schott.

North coast; December, 1897. No. 130.
Distrib.—Tropics.

15. Nephrolepis acuta, Presl.

Common in forest everywhere. No. 85.
Distrib.—T ropics.

16. Nephrolepis ramosa, Moore.

Climbing on trees and shrubs, common. No. 92.
Distrib.—Tropics of the Old World.

17. Polypodium adnascens, Sw.
Distrib.—India and China to Fiji; East and West tropical Africa.

18. Polypodium irioides, Lam.

- Common everywhere on trees and rocks. No. 108.
Distrib.—India and China to Fiji and New South Wales; East
and West tropical Africa.

19. Vittaria elongata, Sw.

Sine loc. No. 163.
Distrib.—India to Hawaii and New South Wales; East and
‘West tropical Africa.

196 Christmas Island.

20. Acrostichum flagelliferum, Wall.
Rare; middle of island; No. 90. Phosphate Hill; January,
1898; No. 126. 4

Distrib.—Himalayas to Java and the Philippines.

21. Acrostichum listeri, Baker: in Journ. Linn. Soc., xxv,
p. 361 (1890).

Common on higher parts of plateau; No. 19. Phosphate Hill ;
January, 1898; No. 125. Sine loc.; No. 129.

Distrib.—Christmas Island.

LYCOPODIACEA.

22. Lycopodium phlegmaria, L.
Middle of island; February, 1897.
Distrib.—Tropics of the Old World.

MOSSES.

By A. Gerr, M.A., F.L.S., of the Botanical Department.

1, Leucobryum chlorophyllosum, C. Muell.: Syn. Musc., ii,
p. 585 (1851).
Distrib.—Sumbawa, Celebes.

2. Octoblepharum albidum, Hedw.: Muse. frond., iii, p. 15 (1792).
Distrib.—Tropical Zone.

3. Thyridium fasciculatum, Mitt.: in Journ. Linn. Soc., x,
p. 189 (1869).

Distrib.—India, Malay Archipelago, Oceania, Chile, Mauritius.
4, Trachymitrium revolutum, Hampe: in Nuoyv. Giorn. bot.

Ital.,
lv, p. 280 (1872). | :
Distrib.—Java, Borneo.

5. Neckera lepiniana, Mont.: in Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. m1, x,
p. 107 (1848).
Distrib.—Malay Archipelago, Oceania, Mauritius.

Lichens. 197

6. Thuidium plumulosum, Doz. et Molk.: Bry. Jav., ii,
p. 118, tab. 223 (1865).

Distrib.—Ceylon, Malay Archipelago, Oceania.

7. Hypnum montagnei, Lac.: Bry. Jav., ii, p. 181, tab. 279 (1867).
Distrib.—Java. |

HEPATIC.

Ptychanthus squarrosus, Mont.
Distrib.—Malay Archipelago.

LICHENS.

By Vernon H. Bracxmay, M.A., F.L.S.,
Of the Botanical Department.

1. Parmelia tinctorum, Despr.
Distrib.—Wide. Asia, Africa, Australia, New Caledonia.

2. Parmelia appendiculata, Fée ?

Very poor specimen.
Distrib.—K. Africa.

3. Physcia picta, Nyl.

Distrib Very wide. Asia, Africa, America, Oceania (Java,
Australia).

4. Pyxine sorediata, Fr.
Distrib.—Africa, 8. America, Japan, Tahiti.

5. Pannaria rubiginosa, Del. ?

Poor specimen. | |
Distrib.—Very wide. Europe, Japan, Africa, America, Australia.

198 Christmas Island.

6. Lecanora varia, Ach.
Distrib.—Europe, Siberia, Algeria, Mexico, New Caledonia.

7. Ramalina fraxinea, Ach.
Distrib.— Europe, N. and 8. America.

8. Lecidea lutea, Schaer. ?

Distrib.—Europe, Africa, Japan, 8. America, Labuan, Sandwich
Islands, New Zealand.

9. Leptogium phyllocarpum, Nyl. ?
Disirib.— Asia, Africa, S. America, Oceania (Java, Philippines,
etc. ).

FUNGI.

By Vernon H. Buacxmay, M.A., F.L.S.,
Of the Botanical Department.

BASIDIOMYCETES.

1. Schizophyllum commune, Fr.
Distrib.—Cosmopolitan.

2. Polyporus confluens, Fr. ?
Distrib.— Europe, N. America, Australia.

3. Fomes lucidus, Fr.
Distrv1b.—Of almost universal occurrence.

4. Fomes australis, Fr.
Distrib.—Europe, Borneo, Venezuela, Ceylon, Australia.

5. Polystictus flabelliformis, K1.
Distrib.—S. America, Cuba, India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula,
Borneo.
6. Polystictus xanthopus, Fr.
Distrib.-—In tropics generally.

Fungi. 199

7. Polystictus luteo-olivaceus, B. & Br.
_ Distrib.—Australia (Brisbane).

8 Polystictus sanguineus, Mey.
Distrib.—In tropics generally. India, America, Africa, New
Zealand, Borneo, Tasmania, Philippines, Java, Pacific Islands. _
9. Hexagonia polygramma, Mont.

Distrib.—Central America, Mexico, Cuba, India, Borneo, Ceylon,
Australia. .

10. Daedalea tenuis, Berk.
Distrib.—Philippines, Australia (Adelaide).

11. Favolus boucheanus, Klotzsch.

Distrib.— Europe, N. America, Australia.

12. Laschia caspitosa, Berk.
Distrib.— Australia (Clarence River).

13. Hirneola polytricha, Mont.
Distrib.—Mexico, Cuba, India, Ceylon, New Zealand, Java.

14. Hirneola auricula-judz, Berk.

Distrvb.— Europe, N. America, Mexico, Cuba, Tasmania, Borneo.

15. Guepinia sparassoides, Kalchbr.
Distrib... Africa (Kaffraria).

GASTEROMYCETES.

16. Cyathus montagnei, Tul.
Distrib.— Cuba, Brazil, Uruguay, Ceylon, Australia.

17. Geaster andrewsi, Blackm., n.sp.
Exoperidium in statu humido subcarneum, in statu sicco
coriaceum, multifidum, laciniis (circa 7) acutis, basi integra,
extus pallidum, siccitate aspero et veniis instructum, intus leve,

200 Christmas Island.

cinereum. Endoperidium globoso-depressum, sessile, papyraceum,
cinereum; peristomio subconico, minute dentato, in centro areole
circularis striate pallidioris posito; columella persistente, e floccis
3-3°5 uw latis, fuscis; sporis globosis, echinulatis, 3°5—4°5 « diam.,
fuligineis.

Exoperidium 20-40mm. latum (expansum), endoperidium
7-12mm. latum.

This species is characterized chiefly by the nature of the peri-
stomium, but the external veining of the exoperidium and the
size of the spores also distinguish it from most of the Geasters.

ASCOMYCETES.

18. Trichoscypha tricholoma, Mont.

Distrib.—Rio de Janeiro, Guiana, Ceylon, Vera Cruz, S. Domingo.

HYPHOMYCETES.

19. Stilbum javanicum, Henn.
Distrib.—Sava.

MYCETOZOA.
By Arruve Lister, F.R.S.

1. Stemonitis splendens, Rost., var. a, genuina.

Flying Fish Cove and Phosphate Hill.
Distrib.—Kurope, America, Australia, Pacific Islands, Java.

2. Arcyria flava, Pers. ©
Distrib.— Europe, N. America, Java.

3. Lycogala miniatum, Pers.

Distrib.—Europe, N. and 8. America, Guiana, Java.

201

PALAONTOLOGY

AND

GEOLOGY.

FOSSIL MOLLUSCA FROM THE REEF-LIMESTONES
OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

By R. Burren Newron, F.G.S8.

Tue reef-limestones of Christmas Island have been referred to in
general terms by the few writers who have visited the region, but
we are indebted to Mr. C. W. Andrews, through collections made
in 1897-98, for our first knowledge of the paleontology of this
formation,

Among the specimens brought home from these deposits were
a small number of shells, which, although of rather bad preserva-
tion, and many of them not specifically determinable, are more
or less important as a contribution to the Quaternary history of
this area.

The identifications that have been possible appear to prove
conclusively the modern character of these rocks, the species being
inhabitants of the surrounding seas at the present day.

-MOLLUSCA : GASTEROPODA.

Genus TECTUS, De Montfort, 1810.
Conchyliologie Systématique, 1810, vol. ii, p. 186.

Type.— Tectus pagodalis, De Montfort = Trochus mauritianus,
Gmelin.

Synonyms.—Pyramis, Schumacher, 1817; Pyramidea, Swainson,
1840.

202 Christmas Island.

Tectus pyramis, Born.

G. W. Knorr: Vergniigen Sammlung Muscheln, 1757, vol. i, pl. xii, fig. 4.

Trochus pyramis, Born: Testacea Musei Ceesarei Vindobonensis, 1780, p. 333 ;
Chemnitz, Conchylien- Cabinet, 1781, vol. v, pl. 160, figs.
1510-1512, p. 19.

Trochus obeliseus, Gmelin: Systema Nature, 1790, 18th ed., vol.i, pt. 6, p. 3579.
Lectus obeliscus, G. W. Tryon: Manual of Conchology, 1889, vol. xi, p. 19,
pl. ui, figs. 13, 14.

Description.—Born’s original diagnosis of this Trochiform shell
expresses very clearly the salient characters of the species. It is
as follows: ‘‘ Zesta conica, acuminata, anfractibus imbricatis, servatim
granulosis, columella torta, 1mperforata.’’

Ktemarks.— An undoubted specimen of this species has been
obtained from the limestone reefs of Christmas Island. It is a tall,
conical form, with about twelve or more somewhat flattened whorls,
the upper ones being tuberculate or undulating at the suture.
The surface of the whorls is ornamented with a regular series of
spiral granulations, which on the last whorl are arranged in eight
or nine rows; the periphery is obtusely acute. The base of the
shell is flat, wide, and sculptured with concentric lirations, which
become obsolete near the outer margin. The shell possesses a
shallow, subtriangular aperture and a short twisted columella. No
internal characters of the mouth are visible, being hidden by matrix.

Dimensions.—Length 80, diameter 80 mm.

-Tryon’s illustration (fig. 14, see Synonymy) gives an excellent
idea of the specimen from Christmas Island.

Distribution.—Indian and Pacific Oceans; Samoan, Viti, and
Philippine Islands, New Caledonia; North Australia, ete. ;
Singapore. (Tryon.) ; fa

Locality.—F lying Fish Cove; found in the lowest raised reef.

Number on specimen: 609.

Examples: 1.

Tectus 2

Remarks.—A fragmentary cast, probably of this genus, occurs
embedded in a pink-coloured limestone associated with remains of
corals, etc. It is not specifically determinable.

Locality.—Top of first inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.

' Number on specimen: 951. eS:

Examples: 1.

Genus TUTUFA, Jousseaume, 1881.
Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1881, vol. vi, pp. 172, 179.

Type.—Murex lampas, Linneus.
Synonyms.—Lampas, Schumacher, 1817, mec Meuschen, 1787
(Brachiopod), nec De Montfort, 1808 (Foraminiter).

Fossil Mollusca. 208:

Tutufa granifera, Lamarck.

Ranella granifera \ Lamarck: Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., 1822, vol. vii,
R. semigranosa } p. 163.

Lampas granifera \ GW. Tryon: Manual of Conchology, 1881, vol. ili, p. 41,
LI. semigranosa } ‘pl. xxii, figs. 35-37.

Description. — This species is represented by a single cast
embedded in a cream-coloured limestone. A thin test is sparingly
preserved in places, and the typical high spire is well exposed.
The characteristic granulations encircling the whorls are also
displayed, each row being separated by a nearly obsolete line of
granules. The shell has swollen whorls, and terminates with
a short recurved canal. On each side of the specimen is a definite
rounded or funiculate varix, which agrees with recent forms in
not being regularly continuous. .

Dimensions.—Length 35, diameter 20 mm.

Remarks.—Since the present specimen occurs associated ith
coral structures and other organisms, it is interesting to state that
according to Tryon this genus is found at less depth than Ranella
and invariably frequents coral reefs and rocks.

Distribution.—Red Sea, Natal, Paumotus, Philippines, north-east
coast of Australia. (Tryon.)

Locality.—Top of tirst inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.

Number on specimen: 951.

Example: 1 (specimen associated with pectinoid and other
bivalve shells of doubtful determination).

Cyprea, sp.

Deseription.—This is a small cast in a cream-coloured compact
limestone, of cylindrical shape above but with a depressed base,
exhibiting a sub-central, narrow, and longitudinal aperture;
the lip bears a regular dentition along its entire length; a short
canal is present at each end ; the spiral volutions are well exposed
through a small fracture at the base..

Dimensions. — Length 25, width (max.) 15 mm.

Remarks.—From a comparison with recent forms this specimen
appears to be allied to C. carneola of Linneus, a species living in
the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

Locality.—¥ lying Fish Cove; about 500 feet above sea-level and
above rocks of undoubted Miocene age.

‘Number on specimen: 841.

Examples: 1

Turbo 2

Remarks.—Cast of a Gasteropod shell probably referable to Furbo,
showing the two last whorls. The absence of sculpture and other

204 Christmas Island.

characters renders this specimen of no account for determination
purposes. Found in a cream-coloured limestone containing corals
and other structures. The front or apertural part of the specimen
is embedded in matrix.

Locality.—Top of first inland cliff, about 300 me above sea-level.

Number on as 951a.

Examples :

INDETERMINABLE SPECIMENS.

First.—A fragment of white limestone weathering a slaty colour,
with remains of a Gasteropod cast, probably of Trochoidal affinities,
but not identifiable.

Locality.—North coast, about 50 feet above the sea-level.

Number on specimen: 1048.

Examples: 1

Secondly.— A mass of light-coloured limestone contains several
small forms of Gasteropod shells whose structures, haying mostly
dissolved away, leaving mere casts or impressions, are not capable
of accurate determination. Among some of the shells represented
in the block appear to be Massa and a number of Cerzthium-like
forms with a granular ornamentation, probably belonging to the
genus Buttiwm, ete.

Locality. —Top of first inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.

Number on specomen: 951.

Examples: One block; composed entirely of small Gasteropods.

MOLLUSCA: LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Genus VENUS, Linneus, 1758.
Systema Nature, 1758, 10th ed., p. 684.

Type.— Venus verrucosa, Linneus.

Venus verrucosa, Linneus.

Venus verrucosa, Linneus: Systema Nature, 1758, 10th ed., p. 685; Philippi,
Enum. Moll. Sicilie, 1836, vol. i, p. 48; Romer (E.), Kritische
Untersuch. Venus, 1857, p. 26; Fischer (P.), in Tchihatcheff’s
‘¢ Asia Mineure,’’ 1866-69, volume on ‘ Paléontologie,’ p. 360.

Deseription.—Shell sub-cordate and thick; sculpture exhibiting
nearly equidistant concentric ridges, with a series of intermediate
fine and closely-set striations; the ridges are tubercled or verrucose
at the sides; a ribbed structure radiating from the beaks lies
immediately below the outer coating with the concentric ridges,

. Fossil Mollusca. 205

and where the concentric striations cross these a cancellated
condition is set up; margins crenulate; ligamental furrow
excavated, oblique; characters of lunule obscured by matrix ; no
dentition seen.

Remarks.—The specimen referred to this species shows extremely
well the chief characters of the shell. Both valves are in contact,
but not quite cm siti: the left illustrates structural ornamentation ;
the right, represented by a cast, shows a posterior oblique ridge
and adductor scar, but no sinus or pallial line are decipherable,
probably on account of youth, as the specimen is small and
apparently a young example. It is in a cream-coloured limestone.

Dimensions.—Height 28, length 31, diameter 25 mm.

Distribution. —Species of wide distribution occurring in the Post-
Pliocene beds of the Clyde Basin, etc.; im the Sicilian strata;
and recent examples in the Mediterranean : Canary Islands :
America; Indian Ocean (EK. Romer); etc., ete.

Locality.—Top of first inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.

Number on specimen: 1032.

Examples: 1

Venus, sp.

A small block of cream-coloured limestone contains casts of
a right and left valve of this genus. The position of the muscle
marks and sinus, the characters of the posterior oblique area, and
the convexity of the valves, appear to show a relationship to Venus
puerpera of Linneeus, resembling, in fact, a figure called V. puerpera,
var., in Chenu’s ‘‘ Manuel Conchyliologie,” 1862, vol. 1, p. 82,
fig. 352, although the absence of dental and sculptural characters
renders the specimen of doubtful specific value.

Dimensions.—Height 55, length 65, depth of each valve 18mm.
Locality.—Top of first inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.
Number on specimen: 1082.

Examples: Two valves on one slab.

INDETERMINABLE SPECIMENS.

A small mass of a rather coarse-grained yellowish-white limestone,
weathering a drab colour, largely composed of Lamellibranch shells,
which occur as casts having little or no characters sufficient for
identification. Some of the shells have a trigonal or nuculoid
appearance.

Locality.—West end of island, about 725 feet above sea-level.’

Number on specimen: 360.

Examples: 1

206 Christmas Island.

THE FOSSIL CORALS OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.
By Dr. J. W. Grecory, F.G.S., F.Z.S.

(PLATE XIX.)

Tux collection of fossil Corals made in Christmas Island by
Mr. C. W. Andrews includes a little over seventy specimens,
which were carefully collected, the exact stratigraphical position
of each being recorded. The fauna is of interest, as I understand
from Mr. Andrews that no fossils were obtaimed by previous
visitors to Christmas Island, and that the only other fossils which
he obtained were foraminifera and a few imperfect molluscan shells.
Hence the determination of the geological age of the various lime-
stones that build up the island must be dependent to a considerable
extent on the evidence of the corals.

Many of the specimens, however, have been so altered, often
by phosphatization, that they are specifically indeterminable ; and
the number of corals collected from the oldest limestones in
Christmas Island is small, and the specimens fragmentary. But
the most serious difficulty in the study of this fauna is that it
comes from the borderland between the provinces of the
neontologist and paleontologist. The identification of late
Cainozoic fossil corals is always a difficult task. For the
description of the recent specimens is based on the external form
and superficial characters; whereas the description of the fossil
corals refers to the essential structure of the corallites, as shown
by transverse sections. Hence, consideration of the relations of
the living and the latest extinct species of corals involves a
comparison of incomparable terms.

A further difficulty in the case of the Christmas Island
collections is introduced by the fact that the corals are mainly
Astreans. And the Astreans in the Zoological Department are
not yet arranged, so that I have not always been able to compare
the fossil corals with specimens of the species to which they are
referred.

The fauna includes representatives of nineteen determinable
species, of which eight are new.

As regards the general character of the fauna, it is typically
Indo- Pacific, all the previously known species coming from that
region.

The corals are all reef-building species, and probably none of
them grew at a greater depth than six or eight fathoms. The
list of species and their distribution are given in the appended
table. The horizons of the fossils have been divided into four

207

Fossil Corals.

OGBT Opay
*oyloeg -opuy

oytoeg-opuy

"BACL 2 OTODOIPT d
d

(5

“ogloB gy -opuy

ce

“optowg- Opuy
-oytoeg-opuy

“snoponNy | “Nvsye[ J
yerjyue9

"SHIOadg
40 TONVY

xX X

xX a.

Xx

x X XK X

“BETO
[eryuey | pueluy

“T1880,

Petes, OCP

"8BNO
BOG

"4119003

‘ANYVIST SYNLISIUHD NO NOILNATULSI(T

‘NOILAGIULISIC UAL GNVY SaIOddS HO LST

"HY Pa
‘dst
"HP Pa
6¢
*ds'u
(-aureyg)
"eau ‘vue
‘ds'u
‘oun,
*ds*t
"eau ‘(HY "PA

-ds'u
(‘og % ‘TIq)
CH ® "pa)

WB]

"MOHLAY

)

' wunp ye ‘w.odnuoyy
. ove eee 1799 66

ee 8s maang "Ye ‘8agt4og

" wemaupun DY.10Ur980)

eee vaprownt (73

' tho.und vruas0s1upy

poYiUbous DY.AISVU0UNT

pyojuapronnd *1eA ‘vynqnd vousnyiuvop

eee

eee

eee

eee

“ psodoyayoud
"s+ asgopyay
Pee anes. i
nynuunjos *xeA ‘siunjnbuvwponb
re" sapprand 017391940

* s1Usofizas DDAISVU0H

*** padasinba vurspuvo yy

UMNIALPUD 01.4010)

ss oss mbhayd 01407407
pe DIDULY IA "The “ossnyT
een eee “dg 6 ¢

siuooiaatg "ye ‘v4odopj19007

*"galomag

208 Christmas Island.

groups, in accordance with Mr. Andrews’ account’ of the structure
of the island. The groups are the limestones of—

1. The sea cliffs. 3. The central plateau.
2. The inland cliffs. 4. The central nucleus.

The interpretation of the evidence of the fossil corals as to the
ages and relations of the Christmas Island limestones is difficult,
as so little is yet known of the coral fauna of Malaysia between
early Miocene and recent times. Many Miocene corals from Java
have been described by Duncan, von Reuss, and Martin; and the
existing Malaysian coral fauna is fairly well known. But from

the intervening period no corals have previously been described. ©

Nevertheless, the evidence of Mr. Andrews’ collection is tolerably
clear.

The limestones of the sea cliff contain corals many of which
are of the same species as those now growing on the fringing reef
of Christmas Island; so that the date of those limestones is no
doubt Pleistocene. At the other end of the series are the

limestones of the central nucleus: they have yielded three

determinable species, of which two are new, and the third
(Orbicella herklotsc) is found in the older Miocene of Java; of
the other two species one belongs to a genus elsewhere known
only in the Miocene, and the other is a coral of an ancient aspect,
though its genus was founded on a living species from the Red
Sea. The limestones of the central nucleus are therefore probably
Miocene in age. But the evidence of the corals is insufficient
for positive opinion, or for the suggestion of a more precise date.
As opportunities for further geological collecting in Christmas
Island will probably arise, it may be worth while directing
attention to the desirability of obtaining more specimens of corals
from the central lmestones.

On the central plateau reefs of recent limestone are said to
occur; this age is assigned to the rocks on the evidence of the
foraminifera. But there are no corals of recent species in the
collection from the central plateau. The evidence of the corals
renders it probable that outcrops of the central limestones occur
on the floor of the plateau.

The majority of the specimens were obtained from the limestones
of the inland cliffs. Most of the species from this zone are still
living, and four of them also occur in the rocks of the sea cliffs.
But others are of older aspect, and the occurrence of a weathered
specimen of Orbicella herklots: and Anisocenia favoidea shows that
the Miocene limestones are exposed in some parts of the inland

cliffs. Whether the rest of the cliffs, containing the species

1 C, W. Andrews, ‘‘A Description of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean) ’”’:
Geogr. Journ., 1899, vol. xiii, pp. 20-24.

Fossil Corals. 209

Mussa aff. echinata, Celoria andrewst, Montipora aff. dane, etc.,
should be regarded as Pleistocene or Pliocene, the evidence is
insufficient to show. It is only certain that these limestones are
intermediate in age between the late Pleistocene of the sea cliffs
and the Miocene of the central nucleus.

Family POCILLOPORIDA.

Pocillopora, aff. brevicornis, Lamarck, 1816.

Pocillopora is represented among the Christmas Island corals by
several fragments included in a limestone from the foot of the
first inland cliff on the North Coast (No. 867). One specimen
is a cylindrical branch 45 mm. high and 8mm. in diameter.
Another is a low, massive, almost hemispherical branch.

Mr. Bernard has provisionally identified two recent Poczlopore
from Christmas Island as P. favosa and P. brevicornis; the fossil
specimens would agree with either in the characters of the
corallites. A large number of recent species of this genus have
been proposed by neontologists on variations in the shape of the
branches. Ortmann,’ however, has suggested that the recent
species are mere individual variations. In describing a collection
of thirty-three specimens he states that they form a complete
transitional series, and fill up the gaps between the previously
described species. Ortmann, therefore, did not give a specific
name to any of the specimens.

Recently Mr. J. 8. Gardiner*® has also questioned whether ‘all
these so-called species should not rather be described as varieties
of one species,’ though he retains the conventional method of
treatment of the group.

The most convenient name for the Christmas Island fossil
specimens would be P. brevicornis, Lam.

Pocillopora, sp. indet.

No. 989. From second inland cliff, over Flying Fish Cove ;
alt. 500-600 feet.
No. 947. Broad reef on middle of the island; alt. 500-600 feet.
No. 925. High cliff over south end of Flying Fish Cove;
alt. 400 feet.
These three specimens are so altered that they are specifically
indeterminable.

' Ortmann, Syst. und Verbr. Steinkor.: Zool. Jahrb., vol. ii, Syst. 1888,
pp. 162-166.

* J. S. Gardiner, ‘‘ Pocilloporide from S.W. Pacific’’: Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1897 (1898), p. 942.

P

210 Christmas Island.

Group ASTRAIDZA.

Mussa, aff. echinata (Edwards & Haime), 1849.

Lobophyllia echinata, Edwards & Haime, 1849. Mém. Astr., pt. ii: Ann. Sci.
nat., Zool., ser. 111, vol. xi, p. 253.

Mussa ie Edwards & Haime, 1857. Hist. nat. Cor., vol. ii,
-p. 337.

This species is represented in the collection by a fragment
(No. 203) 70 mm. high, 65 mm. long, and with the calices 28 mm.
wide. The specimen includes two confluent calices, and the walls
of the corallum are parallel in horizontal sections. As the upper
part of the septa is not shown, its absolute specific determination
is impossible. But so far as the evidence goes, the specimen
agrees with those collected by the ‘‘ Challenger” in the Malay
Archipelago, and determined by Quelch as IL. echinata. The only
doubtful point is, that in the transverse sections the septa do not
appear to be alternately thick and thin; but this arrangement
is probably masked by the secondary calcification of the specimen
during fossilization.

The Christmas Island specimen was collected from the first
inland cliff at the Zigzag, at the altitude of 90 feet.

Leptoria phrygia (Ell. & Sol.), 1786.
Madrepora phrygia, Ellis & Solander, 1786. Hist. Zooph., p. 162, pl. xlviii,
hax 2?

§ :
non Leptoria ,, Edwards & Haime, 1849. Mém. Astr., pt. iii: Ann. Sei.
nat., Zool., ser. 111, vol. xi, p. 292.
nA tenuis (non Dana), Edwards & Haime, 1849. Ibid., p. 292.

The name of this species has been the subject of much confusion,
owing to an apparent inconsistency between Dana’s figures and
description of this species and Z. tenuis (Dana). Milne Edwards
and Haime apparently based their diagnoses on Dana’s figures, and
thus inverted the main characters of the two species; for they
describe LZ. tenuis as having broader gyri and less crowded septa than
LL. phrygia, and also as having stouter walls and columella. But
Dana does not state the magnification of his enlarged figures, and
it therefore appears wiser to base the distinctions between the two
species on his diagnoses. He therein states that the gym of
L. phrygia are 2-24 lines broad, while those of I. tenws are
13 lines broad. Moreover, in LZ. phrygia there are from 10 to 12
septa to the half-inch, whereas in Z. tenuis there are about 20 septa
to the half-inch. Edwards & Haime, however, define L. phrygia
as haying the gyri 8mm. broad, against 4mm. in Z. tenuis, and
15 primary septa per centimetre, against 8 in LZ. tenwis.

Fossil Corals. 211

Ortmann! appears, therefore, to be perfectly justified in con-
cluding that Edwards & Haime reversed the names of these two
species.

The Christmas Island collection includes three specimens of this
species, which have the following dimensions :—

No. 53. No. 306. No. 100.
Meith of calicinal series 2s, 75.9 9 i3'mm. 2.) 34mm. ... s-— mm.
Number of primary septa per cm. 9 Be 7 oe 7-9

They are therefore referable to the Z. tenuis of Edwards & Haime
(non Dana) and the LZ. phrygia of Ellis & Solander, with whose
figure they agree. | 7

A slide cut from specimen No. 306 affects the generic diagnosis
of Leptoria. As generally defined, the walls of adjacent corallites
are said to unite directly; but, as shown on Fig. 1, the adjacent

series are, in places, united by costee and exotheca, and not by
the walls. This fact led me, on first examination of the slide,
to feel some doubt whether the coral were a Leptoria. But it
appears only necessary to modify the generic diagnosis to this slight
extent; for the same mode of union of the series of corallites
occurs in L. tenuis (Dana). Thus Dana’s description of that
species refers to the corallum as very cellular; and his figure of
a transverse section (Dana, op. cit., pl. xii, fig. 7d) shows the
compound nature of the walls.

_ Mr. Bernard’s manuscript list of the recent corals collected by
Mr. Andrews at Christmas Island shows that LZ. phrygia still
lives on the neighbouring reefs.

1 Ortmann: op. cit., p. 172.

212 Christmas Island.

The distribution of the fossil specimens on Christmas Island.

is as follows :—

No. 53. From top of sea cliff on the east coast.

No. 306. First inland cliff above West White Beach; alt.
260 feet.

No. 100. From a limestone breccia on the first inland cliff at
the height of 250 feet.

Celoria andrewsi, sp.n.

Diagnosis.—Corallum, form unknown, but massive; the species
is represented by a slab 80mm. high, 55mm. wide, and 20 mm.
thick. Corallites in very short series and mostly isolated. The
longest series is 7mm. long, and includes three calicinal centres.
The single, circumscribed corals occur in regular rows. Walls
thick. Columella of stout trabecule, and for the genus fairly well
developed. Septa stout; one cycle in young corallites; two
incomplete cycles in mature corallites.

Distribution.—Represented in the collection by one specimen
(No. 175), from the first inland cliff on the north coast ; approximate
altitude 90 feet.

Figure.—Pl. XIX, Fig. 1. Part of a transverse section, X 2 dia.

Affinities.—The nearest ally of this species is the J/eandrina
delicatula, Ortm.,! from Samoa, in which the valleys are from
5 to 12mm. in length; the septa occur in three cycles, and the
columella is represented only by a trace. Owing to the shortness
of the calicinal series the species belongs to the section of Celoria,

for which Edwards & Haime once founded the genus <Asétroria. —

This species is also allied to Astroria espert, Ed. & H.,? which,
however, has three incomplete cycles of septa, and calicinal valleys
3 centimetres long.

Meandrina equisepta, sp.n.

Diagnosis.—Corallum massive. Calicinal series 5 mm. wide and
fairly long (many of them being 38cm. long); while there are
many independent calices. Many of the calicinal series are
straight, and others are bent into V-shape. Septa subequal, and
about thirteen in number in 1em.; small secondary septa occur at
intervals. Columella usually a little under 1 mm. in width, but
yarying from °5 to 1°5 mm.

Figure.—P\, XIX, Fig. 2. Part of a transverse section, X 2 dia.

1 Ortmann: op. cit., p. 171, pl. vi, fig. 6.
? Edwards & Haime, Mém, Astr., pt. ii: Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., ser. II,
vol. xi (1849), p. 298.

Fossil Corals. | 213

Distributvon.—Christmas Island. Fossil from the raised reefs
of the sea cliff at Rocky Point. Also recent from fringing reef
of Flying Fish Cove.

Affinities. —The main character of this species is the subequal
size of its septa, which are alternately large and small in most
species.

A recent specimen from Christmas Island has been provisionally
named by Mr. Bernard C., aff. sinensis, with which it agrees in
some characters. But according to Edwards & Haime’s diagnosis
of C. sinensis the ‘“‘ valleys are extremely short; one sees few of
them which are more than 2 cm. in length, and a great number
of calices are independent (se cerconserivent).”’ The septa, moreover,
are alternately large and small. CC. sinensis is, indeed, placed
by its founders in their genus Astroria, whereas the present
species seems to me to be necessarily excluded from that section
of Celoria.

Another ally of I. equisepta is C. arabica, Kz. (C. forskaelr,
Ed. & H.), which differs, among other characters, by the unequal
size of the septa. C. bottas, Ed. & H.,* in this respect agrees with
the Christmas Island species, but it has the columella ‘‘ tout-a-fait
rudimentaire.”’

Another coral with which this species has points of resemblance
is the Meandrina heterogyra of Ed. & H.;* but that species is
described as having subequal septa of 2-3 cycles, a well developed
columella, and 12-14 septa per cm. The locality of the type is
unknown, and Quelch* maintains that it is a West Indian coral,
and the name is a synonym of I. strigosa, Dana, i.e. Meandrina
filograna (Esper).

Reference to this Meandrina raises the question of the retention
of Maandrina and Celoria. The latter genus was founded by
Milne Edwards & Haime® in 1848 for one species previously
known as Meandrina dedalea, which must therefore be taken as
the type. Celoria was separated from MMeandrina simply as in
the former the columella is parietal and rudimentary, and in the
latter is essential and spongy. In 1857 Edwards & Haime®
retained the genera on the same grounds: they stated that in
Meandrina the columella is ‘‘ bien développée,” whereas Celoria
belongs to a group with the columella rudimentary or absent.
Since that date those authors who have accepted Celoria have

1 Klunzinger: Korallth. Roth. Meer., iii, Steinkor., pt. 2 (1879), p. 17,
pl. ii, figs. 1-3 and 8; pl. ix, fig. 10.

2 Edwards & Haime, Mém. Astr., pt. ii: Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., ser. m1,
vol. xi (1849), p. 295.

3 Edwards & Haime, Mém. Astr., pt. ii: Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., ser. 111,
vol. xi (1849), p. 281.

4 Quelch, Reef Corals: Rep. Chall. Exped., Zool., vol. xvi, pt. 46, p. 93.

5 Edwards & Haime, Classif. deux. trib. Astr.: Compt. Rend., vol. xlvi,

p- 493.
§ Edwards & Haime: Hist. nat. Cor., vol. ii, p. 289.

214 Christmas Island.

done so on the character of the columella. But in the type
species of Celoria the columella is quite well developed (see e.g.
the original figure of Ellis & Solander, Hist. Zooph., pl. xlvi,
figs. 1, 2); it is in fact better developed than in some species
of Meandrina.

The distinction based on the columella appears to me insufficient
for the separation of the two genera. The length of the confluent
calicinal series may, however, yield an adequate basis ; for those
corals in which the calicinal series are very long may be con-
veniently kept distinct from those in which the calicinal series
are short and independent calices predominate. Celorza, with
C. dedalea as the type, would include the latter group. The naming
of the former group is a difficult question. The most convenient
name would be MMeandrina, but that name would haye to be
designated as Ed. & H., 1848, nom Lamarck, 1801. For according
to the original foundation of that genus its type is Meandrina
pectinata, Lam., which most authors have taken as the type of the
genus Pectinia.

Whether the inconvenience of the change in the name
Meandrina, which observance of the laws of nomenclature would
involve, be too serious for obedience to the law to be advisable,
I leave zoologists to settle, and so provisionally retain it.

Goniastrea retiformis (Lamarck), 1816.

Astrea retiformis, Lamarck, 1816. Hist. nat. Anim. s. Vert., vol. ii, p. 265.
Goniastrea retiformis, Edwards & Haime, 1849. Mém. Astr., pt. ii: Ann.
. Sei. nat., Zool., ser. 11, vol. xt, p. Vee

This species is represented at Christmas Island by a recent
specimen determined by Mr. Bernard and several fossil specimens.
The latter show the following characters :—The corallites are from
38-4 mm. in dia.; the walls are from ‘5mm. to something under
1 mm. in thickness; the septa belong to three cycles, of which the
third is incomplete; the columella is loose and sometimes hollow ;
the pali are indistinct; the corallites are elliptical, quadrangular,
pentagonal, or hexagonal in shape.

The corals agree closely with G. capitata, Stud.,1 which, as
Ortmann? suggests, is probably a variety of G. retiformis with
thinner walls, somewhat exsert septa, and more open calices. The
recent specimen from Christmas Island resembles the capitata form,
the characters of which are not preserved in any of the fossils.

Distribution.—Christmas Island. |

Recent :
Fringing Reef, Flying Fish Cove.

1 Th. Studer, Beitr. Fauna Steinkor. Singapore: Mitth. Naturf. Gesell.
Bern., 1880 (1881), pp. 40, 41, fig. 8.
2 Ortmann: op. cit., p. 173.

Fossil Corals. 215

Fossil :
No. 1,042. Pinnacles at foot of first inland cliff at the
Zigzag.
No. 969. Pedestal of block of foraminiferal limestone
on top of the sea cliff.
No. —. Sea cliff at Rocky Point.

Orbicella herklotsi (Duncan), 1864.

Astrea herklotsi, Duncan, 1864. Coral from Mount Sela: Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., vol. xx, p. 72, pl. vii, fig. 9.

Heliastrea tabulata, Martin, 1880. ‘Tertiarsch. Java, p. 140, pl. xxiv, fig. 21,
pl. xxvi, fig. 4.

Distribution.—Orbitoidal Limestone. Miocene at Radjamandala,
near Tjisitu, Java; and Mount Sela, Java.
Christmas Island.
No. 659. Limestone from south side of chalk-capped
hill; alt. 700 feet.
No. 954. From talus at foot of high ciiff, east of
Phosphate Hill.
No. 947. Broad reef near middle of the island.
?No. 996. An altered specimen from inland cliff,
south coast; alt. 200 feet.
? No. 626. A specimen in form of a cast, from the foot
of the second inland cliff, east coast.
Figure.—Fig. 2. Part of a thin section of specimen, No. 659,
* fxdia.

Fig. 2.

Orbicella murrayi, sp.n.

Diagnosis.—Corallum massive, with very large corallites, and
very thick exothecal areas. ‘The calices are from 9 to 10mm. in
dia., while the calicinal centres are from 15 to 25 mm. apart.

216 Christmas Island.

The septa occur in three complete cycles, and there is one order
of the fourth. The columella is from 2 to 3mm. in diameter.

The coste are very long, and can be traced out through the
compact exothecal tissue.

Distribution.—Christmas Island.

Fossil :
No. 996. From limestones of the inland cliff, on the
south coast ; alt. 200 feet.

?No. 908. Cast of probably the same species, from the
sea-level on the east coast, above basalt
and volcanic agglomerate.

Figure.—Pl. XIX, Fig. 3. Part of transverse section across
No. 996, X 2 dia.

Affinities. —This species is characterized by the large size of the
exothecal areas, which are wider than in any other species of
Orbicella known to me. The better specimen was collected from
the inland cliffs on the south coast, and may indicate an outcrop of
the limestones of the central nucleus at that point.

Orbicella pleiades (Lamarck), 1816.

This well-known East Indian species is represented by several
specimens, viz. :—

No. 122. Top of the sea cliff, east coast.

No. 978. Limestones of the inland cliff; alt. 200 feet. East
, coast.

No. 358. On the road, 212 chains south from West White
Beach; alt. about 450 feet.

No. 867. Foot of first inland cliff, north coast; alt. 50-60 feet.

No. 212. Foot of the inland cliff, south end of Flying Fish
Cove; alt. 50-60 feet.

No. —. Limestones of the sea cliff, Rocky Point.

The specimens have the corallites more closely packed than in
the specimen shown in Ellis & Solandev’s original figure; but they
agree in essential points with the species as generally accepted.
The corallites are circular, and from 2 to 3mm. in dia.; the septa
in sections are usually twelve in number, but some representatives
of an incomplete third cycle occur.

-Orbicella, aff. quadrangularis (Edwards & Haime).

The collection includes a well-preserved fragment of an Orbicella
with large subquadrangular corallites, distinct calicinal edges, well-
marked coste, narrow zones of very coarsely vesicular exotheca,
and septa which are thick near the walls and become thin near the
columella. In these respects it appears to be a member of this
species, of which I have not seen either figures or specimens.

Fossil Corals. 217

The Christmas Island specimens differ from Milne Edwards
and Haime’s diagnosis in three respects, which appear to me to be
worthy of at least varietal recognition.

Var. columnata,' nov.

The variety differs from the typical form of the species by
having deep open calices; the columella is very large; and the
tertiary septa are not united to the secondary septa.

The diameter of the corallites is from 11-18 mm.; the diameter
of the columella is about 5 mm.; and there are about 33 cycles
of septa.

Distribution.

a. Recent:
Locality of the type unknown.
6. Fossil : \
Christmas Island. No. 322. Limestones of the sea-
cliff series, mouth of Siduey’s Dale.

Figure.—Fig. 3. Part of a transverse section, x 14 dia.
QF A AT

reves

Pid. 3.

Orbicella preeheliopora, sp.n.

Diagnosis, —Corallum massive: external characters unknown.
€orallites of medium size, being from 4—5 mm. in diameter, circular,
and separated by from 1 to 2mm. Columella very spongy, but
large, being from 1-1:5mm. in dia. Septa irregular; in some
sectors of a corallite there may be representatives of an incomplete
sixth order; whereas in the adjacent sector the septa of the fourth
order are rudimentary and barely recognizable. The primary and

1 Colwmnatus, furnished with a column, in reference to the large columella.

218 Christmas Island.

secondary septa are long and thin, the latter being considerably the
shorter; both are connected to the columella, though in sections
the connection may not be shown in all cases.

Distribution.—Christmas Island.

Fossil :
No. 946. From the limestone pinnacles a little south
of the middle of the island; alt. 550 feet.
No. 511. A specimen from top of the upper cliff,
middle of the east coast.

Figure.—Pl. XIX, Fig. 4. Part of a transverse section of
specimen No. 946, x 2 dia.

A finities.— Orbicella preheliopora is a species intermediate in
characters between the Orbicella irregularis (Mart.) from the
Miocene of Java and O. heliopora (Lam.) from the Australian
seas. It is probably nearer the former, which differs by haying
only four cycles of septa, and by having the corallites crowded
together so that they are irregular and polygonal in shape. The
two species agree in the irregularity of the septal sequence. In
two adjacent sectors in one corallite of the type-specimen of
O. preheliopora the sequence is as follows :—

1 4 5) ye. 8 1
L 6 47° 7/"SAe Jets 2° 4

According to Martin’s diagram of O. irregularis, the sequence
in three sectors in that species is :—

1 3 2 3 l
1 4) Gare 3 if
1 oS japp ae ee ae

From 0. heliopora the Christmas Island coral differs by having
a looser columella and less regular septal sequence; for O. heliopora
is said to have four complete cycles. The primary, secondary, and
tertiary septa are said, moreover, to be not very different in size
in the living species.

Acanthastrea patula (Dana).

Orbicella patula, Dana, 1848. Zooph.: Expl. Exped. Wilkes, vol. viii, p. 209,
pl. x, fig. 14. ¥
Acanthastrea? patula, Edwards & Haime, 1857. Hist. nat. Cor., vol. ii, p. 595.

Var. paucidentata, nov.

The genus Acanthastrea is represented in the collection by
a small fragment 70mm. long; the corallites are from 9 to 12 mm.
in diameter, the majority bemg 12mm. The columella is small,
and consists of a few denticles, though sections at first sight
appear to have a long columella owing to the abundance of central

Fossil Corals. 219

endotheca. The corallites in internal sections are mostly circular,
the majority are of the same size, the walls are thin. The septa
include three complete, well-developed cycles; between them are
some obscure costs, corresponding to the septa of a fourth cycle.

The specimen agrees essentially with Dana’s O. patula, except
that the septa appear more distinct from one another than in his
figure (Dana, pl. x, fig. 14e), and the columella contains fewer
denticles. Whitelegge’ has recently recorded the species from
Funafuti; but he gives the corallites as from 5-10 mm. in diameter,
and the walls from 2—6 mm. in thickness, with the septa varying
from 12-36. He describes the columella as composed of a series
of compressed denticles, which agrees with Dana’s figure, though
the dimensions of the Funafuti coral do not correspond very well.

Distribution.—Christmas Island.

Fossil: Pinnacles of the sea-cliff limestone. No. 166.

Figure.—Pl. XIX, Fig. 5. Part of a transverse section, x 2 dia.

No. 166.

Prionastrea magnifica (De Blainville), 1830.

Favastrea magnifica, De Blainville, 1830. Zooph.: Dict. Sci. nat., vol. lx,
p- 840; and 1834, Man. Act., pl. liv, fig. 3.

Astrea 4 Dana, 1848. Zooph.: Expl. Exped. Wilkes, vol. viii,
p- 231, pl. xu, fig. 3.

Prionastrea ,, Edwards & Haime, 1850. Mém. Astr., pt. iii: Ann. Sci.
nat., Zool., ser. 111, vol. xii, p. 129.

Fic. 4. (Nat. size.)

The collection contains one well-preserved specimen (No. 322)
of Prionastrea, with corallites from 5-9 mm. in dia., a columella
2-3 mm, in dia., walls ‘5 to 1mm. thick, and three complete and

1 T. Whitelegge, Funafuti, pt. vi: Mem. Austr. Mus., 1898, No. 3, p. 353.

220 Christmas Island.

a fourth incomplete orders of septa. The corallites do not exhibit
any tendency towards a serial arrangement, and the calices are
polygonal.

The species must be compared with two living species, whose
characters are as follows :—

Dia. of No. of
corallites. septa. Columella. Calices.
australensis, Ed. & H. 10mm, 36-38 rudimentary oblong; sometimes
. in short series,
magnifica, Bly. ef 10.5. 34 well developed polygonal.

A transverse section of the Christmas Island coral is figured as
Fig. 4, and it appears to be a typical form of P. magnifica. Two
well-preserved specimens of the same species were collected by
Mr. Andrews from the existing reefs. The fossil was found in the
limestones of the sea cliff, at the mouth of Sidney’s Dale.

Von Reuss’ has described as P. dubca an allied species from the
Javan Miocene.

Anisocenia murrayi, sp.n.

Diagnosis —Corallum massive. Corallites large, about 15 mm.
in diameter, and closely united. Septa in five orders: those
belonging to the different orders are of proportional lengths.
The primary and secondary septa have internally thickened
paliform lobes; the primary septa, in fact, appear clavate.

Distribution.—Orbitoidal Limestone of the central nucleus of the
island, from fallen blocks from high cliff (400 feet) at south end
of Flying Fish Cove (No. 964). ,

Figure.—Pl. XIX, Fig. 7. Part of a transverse section, X 2 dia.

A finities.—This interesting coral is represented by one specimen
in a compact and apparently structureless limestone. The coral is,
however, well shown in thin sections. Its nearest ally is the
Miocene Anisocenia crassisepta, Reuss,? from which it differs by
having the corallites more than twice the size; von Reuss gives
their diameter as 7 mm.

Anisocenia favoides, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum massive, with the corallites small and
elongate; they vary in width from 2-3 mm. and in length from
3-7mm. The corallites are closely united by a dense wall.
Septa very short and thick, with well-marked dark lamina, The

1 A. E. von Reuss, Foss. Kor. Java: Novara Reise, Geol. Th., 1867, vol. ii,
p. 167, pl i, fig. s.
2 A. E. von.Reuss: ibid., p. 166, pl. i, fig. 2.

Fossil Corals. 2208

‘number of septa is about 14-16. Endotheca scanty, with the

corallites traversed by a large axial cavity.
Distribution.—Christmas Island.
No. 919. Reef on top of the high cliff east of Phosphate
Hill; alt. 600 feet.
Figure.—Pl. XIX, Fig.6. Part of a transverse section, X 2 dia.
Affinities. —This species is of interest as helping to connect
von Reuss’s two genera Anisocenia and Fuvoidea, which, it seems
to me, should be united, for they agree in all essential characters.
The new species resembles Favordea junghuhni, Rss.,’ the type
species of Yavoidea, by having elongated corallites, which appear
to divide by fission. A transverse section closely resembles
von Reuss’s figure of the corallum of his species. In the
characters of the septa, however, this new species most closely
resembles Anisocenia; for the septa are thick and short, and
they are traversed by the central groove, clearly indicated in
von Reuss’s figure (op. cit., pl. i, fig. 26). The main difference
between this new species and those of von Reuss is, that in both
the latter internal sections show that the corallites are united by
an exothecal layer, whereas in the Christmas Island coral they
unite directly. This difference does not seem to me of much

- importance in this case; it may be explained as due to comparison

between slices at different depths in the corallum.

Group FUNGIDA.

Coscinarea andrewsi, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum apparently massive. Corallites large,
about 10mm. in dia. (possibly in short series). Columella well
developed, about 2mm.india. Septa thick, trabeculate throughout.
Three complete cycles, with representatives of the fourth; the
septa of the third cycle are often unequal, and the sequence in
the sectors is often asymmetrical. Synapticule rare.

Distribution.— Christmas Island. Orbitoidal Limestone of the
central nucleus at Flying Fish Cove. No. 8386.

Figures.—P1. XIX, Fig. 8. Part of a transverse section, X 2 dia.

A finities.—The species is founded on a small fragment, which,
however, shows the characters of the corallites very distinctly.
The genus is one of much interest, as it is one of the Fungids with
very trabeculate septa. The species differs from the type C. monile,
Forsk., by its larger corallites, which are less elongate and more
regular in form. The septal sequence is irregular and somewhat
indefinite.

1 Von Reuss: op. cit., p. 168, pl. i, fig. 4.

222 Christmas TIslana.

Group PERFORATA.
Family PORITID A.

Porites, aff. lutea, Edwards & Haime.

Porites conglomerata, var. jaune,.Quoy & Gaimard, 1838. Voy. Astrolabe,
Zooph., vol. iv, p. 249.

+ Poe Dana, 1848. Zooph.: Expl. Exp. Wilkes, vol. viii,
p- 561, pl. lv, fig. 3.
ie lutea, Edwards & Haime, 1860. Hist. nat. Cor., vol. iii, p. 180.

The genus Portes is now undergoing revision by Mr. Bernard,
and until his work is issued, identifications of recent species of the
genus must be regarded as provisional. The Christmas Island
collection includes two fossil Porztes, with twelve well-marked
septa, very thin and indistinct walls, mconspicuous columella, and
the pali not well developed. The diameter of the corallites is
about 1:5mm. This association of characters renders it probable
that the species is a close ally of P. lutea, Which was founded
by Edwards & Haime, practically on Dana’s P. conglomerata.
Mr. Stanley Gardner suggests that P. lutea should be regarded
as a variety of P. arenosa.

Distribution.—On Christmas Island.

Fossil: Sea cliff, Rocky Point.
No. 161. Top of the sea cliff, north coast.
No. 165. Lower part of the sea cliff.
No. 997. Southern slope of the island; alt. 350 feet.

Figure.—Fig. 5. Part of a transverse section of specimen from
Rocky Pomt, x 9 dia. ,

Fossil Corals. 223

Porites belli, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum massive. Corallites very small, being
about 1°5mm. in diameter. The walls are thin, but very distinct
in sections. The intermediate tissue is very narrow. The septa
are from 12 to 16-in number, and very sinuous and irregular. The
columella is very small and indistinct, and so also are the pali.

Distribution.—On Christmas Island.

Fossil :

No. 182. A much altered specimen from the second
inland cliff. East coast; alt. 550 feet.

No. 301. An altered specimen with thickened walls.
Inland cliff; alt. 250 feet.

No. 3806. From inland cliff over West White Beach.
North coast; alt. 260 feet.

No. 853. Shore plateau at top of sea cliff. North-East
Point ; alt. 40 feet.

No. 980. From 60-80 feet up the first inland cliff.
North coast; alt. about 120 feet.

No. 6 From a large mass from south side of
Flying Fish Cove.

?No. 905. An altered coral from top of the first inland

cliff. South of the waterfall.

Figure.—Fig. 6: part of a section of specimen No. 609, x 9 dia.
Fig. 7: part of another specimen (No. 6), showing the walls
burrowed by a boring alga.

Fig. 6. Fria. 7.

Afinities—The Christmas Island corals, on which this species
is founded, include several specimens from the limestones of the
sea cliff and the inland cliff. The species has a well-marked but

224 Christmas Island.

thin wall, which extends downward through the corallum, cutting
it up into well-defined quadrangular or polygonal corallites. This
wall is more definite internally than is the case in P. gaimardi.
The species belongs to the group of which P. arenosa (Esp.) is
a convenient type; that form differs, however, by its larger
columella and more regular and equal septa; the corallum is said
to be thin and encrusting in typical form of arenosa, though that
point is probably unimportant.

In one specimen (No. 6, figd. Fig. 7) the walls are tunnelled
by some boring alga.

Montipora, aff. dane, Edwards & Haime.

Manopora tuberculosa (non Lam.), Dana, 1848. Zooph.: Expl. Exp. Wilkes,
vol. viii, p. 507, pl. xlvii, fig. 2.

Montiporu dane, Edwards & Haime, 1851. Mon. Porit.: Ann. Sci. nat., Zool.,
ser. 111, vol. xvi, p. 6d.

Mr. Andrews’ collection includes a specimen of a massive
Montipora, with calices *66 mm. in diameter, separated by

coenenchyma of about the same width, and with six well-developed
septa, and usually some representatives of the second cycle. In
these characters it agrees with Jf. dane. Specimens of the genus
do not appear to have been previously met with as fossils. ;

The specimen (No. 864) was collected in the first inland cliff
on the south from West White Beach at alt. of 120 feet.

En

Fig.

Fossil Corals. 220

FIGURES IN THE TEXT.

Leptoria phrygia (Ell. & Sol.). Part of transverse section, x 5 dia.
No. 306.

Orbicella herklotsi (Dunc.). Part of a transverse section, x 7 dia.
No. 649.

Orbicella quadrangularis (Kd. & H.), var. coluwmnata. Part of
a transverse section, x 1d dia. No. 322.

Prionastrea magnifica (Blainv.). Part of a transverse section,
x 2dia. No. 322.

Porites, aff. lutea, Ed. & H. Part of a transverse section, x 9 dia.
No. 853.

Porites belli, n.sp. Part of a transverse section, x 9 dia. No. 609.

Porites belli, n.sp. Part of a transverse section bored by an alga,.
x 9dia. No. 6.

Montipora dane, Ed. & H. Part of a transverse section, x 12 dia.
No. 364.

226 Christmas Island.

ON THE FORAMINIFERA OF THE
ORBITOIDAL LIMESTONES AND REEF ROCKS
OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

By Professor T. Rupert Jonezs, F.R.S., ete., and
Freprerick Cuapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S., ete.

(PLATES XX anp XXI.)

Tue following has been written in elucidation of the foraminiferal
fauna of the rocks of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), which
Mr. Andrews has kindly handed to us for description.

In submitting this report we wish to state that we haye made
it as comprehensive as possible in the time at our disposal, and
hope at a later date to furnish further details with regard to this
interesting collection.

For the greater part of the work we have of necessity been
dependent upon thin sections for our study and determination of
the organisms; and this at best is somewhat unsatisfactory. It
is hoped, however, that by a careful examination of the various
slices of rock, showing the organisms in their different phases,
the facts here brought together will in some measure extend the
knowledge of the association and habits of growth of these small,
but most important, rock-builders.

It is nuw proposed to describe the general microscopic structure
both of the fossil and the recent limestones, in their order of age
as far as possible ; and to give concise accounts of any foraminifera
which appear to be new.

TERTIARY LimEsToNES oF Frytne Fisu Cove.

The most complete section of the older rocks of Christmas
Island is that seen in Flying Fish Cove; and for this reason
we chiefly confine our remarks to the foraminifera of the rocks
from this locality.

The oldest bed exposed is a yellow limestone (No. 2).’ This
appears to be of much earlier date than the limestones found
higher in the sections. Orbitoides are found in all the limestones
of this section; but those of No. 2 are of the type associated
with rocks of Nummulitic (Eocene and Oligocene) age, whilst the
Orbitoidal limestones which follow are probably of Miocene age.

1 These numbers are those employed in Mr. Andrews’ collection of rocks.

Foraminiferal Limestones. Pera

This yellow limestone is composed largely of foraminifera; and,
besides these, it contains polyzoa and Lithothamnion, both branching
and massive. The organisms are imbedded in a fine-grained calcitic
rock, which seems to have resulted from the crystallization of
a fairly pure calcareous mud. It shows signs of haying been
indurated by the overlying basalt.

The foraminifera recognized in the thin slices of this rock are as
follows :—

Cristellaria italica? (Defrance).

Saracenaria italica, Defrance, 1824, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxii, p. 177;
vol. xlvii (1827), p. 844, Atlas Conch., pl. xiii, fig. 6.

Cristellaria italica (Detr.\, Brady, 1884, Report Challenger, vol. ix, p. 544,
pl. lxvii, figs. 17, 18, 20-23.

A nearly complete lateral and vertical section occurs in ‘this
slide (No. 2). :

Cristellaria rotulata? (Lamarck).

Lenticulites rotulata, Lamarck, 1804, Annales du Muséum, vol. v, p. 188, No. 3;
Tabl. Encycl. Méth., pl. 466, fig. 5.

Cristellaria rotulata (Lamarck), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 547,
pl. lxix, figs. 13a, 6.

A vertical section, traversing from aperture to the opposite edge
in the septal plane.

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

G. bulloides, d’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 277, No. 1; Modéle,
No. 76 and (young) No. 17; Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix,
p. 593, pl. Ixxvu, and pl. lxxix, figs. 3-7.

A specimen somewhat fragmentary, but probably belonging to
the above species.

Planorbulina mediterranensis, d’Orbigny.

P. mediterranensis, d’Qrb., 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 280, No. 2, pl. xiv,
figs. 4-6 ; Modéle, No. 79; Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix,
p- 656, pl. xcii, figs. 1-3.

Several specimens, with a more or less neatly rounded contour,
like that of the above species, appear in our rock-sections.

Truncatulina lobatula (Walker & Jacob).

Nautilus lobatulus, Walker & Jacob, 1798, Adams’ Essays, Kanmacher’s ed.,
p. 642, pl. xiv, fig. 36.

Truneatulina lobatula, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 660, pl. xcii, fig. 10;
pl. xcili, figs. 1, 4, 5; pl. 106, figs. 4, 5.

228 Christmas Island.

This form is here represented by numerous examples cut in
various (lirections; thus a good idea may be gathered of the actual
shape of the test.

The shell-wall is fairly thin and simple, and the test is flat on
the upper, and evenly inflated on the inferior, face. In the
regularity of the chambers this form agrees very closely with
the variety figured by d’Orbigny from the Miocene of Vienna
under the name of Zruncatulina boueana,' which form has been
included in the synonymy of 7. lobatula by H. B. Brady. The
chances that these sections represent a Pulvinulina are small, on
account of the comparative thinness and simplicity of the outer
walls of the chambers, although the two genera have isomorphous
forms.

Pulvinulina repanda (¥ichtel & Moll). (Pl. XX, Fig. 1.)

Nautilus repandus, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, Test. micr., p. 35, pl. iii, figs. a-d.
Rotalia repanda (F. & M.), Parker & Jones, 1860, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 111, vol. v, p. 175, No. 25.
Pulvinula repanda (EF. .& M.), P. & J., in Carpenter, 1862, Introd. Foram.,
210

p. 210.

Placentula repanda (F. & M.), Berthelin, 1878, Foram. Bourgneuf et Pornichet,
p- 41, No. 68.

Pulvinulina repanda (F. & M.), Terrigi, 1880, Atti dell’ Accad. Pontit.,
ann. Xxxil, p. 206, pl. iii, fig. 61; Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall.,
vol. ix, p. 684, pl. civ, figs. 18a-c.

Several good transverse and vertical sections of a pulvinuline
form, with a thick test, and with characteristically coarse pores,
have been noted in the yellow limestone (No. 2) [see photograph,
_ Fig. 1]. The average diameter of the test is #s inch. These
-examples compare most closely with the above species, which is
very frequent and large in the coral-sands at the present time. To
aid the comparison, a section of a recent specimen has been made
and examined, and bears out this conclusion.

Rotalhia schroetervana, Parker & Jones.

R. schroeteriana (Parker & Jones MS.), Carpenter, 1862, Introd. Foram.,
p- 213, pl. xiii, figs. 7-9.

R. tuberosa, Karrer, 1867, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. lv, p. 349,
pl. i, fig. 4. .

R. schroeteriana, Parker & Jones, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 707,
pl. 105, figs. 7a-c.

Amongst the rotaline sections in specimen No. 2 there are some
strongly developed examples, coarsely porous, sub-orbicular, and
with the surface irregularly relieved with rounded prominences.
These specimens appear to agree most nearly with the above
species. 2. schroetervana has been described from Miocene deposits,
and is also found living in the Eastern Archipelago.

1 Foram. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 169, pl. ix, figs. 24-26.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 229

Gypsina globulus (Reuss).
Ceriopora globulus, Reuss, 1847, Haidinger’s Naturw. Abhandl., vol. ii, p. 33,

pl. v, fig. 7.
Orbitolina levis, eee & Jones, 1860, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 111, vol. vi,
p- 31, No. 7.

Tinoporus pilaris, Brady, 1876, Ann. Soc. Malac. Belg., vol. vi, p. 103.
Tinoporus baculatus (Montfort), var. spheroidalis, Carter, 1877, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. rv, vol. xix, p. 215, pl. xiii, figs. 18, 20.

Gypsina vesicularis (Parker & Jones), var. spheroidalis, Carter, 1877, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. rv, vol. xx, p. 173.
Gypsina globulus (Reuss), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 717, pl. 101, fig. 8.

This well-known species is frequent in coral deposits throughout
the Tertiaries and in recent times. Their circular sections are
numerously represented in this limestone. The average diameter
of these specimens is about #4; inch.

Amphistegina lessoni, d’Orbigny.

A. lessonii, d’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 304, No. 3, pl. xvii,
figs. 1-4.

A. lessonii, d’Orbigny : Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 740, pl. 111,
figs. 1-7.

This species is common in the sections now described, and it is
of fairly average size. -A. lesson occurs in many of the Tertiary
strata dating from the Eocene; and it is common at the present
time in tropical and sub-tropical seas.

Heterostegina depressa, dOrbigny. (Pl. XX, Fig. 1.)

H. depressa, a’ Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 305, pl. xvii, figs. 5-7;
Modéle, No. 99.

HH. antillarum, @ Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 121, pl. vii, figs. 24, 25.

H. helvetica, Kaufmann, 1867, Geol. Beschreib. des Pilatus, p. 153, pl. ix,
figs. 6-10.

H. depressa, @Orbigny: Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 746, pl. 112,
figs. 14-20.

Numerous examples of the above species appear in the sections
of limestone No. 2. They are of moderately large size, averaging
one-sixth of an inch in width. These specimens also exhibit the
large flange-like portion strongly developed; and which, when
isolated from the major part of the shell, may easily be mistaken
for one of the thick Cycloclypein@. ‘The specimens seen in these
sections also show the transverse subdivision of the chambers into
chamberlets, thus being distinguished from the’ closely allied
Operculina.

Orbitoides (Discocyclina) dispansa (Sowerby). (Pl. XX, Fig. 1.)

Lycophris dispansus, Sowerby (1837), Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., ser. 11, vol.
(1840), pp. 327 and 718, pl. xxiv, figs. 16 and 16a, 6.

230 Christmas Island.

Orbitulites dispansa (Sow.), d’Archiac, 1850, Histoire progrés Géologie,
‘Tableau de la Faune nummulitique,’’ vol. iii, p. 230.

Lycophris dispansus, Sow., Carter, 1853, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. xi,
p- 172, pl. vii, figs. 23-29; (1853), Journ. Bombay Br. R. Asiatic
Soc., vol. v, pt. 18, p. 136, pl. ii, figs. 23-29 ; 1857, Geol. Papers
Western India, p. 451, pl. xviii, figs. 16, 16a, 164, and p. 548,
pl. xxiii, figs. 23-29.

Orbitoides dispansa (Sow.), Carter, 1861, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 111, vol. viii,
p- 447, pl. xvi, fig. 1; pl. xvii, fig. 1.

Orbitoides (Discocyclina) dispansa (Sow.), Gumbel, 1868 (1870), Abhandl.
m.-ph. Cl. k. bayer. Ak. Wiss., vol. x, p. 701, pl. iii, figs. 40-47.

Orbitoides dispansa (Sow.), Hantken, 1871, A magy. kir. féldt. int. évkényve,
vol. x, p. 132, pl. ii, figs. 10a, 6; and Mitth. Jahrb. k. ungar.
geol. Anstalt, vol. i, p. 138, pl. ii, figs. 10a, 6; Brady, 1875,
Geol.. Mag.,. dee. 1, vol. ii, p. 436, pl. xiv, figs 2a;e@es
Hantken, 1875 (1876), A magy. kir. foldt. int. évkéayve, vol. iv,
p- 72, pl. xi, fig. 3; and Mitth. Jahrb. k. ungar. geol. Anstalt,
vol. iv, 1875 (1881), p. 82, pl. xi, fig. 8; Fritsch, 1878,
Paleontographica, Suppl. iii, Lief. i, p. 142, pl. xviii, fig. 10;
pl. xix, fig. 8; Brady, 1878, Jahrb. Mijn. Ned. Oost-Indie,
vol. vii, pt. 2, p. 164, pl. ii, figs. 2a-c; Medlicott & Blanford,
1879, Geol. India, pp. 340 and 459, pl. xv, fig. 8.

Orbitoides (Discocyclina) dispansa (Sow.), Butschli, 1880, in Bronn, Klassen,
etc., Thier-Reichs, p. 215, pl. xii, fig. 16.

Orbitoides dispansa (Sow.), Martin, 1881, Samml. geol. Reichs-Mus. Leiden [1],
vol.i, Heft 2, p. 112, pl. vi, figs. 1-3.

Orbitoides (Discocyclina) dispansa (Sow.), Jennings, 1888, Geol. Mag., dec. 111,
vol. v, p. 530, pl. xiv, fig. 6.

Orbitoides dispansa (Sow.), Verbeek, 1891, ‘‘ Voorloopig Bericht over Nummu-
lieten, Orbitoiden, en Alveolinen van Java,’’ Nat. Tijdschr. v.
Nederl.-Indié, vol. li, p. 120, figs. 94, 6; Verbeek & Fennema,
1896, ‘‘ Descr. géol. Java et Madoura,’’ vol. i, pl. ix, figs.
148, 149; pl. x, figs. 158-160; vol. ii, p. 1173.

It has been noticed by previous authors, who have described
Orbitocdes from the Eastern Archipelago and India, that the older
strata comprising the Eocene and Oligocene are characterized by
the type of Orbitoides limited by the subgenus Discocyclina, which
has the chambers of the median plane of a rectangular shape ;
whilst the Miocene strata yield Orditoides of the subgeneric type
Lepidocyclina, which has the median chambers lozenge-shaped or
subcireular.

The present section (No. 2) shows a few examples of Orbitoides
somewhat fractured on the flanged portion. Some of these frag-
ments of the flange are turned in upon the plane of section, thus
accurately showing the shape of the median chambers, and
conclusively prove the affinity of the present species to the
Discocycline. -Special attention is drawn to this occurrence, since
the great mass of the Orbitoidal Limestone of Christmas Island
is composed of Lepidocycline, and are therefore presumably of
Miocene age, whilst these now mentioned are possibly of Upper
Eocene or Oligocene age.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 231

At the actual contact of the basalt with the limestone bed
just described, the rock is composed of comminuted limestone
intermingled with granules of glassy basalt or palagonite (specimen
No. 3). In the limestone fragments of this rock foraminifera,
such as Heterostegina, can still be distinguished, but they are much
altered by the action of heat from the basalt.

The rock (No. 522) above the first basalt sheet is a yellowish
limestone, not quite so dark as No. 2, and, as far as can be seen,
is devoid of Orbitoides. The foraminifera are as a whole somewhat
different from that of the preceding limestone (No. 2). Besides
foraminifera, which are here numerous, there are remains of
polyzoa, echinoderm spines, Lithothamnion, and other calcareous
alge. The rock is granular or hemicrystalline, whilst here and
there it shows traces of travertine structure possibly due to the
deposition of carbonate of lime from the flow of warm or heated
currents of water.

The foraminifera observed in sections of this limestone (522) are
as follows :—

? Trochammuina, sp.

Textularia rugosa (Reuss).

Plecanium rugosum, Reuss, 1869, Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. lix, p. 453,
pl. i, figs. 3a, 6.

The specimen in our section shows the irregular contour, similar
to that of the above-mentioned species. It is usually found
associated with coral reefs.

Bolivina beyricht, Reuss.
Boliwwina pygmea, Brady. Rare.
? Spheroidina. Spherical segments.
? Pullenia, sp. Very rare.
Truncatulina lobatula (Walker & Jacob).

As in the former rock-specimen, this species is fairly common in
the sections. A few of the examples are higher in the vertical
line, and therefore more nearly resembling 7. refulgens (Montfort).

Pulvinulina repanda (¥F. & M.).

One or two examples of this species are present also in this rock.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Several fine specimens.

232 Christmas Island.

Rotalia schroeteriana (Parker & Jones).

Some very excellent sections, in both transverse and vertical
direction, are seen in this specimen (No. 522).

Rotalia clathrata, Brady. (Pl. XX, Fig. 2.)
Rotalia clathrata, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 709, pl. 107, figs. 8, 9.

One of the more striking forms in No. 522 may be referred to
the above species. In section the surface reticulation is represented
by square-ended projections. The shell-wall in this species, as in
the other allied Aotalia, is coarsely tubulated. Longest diameter
of the test +4; inch.

This is not an isolated instance of a recent species occurring for
the first time in the Miocene of Christmas Island, as will be seen
by referring to subsequent pages. It is interesting to note that
this rare form has been found only in the South Pacific, in shallow
or moderately shallow water.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

This species is represented in this rock-section by several
specimens. They are rather more irregular in internal structure
than those of the preceding limestone (No. 2), and are altogether
smaller in size.

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny.

This is again common in the section before us. It may be
distinguished from Pulvinulina elegans (d’Orb.) by the sigmoid
form of the septa and the alar extension of the chambers on the
inferior surface,

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny. |

Frequent, but not so common as in the foregoing limestone
(No. 2).

The last-mentioned limestone (No. 522) is succeeded by a second
sheet of basalt with accompanying beds of tuff. The limestones
which follow are of considerable thickness, and as a rule are
crowded with Orbitoides; although there are some exceptions
where these are rare.

The genus Orbitovdes is represented, in the limestones now about
to be described, by the Lepidocycline subgenus only, and this
seems to indicate that the beds are related to others, in the same

—— ——s ts

Foraminiferal Limestones. 233

geographical area, which have been well investigated for their
microzoic fauna and are of Miocene age.

The first of the Miocene Orbitoidal Limestones is specimen
No. 924, which was taken in contact with the basalt bed above.
referred to, and to the south of Flying Fish Cove at Smith Point.
Thin slices of this rock exhibit layers of travertine, differing from
the previous occurrence in being evenly stratified and not filling
up angular cavities. This was probably formed by deposition from
warm currents flowing over an evenly laid, sandy sea-bottom.
The rock itself is roughly crystalline, with many organic particles
interspersed ; these latter are of an ash-grey colour, with the
exception of the more gigantic forms as Orbitordes and Carpenterta,
which are yellowish brown.

The organisms present in limestone No. 924 consist of polyzoa,
echinoderm spines, foraminifera, and Lithothamnion.

The foraminifera are as follows :—

Spiroloculina, sp.

In the more finely grained material of this rock there are one
or two examples of a small Sproloculina, of the type of Sp.
asperula, Karrer,” or Sp. nitida, dOrbigny*; but, owing to the
obscuration of the specimens by the surrounding material, it is
difficult to say whether the test is finely arenaceous or not.

Miliolina trigonula (Lamarck).

Miliolites trigonula, Lamarck, 1804, Ann. du Mus, vol. v, p. 351, No. 3;
1822, Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii, p. 612, No. 3.

Miholina trigonula (Lam.), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 164, pl. iii,
figs. 14-16.

Several specimens occur in No. 924. It is a well-known
Tertiary form ; and in recent deposits is at home in depths down
to 100 fathoms.

Miliolina subrotunda (Montagu).

Vermiculum subrotundum, Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit., pt. ul, p. 521.
Miliolina subrotunda (Montagu), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 168, pl. v,
hes, 10, 1).

This species is well seen in the sections and distinguished by
its subcircular contour. It has occurred in other Miocene deposits,
and is frequent as an inhabitant of moderately shallow water

1 See Verbeek & Fennema, ‘‘ Descr. géol. Java et Madoura,”” Appendix, vol. ii,
1896. Also Newton & Holland, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v11, vol. iii,
pp- 256, 257.

2? Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. lvii, 1868, p. 136, pl. i, fig. 10.

3 Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, 1826, p. 298, No. 4.

234 Christmas Island.

around certain coasts; and it is especially common in some coral-
sand deposits. In this hmestone, No. 924, IZ. subrotunda is fairly
common.

Miliolina ? oblonga (Montagu).
Vermiculum oblongum, Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit., p. 522, pl. xiv, fig. 9.

Miliolina oblonga (Montagu), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 160, pl. v,
figs. 4a, b.

A specimen occurs in this limestone, probably referable to the
above species.

? Uvigerina, near brunnensis, Karrer.

Uvigerina brunnensis, Karrer, 1877, Geol. k. F.-J. Wasserleitung, p. 386,
pl. xvid, fig. 49; Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 577,
pl. lxxv, figs. 4, 6.

This is a vertical section of a test which closely resembles
a strongly inflated Uvigerina. In outline it may be compared
with the above form, which was recorded by Karrer from Tertiary
strata at Berchtoldsdorf, near Vienna. Our specimen has a rather
large globose. primordial chamber. The test measures ¢ inch
(1:04 mm.) in length, which is equal to other recorded specimens.

_ Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny.

One specimen occurs in our slides of No. 924..

Globigerina conglobata, Brady. (Pl. XX, Fig. 3.)

Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., new ser., vol. xix, p. 72; idem, 1884,
Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 6038, pl. Ixxx, figs. 1-5; pl. Ixxxii, fig. 5.

This appears to be the first recorded occurrence of the above
species in the fossil condition. Two fine specimens were seen in
our sections of No. 924.

Planorbulina, sp. near acervalis, Brady.

Growing upon some of the larger organisms, and also upon
fragments of consolidated material in the rock, may be seen many
specimens of an adherent foraminifer, possibly to be referred to the
above species.1 The chambers are more crowded or compressed
in this form than in the somewhat similar Gypsina inherens.

Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.).

A solitary specimen of the above was noticed in our sections
of No. 924.

1 Rep. Chall., vol. ix, 1884, p. 657, pl. xcii, fig. 4.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 230

Carpenteria, sp. near C. lithothamnica, Uhlig.

Carpenteria lithothamnica, Uhlig, 1886, Jahrb. k. k. geol. Reichsanstalt,
vol. xxxvi, p. 189, pl. v, figs. 1-3.

A somewhat crushed specimen of Carpenteria occurs in a
section of No. 924. In some respects it agrees with Uhlig’s
C. lithothamnica, of which he also figures a section (fig. 3, loc. cit.).
Our specimen also bears points of resemblance to C. monticularis,
Carter.' It is in lateral measurement one-eighth of an inch.

This occurrence of Carpenteria in rocks as old as the Miocene is.
interesting; and, until Uhlig’s discovery of them in the Tertiary
beds of the Carpathians, and Sir John Murray’s record of them
from the rocks of Malta,? they appear to have been unknown as
fossils. | |

Polytrema miniacewm (Pallas).

Millepora miniacea, Pallas, 1766, Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 241.

M. miniacea (Pallas), Linné, 1788, Syst. Nat., 13th (Gmelin’s) ed., vol. i, pt. 6,
p- 3784, No. 6.

Polytrema miniaceum (Linné), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 721, pl. 100,
figs. 6-9; pl. 101, fig. 1.

In our section of No. 924 there are several conical foraminiferal
organisms, and tapering branchlets which strongly resemble the
sections of P. miniaceum seen in recent reef-rocks, and notably
those from the Funafuti atoll. The specimens here under notice
have a basis of rounded cellules, to which are added superficial
layers of chamberlets, elongated in the upward direction of growth.
There are apparently no reliable records of this genus from fossil
deposits.

Amphistegina lessonii, d’Orbigny.

This species is here very rare.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.

This form is also very rare in this limestone.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) neodispansa, sp. nov. (Pl. XX, Fig. 3.)

Test discoidal, thicker in the centre and surrounded by a peri-
pheral flange. The curve from the centre to the edge makes
a more sudden sweep than it does in O. papyracea and its Miocene
analogue O. verbeeki. The surface of the test studded with bosses
of solid shell material, which are the salient bases of cones inserted

1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. rv, vol. xix, 1877, pl. xiii, figs. 9-12.
2 Scott. Geogr. Mag., 1890, p. 27 (sep. copy), and pl. i.

236 Christmas Island.

between the regular flattened and cylindrical chamberlets of the
outer series in Orbitocdes. The medium series of chamberlets are
somewhat elliptical and alternate with one another. Average
breadth 4 inch (6mm.); thickness ¢ inch (1'56mm.). Very
common in No. 924.

It is most probable that the form figured by Verbeek and
Fennema (tom. cit., p. 1178, pl. xi, fig. 168) as Lepsdocyclina,
species d, is comparable with those we have just described. The
dimensions of the former are stated to be 24 mm., which is about
half the size of our specimens.

The limestone next in succession is from the middle of Flying
Fish Cove at 480 feet, and its reference number is 571.

It is a hard white limestone with dark spots, and it weathers
with a pitted surface and becomes splintery. The rock is partially
crystallized, but the organisms, especially the foraminifera, are not
thereby obscured.

The organic contents of this specimen are fragments of Litho-
thamnion, foraminifera (Orbitoides absent), corals, and molluscan
shells.

The foraminifera present in the sections of No. 571 are as
follows :—

Miliolina ? undosa (Karrer).

Quingueloculina undosa, Karrer, 1867, Sitz. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. lv, p. 361,
pl. ili, fig. 3.

Miliolina wundosa (Karrer), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 176, pl. vi,
figs. 6-8.

A transverse section of a flattened and furrowed Miliolina is
seen in the slide of No. 571. It appears to agree most nearly
with the above species.

Miholina agglutinans (d’Orbigny).
Quingueloculina agglutinans, d’Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 168, pl. xi,
figs. 11-13.

Miliolina agglutinans (d’Orb.), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 180,
pl. vii, figs. 6, 7

A good transverse section of an arenaceous filiolina comparable
with I. agglutinans occurs in No. 571. The species is an
inhabitant of shallow-water areas, and is frequent at the present
day in coral-sands.

? Gaudryina pupoides, d’Orbigny.

A young individual resembling the above species is found in
No. 571.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 237

Planorbulina ? mediterranensis, d’Orbigny.

Several specimens of a Planorbulina are seen in the slides of
No. 571, in some cases adherent to other objects. One of the
specimens seen is attached to the flanged portion of a Heterostegina.

Carpenteria, spp.

This genus seems to have been important in the formation of
some of these older limestones. One form here noticed closely
resembles C. monticularis of Carter. Another form, of which there
are two specimens present, has certain of the walls of the test
strongly undulated on the outer surface. This modification may
possibly agree with the coarser form C. utricularis, Carter.

Rotahia schroetertiana?, Parker & Jones.

Several sections of a Rotalia, possibly of the above species, occurs
in No. 571.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

One very fine section of this form occurs here.

Amphistegina lessonw, d’Orbigny.

This species is here tolerably common and typical in form.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.

The specimens of the above are numerous in No. 571, and are
very complanate or outspread. The sections of the isolated,
flanged portions of the test might easily be mistaken for
Cycloclypeus, were the central parts of the test not present in
the slides.

No. 861. Limestone in contact with basalt and palagonite in
south of Cove. In the limestone portion are large masses of
LInthothamnion intergrown with foraminifera (Planorbulina); there
are also polyzoa and many foraminifera present. The surface of
the basalt is coated with a layer of Lzthothamnion and other
adherent and encrusting organisms. Possibly this alga, which is
a peculiar form of Lithothamnion, could grow on the rock whilst
the latter was still warm.

Foraminifera :
Miliolina, sp.
Textularva rugosa (Reuss). Common.
Globigerina, sp., near pachyderma (Khr.). Very rare.

238 Christmas Island.

Planorbulina mediterranensis, d’Orb.

Planorbulina larvata, P. & J.

(Both the above forms of Planorbulina are intergrown in this
specimen with a massive Lithothamnion.)

Carpenteria lithothamnica?, Uhlig. Frequent.

Rupertia, sp. Basal segments adherent to a floor consisting of
Lithothamnion, which coats the surface of the basalt.

Rotalia papillosa, var. compressiuscula, Brady. Very common.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Occasional.

Amphistegina lesson, Orbigny. Frequent.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny. Several fragments.

Towards the side of the Cove whence the succession of rock
specimens now being described were taken, two specimens were
collected on either side of a basaltic mass, numbered 229 and
220 respectively. E

Taking the specimen No. 229 first, it is seen to have many
points in common with the specimen No. 571 noticed above,
and although it differs from that rock in some slight degree of
minute structure, yet they contain so much in common and are in
themselves different from those rocks immediately below and above
that they are presumably different parts of the same bed.

No. 229 is a very hard, pale cream-coloured or whitish limestone.
Thin sections of the rock show it to be composed of Lithothamnion
in some quantity of the laminar and investing type, many fora-
minifera (but no Orbztordes present), echinoderm plates, and polyzoa.

The foraminifera in No. 229 are as follows :—

Textularia rugosa (Reuss).

Several typical specimens are seen in this section.

Planorbulina acervalis?, Brady.

The specimens referred doubtfully to the above species are
adherent and forming a depressed layer, with thin-walled chambers.
They are fairly common in the section.

Carpenteria, sp. near C. monticularis, Carter.

Mostly fragmentary, but there is one example with a perfectly
enclosed chamber-cavity. The separate pieces of the test are
mumerous in this section.

Pulvinulina repanda (Fichtel & Moll).

One good specimen was noticed in the slide of No. 229.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 239

Amphistegina lessoni, d’Orbigny.

The specimens of this species are both common and well-
developed. Some of the tests are very thick and belong to the
dome-shaped variety, which has been often noticed under separate
specific names, from beds of Miocene age. This variety, however,
is not confined to fossil deposits, it having been frequently seen in
coral-sands of recent times.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.

This species is here numerous and of a somewhat peculiar type,
the central portion being much swollen, whilst the flanged portion
is not so expansive as in specimens noticed earlier in this paper.

Limestone No. 220 is the rock from the south side of the basalt
mass mentioned, and is entirely different from the preceding
specimen. It bears a strong resemblance to No. 924 previously
described, and there cannot be much doubt that this specimen is
an extension of No. 924.

It is a pale or cream-coloured limestone, full of Ordbitordes.

Seen under the microscope parts of the rock appear somewhat
brecciated. The rock is well crystallized, but nevertheless the
organisms are perfectly preserved.

The rock is composed of a branching Lithothamnion (one specimen
of Orbitoides has it growing upon the surface), foraminifera,
echinoderm plates, polyzoa, and molluscan shell-fragments.

The foraminifera are as follows :—

Carpenteria, sp.

This genus is here represented by numerous fragments of the
shell- wall, but it is impossible to say to what species it may
belong, although it bears the same general characters of the test
as C. monticularis.

Gypsina inhegrens ? (Schultze).
There are numerous irregularly grown adherent foraminifera in
specimen No. 220 which appear to belong to the above species.
Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

One specimen in No. 220.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas) and var. wnvolva, Chapman, nov.

One of the adherent forms of the foraminifera in No. 220 is
very similar in structure to the laminar or outspreading forms of

240 Christmas Island.

P. miniaceum found at Funafuti and elsewhere in coral rocks, in
which the foraminifer alternates with other encrusting organisms.
In this variety the chamberlets are elongated in the direction of
growth or adherence, and the form shows little or no tendency
to make the prolongations so characteristic of the type species.
Some of the specimens of Polytrema here observed are more normal
in appearance, having the conical branching habit of growth.

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny.

This species is common in No. 220.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.

This form is rare, and not strongly developed in limestone
No. 220.

Orbitoides neodispansa, sp. nov. (Pl. XX, Fig. 4.)

This species is very common in the specimen No. 220, constituting
about one-third of the entire bulk of the rock. The specimens
bear exactly the same characters as those of No. 924, and are in ©
a similar condition of preservation.

No. 219. ‘‘ Eastern edge of basalt mass, first inland cliff, Smith
Point.” Close to 220.

A limestone with veins of basalt and palagonite. This rock
contains Lithothamnion, foraminifera, corals, and polyzoa.

Foraminifera:

Miliolina alveoliniformis, Brady. Rare.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.

Amphistegina lessoni, d’Orb. Rare.

Heterostegina depressa, V’Orb. Common.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) ephipprordes, sp. nov. Rare.

No. 595. A fine-grained limestone with included fragments of
palagonitic material and many foraniinifera. This rests upon the
bed of palagonite tuff seen in the face of the Southern Cliff (Batoe
merah ').

Foraminifera :

Orbulina universa, d’Orb. Frequent.
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. Common.
Globigerina dubia, Egger. One specimen.
Discorbina, sp. Rare.

1 See p. 277.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 241

Planorbulina, sp. Frequent.

Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.). Rare.

Polytrema minvaceum (Pallas). Numerous fragments.
Amphistegina lesson, d’Orb. Rare.

No. 596. Flying Fish Cove (Batoe merah'), above 595 and
below 841.

An organic limestone with some secondary calcareous (aragonitic)
layers. The organic contents are Lithothamnion, foraminifera,
echinoderm remains, and polyzoa.

Foraminifera :

Textularia rugosa (Reuss). Rare.

Carpenteria utricularis, Carter. Frequent.

Rotalia schroeteriana, P. & J. Frequent.

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orb. (thickened form). Frequent.

Heterostegina depressa, @Orb. Common.

The next specimen to be described is No. 845, which comes
from the southern end of Flying Fish Cove. It is a yellowish
limestone composed very largely of massive Lithothamnion.

In the interstitial portion of the rock the following foraminifera
were detected.

Planorbulina larvaia, P. & J.

A few specimens of a flat adherent form referable to the above
species. .
Planorbulina acervalis, Brady.

Some of the adherent planorbuline forms are meandering and
thin or much depressed, and resemble P. acervalis in all their
characters.

Gypsina inherens? (Schultze).

One or two of the adherent specimens are of wandering habit,
and the chambers are large and inflated. They possibly belong
to the above species.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.

Our section shows one solitary example of this species cut
through somewhat obliquely. The specimen is a rather large
example of this form.

1 See p. 277.

242 Christmas Island.

Following closely upon No. 845 is No. 844, which we next
proceed to examine.

This is a white limestone with numerous large Orbitoides
apparent on both weathered and fractured surfaces. It is finely
erystallized, and the rock has been fractured here and there with
the rifts now infilled with clear secondary calcite.

The organic contents of the rock are Lithothamnion, many
foraminifera, amongst which the Orbitoides mentioned are con-
spicuous, and numerous polyzoa.

The foraminifera are as follows :—

Spiroloculina excavata, d’Orbigny.

Spiroloculina excavata, d’Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. 271, pl. xvi,
figs. 19-21; Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 151, pl. ix,
figs. 5, 6.

A very fine and perfect transverse section of the above form was
noticed in No. 844.

Miliolina alveoliniformis, Brady.

One individual in transverse section appears in this slide.

Sigmoilina, sp. near S. celata (Costa).

Spiroloculina celata, Costa, 1855, Mem. Accad. Napoli, vol. ii, p. 126, pl. i,
fig. 14; 1856, Atti dell’ Accad. Pont., vol. vii, pl. xxvi, fig. 5. .
Planispirina ee (Costa), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 197, pl. viii,
os. 1-4.
Sigmoilina celata (Costa), Schlumberger, 1887, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xii,
p- i111, pl. vii, figs. 12-14 ; Goés, 1896, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.
Harvard Coll., vol. xxix, No. 1, pt. 20.

There is not much doubt that our section (cut transversely) is
referable to the above species. Its earliest appearance as a fossil
has hitherto been in the Pliocene of the Nicobar Islands.

Teatularia rugosa (Reuss).

Very rare in rock-specimen No. 844.

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny.

The specimens in No. 844 are both common and characteristic.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) insule-natalis, sp.nov. (Pl. XX, Fig. 5.)

Near ‘‘ Lepidocyclina, spp. ¢ and c’,’? Verbeek & Fennema, 1896, Descr. géol.
Java et Madoura, vol. i, pl. xi, figs. 166, 167; vol. ii, p. 1177.

This species is very conspicuous from the later Miocene lime-
stones of Christmas Island. It is of large dimensions, being often

Foraminiferal Limestones. 243

2 inch (19 mm.) in diameter. The form resembles a very large
O. dispansa, and it further resembles this species in having the
central area superficially studded with bosses of shell-material,
which are the salient ends of inverted cones pointing towards the
median plane. When the test is cut through tangentially these
conical pillars appear as fibrous shell-substance surrounding the
polygonal chamberlets. These cones cut longitudinally present
a striking appearance from their fibrous (but non - tubulate)
structure.

The chambers of the median plane are of that Lepidocycline type
which appears as if imbricated, from the rounded ends of the
chambers or chamberlets being alternate with those of the adjacent
rows. The median series when cut through transversely is seen
to be quite thin in the centre and to increase greatly in
thickness or height towards the periphery. Another feature in
the chamberlets of the median plane is the presence of stolon
passages from one to another, thus giving a serrated appearance
to the inner surfaces of the walls of each chamberlet. In this
latter feature this species resembles the curious genus Linderina.}

Average diameter across the disc 4 inch (12°5 mm.); thickness
4 inch (5 mm.).

Next in order of succession we have No. 562, which is a pale
eream-coloured limestone, very compact. This is from the upper
cliff at about 500 feet. Viewed under the microscope the rock
is seen to consist of clear crystalline calcite, which also fills the
cracks appearing in various directions throughout the rock. This
latter fact points to some disturbance of the rock-mass after
consolidation. The rock is very full of organisms, consisting of
Lnthothamnion, foraminifera (amongst which the genus Orbitoides
plays an important part), echinoderm plates, and polyzoa.

The following foraminifera were observed in specimen No. 562 :—

Spiroloculina, sp.

One or two specimens of a neat Spzroloculina occur here, but it
is impossible to say anything with regard to its specific relations
from the sections.

Miliolina trigonula (Lamarck).

This is quite a common form in the sections of No. 562. Its
relationship is clearly made out by the number of the specimens,
cut in various directions.

1 See Schlumberger, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 111, vol. xxi, p. 120,
figs. 3-5, woodcuts ; pl. iii, figs. 7-9.

244 Christmas Island.

Miliolina alveoliniformis, Brady.

M. alveoliniformis, Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xix, n.s., p. 54;
idem, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 181, pl. viii, figs. 15-20.

The specimen in our slides referred to the above species presents
all the characters of the typical Jf. alveoliniformis in transverse
section. It is interesting to note this occurrence of I. alveo-
liniformis in the Tertiary rocks for the first time as a fossil. It is
a well-known form in coral sands, to which deposits it seems
restricted.

Textularia rugosa (Reuss).

A few specimens of the above are seen in section No. 562,

Planorbulina mediterranensis ?, d’Orbigny.

To this species we may with some reservation ascribe the neat
adherent forms of Planorbuline seen in sections of No. 562.

Carpenteria, sp.

Numerous fragments of a Carpenteria occur in these sections
(562). Since they have invariably been broken down into quite
small pieces, it is not possible to say anything with regard to their
specific relationship, excepting that they generally resemble the test
of Carpenteria monticularis, Carter.

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny.

This is common in the limestone now being described.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.
This species is frequent in No. 562.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) sumatrensis, Brady. (Pl. XX, Fig. 6.)

Orbitoides sumatrensis, Brady, 1875, Geol. Mag., dec. 11, vol. ii, p. 536, pl. xiv,.
fig. 3; also Jaarb. Mijn. Ned. Ooste-Indié, 1878, vol. vii, pt. 2,
p- 165, pl. ii, fig. 3. |

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) sumatrensis, Brady: Newton & Holland, 1899, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vir, vol. ili, p. 259, pl. x, figs. 7-12.

This species was first described from the west coast of Sumatra,
and Messrs. Newton & Holland have lately recorded the same form
from the Miocene Limestone of Borneo.

The species resolves itself into two typical forms, one slightly
different from the other in external shape and distinguished by
the primordial chamber being megalospheric or microspheric
respectively. In this rock O. swmatrensis is associated with

Foraminiferal Limestones. 245

another form, not so numerously represented, referable to the
species O. verbeeki, which, it is interesting to note, Newton &
Holland described from their Bornean eee as being associated
with O. sumatrensis.

- Orbitordes (Lepidocyclina) verbeeki, Newton & Holland.
Orbitoides papyracea, Brady, Geol. Mag., 1875, dec. 11, vol. ii, p. 535, pl. xiv,
fig. 1.

Lepidocyclina, sp. g and k, Verbeek & Fennema, Descr. géol. de Java et
Madoura, 1896, vol. i, pl. xi, figs. 173-175, 177-180; vol. ii,
p. 1178.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) verbecki, Newton & Holland, 1899, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. vir, vol. iii, p. 259, pl. x, figs. 7-12.

One or two compressed forms of Orbitoides belonging to the
above species were found in association with the preceding species.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) neodispansa, sp. nov. (See p. 235.)

A few fragmentary specimens and one transverse section of the
above form were found in this limestone No. 562. They appear
to be slightly larger, however, than the typical forms described
from rock-specimens Nos. 924 and 220.

No. 521 is a white limestone, somewhat cavernous, and with
a pitted surface when weathered. From pinnacles at summit of
cliff, at about 500 feet, immediately above No. 562. When viewed
microscopically this rock varies from crystalline to finely granular
or amorphous in different parts of the same slide. The constituent
organisms of this limestone are Lithothamnion, many —
millepores, and echinoderm spines.

The following foraminifera were noticed in this rock :—

Miliolina trigonula (Lamarck).

Some typical sections of this form are presenf in our slides of
No. 521.

Miliolina tricarinata (d’Orbigny).

Triloculina tricarinata, d’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 299,
No. 7; Modéle, No. 94.

Miliolina tricarinata (@ Orb. B Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 165,
pl. ili, figs. 17a, 6.

This species is a well-known Tertiary form ; it occurs in
specimen No. 521, associated with the previous and other somewhat
obscure species of ‘Uilioline.

246 Christmas Island.

Carpenteria capitata, sp.nov. (Pl. XX, Fig. 7.)

Test normally adherent, of a somewhat erect habit of growth.
The earliest-formed chambers are narrow and somewhat like
those of the conical-shaped Carpentervg, and these are followed
by a rudely spiral series of sub-globular chambers, the walls of
which are thicker than those of the proximal portion. The later
portion of the test is externally rough, appearing coarsely notched
in section. This form has some affinities with Rupertia and
possibly Haddonia. Height tinch (6mm.); greatest width 3% inch
(4mm.); thickness of the wall of the last chambers -4¢ inch
(0°5 mm.).

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny.

This species is numerous in No. 521.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.

. The examples found in this limestone (521) are of extraordinary
dimensions and have very extensive and thin flanges.

No. 646. Summit of Flying Fish Cove cliff; from about the
same horizon as 521. A limestone largely composed of JLvtho-
thamnion, foraminifera, and echinoderm remains.

Foraminifera :

Miliolina alveoliniformis, Brady. Rare.

Planorbulina larvata, P. & J. Frequent.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). are.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. imvolva, noy. (One large
mass intergrown with Lthothamnion.)

Amplhistegina lessoni, d’Orb. Common.

Heterostegina depressa, V Orb. Frequent.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) sumatrensis, Brady. Common.

The next specimen, No. 550, is a whitish limestone, compact,
rather dense and amorphous, owing probably to the presence of
granules derived from calcareous alge. This is from about the
same horizon as 562 (p. 243).

The organic remains constituting this rock are Lithothamnion,
foraminifera, echinoderm spines, polyzoa, and lamellibranch shells.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 247

The following foraminifera were observed in this rock :—

Miliolina bicornis ? (Walker & Jacob).
Serpula bicornis, Walker & Jacob, 1798, Adams’s Essays, Kanmacher’s ed,
p. 633, pl. xiv, fig. 2.
Miholina bicornis CW. & J.), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 171, pl. vi,
figs. 9, 11, 12.

A transverse section of a specimen closely resembling that of
MM. bicorms is seen in the slide of No. 550. It is impossible,
however, to speak with certainty as to the exact species.

Miliolina trigonula (Lamarck).

Some examples of the above species are present in No. 550.

Textularia rugosa (Reuss).

Several specimens of this species occur in our slide.

Carpentaria, near utricularis, Carter.

Fragments of the tests of Carpenteria are rather numerous in
No. 550, and those with a distinctly pitted surface probably belong
to the above-named species. There are also some fragments with
more even surfaces which may belong to C. monticularis, Carter.

Rotahia schroeteriana?, Parker & Jones.
A species of otalia is common in this rock-specimen, which
with some reservation we may ascribe to the above form.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

This species occurs here-in some numbers and is fairly large.

Amplhistegina lesson, d’Orbigny.
Common in the slides of No. 550.

Heterostegina depressa, V@Orbigny.

This species is represented in No. 550 by very large specimens,
some of which show a megalospheric commencement. The centre
of the disc in these specimens is very thick and often curved, giving
rise to sections showing both the vertical and tangential aspects
of the shell.

248 Christmas Island.

No. 551, at summit of cliff at about the same horizon as 521,
is a white limestone with a somewhat crystalline texture. The
organic contents may be put down as follows: Lithothamnion,
sometimes encrusted with Polytrema; numerous foraminifera,
including Orbitoides ; and echinoderm spines.

The foraminifera are—

Spiroloculina, sp. near asperula, Czjzek.

An arenaceous form of Spiroloculina occurs in this limestone,
which is perhaps referable to the above species. A similar form
was noticed in No. 924. ~

Miliolina alveoliniformis, Brady.

Numerous sections of the above species occur in No. 551.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), and var. ¢nvolva, Chapman, nov.

Some free-growing specimens of the above form are seen in the
slide of No. 551. One of the specimens is seen to be encrusting
a nodular mass of ZLithothamnion, after the manner of similar
specimens we have observed in the material from the coral boring
at Funafuti.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.

Some occasional specimens were noticed in No. 551.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) sumatrensis, Brady.

This species is common in No. 551.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) insule-natalis, sp. nov.

A fragment or so of the above species occurs in this slide.

No. 841 occurs at the top of the cliff section at Flying Fish
Cove, where the rock forms projecting pinnacles by weathering.
It is a dense white limestone with some travertin, and composed
chiefly of encrusting Lithothamnion. Many foraminifera are also
present. Also many polyzoa and a Serpula were noticed in the
section. This rock has a more recent aspect than any of those yet
enumerated in the foregoing pages.

The foraminifera are—

Miliolina alveoliniformis, Brady.

Sections of the above form occur in No. 841, associated with
other species of the same genus whose specific relationships cannot
be easily made out.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 249

Haddonia torresiensis, Chapman.

Haddonia torresiensis, Chapman, 1898, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xxvi,
p- 462, pl. xxviii, and woodcut.

This interesting generic type was first found on coral rock from
Torres Strait, and it has since occurred in many dredgings from
the immediate vicinity of the Funafuti Atoll. The specimen
seen in this section is a young individual attached to a fragment
of limestone, and consists of three or four segments more or less
creeping, the last of which is erect.

Textularia rugosa (Reuss).

Several specimens rather under the average size occur here.

Nodosaria radicula (Linné), var. grandis, nov. (Pl. XX, Fig. 8.)

A very fine section of a Nodosarian form cut accurately through
the axial line is seen in the slide of No. 841. ‘The apertures
of the first-formed segments are well seen, and are elongated and
tubular. The separate segments are well-marked by deeply
impressed sutural divisions. There is no doubt of the affinity of
this form. The thickness of the test and its exceptional size seem
to merit a distinct varietal name.

Planorbulina acervalis, Brady.

This species is frequent in No. 841, and is seen to be attached
to various fragments of shell and other material forming the rock.

Truncatulina, sp. near lobatula (W. & J.).

One or two examples of a thin-tested Zruncatulina were noticed
in this rock.

Carpenteria, sp.

Numerous fragments of a species of Carpenteria similar to
€’. monticularis, Carter, occur in No. 841.

Gypsina inherens (Schultze).

This form occurs with some frequency in the slide of No. 841.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. wnvolva, Chapman, nov.

This form of the encrusting type before referred to occurs in
‘some abundance in this rock.

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny.

The specimens here seen are both typical and common.

250 Christmas Island.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.

This species is rare. One fine specimen, cut vertically, shows —
a megalospheric commencement.

No. 963. Blocks fallen from High Cliff, south of Flying Fish
Cove; probably close to 841.

Rock composed of crystalline calcite. Some Lithothamnion and
Halimeda, numerous foraminifera, and an echinoderm spine. This
appears to be a transition rock between the Miocene and the recent
limestones.

Foraminifera :

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny. Several.

Globigerina conglobata, Brady. One specimen.

Planorbulina larvata, P. & J. Occasional.

Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Fragments numerous.

Carpenteria utricularis, Carter. One good specimen.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). One specimen.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. «volva, Chapman, nov.
(encrusting form). Numerous.

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny. Frequent.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) verbeekt, Newton & Holland. Frag-
ments (? derived).

No. 549 is a specimen of the rock occurring at the base of the
inland cliff at 500 feet, running south from the south-east end
of Flying Fish Cove (see Map). It is a whitish or pale cream-
coloured limestone, with some travertin. Besides many foraminifera
(including Orbitoides) it contains Lithothamnion and polyzoa in
small quantity.

The foraminifera noticed are as follows :—

Spiroloculina, sp.

Apparently an arenaceous form, but indeterminable.

Miliolina auberiana (d’Orbigny).

Quingueloculina auberiana, @’Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 167, pl. xii,
figs. 1-3.

Miliolina auberiana (@Orb.), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 162, pl. v,
figs. 8, 9; Goés, 1894, Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl.,
vol. xxv, p. 109, pl. xix, figs. 844a-d; Millett, 1898, Journ.
R. Mier. Soc., p. 505.

One specimen was seen in our slide of No. 549.

Foraminiferal Limestones. — 251

Miliolina ferussacii (d’Orbigny).

Quingueloculina ferussacii, d’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 301,
No. 18; Modéle, No. 32.

Miliolina ferussacii (d’Orb.), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 175, pl. 118,
figs. 17a, 6; Chapman, 1891, Journ. R. Micr. Soc., p. 574,
pl. ix, fig. 8; Millett, 1898, Journ. R. Micr. Soc., p. 507, pl. xii,
figs. 6a, b, Ta-c.

A common form in coral areas. The sections seen in our slide
are of the thin costate form. Not common in No. 549.
Textularia rugosa (Reuss).

This species is here somewhat common.

Textularia gramen, d’Orbigny.

Textularia gramen, @Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. 248, pl. xv,
figs. 4, 6; Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 365, pl. xiii,
figs. 9, 10.

One or two compressed Zextularie occur here, which seem
referable to the above species.
Planorbulina mediterranensis, VOrbigny.

Several attached specimens of the above Plancrbulina were
noticed in the slide from No. 549.

Truncatulina refulgens (Montfort).

Cibicides refulgens, Montfort, 1808, Conchyl. System., vol. i, p. 122, 31° Genre.

Truneatulina refulgens (Montfort), d’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii,
p- 279, pl. xiii, figs. 8-11; Modéle, No. 77; Brady, 1884, Rep.
Chall., vol. ix, p. 659, pl. xcii, figs. 7-9.

A Truncatulina with steep sides occurs with some frequency in
No. 549, which comes within the limits of the above form.

Amphistegina lesson, ad Orbigny.

This species is common in No. 549.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) ephipproides, sp. nov. (Pl. XX, Fig. 9.)

This species is a parallel form in the Lepidocycline group with
Orbitoides ephippium (Sow.),' of the Discocycline group. It bears
some general resemblance to O. insule-natalis, but the more strongly

1 Lycophris ephippium, Sowerby, 1837 [1840], Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond.,
ser. 11, vol. v, p. 327, pl. xxiv, figs. 15 and lda and 3d.

Jae Christmas Island.

bent individuals are, as one would suppose, nearer the parallel types
O. papyracea and O. verbeeki.
Average length 3 inch (12°5 mm.). Common in No. 549.

No. 993. Above Coffee Garden (see map, p. 280), in talus at
200 feet.

An Orbitoidal limestone with very little interstitial material, the
greater part consisting of foraminifera. Some Lithothamnion and
shell fragments. This limestone is mottled with veins and patches
of a grey colour.

Foraminifera :

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. Rare.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Frequent.

Heterostegina depressa, @Orb. Common.

Orbitovdes sumatrensis, Brady. Very abundant.
9 verbeeki, Newton & Holland. EES
a insule-natalis, sp. nov.
iS, ephippiordes, sp. Dov.

No. 968. Foot of first inland cliff, Smith Point, about 60 feet
above sea. . .

A limestone partially crystalline. It is largely composed of
foraminifera, especially of the genus Orbitordes, and the alga
Lnthothamnion.

Foraminifera :
Spiroloculina, sp. near S. nitida, d’Orbigny. Rare.
Miliolina ? auberiana, d’Orb. Rare.
¥ trigonula (Lam.). Rare.
ss eircularts (Born.). Rare.
, alveoliniformis, Brady. | Several.

Orbitolites duplex, Carpenter. Several fragments.

Alveolina melo (F. & M.). Very rare.

Leatularia rugosa (Reuss). Numerous.

Discorbina, sp. Rare.

Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Fragments.

Gypsina inherens (Schultze). Often growing in alternation with
LInthothamnion, forming nodules.

Amphistegina lessonii, d’Orbigny. Frequent, but small.

Heterostegina depressa, WOrbigny. Numerous, but usually
fragmentary.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) neodispansa, sp. nov. Rare.

_ A, verbeekt, Newton & Holland. Rare.

on ) ephippioides, sp. nov. Frequent.

i sf sumatrensis, Brady. Very common.

5 Ks murrayana, sp. nov. (Pl. XXI,
Fig. 10.)

r
4

Foraminiferal Limestones. 203

This species is exactly comparable in outline with the O. stellata
of d’Archiac,! which, however, has rectangular chambers in the
median plane and consequently belongs to the Discocycline series.
On account of the difference of contour, this form being polygonal
rather than discoidal, it was placed in a separate subgenus, Astero-
cyclina. As Newton & Holland have shown, however (loc. cvt.
supra, p. 261), the more natural grouping of the Orditoides is with
the two subgenera Discocyclina and Lepidocyclina. The earlier
known species having rectangular chambers in the median plane, we
have named this form, which has the rounded imbricated chambers,
distinctively as Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) murrayana, after the
originator of the expedition to Christmas Island which resulted in
the collection of these specimens.

Our specimen has four rays, the contour between the rays being
greatly incurved. The chambers of the median plane have straight
sides and rounded or concave ends respectively. The chamberlets
of the superficial layer are roughly spheroidal, especially towards
the centre of the disc, becoming crowded, cylindrical, and greatly
flattened towards the ends of the rays. The primordial chamber
in our specimen is very large, measuring 3'5 inch (‘85 mm.) in
diameter; it probably thus represents form A in the dimorphic
sense. Diameter of the disc from point to point, $inch (9°375 mm.),

No. 986. ‘‘ From block in raised beach at north end of Flying
Fish Cove.”

A limestone, largely composed of a calcareous mud and rolled
beach sand with Orbitoides, the latter having been chipped and
worn, and afterwards enwrapped in a thick overgrowth of
LInthothamnion, sometimes 4°5 mm. in thickness, which completely
envelops all the large forms. (Pl. X XI, Fig. 16.)

The smaller specimens are free from the encrusting alga. The
echinoderm fragments, Lithothamnion, Globigerine, and Amphi-
steging may be of more recent date.

Foraminifera :

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny. Rare.

Amplhistegina lesson, d’Orbigny. Frequent.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny. Common.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) verbeeki, Newton & Holland. Rare.
. ua sumatrensis, Brady. Common.
33 a insule-natalis, sp.nov. Common.

1 Calearina stellata, d’ Archiac, 1846, Mém. Soc. géol. France, ser. 11, vol. ii,
p- 199, pl. vii, figs. 1, la.

254 Christmas Island.

Tertiary LimMEstonEs FROM OTHER LOCALITIES.

No. 347. ‘‘ High Cliff, Sidney’s Dale,’’ south edge of narrow
gorge, 250 feet above sea.

A somewhat reconstructed limestone (brecciated), with many
adherent foraminifera. Probably of Upper Eocene or Oligocene
age, approaching No. 2, described above, p. 226.

Foraminifera :

Planorbulina larvata, P. & J. Intergrown with Lithothamnion.

Carpenterva utricularis ?, Carter. Several.

Rupertia stabilis, Wallich. Four specimens attached to fragments
of limestone coated with Lithothamnion. (Pl. XXI, Fig. 11.)

Pulvinulina repanda (F. & M.). Common.

Rotalia schroeteriana, P. & J. Frequent.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Very fine. Common.

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny. Rare.

Orbitoides dispansa (Sow.). One specimen.

No. 318. Between basalt and limestone, Sidney’s Dale.

A limestone with many organisms. The rock is somewhat
decomposed and stained with a limonitic substance. The organic
constituents are Lithothamnion and many foraminifera.

Foraminifera :

Pulvinulina repanda (F. & M.). Frequent.

Rotalia schroeteriana, P. & J. Frequent.

Heterostegina depressa, d’Orb. Rare.

Orbitovdes (Discocyclina) dispansa (Sow.). Frequent. [One
fragment shows the structure of the median chambers. |

No. 835. A limestone composed chiefly of Orbitovdes, but in
which traces of corals occur in places. There are also fragments
of a branching Lithothamnion present. South of Flying Fish Cove,
at 550 feet.

Foraminifera :
Miliolina, spp.
Planorbulina larvata, P. & J. Rare.

56 mediterranensis, d Orbigny. are.
Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Large fragments.
OP utricularis, Carter. Large fragments.

Amphistegina lesson, V@Orbigny. Frequent.

Heterostegina depressa, VOrbigny. Rare.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) insule-natalis, sp. noy., var. mequalis,
nov. (Pl. XXT, Fig. 12.)

Se

Foraminiferal Limestones. 0 aoe

This variety differs from the specific form in being altogether
stouter, and more compressed in internal structure with regard
to the peripheral chamberlets. It also differs essentially in being
strongly undulated along the median plane, and sometimes in being
unequally developed and much thicker on one side of the median
layer. The undulated contour reminds one of O. (L.) ephipprordes,
but it is much thicker in the central disc than that species. Average
diameter 2 inch (16°8 mm.).

Orbitoides (L.) andrewsiana, sp. nov. Frequent.

No. 955. ‘‘ Great block beneath High Cliff, North-East Point.”

An Orbitoidal limestone breccia, cemented by recent reef material,
with the fragments overgrown with enormous encrusting Poly-
tremata. This Polytrema is of great interest. It has also been
met with by one of us in the recent reef rocks of the Funafuti
Atoll, where it constitutes a large proportion of some of the
limestones, and often found intergrown with Lithothamnion.

Foraminifera :

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny. Rare.

Cymbalopora poeyt, VOrb. Rare.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. nov. tmvolva, Chapman.

Amphistegina lessonit, d’Orbigny. Common.

Orbitoides (Lepidocyclina) verbeeki, Newton & Holland. Rare.

ue i ephipproides, sp. nov. One specimen.

Nos. 827 and 581. ‘‘From low cliff of limestone resting on
basalt, at head of valley, 500 feet, two miles south of Flying Fish
Cove.”

A limestone chiefly composed of Orbitocdes. The material of the
rock is well crystallized, and was originally deposited concentrically
around the larger organisms.

Foraminifera :

Miliolina, sp. near I. circularis (Born.).

Alveolina melo (F. & M.). One specimen.

Truncatulina, sp. (thin-shelled), cf. Z. lobatula (W. & J.) or
T. ungeriana (VOrb.). Frequent.

Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Frequent.

Carpenteria utricularis, Carter. Rare.

Rotalia schroeteriana, P. & J. Common.

Amphistegina lesson, d’Orb. Common.

Heterostegina depressa, VOrb. Rare.
ae (Lepidocyclina) andrewsiana, sp. nov. (Pl. XXI,

ig. 14,

256 Christmas Island.

O. andrewsiana is a very striking form in the Christmas Island
limestones. The test is very thick in the centre, thinning off
rapidly to a peripheral flange of some extent. In general
contour it may be compared with Orbitoides (Discocyclina)
applanata, Giimbel.1 The chambers of the median plane are of
the Lepidocycline character, and more rounded and crowded
with one another than in some of the other forms of Orbitoides
present in the same limestones. The chamberlets of the exterior
are roughly discoidal and flattened, so that a tangential section
affords a view of the chamberlets as large circular perforations,
which is a marked feature in the sections. Many of the specimens.
noted are megalospheric. ‘The internal structure of O. andrewsiana
generally resembles O. sumatrensis, but the former is much larger,
and has a very extensive peripheral flange. Average diameter
inch (9°375 mm.). Common.

Orbitoides (Lepidocychina) insule-natalis, sp. nov. Common.
(PY. 2X1, Fie, 13.)

O. (L.) ephippioides, sp. nov. Common. (Pl. XXI, Fig. 15.)

O. (L.) verbeeki, Newton & Holland. One specimen.

Limestones FRoM PrATEAU AND HIL1s.

No. 148. Edge of cliff, South Point Hill, 1,020 feet.

A finely crystalline and calcareous rock, in which the organisms
are almost entirely obliterated. A few echinus spines and
foraminifera.

Foraminifera :

Truncatulina, sp.
Amphistegina lessoniz, d’Orb.

No. 184. Top of upper cliff, southern end of east coast.
Limestones with few organisms; Lithothamnion, foraminifera,
and echinus spines. In places this rock appears to be sheared.

Foraminifera :
Amphistegina lessonit, d’ Orb. .
Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas).

1 Abhandl. m.-ph. Cl. k.-bayer. Ak. Wiss., vol. x, 1868 (1870), p. 700,
pl. iii, figs. 17, 18, 35-7.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 257

No. 131. Southern end of east coast, 400 feet.
A dolomitized limestone with foraminifera.
Foraminifera :
Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny.
Heterostegina depressa, VOrb. Abundant and somewhat broken.

No. 378. Murray Hill Summit.

A fine-grained dolomitized limestone, with traces of organisms
(? corals), in dull patches.

Foraminifera: Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. «volva,
Chapman. One specimen.

No. 935. Pinnacles on plateau at 800 feet, 13 miles W.S.W.
of 120 chain mark on South-East Road.!

A semi-crystalline limestone with branching Lithothamnion,
Halimeda, and foraminifera.

Foraminifera :

Miliolina, sp.

Clavulina, sp.

Carpenteria, sp. Numerous fragments; some very fine charac-
teristic pieces.

No. 658. A hard dolomitic limestone occurring with chalk-like
rock on plateau.

The material of this specimen is finely granular, and disseminated
throughout are fragmentary pieces of organic origin, which can be
determined as branching Lithothamnion, with many foraminifera,
usually badly preserved.

The foraminifera are undersized and thin-shelled as a rule,
and seem to indicate, together with the abundant and partially
decomposed calcareous alge, that this rock represents the soft
mud of a shallow lagoon.

Foraminifera :

Spiroloculina, sp. Frequent.

Teatularia rugosa (Rss.). Very rare.

? Nodosaria (Dentalina), sp. One example.

Discorbina, sp. (a small turbinoid form). Rare.

Planorbulina, sp., near larvata, P. & J. Frequent.

1 On the chief road-clearings Mr. Ross has had the distances blazed on the
tree trunks every five or ten chains.

s

258 Christmas Island.

Trunecatulina lobatula (W. & J.). Several.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragmentary.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Small specimens; frequent.
Amphistegina lesson, d’Orbigny. Fragmentary; frequent.

No. 800. ‘‘ Immediately below phosphates, east slope of
Phosphate Hill, 820 feet.”

A partially dolomitized limestone with good crystals of zoned
dolomite and calcite. The matrix contains foraminifera (unaltered)
and plates of echinoderms. :

Foraminifera: Amphistegina lessoni, d’Orb. Large and common.

LIMESTONES FROM SEA- AND INLAND CLIFFS.

No. 5. ‘A rock filling cracks in basalt mass, south of Flying
Fish Cove.”

A basaltic and palagonitic breccia, with calcareous fragments and
organisms, also bone fragments. (Pl. X XI, Fig. 17.)

Foraminifera :

Cristellaria, sp. One specimen.

Globigerina bulloides, VOrb. Very common.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.

No. 215. Rock on basalt, top of shore cliff, Flying Fish Cove.

A recent limestone consisting of large Halimeda and encrusting
LIithothamnion; also foraminifera and polyzoa, cemented by a
deposition of travertin, probably resulting from differential currents
or hot streams.

Foraminifera :

Textularia rugosa (Reuss). Frequent.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.

Gypsina inherens (Schultze). Frequent.

No. 862. Foot of first inland cliff, Smith Point.

A reef-forming limestone, composed of Halimeda, Lithothamnion,
foraminifera, corals, millepores, and echinoderm remains.

Foraminifera :

Orbitolites, sp.

Globigerina bulloides, V@Orb. Very rare.

Planorbulina acervalis, Brady. Rare.

Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Rare.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 259

No. 979. First inland cliff, two miles beyond Smith Point.
A recent reef-rock with Zzthothamnion and foraminifera.
Foraminifera : .
Orbitolites complanata, Lam. One specimen.
Textularia sagittula, Defr. One specimen.
Cristellarva, sp. One specimen.
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. Common.
- conglobata, Brady. Rare.
Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.
Rotalia papillosa, Brady. One specimen.
Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Common.
“A : var. ¢nvolva, Chapman. Common.
Amphistegina lessonii, d’Orb. Rare.

No. 52. East coast, on volcanic agglomerate in sea-cliff.

A limestone with branching Zithothamnion and foraminifera in
a slightly calcareous matrix. An included fragment of a palagonitic
or basic rock occurs in this specimen.

Foraminifera :

Miliolina ? trigonula (Lam.).

Truncatulina refulgens (Montf.). Common.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Rare.

No. 116. ‘‘Junction of limestone and basalt, in bay south of
Waterfall, east coast.”

An indurated limestone of a deep yellow colour, in conjunction
with an intrusion or flow of basalt. The infilling of the organisms
in the limestone is coarsely crystalline. At the junction of the
limestone with the basalt there is a layer of minute pellets
(calcareous alge ?). In the body of the limestone there are
numerous clear augite crystals worked out of the basalt. The
organic contents of the limestone are Lithothamnion, foraminifera,
echinoderm spines, and molluscan shells. This limestone passes
rapidly into a fine-grained chalky rock, with delicate foraminifera
and partially decomposed Lithothamnion.

Foraminifera :

Miliolina ? trigonula (Lam.). Rare.

Bolivina, sp.? One specimen. :

Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.), in chalky portion. Frequent.

Carpenteria, sp. Rare.

Rotalia papillosa, var. compressiuscula, Brady. Frequent.

260 Christmas Island.

No. 525. Rock which forms knolls on basalt, near streams, east
coast.

A limestone with included particles of basalt and strings of
palagonitic matter. With Zrthothamnion, foraminifera, echinoderm
fragments, and polyzoa.

Foraminifera :
Textularia rugosa (Reuss). Rare.

Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.). Frequent.
Rotalia schroeteriana, P. & J. Very abundant.

No. 859. At foot of first inland cliff at Steep Point.

A limestone with much secondary calcareous crystallization
(aragonitic). The rock was originally partially or mainly organic,
but only traces of organisms now remain, of Lithothamnion and
foraminifera.

Foraminifera: Heterostegina depressa, VOrb. Fragments.

No. 1,002. First inland cliff, south of Steep Point.

This is a much brecciated rock containing alge, foraminifera,
corals, and echinoderm fragments. It is cemented by granular and
clear calcareous matter. A talus rock.

Foraminifera :

Alveolina melo (Fichtel & Moll). One specimen.

Discorbina, sp.

Carpenterva utricularis, Carter. Fragments numerous.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. nvolva, Chapman, encrusting
a cemented brecciated fragment.

Amplhistegina lessoni, d’Orbigny. Very rare.

No. 1,005. First inland cliff, south of Steep Point, 250 feet.

A reef-limestone with Lithothamnion, millepores, and foraminifera.
Foraminifera :

Carpenteria utricularis, Carter. Abundant.

Ampluistegina lessonit, dV’ Orb. Common.

HHeterostegina depressa, VOrb. Rare.

No. 1,006. ‘‘ First inland cliff, south of Steep Point, 250 feet.”
A limestone showing evidence of disturbance; a rift in the rock
is filled in with palagonitic mud and aragonite. It contains
Lithothamnion, foraminifera, and lamellibranch shells.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 261

Foraminifera :

Miliolina trigonula (Lam.). Several.
Orbitolites, sp., ef. O. marginalis (Lam.).
Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Numerous fragments.
Polytrema minvaceum (Pallas). Occasional.
? Cycloclypeus, sp. Worn fragment.
Orbitoides ? verbeeki, Newton & Holland. Fragments.

No. 900.
Valley.”

A limestone composed of branching Lithothamnion and fora-

minifera, cemented by granular and crystalline calcite.
Foraminifera :

Miholina, sp., cf. WV. circularis (Born.). Rare.

Textularia rugosa (Reuss). Frequent.

Carpenteria utricularis, Carter. Very common.

Gypsina vesicularis (P. & J.). One specimen.

Gypsina inherens (Schultze). Frequent.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. involva, Chapman.
and very fine specimens.

Amphistegina lesson, @Orb. Very common.

‘‘ Foot of cliff (first inland), inner side of Steep Point

Common,

No. 4034. ‘‘ Along lines of fracture, north of Steep Point Hill.”

A fine-grained dolomite or magnesite, against which rests
a brecciated rock composed of reef material and phosphatic
concretions. In the reef-rock are Halimeda, Lithothamnion, fora-
minifera, and echinoderm spines.

Foraminifera :
Carpenteria, sp. Fragments very abundant.
Gypsina inherens (Schultze). Rare.

No. 940. Middle cliff, North-East Point.

A partially phosphatized limestone, with branching Lithothamnion
and foraminifera.

Foraminifera :

Sigmoilina, sp. One specimen.

Bigenerina digitata, @ Orb. One specimen.

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. Numerous.

Planorbulina, sp. Frequent.

Gypsina, sp. Fragmentary, occasional.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Some fragments.

262 Christmas Island. ,

No. 948. ‘‘ North-East Point, above reef.’’

A limestone largely formed of coral, with calcareous mud
infillings. Also Lithothamnion and foraminifera.

Foraminifera :

Miliolina, sp.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragmentary.

Amplustegina lesson, V@Orbigny. Rare.
? Cycloclypeus or ? Heterostegina. Fragments.

No. 937. Inland cliff, North-East Point.

A limestone containing polyzoa or coral and foraminifera. The
interspaces filled in by rapid crystallization with calcareous material
as aragonite. The infilled portions are regular or parallel-sided,
suggesting local earth-movements, producing rifts.

Foraminifera :
? Spheroidina.
Heterostegina depressa, d’Orbigny.

No. 335. ‘‘South Valley, west coast and cliff, southern side
at 150 feet.”
A coral-reef rock with many organisms, somewhat comminuted.
Foraminifera :

Textularia rugosa (Reuss). Frequent.
Globigerina bulloides, VOrbigny. Frequent.
Globigerina conglobata, Brady. Rare.
Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.). Rare.
Carpenteria, sp. Fragmentary ; rare.
Rotalia schroeteriana, P. & J. Common.
Heterostegina depressa, 7 Orb. Frequent.

No. 864. Cliff over Coffee Garden, Flying Fish Cove (see Map),
about 200 feet. ,

A recent coral-reef rock with branching Lithothamnion, fora-
minifera, and echinoderm remains.
Foraminifera :
Miliolina ? bicornis (W. & J.). One specimen.
Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.). Rare.
Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.
Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Rare.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 263

No. 200. A coarse fragmental limestone cemented with aragonite.
Some corals, Halimeda, Iithothamnion, gastropods, and foraminifera.
Probably recent. From outer part of a reef.
Foraminifera :
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny. Frequent.
Carpenteria monticularis, Carter.
Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas).

No. 202. ‘‘ Zigzag,’ just above 80 feet.”

Coral rock with interspaces infilled with foraminiferal mud.
Occasional joints of Halimeda.

Foraminifera :

Textularia rugosa (Reuss).

Globigerina bulloides, ’Orbigny. Very abundant.

Carpenteria, sp.? Frequent.

Pulvinulina repanda? (F. & M.). Rare.

No. 208. ‘Zigzag, 200 feet.’ Coral rock with interspaces

filled with chalky organic mud, with Halimeda and foraminifera.
Foraminifera :

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny. Numerous.

Carpenteria, sp. Frequent.

Gypsina inherens (Schultze). Rare.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Rare.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Fragments.

Heterostegina depressa, Orb. Occasional.

No. 209. ‘“‘ Zigzag, 210 feet.”

A recent reef-rock. A microconglomerate, i.e. with large pro-
portion of cement. Contains Lithothamnion, Halimeda, foraminifera,
corals, echinoderm spines and plates, and polyzoa.

Foraminifera :

Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. In great abundance.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Occasional.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. nvolva, Chapman. (Encrusting
form.)

No. 211. ‘‘ Zigzag, 250 feet.”
A recent reef-rock with corals and foraminifera.

1 The ‘‘ Zigzag’’ is a path up the first inland cliff, about a quarter of a mile
north of the settlement. (See Fig. 6 on p. 280.)

264 Christmas Island.

Foraminifera :
Teatularia rugosa (Reuss). Very rare.
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. Numerous and well preserved.
Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Numerous fragments.

No. 1,032. ‘Top of Zigzag, 280-800 feet.’? A limestone
composed of calcareous alge and foraminitera, with a crystalline
calcitic cement, but in places amorphous or muddy. The organic
contents are Lithothamnion, Halimeda, foraminifera, corals, echino-
derm plates and spines, polyzoa, and lamellibranch shells.

Foraminifera :
? Spiroloculina, sp.

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. Frequent.

Carpenteria, sp. near monticularis, Carter. Fragments.

Carpenteria proteiformis, Goés. One specimen.

Polytrema nuniaceum (Pallas). Frequent.

Polytrema miniaceum, var. involva, Chapman. Frequent.

List oF Spscres oF Orbitoides.

The species of Orbitoides found in the Tertiary rocks of
Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, with their distribution :—

Java, Sumatra, India (Scinde),
1. Orbitoides (Discocyclina) Persia, Bavarian Alps, Italy,
dispansa (Sowerby). Spain, South of France, Antigua,
_ Jamaica, St. Thomas.
. (Lepidocyclina) neodispansa, sp. nov. Christmas Island.
. (L.) verbeeki, Newton & Holland. Sumatra, Borneo.
. (L.) ephippiordes, sp. nov. Christmas Island.
. (L.) msule-natalis, sp. nov. Christmas Island.
. (L.) insule-natalis, var. inequalis, var. Nov.
. (L.) sumatrensis, Brady. Sumatra, Borneo.
. (Z.) andrewsiana, sp. nov. Christmas Island.
. (L.) murrayana, sp. noy. Christmas Island.

C CO ATO TXB OO dD
Soo SoS cS

265

NOTE ON THE
COMPOSITION OF SOME DOLOMITIC AND OTHER
LIMESTONES FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

By E. W. Sxeats, B.Sc., F.G.S.

No. 184. Summit of upper cliff on East Coast. 800 feet.

Composition: CaCO, = 97°56°/,, Mg CO, = 2°44 °/,, Ca; P, Os =
"15°/,. Total = 100-15.

A compact cream-coloured limestone, with no evident crystalline
structure in the hand specimen. The rock originally consisted of
organisms and small lumps of undifferentiated material set in
a cement of calcareous silt. Subsequent alteration consists in the
change of a small quantity of the fine silt into calcite crystals.
Some of the crystals occur in the form of definite rhombohedra,
with angles of 105° approximately. Empty lozenge-shaped spaces
in the rock possibly represent the positions of rhombohedra which
fell out probably during the grinding of the slice.

The calcite can be recognized by its cleavage and polarization
colours. Sections of some of the organisms show long fibrous
erystals which may be fibrous calcite, but are possibly the rhombic
form aragonite. Minute scalenohedral (?) crystals of calcite
occasionally project into cavities formed by contraction during
recrystallization.

The organic remains are “gone ie few. They include
more than one species of the Calcareous Alga JLvthothamnion.
The only other organisms present are foraminifera, including
Globigerina(?) and the Rotaliform genera Zruncatulina and Plan-
orbulina(?). The shallow-water affinities of the two latter organisms
suggest that this deposit may have been laid down in the lagoon.

No. 963. Limestone (Miocene) from high cliff over Flying
Fish Cove. 500 feet.

Composition: CaCO; = 97°29 °/,, Mg CO, = 3:19 °/,. Total =
100°48. A white, very compact limestone.

A piece of unaltered rock (consisting of organic fragments
embedded in silt) may possibly be a fallen fragment; its structure
serves as a contrast to that of the main mass of the rock. The
original silty matrix has very largely been replaced (as a result
possibly of consolidation under pressure and percolation of water)
by a clear mosaic of calcite surrounding the still unaltered large
organic fragments.

Some of these fragments are, however, losing their distinctive
boundaries as a result of the extension of this recrystallization
into the bodies of the organisms. In certain parts of the slides,

266 Christmas Island.

empty spaces (with scalenohedral? calcite crystals projecting into
them) occur as a result of contraction during recrystallization.
The unaltered organisms are numerous. The Calcareous Alga
LIithothamnion is represented by several species.

A section of a shell (lamellibranch ?) occurs in one part of the
slide. The remaining organisms are foraminifera belonging to the
genera Bolivina, Globigerina (conglobata and bulloides), Polytrema,
Gypsina, Carpenteria, and Amphistegina.

From the presence of Carpenterta and some pelagic forms, this
deposit was probably formed in water of a moderate depth, and on
the seaward side of the reef.

No. 179. Top of second inland cliff, North-East Point. 600 feet.

Composition : CaCO, = 97°72 °/,, Mg CO; = 1°72 °/,, Cas P, Og
=-20°/,. Total = 99:64. A very compact limestone, which in
the hand specimen does not show signs of recrystallization.

The original rock consisted of organisms, more or less fragmentary,
and a matrix of silt, the finely comminuted product of trituration
of these organisms. This structure is still seen in the unaltered
parts of the slide, but in places the more finely divided material
has been recrystallized. The contraction due to recrystallization
has caused empty spaces to occur. These spaces have been partially,
and in some cases wholly, filled by subsequently deposited scaleno-
hedral (?) crystals of calcite. Further evidence of the secondary
formation of calcite is afforded by the fact that cracks which
were formed in the rock have been subsequently filled with
a calcite mosaic. The partial recrystallization of the matrix has
in one or two instances invaded the substance of the contiguous
organisms, whose outlines have consequently been rendered indis-
tinct. The unaltered organic remains constitute a considerable
proportion of the rock. Several species of the Calcareous Alga
Lithothamnion occur in abundance.

The Foraminifera present include Carpenteria, Truncatulina,
Polytrema, Amphistegina, and a doubtful specimen of Gaudryina.

The presence of Carpenteria would seem to suggest that the
deposit was formed at a moderate depth, as this genus rarely
occurs within the limits of wave-action.

Specimens: 804, 800, 811, 308, 658, 378, and 514. These are
all dolomitic limestones whose microscopical structure is very
similar. ‘The rocks are more or less porous: empty spaces having
arisen as a result of recrystallization. The cavities are lined by
dolomite crystals, which are usually clear, and show as blunt
rhombohedra having angles of 105° approximately.

These dolomitic limestones are described in a definite order, the
first (804) having the largest percentage of calcium carbonate and
the last (514) the largest percentage of magnesium carbonate.
Dolomite consists of 54 °/, Ca CO, and 46 °/, Mg C.0;, consequently
in the rocks first described there is an excess of unchanged calcite

Dolomitic Limestones. 267

amounting to more than 20 °/,, while in the last this excess is
no more than 6 °/,. Recognizable crystals of calcite are few in
number, but it is possible that this excess of calcite may occur
in the semi-opaque material which is found in all the slides, either
as a dark zoning to the rhombohedra of dolomite or irregularly
distributed throughout the rock.

No. 804. Cliff forming east flank of Phosphate Hill.

Composition: OaCO; = 67°88 °/,, MgC O,; = 81:96 °/,.
Total = 99°84. A white limestone compact in parts, but some
portion is porous.

The slice is taken through the porous region, and the cavities
are so large and numerous that it is difficult to explain their
presence entirely by assuming that they were formed -during
recrystallization. Many of these cavities are lined with colourless
dolomite crystals. The amount of semi-opaque material is large,
and consists either of zones in dolomite crystals, or more usually
it occurs irregularly distributed throughout the shde.,

No recognizable traces of organisms are present.

No. 8006. Rock immediately beneath bed of phosphate on
Phosphate Hill. 850 feet.

Composition: CaC O, = 65:05, Mg CO, = 84:77. Total = 99°82.
A very compact, recrystallized, hard rock.

The usual cavities occur and are sometimes riod by clear
erystals. A large quantity of semi-opaque material is present,
and is occasionally seen forming long acute crystals (calcite ?),
but is usually enclosed as zones in dolomite rhombohedra. Many
of the crystals show two or three zones parallel to the external
boundary. A few remains of organisms such as Lzthothamnion
occur in places.

No. 811. Immediately below phosphate at the summit of
Phosphate Hill.

Composition: CaC O, = 61:79, Mg CO, = 87:96. TZotal = 99-75.
A hard, compact, recrystallized dolomite limestone.

Cavities are fairly numerous, and are usually lined with clear
dolomite crystals. There is a fair quantity of irregularly distributed
semi-opaque material, but most of the slide consists of clear crystals
of dolomite with small centres of semi-opaque material.

No. 308. From low cliff in valley on West Coast, at 350 feet.

Composition: CaCO, = 60°68, Mg CO, = 39°27, Ca, P, O; = °15.
Total = 100-05. A fine-grained white rock, with many minute
regular-shaped cavities.

The main part of the slide consists of small rhombohedral
erystals of dolomite, a few of which are zoned. Nearly all traces
of organisms are obliterated, but occasionally the dark remains
of fragments of organisms which have resisted recrystallization
are seen.

268 Christmas Island.

No. 658. A hard rock associated with chalk-like rock on plateau.

Composition: CaCO, = 60°27, Mg CO, = 89°57. Total = 99°84.
A crumbling, porous, white limestone.

The slide consists almost entirely of idiomorphic zoned crystals
of dolomite. The irregular empty spaces and cracks which occur
are, however, usually bordered by clear crystals. Most of the
organisms have been obliterated, but one or two specimens of
Amphistegina and possibly Polytrema occur. The dolomite
crystals usually have dark centres, from which small, dark, acute
crystals (? calcite) are projecting in some cases. In other places
organic fragments are recrystallizing in the form of these long
dark (? scalenohedral) crystals of (? calcite).

No. 378. Highest rock collected from Murray Hill, at about
1,100 feet.

Composition: CaC O,= 60°34, MgC O,= 40:02. Total = 100°386.
A cream-coloured, hard, compact rock.

Irregular cavities and cracks occur, and both are filled, or
partially filled, with large clear rhombohedral crystals. A fair
amount of semi-opaque material remains irregularly distributed
over the slide. Very few of the rhombohedra are zoned, and most
are very small. A few organisms remain, especially a meandrine
form (? Polytrema), and some organic fragments are recrystallizing,
showing acute crystals of calcite (?) projecting at right angles to
the length of the fragment.

No. 514. Near the summit over Flying Fish Cove, at 880 feet.

Composition: Ca C O,= 59°38, Mg C O,= 40°88. Total = 100-21.
A cream-coloured spongy limestone.

Very similar to No. 378, but the dolomite crystals are larger
and less semi-opaque material is present, but zoning is not well
seen. The only remaining organisms are meandrine forms
(? Polytrema) and fragments undergoing recrystallization.

Awnatysgs oF Rockx-SpEcimENS FROM CuHristmMAs ISLAND.

Number. CaC0,. MgCO0s. Caz Pz Os. Total.
134 oe a. 197166)... 0. 24# “ae choy epee
179 a ep DTD ie coh y Le eee SED een eee
308 nn sex 805632... ORI Goa ae ke eee CLOW mO es
378 dele -a0 60°34. 4. 40502 — 100°36
514 Ist sample ... 59°33 .. 40°88 — 100°21 }

2nd sample ... “61°12 ~... 39°36 — 100°48
658 ae Se) 60272 Ps Neonat = 99°84
800 = as CO°0S: Oo) Sad — 99°82
804 ad Hy 67:88 rg, aoleg6 - 99°84
811 dss 23 61°79 4.cQuonnuo ~ 99°75

963 ste eH i's Minerrenme 0115) 100-48

269

GEOLOGY.
By C. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.G.S.

From the description of the physical features of Christmas Island
given at the beginning of this volume, it will be gathered that the
island may be considered as probably an ancient atoll which has
been raised to a considerable height above the level of the sea.
The chief reasons for so regarding it are, firstly, the general form
of the plateau with its outer border of slightly higher land, and
secondly, the nature of some of the rocks occurring on the more
elevated points. In the present section a brief sketch of the
general geological structure is given, a fuller account being deferred
till the nature of the rocks, especially of the later limestones, has
been more completely investigated, both with the microscope and
by chemical analysis.

The difficuities in the way of a detailed examination of the
geology of the island were considerable. The density of the
vegetation both rendered locomotion slow and difficult, and, at
the same time, concealed much that it was desirable to see (Fig. 1).
Moreover, the want of sufficient men for carrying water made it
impossible to stay more than a day or two in places remote from the
settlement or from the streams on the east coast. In consequence
of this the south of the island was not fully examined ; but since
in those parts which were traversed it was like the northern and
eastern regions, and since the appearance of its seaward slopes was
the same as that of the other coasts, it seems improbable that the
structure of this region differs in any important respect from that
of the rest of the island. Much, however, remains to be done, and
now that several roads have been cut and a number of men could
be employed, further exploration would be comparatively easy.

One of the chief objects of the expedition to Christmas Island
was to find out whether its structure would throw any light upon
the vexed question of the nature of the foundations of atolls. The
various views that have been put forward in this controversy are
so well known that it is unnecessary to give any account of them
here. From the description which follows, it will be seen that at
Christmas Island at least we do not find the great thickness of
reef-limestone required by the Darwinian theory of atoll-formation,
and although there may be some evidence that subsidence did occur
in the earlier history of the island it is clear that it was neither
continuous for any long period nor of any great extent. It may,
of course, be objected that Christmas Island was never a typical

270 Christmas Island.

atoll, and to this objection no answer is possible, but since it can be
shown that at one time it must have consisted of reefs and islands
approximating very nearly to those seen in atolls which are regarded
as typical, the determination of the nature of the foundations upon
which those reefs and islands rested is at least a step in the right
direction. From the account that follows, it will be seen that
in this case the basis of the island is almost certainly a voleanic

Fic. 1.—ForEsT ON THE PLATEAU.

peak the foot of which is now some 2,400 fathoms below the level
of the sea, and that on its summit and flanks great accumulations
of Tertiary limestones have been deposited, and in some cases are
interstratified with the products of the eruptions, probably for the
most part submarine, which took place from time to time. The
oldest of the volcanic rocks are trachytic, the newer basaltic. The

Geology. 271

last of the eruptions was accompanied by the formation of thick
beds of volcanic ash (palagonite tuffs), and it is upon these that the
great mass of the Miocene (Orbitoidal) limestones rests.

The later deposits which have accumulated on the basis thus
constituted are very difficult to describe. They may be said to
consist of reef-limestones and detrital limestones formed on the
submarine slopes of the island, but since after each movement
of elevation fresh reefs seem to have grown round more or less
of the new shore-lines, the whole structure is very complex.
Another source of difficulty is the almost complete obliteration of
all organisms in many of the limestones, chiefly in consequence
of dolomitization.

Perhaps the most remarkable of the rocks of Christmas Island
are the thick deposits of nearly pure phosphate of lime which cap
several of the higher hills. This substance is probably derived
from ancient (? Pliocene) guano beds formed on the low islets
which existed before the first elevation of the island, and is
the insoluble residue of beds of limestone altered by this guano.
On Murray Hill there is a bed of rock, consisting largely of phos-
phates of alumina and iron, which has perhaps been produced by
the alteration of a bed of volcanic ash by an overlying mass of
guano, since completely disappeared.

It will be convenient to describe the geology of the island under
the following heads :—

1. The central nucleus.
2. The plateau and hills.
38. The inland cliffs.

4. The sea cliff.

At the same time it will be impossible to keep these sections
entirely distinct from one another, e.g. in cases where the inland
cliffs have been cut back into the central nucleus and consist of
tertiary rocks.

The Central Nucleus. —By far the most important exposure of
the central core of the island is at Flying Fish Cove (see Map).
In this locality, behind the platform upon which the settlement
is situated, a steep slope rises to a height of from 400 to 500 feet.
Tn its northern portion it consists of a succession of cliffs separated
by steep talus slopes, while towards the southern end there is
a talus slope up to about 250 feet, and above this a vertical or
even overhanging cliff of from 200 to 250 feet. At the northern
end of the cove the cliffs run nearly N. to S., but as they are
followed southward their direction changes first N.N.E.-S.S.W.,
then N.E. to 8.W., E.N.E. to W.S.W., and finally S.E—N.W.
(see Figs. 2 and 6).

The general structure of the cliff is shown on the sections in
Figs. 2 and 5 (pp. 272 and 276). The oldest limestone visible
(A in sections) is exposed at the southern end of the cove, at the

Christmas Island.

272

"sN[e} Yyvoueg WOppIy St spoq oy} JO osvq oy} 4VY} O[LOTPUT SOUT] Moxorq oy,
‘mo1od urey}ION "g ‘toys0d uroyynog "Wy
"SAOO HSia ONIATS LV sSITD SHL AO 3FeNLONYLS SHL DSONIMOHS SNOILOSS

"4x0} 008 ‘s109}9] Joyo 94} Jo NoNeULdxe 10,7

= S200f29u ~_A SDUQrSauULsy) A SIWVO}SIUY) /OPIONIGIO 213I0/p)
SYI0s 2 2ghyrD-44 bee Peed 7 9 40 fr2 quobnpeg Ese) H mons ypooueg posog oo aala foes posics Aiwesay A AIO ow ny) weppo sugsauy myfofy Fee g
f ee Qs Oo voy, A == 4
H2ED] 12/NIS2A eee x Moy, os Bos Bon 2P ve cig 9 po eslignesady Soo == Mee /OQIGIGIO BaI0rpy [>] D 'weysaurz(ev9007¢) 21920640 as =5 Vv

roo

Ss=5=

«
esi ar a le Veta ad —— Rape a ee eaas aS
es eee on ee ey ee ee ee

Sa Se °

AAN_ — 3S AAN A= 383 AASAA — 3N3
ke SO Sist esse ts oi nN So Sa
eg bh * RAR rae S é Ba

AAS = 3N

ALAS

ARS

Sanne SELES

ot
Ni

z

LASS TS ee Se
(s2s7euz 02 qnoqo uroy1) ruipyos w aos apounxouddy

Geology. 273

commencement of the sea cliff which forms the southern boundary
of the bay. It is a very hard compact yellow limestone, showing
little or no traces of bedding or jointing. Its upper surface dips
at about 40° a little to the. W. of N., and it disappears beneath
the beach of coral fragments that has been thrown up at this point
on the landward side of the narrow fringing reef. On the land
side it can be traced up the cliff for about sixty yards, when it
disappears under the talus which entirely conceals its base. This
limestone is described above (No. 2, p. 226), and is of Eocene or
Oligocene age; it was probably deposited in comparatively shallow
water, and before the great accumulations of the Miocene and later
limestones of the higher parts of the island could have been
formed considerable subsidence must have taken place. In the
rocks of corresponding age in Java, several species of Nummulites
are said to occur in abundance, but, strangely enough, according
to Messrs. Jones & Chapman this genus is entirely wanting in
Christmas Island ; its place seems to have been taken by large
Heterostegines.

Above this limestone is a thick bed of compact black basalt
(No. 1; see Fig. 3 and G in Fig. 2, A). The junction is marked
by a bed of soft rock some five or six inches thick, in which harder
nodules are embedded. These nodules consist of limestone containing
foraminifera like those of the rock below, together with fragments
of much altered basic glass (No. 3, p. 231). The soft matrix in which
these nodules are embedded is a much decomposed rock consisting
mainly of fragments of basic glass. The basalt mass measured
along the shore is about 40 feet thick; it is roughly jointed into
spheroidal masses, and seems to have been exposed on the sea
bottom, the joint cracks being filled with a hard yellow rock,
consisting of lime and fine detritus, derived from basic volcanic
rocks and including numbers of various species of Globigerina.
This rock (No. 5) is described on p. 258, and is figured on Pl. X XJ,
Big, 17.

The basalt’ itself is a compact black rock, very fresh-looking.
The ground-mass consists of microliths of plagioclase, many small
prisms of purple augite, and much magnetite. ‘There are porphyritic
erystals of olivine, more or less altered into serpentine and vinidite.
The skeleton crystals of magnetite are often arranged parallel to
one another, and at right angles to the axis of the olivines. There
are numerous rounded cavities, lined, and in some cases filled, with
a strongly pleochroic green mineral, forming radial aggregates
which show a black cross between crossed nicols.

The upper surface of this basalt flow is covered with thick masses
of Miocene Orbitoidal limestone (C in Figs. 2 and 5), which, near
the junction, contains numerous fragments of the basalt overgrown

1 In the description of the volcanic rocks I am indebted to Mr. G. T. Prior,
of the Department of Mineralogy, for much assistance.

T

‘TAOQ HSI’ ONIATY AO HLNOg "IAOD HSIY ONIATY JO FAIS HLAOg nisin ———

IIITQ VIG NI (YSTY 4ooJ OE ynoqu) SaLIMOg AO SSV{—'F “OI T OLSAWI'T AUVILUTT, LAGIO NO ONILSAU LIVSVG JO axgq—'e ‘N1y

Geology. 27)

with Lithothamnion and Polytrema: this circumstance indicates
that this basalt was exposed upon the sea bottom in early Miocene,
or perhaps pre-Miocene times. On the right hand of section A
on p. 272 this basalt is marked G, and is made to correspond to
the upper basalt overlying the limestone B in the rest of the
section; this is perhaps a mistake, since it agrees very nearly
with tke basalt F underlying that limestone, which, together with
the overlying basalt and ash beds, seems to be wanting on this
southern end of the cove. It may, however, be remarked that
the limestone A is very similar in character to B (No. 522, p. 2381),
and if it were not that its fossil contents (see No. 2, p. 226) are
said to be rather different and point to a possibly somewhat greater
age, I should have regarded it as the southern continuation of B:
in that case the basalt would be correctly lettered. Indeed,
I believe this last interpretation to be correct.

The upper yellow limestone (B) just referred to forms a prominent
cliff throughout about the middle two-thirds of the cove. At its
southern end it seems to have been cut out by the fault marked
Y-Y (Fig. 2, A), but its termination is largely concealed by the
talus derived from the lofty cliffs of Miocene limestone (C). A little
farther to the north this cliff is again interrupted by another fault,
X-X (Fig. 2, A), the downthrow side of which is towards the north ;
this causes the limestone to terminate abruptly against basalt and
ash, and to reappear at a lower level, where it again forms a nearly
continuous cliff, low at first, but increasing in height towards the
north, where it sometimes reaches 60 feet. At its northern
extremity it becomes broken up into minor cliffs (P, Fig. 2, B)
separated by soil-clad slopes, beneath which it finally disappears.
The foot of the cliff is from 200 to 250 feet above the sea, but
except in one or two places where it rests on volcanic rocks (e.g.
at L and F), the base of this limestone is concealed beneath talus
which forms a steep rock-strewn slope to the shore platform. This
limestone is described on p. 231 as No. 522; it is remarkable for
the absence of Orbitozdes, which is found in the rocks both above
and below. The beds dip slightly seaward (at from 5° to 10°),
and are broken up by joint planes into great cubical masses, many
of which strew the platform below, of which, moreover, they
probably form the chief foundation; blocks of the same limestone
also appear on the foreshore in the middle of the cove.

As already mentioned, the base of this limestone is mostly
concealed beneath talus, but at a few points it can be seen to rest
upon voleanic rocks; in all cases it seems to have been deposited
upon these rocks long after their consolidation, and near the junction
often contains fragments of them. Of these volcanic rocks there
are two series—an older, trachytic, and a later, basaltic. The chief
exposure of the former occurs near the middle of the cove (at L on
the right-hand side of section B in Fig. 2), where it forms a great
boss projecting into the overlying limestone. The extent of the
mass cannot be determined, since its borders are mostly concealed

276 Christmas Island.

by talus. The surface of this rock in contact with the limestone
seems to have been greatly altered before the latter was deposited.
In the centre of the mass the rock (No. 929) is light-grey, fine-
grained, and made up of a felt of small lath-shaped felspar crystals,
giving straight extinctions and showing flow structure round
vesicular cavities which themselves show a more or less linear
arrangement. There are some traces of a much altered ferro-
magnesian mineral between the meshes of the felspars. Professor
Judd has kindly had the specific gravity of this rock determined
for me; it is 2°45.

Figure 56.

SECTIONS SHOWING THE STRUCTURE OF THE CuiFF AT Fiy1InG FisH Cove.

A. At middle of section B, Fig. 2.
B. At right-hand end of section B, Fig. 2.

For explanation of lettering see Fig. 2 (p. 272).

A few chains farther north trachytic rock again appears, but
in this case under peculiar conditions. Here the trachyte forms
two or three large masses, apparently completely included in the
great bed of basalt which there immediately underlies the yellow
limestone. The trachyte is here much altered, and consists of
angular nodules separated by a brown powdery substance, apparently
produced by the decomposition of the rock along cracks. In one
place the basalt sends a finger-like process into the midst of one of
the trachytic masses, and in another it appears to have penetrated
the trachyte horizontally for some distance, so as to appear to be
interbedded with it. The whole structure seems to be the result

Geology. 277

of the eruption of a mass of basalt along the same line as that along
which an eruption of trachyte had taken place at an earlier date,
and the inclusion of portions of the older lava in the newer. The
trachyte at this point is made up of a felt of small lath-shaped
felspar crystals, giving straight extinctions and sometimes showing
traces of a radial arrangement in groups. There are no porphyritic
constituents and there are scattered grains of magnetite.

The basalt (marked F in section B, Figs. 2 and 5) varies much
in character in different parts of the mass. For the most part it
is a fine-grained rock, consisting of small lath-shaped crystals of
felspar, a little granular augite, and much magnetite. Flow
structure is shown in the arrangement of the felspar crystals ;
there are no porphyritic crystals. Where this rock forms a narrow
tongue penetrating the trachyte it becomes more glassy. In one
place the mass of fine-grained basalt is traversed by a vein or
dyke of a basalt with large porphyritic crystals of pinkish-brown
augite, often showing the characteristic octagonal sections, large
fragments of olivine sometimes showing traces of crystal forms
and altered into viridite along cracks only, and finally large lath-
shaped crystals of felspars with traces of zoning; im one or
two instances felspars are included in the augite crystals. The
eround-mass consists of felspar microliths, small augites, and much
magnetite. This coarser rock was probably injected into a fissure
from the deeper portion of the mass.

South of the fault X-X the limestone B rests on the upper
end of a great mass of basalt (F), which can be traced down nearly
to the sea-level. At its upper end it penetrates the limestone,
and is repeated twice owing to slight faulting parallel to the main
fault X-X.

Wherever the talus is wanting it can be seen that the yellow
limestone (B) is overlaid by a bed of glassy basalt (G), varying
greatly in thickness and attaining its greatest development towards
the southern end of the bay (neariy above the letters N.E.-S.W. in
section A, Fig. 2). At this poimt it forms the lower portion of
a lofty overhanging cliff, which, from the red staining of the lime-
stone forming its summit and the colour of the volcanic ash
beneath, is called by the people the ‘‘ Katoe merah”’ or the “red
rock.” To the north of this point the basalt bed can be seen
at intervals only, and to the south it is interrupted (see Fig. 2)
by the fault X—X and is finally cut out by the slip Y-Y, the
Miocene Orbitoidal limestones (C) resting on its end.

The basalt of this bed is a somewhat glassy rock, the ground-mass
of which is full of microliths of felspar and granules of magnetite ;
there is a considerable quantity of olivine, which except in a few
cases is entirely altered into serpentinous material. Numerous
rounded vesicles more or less completely filled with a bottle-green
substance are present. In the higher part of the bed this rock
has undergone further alteration, the whole of the olivine being
replaced by serpentine and the green material filling the vesicles

278 Christmas Island.

apparently altered into a similar substance, while the glassy base
has become palagonitic. The higher parts of the bed also seem
to have been more glassy than the lower.

The thickness of this basalt 1s, as already noticed, very variable,
and the upper surface is nowhere clearly defined. It is covered
by beds of palagonite tuffs, which in places attain a thickness of
at least 50 feet. The passage from the basalt to the ash beds
seems to be marked by an ill-defined band of a peculiar rock
consisting of angular fragments of basic glass, some an inch across,
embedded in a copious cement of crystalline calcite or, in places,
of non-crystalline lime, containing fragments of palagonite (probably
merely the smaller fragments of glass completely altered), and
occasionally foraminifera; the cementing substance sometimes
makes up a great portion of the rock. Seen on a fractured surface
the basic glass is black in colour, of a resinoid lustre, and has
an irregular splintery fracture. In thin sections it 1s seen to be
a yellowish brown, and the fragments are usually altered along
their edges to an orange-yellow palagonite ; embedded in the glass
are many small nodules and imperfect crystals of olivine and some
very small crystals of augite. This rock was not actually seen
om sitt, but it invariably occurred in the talus immediately beneath
the beds of palagonite tuff, which it almost certainly separated from
the basalt below.

The palagonite tuffs (H, Figs. 2 and 5), like the underlying basalt,
vary considerably in thickness in different parts of the section.
Between the faults X-X and Y-Y (see Fig 2) they probably attain
a thickness of quite 50 feet. Further towards the middle of
Flying Fish Cove they are mostly concealed by talus, but here and
there form a low cliff of red or red and green mottled rock, which
crumbles beneath the feet. Under the microscope it is seen that
the rock consists of small fragments of a highly vesicular basic
glass, which has been completely converted into palagonite; the
whole is cemented together into a compact mass by crystalline
calcite, and here and there the shells of foraminifera occur. The
palagonite forms bands of different colours parallel to the outlines
-of the fragments or of the vesicles, and there are often zones
clouded with immense numbers of small granules, which under
a low power appear perfectly opaque. Sometimes these dark zones
are numerous, but usually there is one within a narrow band of
clear palagonite. In a few instances the whole of the interior
of the fragments is clouded with the opaque granules. According
to Mr. Chapman the foraminifera which occur scattered through
the mass are usually species of Pulvinulina.

The glassy basalt, the rock composed of fragments of basic glass,
and the thick masses of palagonite tuff above described seem to
have been the products of a submarine eruption, the fragments
of basic glass being derived from the shattering of the chilled
upper surface of the basalt flow, and the palagonite tuffs being
composed of the finer fragments of vesicular glass derived from the

—— _

Geology. 269

same source and mingled to some extent with sediment containing
marine organisms. ‘These rocks are very similar to specimens
described by Murray and Renard in the ‘‘ Challenger’? Report on
Deep-sea Deposits as forming the nuclei of manganese nodules
dredged from depths of more than 2,000 fathoms in the Indian
and Pacific Oceans. Thus the more altered portion of the glassy
basalt is very similar to that figured in the volume quoted on
pl. xix, fig. 4; the palagonite tuff to those shown on pl. xviii,
figs. 1, 2, 3; and the basic glass (No. 400) to that figured on
pl. xvii, fig. 3; and no doubt they were produced under similar
conditions. The degree to which the palagonite tuffs are exposed
on the cliff is shown in Fig. 2, where also it will be seen that, like
the basalt, these ash beds are cut off by the fault Y-Y and have
Miocene Orbitoidal limestones resting on their southern extremity.

Inland, about half a mile south of Flying Fish Cove (Fig. 6), we
come upon an extensive exposure of this upper basalt. The eastern
edge of the exposure runs a little to the west of south, approxi-
mately along the 500 feet contour-line; to the westward (that is,
the seaward) side the basalt forms a series of steep rounded slopes
separated by narrow valleys and running down to about the
300 feet contour-line; here it again disappears beneath limestones,
chiefly Miocene and containing Orbitoides, but in some places
of more recent origin. This belt of basalt is about a third of
a mile wide at its northern end, and can be followed south for about
a mile, beyond which it is completely covered with Miocene lme-
stones: this is the most extensive exposure of volcanic rock in the
island. As already mentioned, the upper surface of the exposure
roughly follows the 500 feet contour-line where it disappears
beneath the overlying Miocene limestones. The palagonite tuffs
found in the cliff section are here almost entirely absent and usually
represented only by a bed of impure limestone, often stained and
banded red and yellow by water percolating along the surface of
the voleanic rock, and containing fragments of palagonite and
basalt, sometimes in such quantities as to form a kind of breccia,

Towards the southern end of this exposure of basalt there are
several patches of Orbitoidal limestone at from 500 to 550 feet
above the sea; these rest directly on the basalt, many fragments of
which are included in their basal portion, which may present the
appearance of a breccia of basalt fragments. Some of these lime-
stones (Nos. 835, 827, 581) are described on pp. 254 and 255.

Returning to the cliff section, we find that the upper surface
of the palagonite tuff bed may be covered directly by Miocene
Orbitoidal limestone, or in a few places (e.g. at the points where
the sections in Fig. 2 were taken) a thin band of basalt, which is
often highly vesicular and contains large crystals of augite; above
this may be a thin band of palagonite tuff, or in places a volcanic
breccia consisting of fragments of highly altered basic glass and
basalt embedded in a ground-mass of yellowish limestone which may
contain foraminifera.

FLYING FISH COVE

Scale

Cof fee oN

Gardery

x
4 x
x xX

Shore Terrace Muocene Limestone

? Late Pleistocene —— of central nucleus a ee
Raised reef and beach re b

Limestone older than last Hhasalt xx _*

sed le p
para i ii Wl Volcanw ash

Fic. 6.—GroLtocicaL Map OF THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF Friyine Fisa Cove.

Geology. 281

The Miocene Orbitoidal limestones, which rest upon the upper
volcanic series, take a very large part in the formation of the basis
upon which the higher and later limestones rest, and extensive
exposures of them occur in several localities. Along the summit of
the northern half of the Flying Fish Cove cliff they form a vertical
face, varying from 10 to 30 feet in height. On the terrace
above they are exposed in low pinnacles roughly ranged in rows
parallel to the clitf edge, and at the fault X-X (Fig. 2) they form
a prominent cliff running inland for about the third of a mile and
terminating at its southern end against the basalt mass described
above (see Fig. 6). This cliff occurs on the downthrow side of
the fault, the limestone on the upthrow side having apparently
slipped down the seaward slope; the line marked Y-Y indicates
the position of a portion of the slip. South of Y-Y (Fig. 2, A)
these limestones thicken out greatly and form cliffs at least
200 feet in height, the mass being split by a series of vertical
fissures roughly parallel to the coast south of Smith Point. These
fissures mark small slips, which on the terrace above are indicated
by a series of small step-like displacements; the high cliff on the
south of the cove (Fig. 2, A, between the letters W.S.W. and
N.W.) is, in fact, a section across the ends of these terraces. In
the extreme south of the cove these limestones have been affected
by two or three small faults, which involve the underlying basalt
(G) and cause the repetition of the basalt bed in two places in the
base of the cliff; the limestones from either side of one of these
faults are described above under the numbers 229 (p. 238), 220
(p. 239), 219 (p. 240), 861 (p. 287). The last specimen shows
conclusively that these limestones were deposited on a basalt
surface exposed beneath the sea and thickly coated with Litho-
thamnion and other encrusting organisms. Nos. 229 and 571
(p. 286) are probably from the same bed, both being taken close
to the underlying basalt, and both being devoid of Orbitoides ;
571, however, is from a point about 480 feet above the sea, in
the middle of the cove, while 229 is from only about 100 feet at
the south end, the difference of height being accounted for partly
by the slope on which the beds are deposited causing a general
dip seaward and partly by the slipping that has occurred. No. 924
(p. 233) closely resembles 220, and is hkewise taken from close
to the basalt, but in this Orbztovdes are present, and the same is
the case with 968 (p. 252), from a little farther west, at a height
of about 60 feet above the sea. Of the rest of the limestones
from this locality described above by Messrs. Jones & Chapman,
595 (p. 240) and 845 (p. 241) are from immediately above the
line of slip Y-Y; 596 (p. 241) and 844 (p. 242), from above the
last; and 841 (p. 248) and 963 (p. 250) are from the summit
of the high cliff at this pomt. The two last are stated to be
probably of more recent origin than the Miocene rocks below, and
may represent a remnant of some much later deposit which formerly
covered them. From the north of the fault X-X the specimens

282 Christmas Island.

550 (p. 246) and 562 (p. 243) were taken close to the underlying
volcanic rock, and 521 (p. 245), 551 (p. 248), and 646 (p. 246),
from pinnacles at the summit of the cliff (about 500 feet). It
will be seen that rocks nearly on the same horizon may exhibit
considerable diversity in their fossil contents, but since in most
cases the fossils were determined from a single section the diversity
may be more apparent than real.

The whole of these Miocene Orbitoidal limestones were probably
deposited in shallow water on the summit and flanks of a sub-
marine bank. I never found Orditordes on any rock more than
about 600 feet above the sea, although corals of Miocene age are
said to occur at much greater elevations (see p. 208). Before
these higher rocks could have been formed probably a certain
amount of subsidence had taken place.

It will be convenient to describe here the northern end of the
Flying Fish Cove section (left-hand end of B in Fig. 2), although
in so doing it will be necessary to refer to some of the later rocks.
It has already been mentioned that at its northern end the cliff of
yellow limestone (marked B) becomes broken into minor cliffs (P),
which dip somewhat downward and are soon concealed beneath
a soil-clad talus slope. At a point slightly to the north of where
the main cliff of limestone breaks up, the basalt likewise disappears,
being partly concealed by soil, but mostly by a’ consolidated talus
composed of blocks of Miocene Orbitoidal limestone, with some
pebbles of volcanic rock. This forms a cliff (see N in section)
which can be seen to rest upon basaltic and trachytic rocks. At
its southern end, which is at a rather higher level than the main
face, the talus blocks are angular, but throughout the greater part
of its extent they are perfectly rolled and rounded, and there can
be no doubt that we have here a section of an old beach which was
formed when the sea was 80 or 100 feet higher than now. Still
farther north this disappears under a coral-reef rock, probably formed
about the same time. Above the point in the section marked N-S
traces of beds of Miocene Orbitoidal limestone occur only about
200 feet up the cliff, showing that here also rocks of this age overlap
the earlier rocks as in the south. These in turn are concealed
beneath a great mass of cemented talus (M in section), which has
been cut back into a lofty cliff, M (80-100 feet in places). The
rocks comprising this talus include blocks of Orbitoidal limestone,
but seem to be mostly of later date. At its northern end this
cliff disappears beneath the limestones, forming the first inland
cliff at the Zigzag (see note on p. 263), and its foot is concealed
by a reef-rock (E) which partly covers the slope below it. In the
talus beneath the high cliff are numerous blocks of basalt and
palagonite tuffs, showing that the beds of these rocks are continued
to the northern end of the cove, where they also pass beneath
M and E. The lowest part of the section shows the face of the
sea cliff (D), consisting of late Pleistocene or possibly recent
limestones.

Geology. 283

In this section we appear to have a fair representation of what
would be seen in vertical sections through the island at right
angles to the coast at any point, the succession being as follows :
(1) A central core of older volcanic and Eocene or Oligocene lime-
stones; (2) beds of basalt, volcanic ash, and thick masses of
Orbitoidal limestones enwrapping 1; (3) masses of talus, derived
mainly from the Miocene rocks and covered by (4) a thick detrital
limestone, which is derived from the wear of the reefs which cover
the higher portions of the island; (5) a raised reef of much later
date, which covers the foot of the cliffs and slopes composed of 4;
and (6) finally, the late Pleistocene, or even recent, limestones of
the sea cliff, which cling to the base of any of the older formations
which may be exposed.

Rocks of the Central Nucleus in other localities.—As far as I know,
the only other locality in the island where there is an exposure
of the Eocene or Oligocene limestone containing Discocycline
Orbitoides is in Sidney’s Dale (see Map), a deep gorge on the
west coast. This valley is one of several which, beginning at
a height of between 400 and 500 feet, runs down to the sea in
a generally south-west direction. In some cases (e g. Sidney’s
Dale) they cut through the sea cliff and terminate at the sea-level
(Fig. 7), in others (e.g. Hugh’s Dale) they open out on the top of
the lowest terrace. These valleys seem to have been originally
formed along lines of cracking and faulting; as a rule, on one side
they are shut in by vertical cliffs, on the other by steep slopes.
The floor is often formed by basaltic rock, and in one or two
instances (e.g. in the lower part of Sidney’s Dale Valley) it
appears to form an upper edge of a narrow dyke running along
the direction of the valley and showing signs of columnar structure
at right angles to it (see Fig. 8). In all cases there are signs
that in the rainy season a considerable torrent runs down these
valleys, and no doubt has contributed to a considerable extent to
their present form. I believe that where the sea cliff has been
cut through to the sea-level this is entirely the work of the
running water, and that the movements which first gave rise to
these gorges did not affect the lowest terrace, which in fact was
formed subsequently to them (see Fig. 7).

In Sidney’s Dale, at about 250 feet above and 25 chains from the
sea, the southern wall of the gorge is formed by cliffs varying from
60 to 100 feet in height; the northern side is very steep and in
places cliff-like, while the total width of the floor is not more than
20 or 80 feet, and is mostly occupied by the rounded and water-
worn rocks which indicate the existence of a rapid stream at some
seasons. When I visited the valley in October it was perfectly
dry. The cliffs to the south consist of a basal portion of basalt,
about 10 feet high, then a narrow band of soft rock some 18 inches
thick, and above this to the summit of the cliff hard yellow
Kocene or Oligocene limestone. The basalt has a ground-mass
crowded with lath-shaped crystals of plagioclase, some augites, and

284 Christmas Island.

numerous skeleton crystals of magnetite; there is some glassy base. —
A few porphyritic crystals of pale purple augite and some
porphyritic felspars replaced by calcite occur. This basalt is
extensively exposed in the neighbourhood and is different from the
basalt above referred to as forming a dyke on the floor of the dale.
The soft rock (No. 318) forming the thin band separating the
basalt from the limestone above, and the massive limestone
(No. 347), are described on p. 254. In both, the Lower Tertiary
type of Orbitoides is present. Unfortunately the relations of this
bed of ancient limestone were not worked out, because in the first

Fic. 7.—Movutu or Sipney’s Datz, West Coast.

place my stay in the neighbourhood was very brief, and in the
second without microscopic examination the age of the beds was
not recognizable. It will be noted that, as at Flying Fish Cove,
this old limestone occurs at a comparatively low level, not being
more than about 250 feet above the sea.

The volcanic rocks are exposed over a considerable area on the
east coast in the neighbourhood of the fresh-water stream and
waterfall marked on the Map. There they do not occur more
than about 150 feet at most above the sea-level; but towards the

Geology. 285

southern end of this coast, a little north of Ross Hill, I found basalt
pebbles up to 400 feet.

In the neighbourhood of the fresh-water stream are some rounded
knolls, and in a shallow valley between these I found an exposure
of a trachytic rock similar to that described from Flying Fish Cove.
This exposure was of small extent, and seemed to be completely
surrounded by basalt, of which the knolls are composed; the
relations of the two could not be made out, the ground being for
the most part covered with a dense juiele of screw-pines, very
difficult to penetrate. The basalt at this point forms a great part
of the shore terrace, and appears on the shore in the waterfall
bay and in another bay a little to the south. At the stream it is
covered by thick beds of red palagonite tuffs, and it is to the
presence of these volcanic rocks that the existence of the two or
three small brooks is due. The palagonite tuffs are covered with
coral limestones, the age of which is not known. At the waterfall
(Panchoran Bay) the basalt forms an extensive sea-worn platform
(Fig. 9), and on the beach forms a projecting ledge over which
a perennial stream of excellent water flows. The basalt at this
point, which is near the centre of the mass, contains porphyritic
erystals of felspar, augite, and olivine. There seem to be two
kinds of porphyritic felspars, one in well-defined twinned crystals,
probably labradorite, the other less well-defined and with distinct
zonal banding; this is probably more acid. The olivine is usually
altered into a pleochroic fibrous serpentinous mineral. Ground-mass
of microliths of felspars, augite, and magnetite. Above the basalt
at this point is a bed of volcanic conglomerate, consisting of blocks
of basic rock, some vesicular, some compact and glassy, mostly
more or less rounded; these are embedded in a ground-mass of red
volcanic ash with much lime; in fact, at the top of the bed the
pebbles of basaltic rock are embedded in hard limestone. The
greatest thickness of this bed measured was about 10 feet. Upon
it is a bed of hard yellow limestone, the age of which is doubtful.
The absence of Orbitoides (see No. 52, p. 259) is against its
Miocene age, but on the other hand Dr. Gregory has doubtfully
referred a coral from this bed to a species (Ordicella murrayt,
p. 216) found elsewhere in the Orbitoidal limestone. Upon it
is a thick mass of limestone breccia, the blocks composing which
are of all sizes and cemented by finer material, often filled with
phosphatic nodules; probably the whole is a submarine talus of
comparatively recent date derived from the cliffs behind. This
is capped in turn by a reef-limestone of quite recent date (probably
late Pleistocene). The cliff at the north and south of this bay
is therefore formed (from below up) by (1) basalt, (2) volcanic
agglomerate, (3) yellow limestone (4 or 5 feet), perhaps of
Miocenea ge, (4) limestone breccia, an old talus, (5) late reef-
limestone with corals like those now living on the coast.

A few hundred yards farther south the sea-washed platform
is composed of a basalt of a very different character from that

t Coast.

ES

WW;

Date,

NEY’S

F SID

, FLoor o

E OF BASALT

Dyk

Fig. 8.

East Coast.

CHORAN) Bay,

=

SEA-Worn Basatt in WATERFALL (PA

Fic. 9.

Geology. 287

just described. This is a much altered glassy basalt with small
porphyritic felspars and augites. The base has been for the most
part altered into a yellowish and greenish brown palagonite-lke
substance which contains many microliths of plagioclase. There
are some vesicles filled with concentric layers of a transparent
substance showing a black cross between crossed nicols. The lower
part of the bed is divided into fairly regular hexagonal vertical’
prisms, the summits of which have been broken into small angular
fragments and recemented with crystalline calcite, the resulting
rock having a remarkable appearance owing to the sharp contrast
between the black basalt and the white lime. This extends up
‘the cliff for about 40 feet, and is in some places capped by a foot
or two of a fine-grained brown rock, apparently an ash, and on
the top of the cliff there is a thick bed of red palagonite tuff. In
a chiff a little to the south a clean section of the basalt shows
that it is divided into four or five beds separated by indurated and
brecciated limestone. The whole is covered by a conglomerate of
blocks of limestone, some of great size, probably a consolidated
talus from the inland cliffs.

South of Steep Poimt the base of the sea cliff is formed of basalt
divided into hexagonal columns, in one case apparently curved.

Still farther south there are extensive exposures of basalt, which
may be distinguished at a long distance from the summits of the
inland cliffs by the great size of the sago-palms (Arenga listert)
which grow upon them; in this locality volcanic rocks may occur
up to 400 feet above the sea.

In some localities on the east coast the Miocene Orbitoidal lime-
stones are magnificently developed. The most notable exposure is
near North-East Point, where the whole of the first inland cliff for
more than half a mile consists of limestones of this age, crowded
with the characteristic fossils. This cliff is about 250 feet high,
and it appears to have been formed by a slipping away of a portion
of the eastern flank of the island. A little farther south a much
more extensive slip has taken place, giving rise to a cliff upwards
.. of 500 feet in height and consisting apparently almost wholly of
Miocene rocks. Towards the summit (about 400 feet) is found
the rock which Messrs. Jones & Chapman have described above
(No. 955, p. 255) as a breccia of fragments of Orbitoidal limestone
cemented by recent reef material, but I am inclined to doubt
whether the brecciation and recementing of the rock may not both
be of Miocene date.

The base of these cliffs is concealed by a talus of great blocks
and also in the northern part by comparatively recent reef-lime-
stones which once formed a narrow fringing reef along their foot ;
it cannot therefore be seen whether here, as at Flying Fish Cove,
these Miocene limestones rest on a volcanic basis or not; but since
in the immediate neighbourhood pebbles of basaltic rock occur
in the shore platform, and since at the same level and only about
a mile further south the basalts and tuffs are present and of

288 Christmas Island.

considerable thickness, it seems almost certain that this is the case.
Cliffs composed of these Orbitoidal limestones are easily dis-
tinguishable from those formed of later reef-limestones, by their
flat smooth faces and the straightness of all their lines, which is the
consequence of the system of jointing which splits the mass up
into roughly cubical blocks. The magnificent range of cliffs
(first inland) which forms the fine headland, Egeria Point, are no
doubt of this age, and so perhaps are those of South Point.

On the plateau and higher cliffs no Orbitoidal limestones at all
occur, but according to Dr. Gregory some of the corals (eg.
Orbicella herklotst) collected from the reefs on the central plateau

are of Miocene type. If this is so it indicates that in these -

localities the basis of older rocks has been exposed by denudation ;
but since no rocks containing Orbitordes were seen and, on the other
hand, traces of volcanic rocks were found, it seems probable that the
Orbitoidal limestones never completely covered the volcanic basis,
for had they done so traces of them should remain on the plateau.

Tur Rocks oF THE CENTRAL PLATEAU anD HItts.

The general characters of the central plateau and of the hills
which occur on its borders are described above in the introductory
section (pp. 11-13). As already mentioned, some of the limestones
exposed in the interior contain corals of Miocene type (see p. 208),
and therefore most probably form part of the central nucleus
which has been exposed by the very extensive denudation that
the island must have undergone. Other reasons for supposing
that this may be the case are, that in the middle of the island
occasional pebbles of volcanic rock may be found, and that, as
mentioned on p. 18, the great depth of the reddish-brown soil
covering much of the central region has certainly been derived from
the decomposition of volcanic rock, at least in great part. It is
unfortunate that the Miocene age of some of the rocks of the plateau
could not be determined by me while on the island, since a careful
examination of their relations, and fuller collections of their fossils,

might have thrown much light on the age of the highest limestones ©

and on the date of the first elevation of the island above the sea.
This event was no doubt post-Miocene, but that it was not long
subsequent to that period seems to be rendered probable by the
fact that since it took place a series of negative movements of the
shore-line has occurred, a succession of inland cliffs has been cut
back, and enormous masses of calcareous rock, both reef-limestones
and more especially detrital limestones which cover much of the
flanks of the island, have been formed.

The latest of the limestones covering the highest parts of the
island and forming, in my opinion, an atoll reef and island, have
been either to a large extent removed by denudation or have
undergone great alteration, which has led to the destruction
of the contained organisms. The rocks composing the summit

:
|

Geology. 289

of Murray Hill, Phosphate Hill, and the highest land over Flying
Fish Cove are dolomitic limestones, containing 34 to 41 per cent.
of carbonate of magnesia. Descriptions and analyses of these rocks
(Nos. 378, 514, 800, 811) are given above by Mr. E. W. Skeats
(pp. 267-268); and Messrs. Jones & Chapman have described the
organisms contained in 378 (p. 257) and 800 (p. 258), and also
in No. 143 (p. 256), a similar rock from the summit of Ross Hill.
In all cases the fossils aré nearly obliterated, and only imperfect
remains of a few foraminifera and fragments of Lithothamnion,
which resists destruction to the last, are to be seen: in the rock
from Murray Hill there may be traces of coral structure. The
rocks forming the rim between the hills are of a similar character
both on the seaward side and on the landward slope, or low cliff,
which, according to the view expressed above, faced the lagoon.
In these, although their general appearance and mode of occurrence
point to an origin from a coral reef, yet traces of coral are rarely
seen. Insome places, where the limestones contain little carbonate
of magnesia, the foraminifera are fairly distinct: an example of
such a rock is No. 134 (pp. 256 and 265), which was collected
a little below the summit of the upper cliff on the east coast.

The rocks of the central plateau have been examined only in
part. One of the most interesting is from pinnacles projecting
from the soil at about 800 feet above the sea (No. 985, p. 257) :
it is a crystalline limestone crowded with fragments of Lthothamnion
and Halimeda, together with a few foraminifera, and it seems
to be a shallow-water rock, such as might well accumulate in
a lagoon. At no great distance from this there is another rock
which points more strongly to lagoon conditions. This is a fine
white limestone, which for the most part is of a powdery chalk-like
consistency, is composed entirely of carbonate of lime, and usually
contains no organisms: scattered in it are irregular hardened masses
which include numerous foraminifera, which are described above
(No. 658, p. 257) as being undersized and thin-shelled, and the
nature of the rock as a whole is stated to indicate that it was once
the soft mud of a shallow lagoon, an interpretation which the
position in which it is found strongly supports. Some of the hard
masses closely associated with this rock are dolomitized and the
organisms obliterated. (See No. 658, p. 268.)

The most important evidence that the higher points on the
northern and eastern rim of the plateau once formed islets is
the existence upon several of them of thick beds of phosphate
of lime, for it is difficult to account for the great accumulation
of this substance at these points otherwise than by supposing that.
it is derived from thick beds of guano deposited on these elevations
under conditions very different from those now prevailing. The
necessary conditions would seem to have been fulfilled if these
hills formed low treeless islets, whether these consisted merely
of accumulations of coral thrown upon the reef by the action of
the waves, or were the highest points along the line of reefs which

U

290 Christmas Island.

had been exposed by a change in the relative levels of the land
and sea. Another condition favourable for the accumulation of
guano is absence, or at least scantiness, of rainfall, and the low
and, as they must at first have been, treeless islets would certainly
have a much smaller rainfall than at present occurs. Moreover,
at the time when the first upward movement took place, the
conditions prevailing in the Malay Archipelago were very different
from at present. In Java, for instance, late Miocene or early
Pliocene deposits are found at an elevation of 900 metres, so
that a smaller land-area was then exposed, and, furthermore, the

volcanic mountains were much less elevated than now. ‘These ~

circumstances may have considerably modified the meteorological

conditions of Christmas Island, which lies near the southern edge

of the region affected by the monsoon (see p. 17).

The phosphates, as they now exist, are probably the remains
of beds of limestone, which have been altered by the overlying
guano, the carbonate of lime being replaced by phosphate. ‘The
phosphatization occurred somewhat irregularly, and the removal
of the more soluble portions of the beds by the action of perco-
lating water has left behind a thick bed of blocks and nodules of
phosphate, which covers a large area and extends to a considerable
depth (upwards of 10 feet in places). The most important of
these deposits is at Phosphate Hill, where a large area is covered
by them, but other beds are to be found on some of the hills on
the east coast. Moreover, at the present day small nodules of
phosphate of lime are scattered widely over the plateau, and
particularly on the outer slopes of the island. These nodules also
occur embedded in the later limestones, and sometimes may have
been formed in sett by segregation, but in most cases are simply
derived from the higher beds. In any case the terraces, particularly
the shore terrace, are in places thickly strewn with a sort of shingle
of nodules of phosphate of lime, which have either weathered out
of the limestones or fallen from the beds above.

In many places on the plateau the level surface of the soil is
thickly strewn with small round black bodies varying in size from
that of No. 10 shot to that of small peas. Mr. R. Irvine informs
me that these pellets consist of a central nucleus of phosphate
of lime, surrounded by a fairly thick coat of manganese dioxide,
the whole being again covered with a thin layer of phosphate ;
they contain about 18 per cent. of manganese dioxide. This is
probably derived from the volcanic tuffs which were extensively
exposed on the higher parts of the island, and, as already
mentioned, must be to a large extent the parent rock from
which the thick soil of the island is derived. Their decomposition
may have given rise to mud deposits on the lagoon bottom.

The phosphate itself is a very peculiar substance. It is intensely
hard (between 6 and 7), and this, combined with the waxy lustre
of a newly fractured surface, gives the impression that it is siliceous,
though as a matter of fact it contains little or no silica (less than

|

Geology. 291

1 per cent.). Under the microscope it can be seen that the rock,
which has been phosphatized, was a fragmental one; obscure traces
of contained organisms (foraminifera) may be observed occasionally,
and in some specimens fragments of bone occur. There are numerous
irregular cracks and cavities, which are usually lined with nearly
transparent phosphate of lime, showing a beautifully banded agate-
like structure. The colour of the rock is as a rule a brownish
white, but some specimens are of a darker tint. In some cases the
rock is found to consist of fragments of dark and light coloured
phosphatized rock, embedded in a cement of transparent yellowish
phosphate of lime, apparently deposited from solution in concentric
layers round the fragments. Under crossed nicols this banded
substance is found to be doubly refractive, polarizes feebly in
tints of grey and shows traces of the black cross, the banded
structure being rendered very prominent. In many respects this
phosphatic rock closely resembles in its structure some of the
phosphatic nodules from deep water described by Murray & Renard
in the ‘‘ Challenger”? Report on Deep-sea Deposits (p. 391 et seq.).
These nodules are described as having been formed as segregations
of phosphate of lime replacing carbonate in certain marine deposits.
This mode of origin may perhaps account for the presence of some
of the small nodules found scattered over the island, but cannot be
responsible for the formation of the great masses occurring at
Phosphate Hill and elsewhere. The average composition of the
phosphate is about 39 per cent. phosphoric acid; 51°5 per cent.
lime; 3°5 per cent. carbonic acid; 2 per cent. iron and alumina;
the remaining 4 per cent. being made of magnesia, water, fluorine,
and other substances; there is only about ‘2 per cent. of silica.
The brown soil in the neighbourhood of these deposits also contains
a considerable amount of phosphoric acid, often amounting to more
than 380 per cent.

On Murray Hill is a bed of .a remarkable rock which seems to
have been produced by the phosphatization of a volcanic rock,
probably a bed of tuff. It consists of small brown spherules of
phosphatic matter cemented by doubly refractive phosphate of
((?) lime: under the lens it presents somewhat the appearance of an
oolite. It contains 39 per cent. of phosphoric acid, only 2°5 per cent.
of lime, 32°5 per cent. of iron and alumina, nearly 5 per cent. of
silica, the remainder being almost all water, either free or combined.

The rock upon which the phosphate beds rest is, in most places,
a dolomitic limestone, which, in the specimens examined, curiously
enough seems to contain no trace of phosphate of lime. Descriptions
and analyses of some of these dolomitic rocks from Phosphate Hill
(Nos. 800, 804, 811) are given on p. 267.

Tue Uprer Crirrs AND TERRACES.

The rocks composing the upper inland cliffs have not been fully
examined, but enough has been done to show that in different
places rocks of very different characters occur. These upper cliffs

292 Christmas Island.

would perhaps be more fitly called talus slopes, since it is rare ©

or an actual cliff face to be seen, the usual form being a steep:
(30°-40°) slope strewn with jagged blocks of limestone sometimes
arranged more or less in a succession of small terraces. A general
account of them has been given on p. 11. The upper cliff
consists entirely of white and cream-coloured limestones, which
towards the summit are often more or less dolomitized, and
are nearly always more or less cavernous, owing partly to the
crystallization which has usually taken place to a greater or less
extent. Traces of coral are rare, but in one or two cases I found
a rock apparently made up of broken pieces of a branching coral.
Some of the beds consist largely of foraminifera, fragments of
mollusca, and other organisms. At 725 feet over West White
Beach I found a bed composed almost exclusively of a small lamelli-
branch, but this was on the south-west side of Murray Hill and
perhaps belongs rather to the plateau than the upper cliff. Many
of the rocks are clearly of fragmental origin, and consist of angular
fragments of older limestones in a later calcareous matrix. No
Orbitoides were seen. The rocks on the whole are such as might.
have accumulated on the submarine slopes outside a living reef,
and, in fact, are probably largely composed of the débris derived
from the wear of the rocks described above as forming the rim of
the plateau. This upper slope is separated from the one below by
a level terrace of varying width, usually soil-clad, but occasionally
studded with blocks and pinnacles of limestone.

The second inland cliff, like the upper one, is generally reduced
to a mere slope covered with talus, but in a few places, e.g. to

the north of Steep Point on the east coast, it forms a vertical face.

In it coral is found much more often than in the upper cliff, and
at the locality just referred to numerous masses of it can be seen
embedded in the limestone. Fragmental limestones are again
common, and pieces of echinoid spines and molluscan shells are
frequently met with ; in some cases foraminifera are very numerous.
The limestones are occasionally more or less dolomitic (see 131,
p- 257), and in a few cases are partly phosphatized (940, p. 261).
In this last case the limestone in question occurs below Phosphate
Hill, and the contained phosphate was no doubt derived from that

covering the slopes above. No. 131 is from a narrow valley on.
the summit of the first inland cliff, between its outer edge and

the foot of the second inland eliff.

First Intanp Crirr.

The general characters of this cliff have been described above

on p. 10: both in its mode of origin and composition it is much

more complex than the slopes above. It may consist either of
(1) limestones of the central nucleus, containing Orbitozdes, as at.

North-East Point, or (2) limestones of later date, largely made up
of corals, molluscan shells, echinoid fragments, foraminifera, and:

—— rl LT Oe

Geology. 293

other organisms, which together with other reef débris have
accumulated on the flanks of the island; this is the prevailing
type. and is found on all sides of the island where this cliff is well
developed. The cases where the Miocene rocks are exposed have
been noticed above. Rocks forming a cliff of the second type are
described by Professor Rupert Jones and Mr. Chapman under the
numbers 979 (p. 259), 859, 1002, 1005, 1006 (p. 260), 900, 4034
(p. 261), 937, 864 (p. 262), 200, 202, 208, 209 (p. 263), and
1032 (p. 264). It will be seen that some of these are described
as being brecciated or as forming a ‘microconglomerate,’ and as
a matter of fact they all seem to me to be mainly of detrital origin.
Again, several are described as ‘recent,’ but this can only be
regarded as a relative term, since they are probably older than
the Pleistocene. It should be noticed, however, that the corals
described by Dr. Gregory from this cliff are either recent forms or
very closely allied to recent forms (see p. 210 et seqq.), and usually
occur also in the sea cliff, but on this point see below (p. 294).
Nos. 1002, 1005-6 may be taken as fairly typical of the rocks of
the vertical face (200 feet high) of this cliff as developed on the
east coast. No. 900 was from the bottom of a cliff forming the
western side of the deep cleft by which Steep Point Hill has been
cut off from the main mass, and may be taken as typical of deeper
parts of this limestone; in this specimen minute fragments of bone
are not uncommon. Nos. 200, 202, 208, 209, 211, and 1032 are
from the first inland cliff, just north of Flying Fish Cove, and
form part of a series of specimens collected every few feet from
the bottom to the top. No. 1032 is crowded with organisms, and
must have been formed close to a living reef. This series may
be taken as giving a fairly good idea of the kind of rocks of which
this cliff is, as a rule, composed.

The first inland cliff appears to owe its origin to two different
causes in different localities. In the first place it may be a fault
cliff formed by the foundering of some portion of the outer edge
of the island, as described above; this type is as a rule confined
to places where the Miocene limestones are exposed, e.g. east
coast near North-East Point and probably Egeria Point (south
side), where the cliff can be seen to have been formed by one
main slip and a number of subsidiary ones, some of which may
extend for a short distance only, and form a number of short low
cliffs at different levels above the main face. In the second case
the cliff is the result of wave action; this is the commonest type,
and the cliffs of the north and east coast are excellent examples
of it. In many places it is clear that it has been formed by wave
action at two or three levels (see p. 10), and that the sea has stood
at several horizons along this cliff is abundantly proved by the
fact that in places where the cliff is wanting raised reefs occur
at different elevations.

For instance, south of Smith Point (see Fig. 6, p. 280) there is
such a reef terrace on the 180 feet contour-line, and at the foot of

294 Christmas Island.

this a still later one at about 100 feet. Again, between Flying Fish
Cove and North-East Point, for the greater part of the distance
the single high cliff which is found at the Zigzag (see Fig. 6) is
replaced by two or three irregular step-like cliffs of reef-limestone,
often interrupted by talus slopes, gaps, and channels, and in fact
representing the remains of a series of fringing reefs, each of
which in turn was raised and cut back by the sea, while at its foot
its successor grew up on the talus derived from the cliffs above,
Whether a single vertical cliff face or a succession of terraces was
formed depended upon the steepness of the submarine slopes.
If these were gentle enough to allow talus material to accumulate
and afford a foundation for a fringing reef the terraced condition
followed, but if on the other hand the slopes were steep and
no reef could grow, a vertical cliff was formed. It should be
noted that all intermediate conditions occur, the commonest being
that in which the upper 150 feet or so form a vertical face, while
the foot, from the shore terrace up to about 100 feet above the sea,
is formed by a narrow belt of reef. This corresponds to the terrace
between the 100 feet and 180 feet contour-lines in Fig. 6, and
is the most persistent of these minor terraces. In some places
shore conglomerate was observed on its surface, and great limestone
blocks fallen upon it from the cliffs above rest on a sort of pedestal
of cemented coral fragments like that which is found at the base of
the blocks lying on the present fringing reef. Of course these
raised fringing reefs are of later date than the rocks in which the
first inland cliff has been carved by the sea, and the lower ones
may be but little older than the reef forming the present sea cliff
and terrace. This probably accounts for the fact that some of the
corals labelled as from the first mland cliff are similar to those
found in the sea cliff and to recent forms.

Tuer Snore Crirr anp TERRACE.

The shore terrace and cliff (see pp. 6-10) are formed by the
elevated fringing reef that grew round the island before the last
negative movement of the shore-line took place. It is the most
persistent of the terraces, and, with the exception of about a quarter
of a mile in two localities, it runs round the whole island. In
some places, as above mentioned, it may be in part formed by the
volcanic and other rocks of the central nucleus, but elsewhere it
may be described as consisting of a thin capping of coral limestone,
resting on a foundation of consolidated talus derived from what are
~ now the inland cliffs, and, of course, varying in characters as the
rocks composing those cliffs vary. For instance, on the east coast,
in the neighbourhood of the fresh-water stream both the talus
foundations and the reef -limestone overlying it are full of blocks
of basalt derived from the exposure on the slopes behind.

The shore cliff forming the southern boundary of Flying Fish
Cove may be taken as fairly typical of the shore cliff in general. It

Geology. 295

will be seen (Fig. 2 A, p. 272) that the basalt marked A, which runs
down beneath the sea-level, has its upper surface covered with an
old talus consisting of blocks derived from the cliffs of Miocene
limestone behind, lying in a matrix of smaller limestone fragments
mingled with the débris of the basalts and palagonite tuffs which
occur in the neighbourhood, and often including the shells of
foraminifera. A similar talus forms the foot of the cliff (see
Fig. 2A, above the letters S.E.—N.W.), where, being very hard,
it forms a projecting ledge which is some 9 or 10 feet high.
Upon it is about 50 feet of very fresh-looking coral limestone, in
which the individual coral stocks, in the position of growth, may
often be distinguished. One mass of Porites is between 20 and
30 feet high and nearly as broad (see Fig. 4, p.274). A fine section
of the sea cliff is exposed where it is cut through at the mouth of
Sidney’s Dale (Fig. 7, p. 284). Here also it is seen to consist very
largely of recent species of corals, some of which, both from this
and other localities, have been noticed by Dr. J. W. Gregory
(pp. 206-225).

If the terrace at the top of the sea cliff be examined it will be
found in many places to consist of two parts, an outer broader
zone, which is the summit of the raised reef, and wherever the
rock is free from soil and vegetation can be seen to consist mainly
of fresh-looking corals, and an inner, much narrower zone, running
along the foot of the inland cliff and consisting of the same material,
being, in fact, the base of the portion which has been cut back by
the waves.

The present fringing reef forms a narrow shelf round the island,
being only interrupted where deep water occurs close to the foot
of the sea cliff; and, if a further negative movement of some fifty
feet were to take place, it would form a cliff and terrace much
like that just described.

SuMMARY AND CoNCLUSIONS.

From the foregoing account it will be seen that Christmas Island
presents some important peculiarities which differentiate it from
other oceanic islands, and are difficult to explain. The island is,
in fact, the flat summit of a submarine mountain more than 10,000
feet high, the depth of the platform from which it rises being about
14,400 feet, and its height above the sea being upwards of
1,000 feet. The submarine slopes are steep, for depths of 1,100
fathoms occur less than four (in one case less than three) miles, and
the foot of the mountain (about 2,400 fathoms) within twenty
miles of the coast of the island. As far as the soundings go, they
show that the slopes of the upper part of the peak are nearly alike
on all sides, being about 2 in 5. Soundings made in the neighbour-
hood of the island at depths of more than 1,000 fathoms usually
show the bottom to be covered with Globigerina ooze ; off the
south-east corner of the island coral-sand was met with in depths

296 Christmas Island.

of more than 900 fathoms, and this sand is no doubt derived from
the wear of the cliffs of this part of the island, which is exposed to
the full force of the swell of the Southern Ocean. Round the rest
of the coast fragments of volcanic rocks and pieces of manganese
dioxide are recorded from various depths up to 1,100 fathoms: two
soundings of 385 and 925 fathoms respectively brought up calcareous
alge. Between the island and Java lies a long narrow trough,
which is one of the abysses of the Indian Ocean, being upwards of
3,000 fathoms deep in places. Its long axis lies parallel to the
south coast of Java, the submarine slopes of which appear to be
formed by a great fault and are very steep, the 2,000-fathom line
being only a few miles from the land.

Forming the flat summit of the Christmas Island peak we
meet with a succession of limestones ranging from the Eocene
(or Oligocene) up to recent reef deposits, and accompanying
the older Tertiary deposits are various volcanic rocks, most
important of which are basalts and trachytes lying beneath the
Eocene (or Oligocene) limestone, while above it are basalts and
basic tuffs separating it from the Miocene Orbitoidal limestone
which seems to make up the great mass of the island. The total
thickness of these older Tertiary and the interstratified volcanic
rocks is, as far as can be ascertained, about 600 feet, but it is
probable, as above stated, that some of the rocks exposed on the
plateau may be Miocene, in which case the series is considerably
thicker. ‘The occurrence of such a series of Tertiary deposits on
an oceanic island is, I believe, unknown elsewhere, although
‘Wallace mentions that Upper Miocene deposits occur in the Azores.
Another point of importance in the case of these Tertiary rocks
is that they, especially the Miocene Orbitoidal limestones, end
abruptly on the coast in vertical cliffs sometimes 250 feet high,
so that it is clear that the area which they originally covered must
have been much larger than the present island, and that it has
been cut down to its present dimensions by repeated faulting
and slipping down of its peripheral region. All these limestones
must have been deposited in shallow water, probably less than
100 fathoms deep. At present the Eocene limestones are found
up to about 250-300 feet, the Miocene Orbitoidal limestones up to
about 550 feet, while the summit rises 1,200 feet above the sea.
Ii we suppose the Eocene limestones to have been deposited in
100 fathoms (and it was probably much less), the range of the
oscillation with reference to the sea-level which the island can be
proved to have undergone is between 200 and 3800 fathoms,
a small proportion of the total depth to the ocean floor.
Speaking generally, this oscillation appears to have consisted,
first, of a gradual depression, allowing of the accumulation of
the Miocene Orbitoidal limestones and those composing the higher
land, then a period of rest, followed by a succession of movements
of elevation (or better, negative movements of the shore-line),
which have given rise to the terraced structure of the island and

Geology. 297

continued to the present time. The period of rest between the
upward and downward movement of the sea-level must have been
a prolonged one, for it was during this time that the atoll condition
existed, and the great bulk of the detrital limestone derived from
the destruction of the living reefs, and now forming the mass
of the first inland cliff, was deposited: the great accumulation of
guano that must have taken place would also have required a vast
period of time for its formation.

In Java the later Eocene deposits include limestones, in which is
found the Discocycline Orbitoides dispansa as in Christmas Island,
but accompanied by numerous Nummulites, which, curiously
enough, according to Messrs. Jones & Chapman, are entirely
wanting in the limestones described by them, while on the other
hand large Heterostegines occur abundantly. Above these Eocene
deposits comes a great mass of volcanic rocks, including andesites,
diabases, and other lavas, some derived from submarine eruptions.
This volcanic series seems to correspond in time to the basalts and
tuffs which overlie the older limestone at Flying Fish Cove.
The Miocene rocks consist of three divisions, the lower made up
chiefly of volcanic breccias, the middle of soft marls, the upper
of calcareous rocks with some dolomites and marls. In Christmas
Island these are probably all represented by the massive Orbitoidal
limestone, the absence of terrigenous material being only what
might be expected. In both areas the calcareous rock is crowded
with Lepidocycline Orbitoides, but although some of the Christmas
Island forms occur in Sumatra and Borneo none are recorded from
Java, and most are described as new; the fact that the Orbitoides
of the two areas have been described by different authors may
in part account for the discrepancy.

It will be seen that the rocks of South Java, if we make allowance
for the proximity to land at the time of their deposition, resemble
in their general characters and succession those of Christmas Island,
and like them they often terminate on the south coast in abrupt
faces, or show other indications that they formerly extended farther
south, but have been cut back by faulting and slipping. As to the
possibility that these rocks in the two localities were deposited
in a continuous area, it can only be said that the difficulties in the
way of supposing this to have been the case are very great. If it
were so it must be imagined that the enormous depth between the
two islands has been attained since the Miocene by a general
depression of the sea bottom south of the fault line forming the
southern margin of the Malayan platform; and further, that
during this depression the small area which forms the elevation
on which Christmas Island now stands escaped the movement, and
in fact forms a ‘horst,’ on all sides of which the sea bottom has
been faulted down about 2,400 fathoms. These suppositions,
however, appear untenable, and most of the difficulties are avoided
by regarding the base of Christmas Island as a volcanic peak which
has accumulated in consequence of repeated eruptions. In this case,

298 Christmas Island.

since upon its summit shallow-water deposits of Eocene age occur,
the depth of the floor of the ocean in the neighbourhood can have
undergone little alteration since the Eocene times, unless, indeed,
it has been lowered equally round the foot of the mountain by
a system of cross faults. This volcano, like those of Java and
Sumatra, etc., probably owes its origin to the movements along the
line of the great fault forming the south boundary of the Malayan
area in pre-Kocene times. Some post-Hocene movements probably
caused the eruptions, the products of which form the base of the
Miocene both in Christmas Island and Java, and may have resulted
in the deepening of the abyss between the two areas. Movements.
are still in progress, as the eruptions of the Malayan islands show,
and in Christmas Island also two slight earthquakes have been
recorded by Mr. A. Clunies Ross within the last few years: the
last of these, on October 20th, 1895, was sufficiently severe to.
loosen great masses of rock from the cliff. This seems to have been
felt in the Cocos-Keeling Islands also, a point of some interest,
since these islands almost certainly rest on a volcanic peak which
may owe its origin to the same causes as that of Christmas Island.

In the foregoing pages I have frequently spoken of the elevation
and depression of the island. This is, of course, merely elevation
and depression in reference to the sea-level, and it would probably
have been better to have employed the terms suggested by Suess,
namely, ‘‘ negative and positive movements of the shore-line,”’
since in some cases, at least, particularly in the formation of the
later cliffs, it seems very probable that it is the general level of
the surface of the sea that has been altered, and not merely a local
upheaval of a limited land-area that has taken place.

The above description of the geology of Christmas Island must
be regarded merely as a first essay, for owing to the fact that
the age of many of the limestones could not be recognized by
me on the spot, and to other difficulties referred to above, much
remains to be done, and in the light of my present knowledge,
both of the localities and of the rocks, if it were possible to revisit
the island for even a few days, many questions could be definitely
settled which during my former visit puzzled me greatly, after
repeated examination. One point of special interest may be
referred to, namely, the possibility of finding still earlier, perhaps
Cretaceous, limestones beneath the Eocene (or Oligocene) limestone
in Sidney’s Dale on the west coast.

299

THE GEOGRAPHICAL RELATIONS OF
THE FLORA AND FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

By C. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.G.S.

Amone the most interesting subjects of inquiry in connection with
an oceanic island are the relations of its flora and fauna to those of
the neighbouring lands, the means by which it has been colonized,
and the degree to which the changed conditions under which the
colonists are placed have led to modifications and have given rise
to new species. In the present section these points are briefly
discussed, and a list of all the recorded species is appended,
together with their approximate distribution or that of their allies.

The fauna and flora of Christmas Island are on the whole, as
. might be expected, most nearly related to those of the Indo-
Malayan islands, but to this there are some exceptions in the
case of certain groups. Of the 319 species of animals recorded,
145 or about 45 per cent. are described as endemic: this
remarkably high percentage of peculiar forms is, however, no
doubt largely due to the fact that in some groups, particularly
the insects, the species inhabiting Java and the neighbouring
islands are still imperfectly known, and many now described for
the first time from Christmas Island will no doubt probably be
found to exist also in other localities.

Of the mammals all are peculiar species except one, and that is
a well-marked variety of a species inhabiting Further India. The
nearest allies of the Rats and Fruit-bat are found in the Austro-
Malayan islands, a circumstance for which an explanation is
offered below.

The birds may be divided into four groups. (1) The resident
land birds, which are all peculiar species, more nearly allied to
Austro-Malayan than to Indo-Malayan forms (Lister, Proc. Zool.
Soc., 1888, p. 530). (2) The sea birds, mostly widely spread forms,
but in one case, Sula abbotti, previously recorded from Assumption:
Island only, and in another, Phaethon fulvus, described from
specimens of which the locality is not known. (3) The migrants,
which reach the island during the rainy season, corresponding to
the northern winter. (4) Accidental visitors, to which division
Chalcococcyx basalis and Myristicivorus bicolor may probably be
referred.

Of the six reptiles four are peculiar, but belong to widely
distributed genera, and the other two occur in Java.

300 Christmas Island.

Of the fourteen species of land-shells described, six are peculiar,

but allied forms are widely distributed in the neighbouring lands. .

The same may be said of most of the other species, but two or
three are not known from the Indo-Malayan islands, and may have
reached the island from the eastward in the same way as some of
the mammals.

Nine species of butterflies are recorded, of which three are
peculiar, while another is a distinct variety of a Javanese species.
The others are Indo- Malayan, except two, which may be
Australian.

Of the larger moths sixty-five species are described, ten of which
are peculiar. Of the remainder, most occur in the neighbouring
islands, but there is a considerable group of species found in
Ceylon, and another from the Austro-Malayan and Pacific islands.
Out of nine species of Microlepidoptera six are new, two of the
others belong to the Australian region, while the third is recorded
from Africa.

Of the Hymenoptera nine out of eleven species are said to be
peculiar. All belong to widely distributed genera.

The Coleoptera are represented by a much greater number of
species than any of the other orders of insects, eighty-four in all

being described, while ten others have been referred to their genera -

only. Fifty-six species are said to be peculiar to the island, but
this remarkably high proportion (nearly 67 per cent.) is no doubt
due to the fact that the beetles of Java are still incompletely
known. The remaining species are mostly either widely dis-
tributed forms or are Indo-Malayan. As in the case of the moths,
a few are identical with species from Ceylon.

All the Homoptera are described as new. Several are related
to Austro-Malayan forms. Of the Hemiptera four out of six are
new, the remaining two are pelagic. The two new species of
Neuroptera belong to widely distributed genera, and the three
remaining species are common in the Oriental region.

Of the Orthoptera twenty-two species are described, fourteen
being endemic, but nearly all belonging to widely distributed
genera. The remainder are either cosmopolitan, or at any rate
Oriental forms.

Of three species of Chilopoda, one is Palearctic (this was not
collected by me), the other two Oriental. Two out of three
species of Diplopoda are peculiar, the third being a cosmopolitan
form. Twelve species of Arachnids have been described, three
being new. The remainder, with the exception of one Australian
form, are Oriental, mostly occurring in the Indo-Malayan islands.
The land Crustacea are all widely distributed on the Indo-Pacific
coasts.

Finally, of the four species of earth-worms two are peculiar,
one having allies in the Aru Islands and Ceylon, the other in
Sumatra. The other two species occur both in the Oriental and
Australian regions.

Distribution of Fauna and Flora. o0L

One hundred and eleven species of Dicotyledonous plants are
recorded, and of these ten only are referred to as new, but
a considerable number, while not specifically distinct, differ
markedly from specimens from other localities, and may be
regarded as local varieties. In fact, as has been pointed out on
the authority of Professor Oliver, we are probably here dealing
with species in the making [6, 10]. Most of the other plants
either occur in the Indo-Malayan islands or are widely distributed
tropical forms.

Of the Monocotyledons seven out of eighteen species are endemic,
the remainder being either Indo-Malayan or widely distributed.

The single Gymnosperm, Cycas circinalis, is found both in the
Indo- and Austro-Malayan islands. The ferns are either Indo-
Malayan or common tropical forms: only two are described as.
endemic. The remaining Cryptogams are all, with the exception
of one peculiar species ef fungus, either Indo-Malayan or widely
distributed species.

The causes which have been instrumental in the introduction
of the fauna and flora have been, as usual, the winds and ocean.
currents, the work of the former being much the more important.
The prevailing wind is the south-east trade, which blows on an
average 300 days in the year. The nearest land in the direction
from which it comes is the north-west coast of Australia, about 900
miles away, so that, as might be supposed, the number of species
possibly introduced by this means is very small; perhaps one or
two of the butterflies may have reached the island in this way. In
fact, as Wallace ' long ago pointed out in the case of the Azores, the
introduction of plants and animals into remote islands is due not
so much to ordinary or normal as to extraordinary or exceptional
causes. These latter, in the case of Christmas Island, are the
storms which, during the rainy season, blow occasionally from the
northern quarter, and it is after these, or sometimes even after
a few days’ steady breeze from this direction, that birds of passage,
dragon-flies, various moths and butterflies, and other insects
reach the island. It is no doubt, therefore, to these occasional
northern winds and storms, that by far the greater number of the
species of plants and animals owe their introduction, and, indeed,
considering that new arrivals were observed after nearly every gale,
it seems rather remarkable that a greater number of forms have
not gained a permanent footing. In the case of the birds most
of the newcomers were migrants coming south to avoid the
northern winter, and would not, in any case, be likely to remain
permanently ; the rails, of which at least two species were seen,
would probably find it impossible to breed in the island on account
of the rats. Several of the species recorded were only represented

i

1 «¢Tgland Life,’’ 2nd ed., p. 261.

302 | Christmas Island.

by single individuals, which were picked up in a dying condition ;
this was the case with the specimens of Chalcococcyx basalis and of
Hirundo gutturalis. Since I left the island several individuals
of a black and white fruit-pigeon (Myristicivorus bicolor) have been
observed on the island, and I heard reports that similar cases had
occurred previously; but it seems unlikely that this species could
become a permanent inhabitant, for it would probably come into
direct competition with the native fruit-pigeon, which itself
sometimes dies in large numbers for want of sufficient food and
water. Several other birds, of which I did not obtain specimens,
have been observed. Mr. Andrew Ross told me he had shot
a small duck and that a fishing hawk had been seen on the coast.
I myself saw a number of white-lheaded swifts which remained
for some days. Whatever the reason may be, it is certain that for
an extremely long period of time no bird has become a permanent
denizen of the island, for all the land birds which breed there are
peculiar species, whose ancestors must have arrived long ago. It
should be noted, moreover, that according to Mr. Lister, who has
ably discussed the geographical relations of the Christmas Island
birds [5], they are more nearly related to Austro-Malayan than
to Javanese types. This circumstance may be accounted for by
supposing that when their ancestors reached the island different
meteorological conditions prevailed, or that they may owe their
introduction to some other cause, e.g. drifting on rafts of floating
trees such as not uncommonly occur in these seas.

Of the insects the dragon-flies, which arrive in swarms, usually
disappear in a few days, most likely because of the absence of
standing water. The butterflies and moths were generally much
battered during their transit, and it can only rarely happen that
the conditions necessary for their establishment as permanent
inhabitants are fulfilled. Of the other less conspicuous insects it
is impossible to speak, because I was unable to distinguish the new
arrivals from the natives, but no doubt many species must from
time to time be blown across from Java during these gales.

Of the plants, according to Mr. Ridley [8], very few are
introduced by the wind, the most important being the various
Cryptogams, of which the small spores are easily blown long
distances; orchids, of which the seeds are very small; Hoya and
Blumea, the seeds of which are plumed; and to these perhaps may
be added Berria and Dipterocarpus, the winged fruits of which
are sometimes carried high into the air and may be blown long
distances.

The ocean current which passes the island is the equatorial drift,
which comes down from the Timor Sea and receives tributaries
through the Straits between the islands of the Archipelago (Bali,
Lombok, etc.). It is to the transport of rafts of trees by this
current that the rats, the fruit-bat, and possibly some of the land
birds, very probably owe their introduction to the island, and this
circumstance would account for the similarity of many of them to

Distribution of Fauna and Flora. 303

Austro-Malayan forms. Some at least of the Reptilia and Land
Mollusca no doubt reached the island by the same means.

In the case of the plants this means of transport is perhaps the
most important of all, as is shown by the very large number of
species which have seeds capable of resisting long immersion in
sea-water. To this division belong most of the sea-loving trees
(e.g. Calophyllum, Hibiscus, Scevola, Cordia, etc.), as well as
many of those found in the forests generally (e.g. Barringtonia,
Cryptocarya, Inocarpus, Ochrosia, etc.). Many of the smaller
plants also may have been introduced by this means either as
seeds or perhaps, in the case of epiphytic plants, attached to
floating trees.

Several other means by which plants may reach an oceanic
island are excellently illustrated in the flora of Christmas Island.
Thus a considerable proportion of the trees bear fruits which are
eaten by the pigeons and other birds, and may have been brought
across the sea by them. It is by no means necessary that the
birds themselves should survive in order that the seeds may get
a footing,’ so that from time to time plants may have been intro-
‘duced by species of birds which are not now found in the island.

Another mode of distribution is by seeds and fruits, which, either
by means of a sticky secretion or by hooks, can cling to the plumage
of birds. Several species have no doubt been introduced in this
manner, the most notable being Pisonia, the fruits of which are
extremely sticky, and sometimes clog the feathers of the sea birds
to such an extent as to impede their movements.

The plants and animals already introduced by man are referred
to on p. 20, but considerable additions to these will no doubt
quickly follow. In the case of plants especially the reduction in
the number of rats near the settlement will render possible the
cultivation of many species which hitherto have been destroyed
before the fruits could ripen.

The following table consists of a list of the species of animals
and plants at present recorded from Christmas Island, together
with their distribution or, in the case of peculiar species, the
distribution of their nearest allies. Species peculiar to the island
are marked ‘x’ in the first column, and the regions in which their
nearest allies occur are indicated in the succeeding columns by
numbers distinguished by an asterisk; in the case of species not
peculiar to the island the same numbers are employed without the
asterisk. The geographical divisions adopted are those employed

1 See Clement Reid, ‘‘ Origin of the British Flora,’’ p. 30, 1899.

304 Christmas Island.

by Wallace in his ‘‘ Distribution of Animals,’ and the numbers
refer to his subdivisions of those areas, as follows :—

(@) OrrentaL Recion.

1. Hindostan.
2. Ceylon.

3. Indo-China.
4. Indo-Malaya.

(6) AustRattan Reeton.

1. Austro-Malaya.
2. Australia.

3. Polynesia.

4. New Zealand.

(c) Erutopran Reeion.

1. East Africa.

2. West Africa.
3. South Africa.
4, Madagascar.

In the last column the occurrence of species in localities other
than those indicated in the preceding columns is noted, and
various remarks are appended. ‘The whole of the regions in which
a species or its allies occur are not in all cases mentioned, but as
far as possible the district nearest to Christmas Island in be
they are found is noticed.

MAMMALIA.

Pteropus natalis ...
Pipistrellus murrayr

trichura...
Mus nativitatis
Mus maclearr

AVES.

| Carpophaga whartoni
| Myristicivorus bicolor
Chaleophaps natalis
Limnobenus fuscus
Anous stolidus
Glareola orientalis

Charadrius dominicus

| Ochthodromus geoffroyt
Numenius variegatus

| Heteractitis brevipes
Tringoides hypoleucus -

Calidris arenaria ...
Limonites ruficollis

Gallinago sthenura

Demiegretia sacra...
Fregata aquila
Fregata ariel

Sula sula ...

Sula abbotti

Sula piscatrix :
| Phaethon rubricauda

| Phaethon fulvus...
Astur natalis
Ninox natalis
Collocaha natalis ...
Chalcococcyx basalis
Motacilla melanope

Motacilla flava

\

Crocidura fuliginosa, var.

300

ged = =
pee a | eS
ca 3
ee |e ls
x eae *]
x
var. x 3
x BP, meat
x ¥4 *]
|
x oe coal Us
3, 4 1
% F1525/3,4| ° *1
19,34 1
I, 3; 4 DZone
x *]
x ad ae
x aah
4 1, 2

Ethiopian
gion.

Re

FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

LIST OF SPECIES.

Various localities and remarks.

Lombok.
Allies widely distributed.

Tropical and sub-tropical seas.
Migrant wintering in Malay
Archipelago and Australia.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.

Migrant wintering in 8. Africa,
India, and Australia.

Nearly cosmopolitan.

Migrant wintering in Burmah,
Malay Archipelago, and
Australia.

Migrant wintering in India and
Malay Archipelago.

Tropical and sub-tropical oceans.

Indian and Pacific Oceans.

Tropical and sub-tropical oceans.

Assumption Island.

Tropical and sub-tropical oceans.

Tropical regions of Indian and
Pacific Oceans.

Other localities unknown.

Palearctic in summer, going
south in winter.
Ditto.

306

Zosterops natalis .w..
Merula erythropleura
Hirundo gutturalis

REPTILIA.

Gymnodactylus marmoratus
Gecko listert

Lygosoma atrocostatum
Lygosoma nativitatis
Ablepharus egerie
Typhlops exocet ...

LAND MOLLUSCA.

Lamprocystis normani
Lamprocystis mabele
Lamprocystis mildrede
Succinea solidula ...
Succinea solitaria ...
Succinea listert

Opeas subula

Pythia scarabeus ...
Melampus luteus ...
Melampus fasciatus
Melampus castaneus
Leptopoma mouhoti
Truncatella valida
Assiminea andrewsiana ...

LEPIDOPTERA
RHOPALOCERA.

Limnas petilia

Vadebra macleart... ae

Melanitisismene, var. deter -
minata ... ace

Charaxes andrewst

Junonia villida

Hypolimnas misippus

Hypolimnas nerima, var.
listert

Nacaduba aluta

Terias amplexa

LEPIDOPTERA
PHALAN A.

Euchromia horsfieldi

Nola distributa

Deiopeia pulchella

Argina cribraria ... 5

Peculiar to
the Island.

4:

bd

MMs

var. xX

Christmas Island.

Oriental
Region

|
:

3 a |e¢ .
& ep ek = Various localities and remarks. |
5 fan}
< es} |
al
cs
Nests in N.E. Asia; migrates as
farsouthas Australia in winter.
<1
1
ae ... | Allies widely distributed.
#1, #2, *3
*1,2,3
*1,2,3
ck Habitat previously unknown.
Allies widely distributed.
bias EL Ditto.
“ns ... | Probably introduced.
Us
1,2. 3
198
3
iN 3} ... | Allies Oriental.
2
Mes Wide range.
il
2
1 .
Allies widely distributed in Asiaj
and Africa.
1
4
... | Old World.
1 4

List of Species. 307

Various localities and remarks.

Peculiar to
the Island.
Oriental
Region
Australian
Region

Ethiopian
Region

i
|

LEPIDOPTERA, continued.

| Mimeusemia econia Ba es *4
| Dipterygia vagivitta oe 3, 4
_ Amyna selenampha ale Wenctemie idea os Jee 3, 4

_ Amyna octo a4 bie oe a ae .... | “Eropies: ,
| Prodenia littoralis seat’ ices Jn .-. | «| Mediterranean sub-rezion,
tropics, sub-tropics.

Leocyna tibialis ... Fos aes jes 1, 3
| Armactia columbina Be Ms a3 2
Brana calopasa ... ess ae 2 1
_Patula macrops ... Bae ae 1, 25
| Ophiusa honesta ... oc eee (lela) Or, 14

Ophiusa coronata ... ae ee ea oo, 4 2
Ophiusa serva... ie Ore He 2 Be 4
Bocula limbata ... she x

3 1,2,3,4

_ Acantholipes similis Ses ae 1, 4
Thermesia rubricans ehhh tee | ete, 4 1,3 11,2,3;4
Ophideres salaminia Pa aati eBay ae tol 2; 4
Ophideres ancilia .. me Bee 1 25°38
Ophideres fullonica ie He Le 2s Oy. Ty Ze) a) P28
_ Ophideres materna ¥ 3: i, its .... | Tropical Africa.
Cosmophila erosa ... baa I fan Le = ... | Widely distributed.
| Cosmophila vitiensis aad 3
| Hutelia delatrix ... a... Sek D2, oy4 2
Stictoptera describens ... aaa 2,4
Hydrillodes vexillifera ... x
} Maliattha signifera ee. sos | Leer 2
Rs Hrastria griseomixta Sty x
— Tarache olivacea ... Oe ie
2: arias chromataria aes wan 1, 2.3, 4 de 1, 2,3
Porthesia pulverea aae x *4,
Orgyia postica i. an sys 1, 2, 3, ;

9

Cherocampa erotus au au 3
herocampa vigil Beet sleds, are
heretra lucasi ... ‘ ae ARS
2S

T2438

mer bo ee

No
(Jt) Li) (JN) bo bo & bo

Lo Japan.
2,3 | Specimens of a type recorded
only from 8. Africa.

Pseudosphinx discistriga ..
Pephonodes hylas ..

Lr PP PRL LP
A

E yperythra lutea... <s Ben oll 2h. is 1,
| Boarmia acaciaria yooh fly 2) os 1, 2,3,4

Boarmia scotozonea Bh x po lea

Sauris hirudinata Seeley cork: | ke. 2 Oy 2, 3

Thalassodes veraria see ace 1, 2, 4
| Craspedia optivata ~ 2

Craspedia, sp.

Epiplema inhians.. : ah 3

Doloessa castanella oak ait 2
2

Corcyra cephalonica ue ... | Europe, West Indies. Probably

; introduced.
Homeosoma nimbella ... |... ae dee 3 United States, Europe, Syria.
LEphestia scotella ... Soe x

| Heterographis singhalella est 2 F

| Huzophera cinerosella ... |... ee the ... | Europe. Probably introduced.

| Epicrocis egnusalis Sete oe lie 2p Oe Mar Dk gm &

308

LEPIDOPTERA, continted.
Endotricha listeri...
Flerculia nannodes
LZinckenia nigerrimalis
Zinckenia fascialis
Dichocrocis surusalis
Dichocrocis auritincta
Sylepta lunalis
Glyphodes holophealis
Glyphodes indica ...
Glyphodes suralis ...
Hellula undalis

MICRO-
LEPIDOPTERA.

Oxychirota paradoxa
Cosmoclostis quadriquadra
Brenthia elachista
Simaethis ornaticornis
Phycodes adjectella
Tortricomorpha chlorolepis
Epagoge haiysideta
Cenognosis incisa ...
Dendroneura punctata

HYMENOPTERA.

Mantibaria anomala
Ophion flavocephalus
Lobopelta diminuta op
Camponotus melichloros ...
Notogonia alecto ...
Odynerus polyphemus
Polistes balder

Hahetus andrewsi
Halictus binghami
Megachile rotundipennis ...
Megachile nivescens

COLEOPTERA.

Morio orientalis

Harpalus, sp.

Trechus, sp.

Gyrophena, sp.
Philonthus, sp.
Inthocharis, sp.

Pederus listert ... <
Lispinus castaneus

Peculiar to
the Island.

Mee :

Mi bh mw:

Christmas Island.

= =|
ee fax} .
oS A .s
= 3 ae Sie
2 & &p = 60
Ba | Be pad
. < FB

3, 4
Re

4 1
1,003) A 1

One
3

1203.4 1,2,3,4
2
1,2
#4 ¥1,*2 | *2
*9
#4
#1, ¥3, *4
¥3
*]
3,4
#4
+ 1

1, 2, 3 |1,2,3,4
3

Various localities and remarks. —

Resembling American forms.

Near a European species.

Genus widely distributed, said
to accompany banana and

sugar-Ccane.

Genus widely distributed.
Oriental.
Genus widely distributed.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.

Genus widely distributed.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.

|
i
:

CoLEOPTERA, continued.
Dactylosternum abdominalis

Hololepta malleata
Platysoma lignariwn

Paromalus, sp.

_ Prometopia quadrimaculata
Stelidota orientalis

Shoguna polita ... bes

Shoguna striata ee
Oniscomorpha marmorata...

| Xuthia maura

_ Bothrideres strigatus

_ Psammecus concinnula

_ Dermestes felinus ...

| Epilachna indica ...

| Epilachna nativitatis

Seymnus, sp.

_ Aphanocephalus, sp.

| Huzestus parki

faregus listert

Figulus rossi

_Leptauiax, sp.

| Rhyssemus inscitus

| Trichyorhyssemus hirsutus

| Phileurus convexus

Protetia andrewsi

_ Chrysodema simplex

Chrysobothris andrewsi

_ Fornax, sp.

| Tetrigus murrayi ...

| Anchastus discoidalis

Megapenthes andrewsi

| Melanoxanthus dolosus

| Melanoxanthus litura

Laius tibialis Sey

| Lasioderma testacea one

Neoptinus parvus ...
Paranobium postiewm

| Aspidiphorus orbiculatus...

Dinoderus minutus

| Minthea rugicollis

| Opatrum dubian ... ane

Bradymerus seminitidus ...

Alphitobius piceus

Paiorus depressus ...

| Toxicwm antilope ... Sy
_ Nyctobates carbonaria ...

_ Amarygmus funebris

_ Sessinia andrewsi ... '

Sessinia listeri... =e

Rhyncholobus discoidalis ...

Peculiar to

Pl bd i

Mob:

bo bo OE

Wa:

Hh MH Ka Ke

the Island.

List of Species. 309

Oriental
Region

*4

Australian
Region

3

pil!

¥]

*§

Ethiopian
Region

Various localities and remarks.

1,3, 4| Brazil, Madeira, Cape Verde,

and Canaries.

4

*4

1
Cosmopolitan.
Asiatic.

4 Madeira.

*3

a Genus Oriental and Australian.
... | Nearly cosmopolitan.

Widely distributed.
Saylee.
Genus cosmopolitan.
Genus Oriental also.
Cosmopolitan.

Ditto.
Genus widely distributed.

Genus Oriental and Australian.
Genus widely spread.

CoLEOPTERA, continued.
Rhyncholobus vittatus
Rhyncholobus andrewst
Acicnemis andrews
Camptorhinus crimipes
Mecopus bispinosus

Trochorhopalus strangulatus
Rhabdocnemis fausti

Cossonus variipennis é
Phicophagosoma dubiwm ...
Pachyops incertus ...
Dryophthorus assimilis
Platypus solidus ... oe
Xyleborus perforans
Xyleborus parvulus

Orychodes andrewst
Xenocerus nativitatis
Litocerus jordani ...
Apatenia apicalis...
Areocerus, Sp.

Prinobius coxalis ... a
Ceresium quadrimaculatum
Ceresium mgrum ...
Examnes affinis ,
Monohammus nativitatis ...
Olenecamptus basalis

Pterolophia perplexa
Prosoplus banksi ...
Apomecyna nigritarsis
Aigocidnus exiguus
Crioceris vnpressa
Rhyparida rossi
Rhyparida modesta
Demotina lateralis

Scelodonta nitidula a
Psyliiodes tenuepunctata ...

HOMOPTERA.

Pecilopsaltria calypso
Ricania flavifrontalis
Paurostauria delicata
Varcia flavicostalis
Nogodina affinis ...
Nogodina hyalina
Nogodina subviridis
Bidis aristella

Christmas Island.

Peculiar to
the Island.
Oriental
Region
Australian
Region.
Ethiopian
Region.

x
x
x
x *]
ae 3, 4 1
x sae
x
xX
x
X aes 72
2

2,9 1
x es nae
x ¥4 |
x *4
x
Ox ls) ele,
x
x
K ¥4
x
x AG
2.4 at
ee 1 Qo 44) de
x aes
x de
Sie 4 1
x
x *4
x
wale 1, 2, 4
x ee
3 el es er! ¥]
x a) ul
x *9
x ¥]
x
x
x i ¥]

|

Various localities and remarks. |

Widely spread in Malay Archi-
pelago. a
Allies in Oriental region and mn

the Pacific Islands. |
Genus cosmopolitan. : |

Probably widely spread in
Oriental region. i
Oriental region. '
a

1

Genus Oriental.

Allied to O. bilobus, ranging from
China to N. Australia.
Genus Oriental.

Genus Africantand Oriental.
Genus Malayan.

Genus ranges from China and™m
Japan to New Guinea.

Allies Oriental. i |

Allies widely distributed.

Homortera, continued.

Clovia eximia
Issus andrewst see
Idiocerus punctatus sae

HEMIPTERA
HETEROPTERA.

Aithus nitens

Pentatoma grossepunctatum

Lygeus subrufescens
Brachyrhynchus lignicolus
Halobates princeps
Halobates proavus...

NEUROPTERA.

Pantala flavescens...
Trithemis trivialis

Anax guttatus
Formicaleo morpheus
Myrmeleon iridescens
Termes, sp.

ORTHOPTERA.

Labidura nigricornis
Platylabia dinudiata
Anisolabis stali
Labia murrayt
Labia incerta

Labia indistincta ..

- Labia subarmata ...

| Anechura, sp.

Lemnopteryx fulva
Phyllodromia supellectilinm
Periplaneta americana
Leucophea surinamensis ...
Panesthia javanica
HMierodula dispar ...

Chtwnnus stilpnoides
Ectadoderus flavipalpis

Gryllacris rufovaria
Pseudorhynchus lessoni
Phisis listeria

Peculiar to
the Island

bd bd Po

HH ee:

List of Species.

= . =| .
oa a6
oR i)
AS) isis + o0
~ oO mod
oya=| 25
*4

*]

5 al

ce
*1, ¥2, *3| *1, *2
ne 1
Sa 1
12
Pees bei 8
z
:
4 e
7
#4 e
#1 ¥2*3 4
*4 cs
4 1

#2) Jip *3

Ethiopian
Region

dll

Various localities and remarks.

Genus widely distributed.
Ditto.
Ditto.

Widely distributed in Tropics.
Widely distributed in Oriental
Region.
Ditto.
Genus widely distributed.
Ditto.
Ditto.

Genus widely distributed.

Genus widely distributed.
Genus cosmopolitan.

Resembles American
species.

Genus cosmopolitan.
Ditto.

Cosmopolitan.
Ditto, carried by ships.

Ditto, ditto.

some

Genus in warmer parts of Old
World.

Nearest allyin Mauritius. Genus
widely distributed.
Genus widely distributed.

312 Christmas Island. :

£3 te = = |
ee | £8 | 38 | 28 .
4 ic Bo £ Bb 2% Various localities and remarks.
5
Ke RE OF ie a a as
ORTHOPTERA, continued. |
Psyra pomona x *4 oil |
Oxya orientalis... “s Xx be eee Widely distributed.
Cyrtacanthacris dispar ilis x 4 Bsa ae Ditto. |
Epacromia rufostriata x eo : Ditto. |
CHILOPODA. |
Cryptops hortensis Seoul er ae ee a ... | Palearctic.
Cryptops imermipes sai as 3
Mecistocephalus castaneiceps| ... 3, 4 3 *
DIPLOPODA.
Orthomorpha coarctata
Cylindrodesmus hirsutus ... x us eae ... | Cosmopolitan.
LIulomorpha exoceti bee x *4 woune
ARACHNIDA. ;
Hormurus australasi@ ... a 3,4 1, 2, 3
Trachychernes claviger ... ae 3
Chelifer javanus ee Mag 4
Chelifer murrayi ... Abe x *3, *4
Ariadna natalis ... ee x *4
Scytodes venusta ... sefeud lige ae
Smeringopus elongatus ... | ... WA ane .... | Widely distributed in Tropics.
Argiope reinwardti ise 4 1
Cyrtophora unicolor ie a 1, 2,3, 4 i
Nephila nigritarsis See NAR 2
Cyclosa mulmemensis ... |... 1,3, 4 500 3
Heteropoda listeri... sels x
LAND CRUSTACEA.
Gecarcinus lagostomus ... | ... i, ge ... | Tropics generally.
Cardisoma carnifex Ce ae a is .... | Indian and Pacific Oceans.
Ocypoda ceratophthalma ... | ... ae ae ae Ditto.
Birgus latro a eR es “ae a Ditto.
Canobita clypeata edt ee nae Te cs: Ditto.
VERMES.
Pontodrilus ephippiger ... x as ae ... | Allied to species from Aru
Islands, Ceylon, Japan.
Pericheta brevis... '... | & si ee ... | Allied to species in Sumatra.
Pericheta posthuma ous 1 1 ... | ? Bahamas.
Megascolex armatus pl iia 1, 3, 4 1 «.. | Seychelles.

313

FLORA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

LIST OF SPECIES.
Seg | a
ies ets ae aT aaa
= BE 5S | .2°Sp | Various localities and remarks.
ey < a
DICOTYLEDONS.
Tiliacora racemosa are 15. 2,4
Pedicellaria pentaphylla ...| .. ae Widely spread in Tropics.
| Pittosporum nativitatis ... x
Ochrocarpus ovalifolius ... Ae 4 1,3
— Calophyllum inophyliwn ... ave Ditto.
_ Malvastrum tricuspidatum Ditto.
| Abutilon auritum... Scull Mea Ditto.
Abutilon listert ... Sas x
| Hibiscus vitifolius Ditto.
| Hibiscus tiliaceus ... Ditto.
_ Hibiscus, sp.
Kleinhovia hospita Tropical Asia.
| Berria ammonilla
| Grewia levigata ... 1, 4
| Grewia, sp.
_ Acronychia andrewsia ... x
Mela azedarach
| Dysoxylum amooroides ... |... 4 1
Celastrus paniculatus —... | ane 1, 4
Colubrina pedunculata ... x *4
Cissus repens ee seb eve iS 2 Tropical Asia.
Cissus pedata |S a |
_ Leea sambucina Tey 2

Leca horrida

| Hugenia, sp.

Allophylus cobbe, forma
glaber ... oak 1, 2, 3, 4 2
Erythrina indica ... = oe 1, 3, 4 13 ... | Sea-shore from Sunderbuns to
he Malay Archipelago.
| Strongylodon ruber Sas ante 2 3
| Galactia tenmflora ae ave [oll diy Oo 2 1
Canavalia ensiformis ... : eas 3 .. | Widely spread in Tropics.
Phaseolus lunatus... ny 5: ae . | American species now widely
spread.
Cajanus indicus ‘ bt vik Widely cultivated in Tropics.
Pongamia glabra .. ae My 25 Oy AO by ee 4 All coasts from Mascarene
Islands to Polynesia.
Inocarpus edulis ... 4 Ls
Guilandina bonducella ae xi , Widely spread in Tropics.
| Cassia siamea... oe she Introduced.
| Entada scandens .. ee ee Widely spread in Tropics.
Terminalia catappa aN Pe 3e 1
Combretum acuminatum ... 1,4
| Gyrocarpus asiaticus Bele ... | Widely spread in Tropics.
| Quisqualis indica ... 1, 2, 3, 4 ; Tropical Africa.

314 Christmas Island.

ae ‘eq eg | 8.

mH pdlas| re)

SS = 9S a S) : pnt
os is aig ©“=, | Various localities and remarks.
ele & Sie eso
= @
® Ors Shen a3 A
As < I

DicoTyLEDons, continued.

Barringtonia racemosa ... — 4 1, 3

Pemphis acidula ... as cOn wie Tropical coasts, Old World.

Momordica charantia ... | ... 1, 3, 4 Pol Tropical Africa.

Melothria mucronata en sats “1,4 Pi

Melothria, sp.

Heptapleurum ellipticum |
Randia densifiora ... se wae 1, 2, 3 1 yee 7
Guettarda speciosa oon — Tropical shores, Old and New |
~ Worlds.

Morinda citrifolia has oe 1,4 Le)

Saprosma natwitatis see x

Ageratum conyzoides ... | «a. nie aa All hot countries.
Blumea spectabilis nai one 1

Wedelia biflora
Synedrelia nodiflora oon do 1, 3 aoe
Scevola koenigvi ... ene sas 3, 4 1,2; 3
- Ardisia complanata 3, 4

Shores of Tropical Eastern Asia.
Tropical America.
Tropical Hast Asia generally.

Sideroxylon sundaicum ... vee : 1

Jasminum sambae ihe ae 1,4 1

Cerbera odollam ... ae 1, 3, 4 1,2,

Ochrosia ackeringe, var. q
angustifolia ... asad eae 4 7

Hoya aldrichit ... 25 Ke

Tournefortia argente st ae 2, 4 D, 4 |

Cordia subcordata... ik. ri gu. 3 .. | South-East Asia, Tropical Africa. |

Thretia buxifolia... Lich fe Lai
Ipomea pes-capre So
lLpomea grandiflora ane sor
Ipomea peltata ... as a 4
Ipomea digitata ...
Convolvulus parviflorus

Tropical coasts.

eo ho:

Widely spread in Tropics.
Ditto of Old World.

Solanum biflorum ... Searels 3, 4
Solanum ferow ... 1,4
Physalis minima ... ae soi cts Tropical Asia, Africa, Australia.
Datura alba as ae sce 1 | q
Ruellia prostrata, var. .
dejecta ... =e 1,2 i ;
Asystasia coromandeliana |... 1a 2 Africa, Arabia.
Dicliptera macleari iis x y , ‘
Stachytarpheta indica... | ss. af. ae Tropical Asia and America.
Callicarpa longifolia ...| ... 1,4 1,2
Premna lucidula ... ne kes 4
Anisomeles ovata ... pie i igi 1, 3, 4
Leucas javanica ee 4
Boerhaavia diffusa, var. :
pubescens a Pasty hose we Tropics generally.
Pisonia grandis ... a Bate 2, 3°
Pisonia excelsa ... seem amewae al 4 1 7
Deeringia celosioides ae ee 1,4 1,2 :
Celosia argentea ... | Tropical Asia and Africa.
Achyranthes aspera ... | Tropics generally.

Peperomia levifolia oe ite 4

Last of Species. 3815

Various localities and remarks.

Peculiar to
the Island.
Oriental
Region
Australian
Region
Ethiopian
Region

DicoTyLEepons, continued.

Peperomia vosst ... ete 1S
Cryptocarya nativitatis ... x and *2

Hernandia peltata ea aha 1,4 1, 3
Euphorbia hypericifolia ... |)... at oe ... | Tropics generally.
Euphorbia pilulifera n, be ... | Tropics and sub-tropics.
Phyllanthus nirwri Ue ae is ... |. Lropics generally.
Jatropha curcas ... De ee ee ah tab Be Ditto.

Croton caudatus ... Pe Le 1, 4

Claoxylon rubescens as Bas 4 ie

Acalypha wightiana Gee eee 1
Cleidion javanicum ic ee il,
Macaranga tanarius ei ala ee 4 1
Celtis cimnamomea... se es 1, 4 lhe
Sponia amboinensis ls a oe 2,3 =. | Uropieal Asia.
Ficus retusa mcr ae ao 1,4 b.2

Ficus saxophila ... oe = 4
Cudrania javanensis - os ane Ws ae ... | Old World Tropics.
Fleurya ruderals ... aes oe 4 1,3

Laportea crenulata mest idee Ag to lg
Laportea murrayana nae Sail
Procris pedunculata Ae a 4
Boehmeria platyphylla ... te) aly lyk

MONOCOTYLEDONS.

Dendrobium crumenatun ... es 3, 4 1
Dendrobium macrer 1,4

Phreatia listeri

Phreatia congesta...
Saccolabium archytas
Sarcochilus carinatifolia ...
Corymbis veratrifolha ... Bis 1, 2, 3, 4 1
Crinum asiaticum ... : ded

Sle

A bd

Tropical Asia to Japan and
N. Australia.

Arenga listerti... oe %

Pandanus, sp.

Remusatia vivipara Ae as 1, 2, 3, 4

Fimbristylis cymosa ec ae 4 1, 2,3

Ischemum folosum, var.
leiophyllum ... an % er She | Asiatic.

Digitaria sanguinalis ... |... we ae ... | Cosmopolitan.

Panicum andrewsi a x

Oplismenus compositus ... | ... oc ou ... | Tropics generally.

Eleusine indica... sae by geht dics EN ... | Old World Tropics.

Eragrostis plumosa eeetierh tee a a ... | Tropical Asia and Africa.

GYMNOSPERMS. |

Cycas circinalis ... eel at 4 i

316 Christmas Island.

csnugle q
BE| Ze | 48 | 22 :
Sate 6-s Ed) | .S*s | Various localities and remarks.
\8e| S¢2 Ba | Sm
as < A
are
CRYPTOGAMS. |
FERNS.

Trichomanes parvulum ... i 4 3 4

Davallia solida ... dibs pa 3, 4 3

Dawailia dissecta ... wiak Sct 4

Davallia spelunce Sle’ a8 a 4s ... | Tropics and sub-tropics.

Asplenium nidus ... Seal Sikes St an ... | Ditto of Old World.

Asplenium faleatum a | asc > Le 2, aed, 28

Asplenium centrifugale ... <

Nephrodiwn syrmaticum ... 1, 4

Nephrodiwn dissectum eet 1, 4 3 4

Nephrodium intermedium he 1,4 1 ise Japan.

Nephrodium truncatum 1, 4 2,3

Nephrodiwn poiymorphwn ed 1,4 1

Aspidium membranaceum... ae 2, 3, 4

Nephrolepis exaltata A Wie i ee .... | Tropics generally.

Nephrolepis acuta... ae sf ae fy ae Ditto.

Nephrolepis ramosa Bt ae aoe tes oe Ditto.

Polypodiwmn adnascens wae Lae 148 ea

Polypodium irioides Sap ah 1, 3, 4 Qa touls yee

Vittaria elongata .. Ae sie 1, 3, 4 1, 2,.0 21,2

Acrostichum “fagellifer um 56: 1, 4

Acrostichwn listert sixis x

Lycopodium phlegmaria ... ee ae _ a Tropics of Old World.

Mosszs.

Leucobryum chlorophyllosum | ... 4 1

Octoblepharum albidum ... | ... Als ud ios | Lropies.

Thyridiwn fasciculatum ... ae 1, 4 3 4 Chile.

Trachymitrium revolutum 4
Neckera lepiniana... A sae 4
Thuidium plumulosum ... Her 2, 4 3
Hypnum montagner £

Hepatic.
Ptychanthus squarrosus ... wet 4 1
LICHENS.
Parmelia tinetorwn om aE dae we vee Widely distributed, Asia, Attion, i
Australia, ete.
Parmelia appendiculata ... au ash ete 1
Physcia picta sd a we eee en a Very widely distributed. |
Pyxine sorediata ... Eee AD cca cu x ... | Africa, S. America, Japan, |
Tahiti. |
Pannaria rubiginosa seal Py and Se ... | Very widely distributed.
Lecamora varia ... ty Lx Be a a Ditto.
Ramalina fraxinea SRS tea 2 2s ie ... | Europe, N. and S. America.
Lecidea lutea na a oe ee ... | Very widely distributed.
Leptogium phyllocar pum .. oe e Be ee: Ditto.

List of Species.

ol7

CRYPTOGAMS, continucd.

Funct.

Schizophyllum commune ...

Polyporus confluens
Fomes lucidus
Fomes australis

Polystictus flabelliformis y

Polystictus xanthopus
Polystictus liteo-olivaceus
Polystictus sanguineus
Hexagonia polygramma
Daedalea tenuis ...

_ Fawolus boucheanus
Laschia cespitosa ...
Hirneola polytricha

| Hirneola auricula-jude
| Guepinia sparassoides
Cyathus montagner

| Geaster andrewsi ...

Trichoscypha tricholoma ...

| Stilbum javanicun

Mycerozoa.

Stemonitis splendens, Rost.,

var. a, genuina
Arcyria flava, Pers.
| Lycogala miniatum, Pers.

Peculiar to

the Island.

Oriental
Region.

i

Australian
Region.

Ethiopian
Region.

Various localities and remarks.

Cosmopolitan.

Europe and N. America.
Cosmopolitan.

Europe, Venezuela.

S. America, Cuba.
Tropics generally.

America.
Central America.

Europe and N. America.

Mexico, Cuba.
Widely distributed.

Cuba, S. America.

S. America, West Indies.

Europe, America.
Europe, N. America.
Europe, N. and S. America.

LIST OF THE PRINOIPAL PAPERS RELATING TO

20.

21.

CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

. Dampier’s Voyages. Edition 1829, vol. i, p. 472. London.
. A Voyage to and from the Island of Borneo in the East Indies, ete. By Capt.

Daniet Berkman. London, 1718. (See Pinkerton’s Voyages, vol. xi, p. 103.)

. Report on a Zoological Collection made by the Officers of H.M.S. ‘‘ Flying

Fish’? at Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1887, p. 507.
(This includes the report of Captain J. P. Maclear, of H.M.S. ‘“ Flying Fish,”’
on the visit to the island, and descriptions of the collections by Dr. A. G. Butler,
Dr. R. B. Sharpe, O. Thomas, G. A. Boulenger, HE. A. Smith, R. I. Pocock,
C. O. Waterhouse, F. J. Bell, and A. Dendy.)

. Report on Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), H.M.S. ‘‘ Egeria,” 1887. By

Captain Petuam Aupricu. (With map.) (Admiralty Reports.)

. On the Natural History of Christmas Island in the Indian Ocean. By J. J.

Lister, M.A., F.R.S. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 512. (This is accompanied
by reports on the collections by O. Thomas, G. A. Boulenger, E. A. Smith,
C. J. Gahan, A. G. Butler, W. F. Kirby, and R. I. Pocock.)

. Report on the Botanical Collections from Christmas Island, Indian Ooean,

made by Captaim J. P. Maclear, Mr. J. J. Lister, and the Officers of
H.M.S. ‘‘Egeria.” By W. Borttnc Hemstey. Journ. Linn. Soc. (Botany),
vol. xxv (1890), p. 351.

. Account of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). By Rear-Admiral Sir W. J. L.

Wuarton, F.R.S. Proc. Roy. Geogr. Society, vol. x (n.s.), 1888, p. 613.

. A Day at Christmas Island. By H. N. Ripiey, F.L.S. Journ. Straits Branch

Roy. Asiatic Soc., p. 123, June, 1891. (This paper is accompanied by a list of
the plants and animals known from the island at that date.)

. Report on Christmas Island. By Rear-Admiral Sir W. J. L. WHarrton, F.R.S.,

and Captain J. P. Mactzar. Nature, vol. xxxvi (1887), p. 12.

. Note on the Flora of Christmas Island. By Sir W. T. Tu1setton-Dyzr,

K.C.M.G., F.R.S. Nature, vol. xxxvi (1887), p. 78.

. Presidential Address, Section D, Bath Meeting of British Association, 1888,

p. 690. By Sir W. T. Tutsetton-Dyer, K.C.M.G., F.R.S.

. Letter relating to Christmas Island. J. J. Lister, F.R.S. Nature,

vol. xxxvil (1888), p. 203.

. Letter relating to Christmas Island. Rear-Admiral Sir W. J. L. WHarron,

F.R.S. Nature, vol. xxxvii (1888), p. 204.

. Letter relating to Christmas Island. H. B. Guppy. Nature, vol. xxxvii

(1888), p. 222.

. Die Theorieen iiber Wie Entstehung der Koralleninseln und Korallenriffe.

By R. Lancensecr. Leipzig, 1890, p. 136.

. Description Géologique de Java et Madoura. By R. D. M. Verseex and

R. FennEMA (1896), vol. ii, p. 1031.

. Straits Settlements. Papers relating to the Cocos-Keeling and Christmas

Islands, 1897. (Parliamentary Papers, C 8367.)

. Colonial Reports. Annual, No. 216. Cocos-Keeling and Christmas Islands.

Report on the Annual Visit for 1897. (1897, C 8650-14.)

. Colonial Reports. Annual, No. 257. Coeos-Keeling and Christmas Islands.

Report on the Annual Visit for 1898. (1899, C 9046-25.)

A Description of Christmas Island (Indian Oeean). By C. W. AnpReEws.
Geogr. Journ., vol. xiii (1899), p. 17. (With map.)

Notes on a Collection of Gephyrean Worms found at Christmas Island
(Indian Ocean) by Mr. C. W. Andrews. By A. E. Surpiey, M.A., F.R.S.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, p. 54. (Papers on the Marine Mollusca, Sponges,
Corals, and Foraminifera will appear later in Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1900.)

PP PEND x

A small collection of birds and insects made by Mr. Hugh Ross
since I left the island has recently reached England. The species
are nearly all described above, but there are two birds and one
beetle new to the island, and also a beetle that is new to science.—
eWeai A. ;

The birds are :-—
AVES.
COLUMBIFORMES.

Myristicivorus bicolor.

Adult male. Flying Fish Cove, February 4, 1899. Several
individuals of this species were observed; probably they had been
blown to the island during migration.

CHARADRIIFORMES.

Heteractitis brevipes.
Female. Flying Fish Cove, September 22, 1898.

INSECTA.
The beetles are described below by Messrs. Waterhouse & Arrow.

? Crioceris impressa, Fab., var.

A single example sent to Mr. Andrews may provisionally be
regarded as a variety of C. impressa, Fab. The body underneath,
the head (except at the occiput), legs, and antenne are black, the
prothorax and elytra testaceous. The prothorax has a rather
distinct transverse impression just a little in front of the base,
and this is the only character of importance to suggest the specific
distinctness of this new form.

320 APPENDIX.

C. impressa is a variable and rather widely distributed species,
occurring in most of the Indo-Malayan islands, and in India,
Burma, and China.

Phileurus convexus, Arrow, sp.n.

P. nitidus, angustus, haud depressus; capite rugose punctato,
acuminato, fronte cornu parvo conico armata; prothorace sub-
quadrato parum transverso, angulis posticis fere rectis, anticis
parum approximatis, disco leviter punctato, lateribus paulo
crebrius, medio antice et postice carine vestigiis vix apparentibus ;
elytris longis, grosse lineato-punctatis, interstitiis minutissime
punctatis; abdomine cum pygidio fere polito, propygidio coriaceo.
? Jong. 144 mm. lag

Hab.—F¥F lying Fish Cove.

This new species is formed for the first representative of the
important family Dynastide so far found in the island, a single
specimen having been recently discovered by Mr. H. Ross.

This species is less flattened, and somewhat longer than usual,
but does not differ structurally from the larger described forms
of Continental Asia, where all its hitherto known allies are found,
for the Ceylon insect described by Walker is evidently wrongly
placed. M. Fairmaire has referred to a ‘P. javanus,’ apparently
the Heteronychus javanus, Burm., which although allied is hardly
congeneric. But the genus Phileurus will probably be eventually
restricted to the American insects and new genera formed for the
Oriental species.

The only other insect new to the island is a large moth: Patula
macrops (Linn.), (Syst. Nat., 12th ed., i, p. 225). Africa,
Madagascar, Ceylon, India, Burmah.

INDEX.

abbotti (Sula), 44, 299.
abdominalis (Dactylosternum), 90.
Abelmoschus, 1738.

— (Hibiscus), 173.
Ablepharus, 51, 53.

abramus (Pipistrellus), 26.
Abutilon, 172-3.

acaciaria (Boarmia), 70.
Acalypha, 188.

Acanthacee, 184.

Acanthastrea, 207, 218.
Acantholipes, 67.

Accipitriformes, 46.

acervalis (Planorbulina), 241, 249.

(Planorbulina), near, 234.

Achatina, 57.

Achyranthes, 186.

Acicnemis, 112.

Acidaliane, 71.

acidula (Pemphis), 178.
ackeringze (Ochrosia), 182.
Acronychia, 174.

acrophyla (Pericheta), 169.
Acrostichum, 198.

Aculeata, 81.

acuminata (Protetia), 98.
acuminatum (Combretum), 178.
acuta (Nephrolepis), 195.
adjectella (Nigilgia), 77.
————— (Phycodes), 77.
adnascens (Polypodium), 195.
eenusalis (Epicrocis), 73.
Xgocidnus, 124.

JKschna, 139.

/Eschnidee, 139.

/Aschnine, 139.

/Ethus, 127.

affinis (Hxamfies), 122.
(Nogodina), 134, 136.
(Ricania), 134.
Agaristide, 64.

Ageratum, 180.

agelutinans (Quinqueloculina), 236.
aglaodesma (Cosmoclostis), 76.
agrotus (Megapenthes), 101.
alba (Datura), 184.

albidum (Octoblepharum), 196.
alemene (Hypolimnas), 62-3.

aldrichii (Hoya), 182.

alecto (? Larrada), 84.

? (Notogonia), 84.

alienus (Conocephalus), 149.

Allophylus, 176.

Alphitobius, 106.

aluta (Nacaduba), 60, 63.

Alveolina, 252, 255.

alveoliniformis (Miliolina),
244, 246, 248, 252.

Amarantacez, 186.

Amarygmus, 107.

Amaryllidacez, 191.

amboinensis (Sponia), 188.

americana (Blatta), 145.

(Periplaneta), 142, 145.

americanus (Gyrocarpus), 178.

‘¢ Amethyst,’’ Visit of H.M.S., 2.

ammonilla (Berria), 173.

amooroides (Dysoxylon), 175.

Ampelidee, 176.

amphibius (Arvicola), 30.

Amphistegina, 229, 232, 235, 237,
239-42, 244, 246-7, 249-56,
266, 268.

Amphistegine, 253.

amplexa (Terias), 60, 63.

Amyna, 65.

Anax, 139.

240, 242,

| Anchastus, 100.

ancilla (Ophideres), 67.
Andreninz, 81.
andrewsi (Acicnemis), 112.
————- (Acronychia), 174.
————_ (Charaxes), 61.
(Chrysobothris), 99.
(Coeloria), 207, 209, 212.
(Coscinarza), 207, 221.
(Geaster), 199.
(Halictus), 86.
(Issus ?), 138.
(Megapenthes), 101.
(Orychodes), 117.
——— (Panicum), 192.
—_——— (Protetia), 98.
——— (Rhyncholobus), 111.
-—_——— (Sessinia), 107.
andrewsiana (Assiminea), 54, 59.

Y

322

andrewsiana (Orbitoides), 256.

(Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina),
255-6.

Anechura, 142.

angustiflora (Ochrosia), 182.

Anisoccenia, 207-8, 220-1.

Anisolabis, 142-3.

Anisomeles, 185.

Annexation of Island, 19.

anomala (Mantibaria), 82.

Anous, 39.

Anthophila, 81.

Anthribide, 118.

antillarum (Heterostegina), 229.

antilope (Toxicum), 106.

Apatenia, 119.

Apetale, 185.

Aphanocephalus, sp., 96.

Aphodiide, 97.

Aphrophoride, 137.

apicalis (Apatenia), 119.

Apide, 81.

Apocynacez, 182.

Apomecyna, 128.

Appearance of Island from sea, 3.

appendiculata (Parmelia), 197.

aquila (Fregata), 42.

arabica (Cceloria), 213.

Arachnida, 1538, 156.
Distribution of, 300.

Areocerus, 120.

Araliacee, 179.

Aranez, 158.

Araneus, 162.

arborescens (Panicum), 193.

archytas (Saccolabium), 191.

Arctiane, 64.

Arcyria, 200.

Ardea, 41.

Ardeiformes, 41.

Ardisia, 181.

arenaria (Calidris), 41.

Arenga, 50, 191, 287.

arenosa (Porites), 224.

argentea (Celosia), 186.

—__—_——— (Tournefortia), 182.

Argina, 64.

Argiope, 159.

Argiopide, 159.

Ariadna, 158.

ariel (Fregata), 44.

Ariophanta (Microcystis), 55-6.

aristella (Bidis), 136.

Armactia, 66.

armata (Pericheta), 170.

armatus (Megascolex), 170.

Aroidez, 192.

Arvicanthis, 36.

Arvicola, 30.

Asclepiadacee, 182.

INDEX.

Ascomycetes, 200.

asiatica (Colubrina), 175.
asiaticum (Crinum), 191.
asiaticus (Gyrocarpus), 178.
Asilide, 88.

aspera (Achyranthes), 186.
asperula (Spiroloculina), 233, 248.
Aspidiphorus, 104.

Aspidium, 195.

Asplenium, 194.

assimilis (Dryophthorus), 116.
Assiminea, 54-5, 59
Asterocyclina, 253.

Astrea, 214-5, 219.

Astreide, 210.

Astroria, 212-13.

Astur, 46.

Asystasia, 184.

atrocostatum (Lygosoma), 51-2.
attenuatus (Nirmus), 138.
auberiana (Miliolina), 250, 252.
—- (Quinqueloculina), 250.
auricula-jude (Hirneola), 199.
auritincta (Dichocrocis), 74.
auritum (Abutilon), 172.
australasice (Hormurus), 156.
(Scorpio), 156.
australis (Fomes), 198.
azedarach (Melia), 174.

baculatus (Tinoporus), 229.
balder (Polistes), 85.
balyi (Psylliodes), 127.
banksi (Prosoplus), 123.
Barringtonia, 178.
basalis (Chalcococcyx), 48, 299, 302.
(Olenecamptus), 122.
Basalt, 273, 276-7, 279, 283, 285.
Basic glass, Breccia of, 278-9.
Basidiomycetes, 198.
Batavia, 3.
Beaches, 6.
Beekman, Captain Daniel, Account of
Island by, 2.
belli (Porites), 207, 223.
Berria, 173, 184.
beyrichi (Bolivina), 231.
bicolor (Myristicivorus), 299, 302, 319.
bicornis (Miliolina), 247.
(Serpula), 247.
Bidis, 136.
biflora (Wedelia), 181.
biflorum (Solanum), 183.
bilobus (Olenecamptus), 122-3.
binghami (Halictus), 86.
Birgus, 164.
Habits of, 165.
birmanicus (Chelifer), 157.

INDEX. 323

bispinosus (Mecopus), 113.

bisulcus (Chelifer), 157.

Blatta, 145-6.

Blattide, 142, 145.

Blowholes, 8

Blumea, 181.

Boarmia, 70.

Boarmine, 70.

Bocula, 66.

Boehmeria, 190.

Boerhaavia, 185.

Bolivina, 231, 266.

Bombylide, 88.

bonducella ae 177.

Booby, 44.

Boraginee, 182.

Borneo, Orbitoides of, 297.

Bostrichide, 105.

Bostrichus, 116.

Bothrideres, 94.

bottai (Ceeloria), 213.

boucheanus (Favolus), 199.

boueana (Truncatulina), 228.

boutonii (Ablepharus), 53.

bowringi (Demotina), 126.

Brachyrhynchide, 129.

Brachyrhynchus, 129.

Bradymerus, 106.

Brana, 66.

Brenthia, 76.

Brenthide, 117.

brevicornis (Pocillopora), 209.
(Pocillopora), aff.,

brevipes (Heteractitis), 319.

brevis (Pericheta), 168.

brunnea (Labia), 145.

brunnensis (Uvigerina), 234.

buccinus (Halictus), 86.

budde (Megachile), 88.

bufa (Oxypleura), 128.

Bulimus, 57.

Bull-dog Rat, 30.

—_—— (Globigerina), 227, 234, 240,

250, 252-3, 255, 2
Buprestide, 99.
buxifolia (Ehretia), 182.
Bythoscopus, 138.

Ceenognosis, 79.
Cerostris, 160.

cespitosa (Laschia), 199.
Cajanus, 177.

Calidris, 41.

Callicarpa, 184.
Calonyction, 183.
calopasa (Brana), 66.
Calophyllum, 172.
calypso (Oxypleura), 130.
—— (Peecilopsaltria), 130.

207, 209.

Cambalide, 156.

Camponotus, 81, 83.

Camptorhinus, 112.

Canavalia, 177.

Cancer, 165.

candida (Deiopeia), 64.

capitata (Carpenteria), 246.

————. (Goniastrea), 214.

Capparidee, 171.

Carabide, 89.

Caradrinie, 65.

carbonaria (N yctobates), 106.

Cardiosoma, 10, 163.

caretta (Thalassochelys), 5

carinatifolius (Sar aba 191.

carneola (Cyprea), 208.

carnifex (Cancer), 164.

(Cardiosoma), 164.

Carpenteria, 233, 235-41, 244, 246-7,
250, 252, 254-5, 266.

Carpophaga, 37.

Cassia, 177.

castaneiceps (Mecistocephalus), 155.

castanella (Doloessa\, 72.

castaneus (Lispinus), 90.

(Melampus), 54, 58.

catappa (Terminalia), 177.

caudatus (Croton), 188.

Celastrinex, 178.

Celastrus, 175.

celata (Planispirina), 242.

(Sigmoilina), 242.

(Spiroloculina), 242.

celebensis (Mus), 32.

Celosia, 186.

celosioides (Deeringia), 186.

Celtis, 188.

Centipedes, Introduction of, 21.

Central plateau, 11.

——— and hills, Geology of, 288.

centrifugale (Asplenium), 194.

cephalonica (Corcyra), 72.

Cephonodes, 70.

Cerambycide, 121.

ceramensis (Prinobius), 120.

ceratophthalmus (Cancer), 164.

—— (Ocypoda), 164.

Cerbera, 182.

Ceresium, 121-2.

Ceriopora, 229.

Cerithium, 204.

cessaria (Boarmia), 71.

Cetoniide, 98.

Cheerocampa, 69.

Cherocampine, 69.

Chalcococcyx, 48, 299, 302.

Chalcophaps, 39.

Chalk-like rock, 13.

‘¢Challenger’’ Report on Deep - sea
Deposits, 279, 291.

324

Charadriiformes, 40.
Charadrius, 40.
charantia (Momordica), 179.
Charaxes, 61.
Chelifer, 156-7.
Cheliferide, 156.
Chelisoches, 143.
Chelone, 54.
Chilopoda, 153-4.
——_—— Distribution of, 300.
Chinese coolies, 20.
chlorolepis (Tortricomorpha), 78.
chlorophyllosum (Leucobryum), 196.
Christmas Island, Position of, 1.
chromataria (Karias), 69.
Chrysobothris, 99.
Chrysodema, 99.
chrysomelina (Epilachna), 96.
Cibicides, 251.
Cicadide, 130.
cinerosella (Euzophera), 73.
cinnamomea (Celtis), 188.
Cioide, 105.
circinalis (Cyeas), 193.
circularis (Miliolina), 252.
Cissus, 176.
citrifolia (Morinda), 180.
Claoxylon, 188.
clathrata (Rotalia), 232.
clathratus (Bradymerus), 106.
claviger (Chelifer), 156.
(Trachychernes), 156.
Cleidion, 188.
Climate, 17.
-Clitumnus, 142, 147.
Clovia, 137.
Clunies Ross, Mr. A., 19.
Mr. G., 3, 19.
Mr. S., Explorations by, 20.
clypeatus (Cancer), 165.
— (Ceenobita), 165.
coarctata (Orthomorpha), 155.
coarctatus (Paradesmus), 155.
cobbe (Allophylus), 176.
Coccinellide, 95.
Coccyges, 48.
Cocos- Keeling Islands, 1, 3, 298. —
Ceeloria, 207, 209, 212-14.
Coenobita, 165.
Ceenobitide, 164.
coffeze (Arzocerus), 120.
Coleoptera, 89.
Collocalia, 48.
Colubrina, 175.
columbina (Armactia), 66.
columnata (Orbicella quadrangularis,
var.), 207, 216.
Colydiide, 94.
Combretacez, 177.
Combretum, 178.

INDEX.

commune (Schizophyllum), 198.
complanata (Ardisia), 181.
Composit, 180.

Composition of phosphates, 291.
compositus (Oplismenus), 193.

compressiuscula (Rotalia papillosa,

var.), 238.
concimnula (Psammeecus), 95.
confinis (Cephnodes), 70.
confluens (Polyporus), 198.
confluentus (Odynerus), 85.
congesta (Phreatia), 190.

conglobata (Globigerina), 234, 250..

conglomerata (Porites), 222.
Conocephalide, 142, 149.
Conocephalus, 149.
convexus (Phileurus), 320.
Convolvulacee, 183.
Convolvulus, 183.
conyzoides (Ageratum), 180.
Coraciiformes, 48.

Corals (fossil), 206.
Corcyra, 72.

Cordia, 182.

cordifolia (Espera), 173.

- cornaria (Boarmia), 70.

coromandeliana (Asystasia), 184.
coronata (Ophiusa), 66.
Corymbis, 191.

Coscinarza, 207, 221.
Cosmoclostis, 75.
Cosmophila, 67.

Cossonide, 114.

Cossonus, 114.

coxalis (Prinobius), 120.
Crabronide, 81.

Craspedia, 71-2.

———_ pp., 72.

crassisepta (Anisoccenia), 220.
crenulata (Laporta), 189.
Cretaceous rocks, 298.
eribraria (Argina), 64.
crinipes (Camptorhinus), 112.
Crinum, 191.

Crioceris, 319.

Cristellaria, 227.

Crocidura, 22, 27.

Croton, 188.

crumenatum (Dendrobium), 190-
Cryptocarya, 187.
Cryptophagide, 95.
Cryptopide, 154.

Cryptops, 154.

Cucujidee, 95.

Cuculi, 48.

Cucurbitacee, 179.

Cudrania, 189.

Culicide, 88.

cunninghamii, 187.

curcas (Jatropha), 188.

INDEX. 32%

Curculionide. 108.
Cyanide, 127.

cyanops (Sula), 44.

Cyathus, 199.

Cycadez, 193.

Cycas, 193.
Cycloclypeinz, 229.
Cycloclypeus, 237.

Cyclosa, 160-1.

cylindricus (Pachyops), 115-16.
Cylindrodesmide, 155.
Cylindrodesmus, 155.
eymosa (Fimbristylis), 192.
Cyperacee, 192.

Cyprea, 208.

Cypseli, 48.

Cyrtacanthacris, 142, 151-2.
Cyrtophora, 160.

Dactylosternum, 90.
Daedalea, 199.
Dales on west coast, 14, 283.
Dampier, Description of Island by, 1.
danz (Montipora), aff., 207, 209, 224.
Datura, 184.
Davallium, 194.
decumanus (Mus), 29, 35-6.
Deeringia, 186.
Deiopeia, 64.
dejecta (Ruellia prostrata, var.), 184.
dejectus (Dipteracanthus), 184.
delatrix (Eutelia), 68.
delicata (Paurostauria), 133.
delicatula (Mzandrina), 212.
Delphacide, 136.
Demiegretta, 41.
Demotina, 126.
Dendrobium, 190.
Dendroneura, 80.
densiflora (Randia), 179.
depressa (Heterostegina), 229, 232, 235,
237, 239-41, 244, 246-9, 252-5.
depressus (Palorus), 106.
Dermestes, 95.
Dermestide, 95.
describens (Stictoptera), 68.
determinata (Melanitis), 61.
(Melanitis ismene, var.), 61.
Dicasticus, 111.
Dichelia, 78.
Dichocrocis, 74.
Dicliptera, 184.
Dicotyledons, 171.
Dictis, 159.
diffusa (Boerhaavia), 185.
Digitaria, 192.
digitata (Ipomeea), 183.
dimidiata (Platylabia), 142.
——— (?) (Platylabia), 143.

Or

diminuta (Lobopelta), 83.
(Ponera), 83.
Dinoderus, 105.
Diplopoda, 1538, 155.
—_ Distribution of, 300.
Diploptera, 81.
Diptera, 88.
Dipteracanthus, 184.
Dipterygia, 65.
discistriga (Pseudosphinx), 70.
Discocyclina, 229-30, 253-4, 256.
Discocycline Orbitoides, 283.
discoidalis (Anchastus), 100.
(Piezonotus), 110.
———— (Rhyncholobus), 110.
Discorbina, 240, 252.
dispansa (Orbitoides), 230, 248, 254.
———— (Orbitoides, Discocyclina),
229-30, 254.
(Orbitolites), 230.
dispansus (Lycophris), 229-30.
dispar (Hierodula), 142, 146.
disparilis (Cyrtacanthacris), 142, 151-2.
dissecta (Davallium), 194.
dissectum (Nephrodium), 194,
distinctus (Pholcus), 159.
distributa (Nola), 64.
Ditoma, 105.
doleschallii (Argiope), 149.
Dolichopodide, 88.
Doloessa, 72.
Dolomitic limestones, 265, 289.
Dolopius, 100.
dolosus (Melanoxanthus), 101.
Domestic animals, 20.
dominicus (Charadrius), 40.
doriz (Camptorhinus), 113.
Doritis, 191.
Dragon-flies, Arrival of, 17, 302.
Dryinine (?), 81.
Dryophthorus, 116.
dubia (Globigerina), 240.
(Prionastrea), 220.
dubium (Opatrum), 106.
(Phlceophagosoma), 114.
duplex (Orbitolites), 252.
Dysderide, 158.
Dysoxylon, 178.

| Farias, 69.

Earthquakes in Christmas Island, 298.
Earth-worms, 300.

echinata (Lobophyllia), 210.

——— (Mussa), aff., 207, 209-10.
econia (Mimeusemia), 64.
Ectadoderus, 147-8.

edulis (Inocarpus), 177.

Effuse, 192.

«« Hgeria,”’ Visit of H.M.S., 2, 19. -

326

Egeria Point, 4, 14, 16, 293.
— Miocene rocks at, 288.
egeriz (Ablepharus), 51, 53.
Ehretia, 182.

elachista (Brenthia), 76.
Elateride, 99.

elateroides (Zooblax), 121.
Eleusine, 193.

ellipticum (Heptapleurum), 179.
elongata (Vittaria), 196.
elongatus (Pholcus), 159.
—- (Smeringopus), 159.
Elytrogonus, 111.

Embrithes, 111.

Emoa, 52.

Encyocrypta, 162.
Endotricha, 73.
Endotrichine, 73.

enganensis (Xenoceras), 115.
ensiformis (Canavalia), 177.
ensis (Psyra), 150.

Entada, 177.

Entomophaga, 81.

Entoria, 147.

Eocene (? Oligocene) Limestone, 226,

OTL, 273.1983.
Epacromia, 152.

Epagoge, 78.

Epalxiphora, 79.

Epeira, 159-60.

Ephestia, 72.

ephippiger (Pontodrilus), 166.

ephippioides (Orbitoides), 240, 251-2,

256, 264.

ephippium (Orbitoides), 251.
Epicrocis, 73.

Epilachna, 95-6.

Epiplema, 72.

Epiplemine, 72.

equisepta (Meeandrina), 201, 212.
Eragrostris, 193.

Erastria, 68.

erosa (Cosmophila), 67.
erotus (Cherocampa), 69.
Erotylide, 96.

Erythrina, 176.
erythropleura (Merula), 49.
erythropleurus (Turdus), 37, 49.
Espera, 173.

esperi (Astroria), 212
Euchromia, 64.

Eucnemide, 99.

Kugenia, sp., 178.
Eumenide, 81.

Eumolpide, 124.
Euphorbia, 187.
Euphorbiacee, 187.
EKupleeine, 60.

europzus (Isometrus) = maculatus, 154.

Kutelia, 68.

INDEX.

Euxestus, 96. ;

Euzophera, 73.

everetti (Mus), 29, 31-2.

exaltata (Nephrolepis), 196.

Examnes, 122.

excelsa (Pisonia), 185.

exiguus (Aigocidnus), 124.

eximia (Clovia), 137.

exocceeti (Iulomorpha), 156.
(Spirostreptus, Nodopyge),

156.

(Typhlops), 51, 53.

fascialis (Zinckenia), 74.
fasciatus (Melampus), 58.
fasciculatum (Thyridium), 196.
Faults, 275.

fausti (Rhabdocnemis), 113.
Favastrea, 219.

Favoidea, 221.

favoidea (Anisoceenia), 207-8, 220-
Favolus, 199.

favosa (Pocillopora), 209.
felinus (Dermestes), 99.
Ferns, 194.

ferox (Solanum), 183.
ferussacii (Miliolina), 251.
— (Quinqueloculina), 261.
Ficus, 189.

Figulus, 96.

Filicine, 194.

filograna (Meandrina), 213.
Fimbristylis, 192.

First inland cliff, 10.

Geology of, 292.
flabellatus (Tetrigus), 100.
flabelliformis (Polystictus), 198.
flagellatus (Xenoceras), 118.
flagelliferum (Acrostichum), 196.
flava (Arcyria), 200.

(Motacilla), 48.

flavescens (Libellula), 139.
———— (Pantala), 139.
flavicostalis (Ricania), 133.
—— (Varcia), 133.
flavifrontalis (Ricania), 131.
flavipalpis (Ectadoderus), 142, 147.
flavirostris (Phaethon), 45.
flavocephalus (Ophion), 82.
Fleurya, 189.

‘¢ Flying Fish,’’ Visit of H.M.S., 2.
Flying Fish Cove, 16, 29%.

beach, 8.

cliff, Structure of, 271 et seq.
foliosum (Ischemum), 192.
Fomes, 198.

Food plants introduced, 20.
Foraminifera, 226.
Forcinella, 143.

INDEX.

Forficulide, 142.

Formicaleo, 140.

Formicine, 81.

Fornax, sp. (?), 99.

forskaeli (Cceloria), 213.

Fossil Corals, 206.

Mollusca, 201.

Fossores, 81.

fraxinea (Ramalina), 198.

Fregata, 42.

Fresh-water crabs, 10, 164.

—— streams, 9, 10, 283, 285.

Frigate-bird, Habits of, 42.

Fringing reef, 4, 294.

Fruit-bat, Habits of, 25.

Fruits eaten by birds, 308.

Means of transport of, 302-3.

fuliginosa, var. trichura (Crocidura).
22, 27.

fuliginosus (Sorex), 27.

fullonica (Ophideres), 67.

fulva ? (Temnopteryx), 142, 145.

fulvus (Phaethon), 45, 299.

funebris (Amarygmus), 107.

Fungi, 198.

Fungida, 221.

fuscus (Limnobeenus), 39.

fusilinea (Cyrtacanthacris), 151-2.

gaimardi (Porites), 224.
Galactia, 176.
Galleriane, 72.
Gallinago, 41.
Gamopetale, 179.
Gannet Hill, 12.
Gasteromycetes, 199.
Gaudryina, 236, 266.
Geaster, 199.
Gecarcinus, 168.
Gecko, 51-2.
Geckonide, 51.
genuina (Stemonitis splendens, var.),
200

Geocarcinide, 163.

Geocarcinus, 163.

geoffroyi (Ochthodromus), 40.

Geology of Island, 269.

Geometride, 70.

Geometrine, 71.

Geophilide, 155.

glabra (Pongamia), 177.

glareola, 40.

Glendinning Shoal, 1.

Globigerina, 227, 234, 237, 240,
250, 252-3, 255, 265-6, 273.

Globulus (Ceriopora), 229.

—— (Gypsina), 229, 231-2,
237-8, 246-7, 250, 252, 254.

(Gypsinus), 239.

327

Glyphodes, 74.
(Phacellura), 74.
Goniastrea, 207, 214.
Goodenoviez, 181.
Goos, Pieter, Map by, 1.
Goshawk, Habits of, 47.
gouldi (Pteropus), 24.
gracilis (Psylliodes), 127.
gramen (‘Textularia), 251.
Graminez, 192.
grandiflora (Ipomeea, Calonyction), 183.
grandis (Nodosaria radicula, var.),
249.

(Pisonia), 185.

——-- (Tectona), 184.

granifera (Lampas), 203.
(Ranella), 203.
(Tutufa), 203.

Grewia, 87, 174.

griseigularis (Astur), 47.

griseomixta (Hrastria), 68.

grossepunctatum (Pentatoma), 128.

Gryllacride, 142, 148.

Gryllacris, 142, 148.

Gryllide, 142, 147.

Guepinia, 199.

Guettarda, 180.

Guilandina, 177.

Guppy, Dr. H. P., 19.

guttata (Aischna), 139.

guttatus (Anax), 139.

Guttifere, 172.

gutturalis (Hirundo), 50, 302.

Gymnodactylus, 51.

Gymnosperms, 193.

Gynandropsis, 171.

Gypsina, 229, 231-2, 237-9, 241,

246-7, 249-50, 252, 254, 266.
Gyrocarpus, 178.
Gyrophena, sp., 89.

Haddonia, 246, 249.
Halictus, 86.

Halimeda, 250, 289.
halmaheire (Acronychia), 174.
Halobates, 129.
Halobatide, 129.
Halticide, 127.
halysideta (Epagoge), 78.
hansenii (Chelifer), 157.
Haplodesmus, 155.
Haplosoma, 155.
Harpalus, sp., 89.
Hastula, 78.

Healthiness of Island, 18.
hebreus (Polistes), 85.
Heliastrea, 215.
heliopora (Orbicella), 217.
Hellula, 74.

328

helvetica (Heterostegina), 229.
Hemiptera, 136.
—— Distribution of, 300.
Hepatic, 197.
Heptapleurum, 179.
Herculia, 73. -:
herklotsi (Astrea), 215.

(Orbicella), 207-8, 215, 288.
Hernandia, 187.
Heteractitis, 319.
Heterographis, 73.
Heterogyna, 81.
heterogyra (Mzeandrina), 213.
Heteropoda, 154, 161.
Heterostegina, 229, 231-2, 235, 237,

939-41, 244, 246-9, 252-5.
Hexagonia, 199.
Hibiscus, 173.
Hierodula, 142, 146-7.
Hippoboscide, 88.
Hirneola, 199.
hirsutus (Cylindrodesmus), 155.
hirudinata (Sauris), 71.:
Hirundinide, 50.
Hirundo, 50, 302.
hirsutus (Trichyorhyssemus), 98.
Histeride, 90.
Hololepta, 90-1. ;
holophealis (Glyphodes, Phacellura),
(4,

Homceosoma, 72.
Homoptera, 127.

Distribution of, 300.
honesta (Ophiusa), 66.
Hormurus, 156.
horsfieldi (Euchromia), 64.
hortensis (Cryptops), 154.
hospita (Kleinhovia), 173.
Hoya, 182.
Hugh’s Dale, 14, 283.
hyalina (Nogodina), 134.
(Ricania), 134.
Hydrillodes, 68.
Hydrophilide, 90.
Hyleocarcinus, 168.
hylas (Cephonodes), 70.
Hymenoptera, 81.
— Distribution of, 300.
hypericifolia (Euphorbia), 187.
Hyperythra, 70.
Hyphomycetes, 200.
Hypnum, 196. ;
hypoleucus (Tringoides), 40.
Hypolimnas, 60, 62...
Hyponomeutide, 76.

Ichneumonide, 81.
Idiocerus (?),.138...
idoneus (Examnes), 122.

INDEX.

ignarus (Aigocidnus), 124.

imbricata (Chelone), 54.

imperator (Mus), 29.

‘‘ Impérieuse,’? Annexation by
H.M-S.,-2.

impressa (Crioceris), 319.

inzequalis (Orbitoides, Lepidocycelina,
insule-natalis, var.), 254.

incerta (Labia), 142, 144.

incertus ? (Pachyops), 115.

incisa (Czenognosis), 79.

indica (Chalcophaps), 39.

(Eleusine), 193.

(Epilachna), 95.

(Erythrina), 176.

———— (Glyphodes), 74.

——— (Hololepta), 91.

—_—— (Quisqualis), 178.

(Stachytarpheta), 184.

indicus (Cajanus), 177.

(Pipistrellus), 27.

indistincta (Labia), 142, 144.

inermipes (Cryptops), 154.

infumatus (Anchastus), 101.

Inhabitants, 19.

inherens (Gypsina), 239, 241, 252.

inhians (Epiplema), 72.

Inocarpus, 177.

inophyllum (Calophyllum), 172.

inornatus (Amarygmus), 107.

inscitus (Rhyssemus), 97.

Insecta, 60.

insomnis (Myrmeleon), 140.

insule-natalis (Orbitoides, Lepido-
cyclina), 242, 248, 251-4, 296.

insularis (Pontodrilus), 167-8.

insulicola, 160.

intermedium (Nephrodium), 195.

involva (Polytrema miniaceum, var.),
239, 248-50.

iphigenia (Hypolimnas), 62.

Ipomeea, 183.

iridescens (Myrmeleon), 140.

irioides (Polypodium), 196.

irregularis (Orbicella), 217.

irrorata (Porthesia), 69.

Ischemum, 192.

ismene (Melanitis), 61.

Isometrus, 154.

Isoptera, 141.

Isside, 138.

Issus (?), 138.

italica (Cristellaria), 227.

(Saracenaria), 227.

Iulomorpha, 156.

Jasminum, 181.
Jasside, 138.

Jatropha, 188...

INDEX.

Java, relations with Christmas Island,
296-7.

javana (Cycas circinalis, var.), 193.

javanensis (Cudrania), 189.

javanica (Colubrina), 175.
(Leucas), 185.

———— (Merula), 50.
(Panesthia), 142, 146.

javanicum (Cleidion), 188.
(Stilbum), 200.

javanus (Chelifer), 156-7.

(Heteronychus), 320.

(Mus), 29.

(Phileurus), 320.

jerdoniana (Mabouya), 52.

jordani (Litocerus), 118.

jugularis (Ardea), 41.

junghuhni (Favoidea), 221.

Junonia, 62.

jupiter (Charaxes), 61.

Kleinhovia, 173.
koenigii (Sceevola), 181.

Labia, 142-3, 145.

Labiz, 144.

Labiate, 185.

Labidura, 142.

Lacertilia, 51.

leevitolia (Peperomia), 186.

levigata (Grewia), 174.

levis (Orbitolina), 229.

Lagoon deposits, 289.

lagostoma (Gecarcinus), 163.

lagostomus (Gecarcinus), 163.

Laius, 102.

Lamiide, 122.

Lampas, 202-3.

lampas (Murex), 202.

Lamprocystis, 54-6.

Land-crabs, 2, 163, 300.

Laportea, 189.

Larentiane, 71.

? Larrada, 84.

Larrine, 81.

larvata (Planorbulina), 238, 241, 246,
250, 254.

Laschia, 199.

Lasioderma, 102.

lateralis (Demotina), 126.

latro (Birgus), 164.

(Cancer), 164.

Laurinee, 187.

laxiflora (Laportea), 190.

laxior (Randia densiflora, var.), 179.

Lecanora, 198.

Lecidea, 198.

leda (Melanitis), 61.

Leea, 176.

329

Leguminose, 176,
leiophyllum (Ischeemum
var.), 192.

foliosum,

_ lemniscatus (Clovia), 137.

Leocyma, 66.

Lepidocyclina, 230, 235-6, 240, 242,
244-6, 248, 250-6.

Lepidoptera, 60.

——— Phalene, 63.

lepiniana (Neckera), 196.

Leptaulax, sp., 97.

Leptogium, 198.

Leptopoma, 55, 58.

Leptoria, 207, 210-11.

lessonii (Amphistegina), 229,
235, 237, 239-42,
249-56.

(Pseudorhynchus), 142, 149.

lethifer (Myrmeleon), 141.

Leucas, 185.

Leucobryum, 196.

Leucopheea, 142, 146.

lewisi (Tetrigus), 100.

Libellula, 139.

Libelluline, 139.

Lichens, 197.

lignarium (Platysoma), 91.

lignicolus (Brachyrhynchus), 129.

ligniperdus (Camponotus), 83.

limbata (Bocula), 66.

Limnas, 60.

Limnobeenus, 39.

Limnocarcinus, 163.

Limonites, 41.

Linderina, 243.

Lindinia, 126.

Lispinus, 90.

List of species, 305.

hasten, J.J, Visit of, 2.

listeri (Abutilon), 173.

————- (Acrostichum), 196.

(Arenga), 50, 191.

(Endotricha), 73.

——— (Gecko), 51.

—- (Heteropoda), 161-2.

——— (Hypolimnas), 60, 62-3.

——— (Hypolimnas nerina, var.), 62.

(Peederus), 89.

(Paregus), 96.

(Phisis), 142, 149.

(Phreatia), 190.

———- (Sessinia), 108.

(Succinea), 56.

Listrocelide, 142, 149.

Lithocharis, sp., 89.

lithothamnica (Carpentaria), 235, 238.

Lithothamnion, 227, 231, 236, 238,
240-3, 245-7, 250, 252-4, 256,
265-7, 289.

232,
244, 246-7,

Lithyphantes, 162.

330

Litocerus, 118.

littida (Sessinia), 108.

littoralis (Prodenia), 65.

litura (Melanoxanthus), 101-2.

lobatula (Truncatulina), 227-8, 231,
234, 241, 249, 255.

lobatulus (Nautilus), 229.

Lobopelta, 81, 83.

Lobophyllia, 210.

Locustidee, 142, 150.

lombocensis (Pteropus), 24—5.

longicornis (Examnes), 122.

longifolia (Callicarpa), 184.

longiusculus (Lygeeus), 137.

Lucanide, 96.

lucasi (Theretra), 70.

lucidula (Premna), 185.

lucidus (Fomes), 198.

lunalis (Sylepta), 74.

Junatus (Phaseolus), 177.

lutea (Hyperythra), 70.

(Lecidea), 198.

(Porites), aff., 207, 222.

-luteo-olivaceus (Polystictus), 199.

luteus (Melampus), 58.

Lycogala, 200.

Lycophris, 229-30.

Lycopodium, 196,

Lygeide, 128.

Lygeus, 128.

Lygosoma, 51-2.

Lymantriade, 69.

lymexyloni (Dryophthorus), 116.

Lythracee, 178.

mabele (Ariophanta, Microcystis), 5d.
(Lamprocystis), 55.
Mabouya, 52.

Macaranga, 188.

Maclear Deep, 1.

macleari (Mus), 22, 30, 34-6.
———— (Vadebra), 60-1.
maclearii (Dicliptera), 184.
macreei (Dendrobium), 190.
Macroglossine, 70.

macrops (Patula), 320.
maculatus (Isometrus), 154.
Madrepora, 210.

Meeandrina, 207, 212-14.
magnifica (Astrea), 219.
(Favastrea), 219.
(Prionastrea), 207, 219-20.
Maliattha, 68.

malleata (Hololepta), 90.
Mallophaga, 138.

Malvacee, 172.

Malvastrum, 172.

Mammalia, 22.

Manganese nodules, 279.

INDEX.

Manopora, 224.

Mantibaria, 82.

Mantide, 142, 146.

Mantis, 82.

Marcorella, 175.

Marginal radiale, 35.

marginatus (Dolopius), 100.

marmorata (Oniscomorpha), 94.

marmoratus (Gymnodactylus), 51.

materna (Ophideres), 67.

matsushimensis (Pontodrilus), 167-8.

maura (Xuthia), 94.

mauritianus (Trochus), 201.

Means by which new forms are intro-
duced, 301-3.

Measurements of skulls of Mus, 37.

Mecistocephalus, 155.

Mecopus, 113.

mediterranensis (Planorbulina), 227,
237-8, 244, 251, 254.

Megachile, 87-8.

Megachiline, 81.

Megapenthes, 101.

Megascolex, 170.

Melampus, 54-6, 58.

Melanitis, 61.

melanoceras (Cyrtacanthacris), 152.

melanope (Motacilla), 48.

Melanoxanthus, 101.

melas (Pteropus), 25.

Melia, 174.

Meliaces, 174.

melichloros (Camponotus), 83.

melo (Alveolina), 252, 255.

Melothria, 179.

Melyride, 102.

membranaceum (Aspidium), 195.

Menispermacee, 171.

Merula, 49, 50.

meyeri (Mus), 32.

Micracantha, 123.

Microcystis, 55-6.

Micro-Lepidoptera, 75.

—— Distribution of, 300.

Micropezide, 88.

Migrants, Arrival of, 299.

Migratory birds, Arrival of, 17.

mildred (Ariophanta, Microcystis), 56.

—— (Lamprocystis), 56.

Miliolina, 233-4, 236-7, 240, 242-8,
250-2, 254.

Milioline, 245.

Millepora, 235.

Mimeusemia, 64.

minahassze (Acronychia), 174.

miniacea (Millepora), 235.

miniaceum (Polytrema),
241, 246, 248-50, 256.

miniatum (Lycogala), 200.

minima (Physalis), 183.

235, 239,

INDEX.

Minthea, 1035.
minutus (Dinoderus), 105.
Miocene (Orbitoidal) limestones, 16,
271, 273, 281-2.
misippus (Hypolimnas), 62.
— (Papilio), 62.
modesta (Rhyparida), 125.
modestus (Dryophthorus), 116.
mollissima (Leucas), 188.
Mollusca, 54.
(fossil), 201.
Momordica, 179.
Moni, 1.
monile (Coscinarea), 221.
Monocotyledons, 190.
Monohammus, 122.
montagnei (Cyathus), 199.
(Hypnum), 197.
monticola (Ariadna), 158.
monticularis (Carpenteria), 235, 238,
247, 250, 252, 254-5.
Montipora, 207, 209, 224.
Morinda, 180.
Morio, 89.
morio (Chelisoches), 143.
morpheus (Formicaleo), 140.
morsicans (Scolopendra), 154.
Mosses, 196.
Motacilla, 48.
Motacillide, 48.
mouhoti (Leptopoma), 58.
mucronata (Melothria), 179.
muelleri (Mus), 32.
mulmeinensis (Cyclosa), 160.
(Epeira), 160.
——— (Epeira, Cyclosa), 160.
Murex, 202.
Murray, Sir John, 3, 19.
Murray Hill, 4, 289, 292.
murrayana (Laportea), 189.
(Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina),
252-3.
murrayi (Anisoccenia), 207, 220.
(Chelifer), 156-7.
(Labia), 142-3.
(Orbicella), 207, 215, 285.
(Pipistrellus), 26.
(Tetrigus), 100.
Mus, 22, 28, 32.
Mus macleari, Allies of, 31-2.
Muscide, 88.
Mussa, 207, 209-10.
Mycetophilide, 88.
Mycetozoa, 200.
mydas (Chelone), 54.
Myristicivorus, 299, 302, 319.
Myrmeleon, 140.
Myrmeleonide, 140.
Myrsinee, 181.
Myrtaceze, 178.

ook

Nacaduba, 60, 63.

nannodes (Herculia), 73.

Narcisa, 93.

Nassa, 204.

natalis (Ariadna), 158.

(Astur), 46.

(Chalcophaps), 39.

(Collocalia), 48.

(Hyleocarcinus), 163.

(Ninox), 47.

(Pteropus), 22-3.

——— (Urospizias), 46.

(Zosterops), 49.

nativitatis (Cryptocarya), 187.

— (Kpilachna), 96.

-——— (Lygosoma), 51-2.

—-— (Monohammus), 122.
(Mus), 22, 28, 33-35, 37.
(Pittosporum), 171.
(Saprosma), 180.
(Xenoceras), 118.

nauticus (Araneus), 162.

Nautilus, 227-8.

Neckera, 196.

neglecta (Corrocalia), 48.

neodispansa (Orbitoides), 240.

— (Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina),

235, 245, 252.

Neoptinus, 102-3.

Nephilia, 160.

Nephrodium, 194-6.

Nephrolepis, 195.

nerina (Hypolimnas), 60, 62.

Neuroptera, 139.

nicobaricus (Pteropus), 24.

nidus (Asplenium), 194.

nigerrimalis (Zinckenia), 73.

Nigilgia, 77.

nigricorne (Cyrtacanthacris), 152.

nigricornis (Labidura), 142.

nigritarsis (Apomecyna), 123.
(Nephilia), 160.

nigrum (Ceresium), 121-2.

niloticus (Arvicanthus), 36.

nimbella, (Homceosoma), 72.

Ninox, 47.

Nirmus, 138.

niruri (Phyllanthus), 187.

nitens (Aithus), 127.

nitida (Spiroloculina), 233, 252.

nitidula (Scelodonta), 126.

Nitidulide, 92.

nivescens (Megachile), 88.

Noctuide, 65.

nodiflora (Synedrella), 181.

Nodosaria, 249.

Nogodina, 134.

Nola, 64.

normani (Ariophanta, Microcystis), 55.

—_——_— (Lamprocystis), 53-6.

332

North-East Point, 4, 14, 16, 293-4.
—_— Miocene rocks at, 287.
North-West Point, 9, 14.
Notogonia, 81, 84.

Numenius, 40.

Nummulites, 273, 297.

Nyctaginew, 185.

Nyctobates, 106.

Nymphalid, 60.

Nymphaline, 61.

obeliscus (Tectus), 202.

(Trochus), 202.

oblonga (Miolina), 234.

obscurus (Rhabdocnemis), 113.

cean-current, 302.

Ochrocarpus, 172.

Ochrosia, 182.

Ochthiphilide, 88.

Ochthodromus, 40.

octo (Amyna), 68.

‘Octoblepharum, 196.

‘Ocypoda, 164.

Ocypodide, 164.

odiosum (Platysoma), 91.

odoilam (Cerbera), 182.

Odonata, 139.

Odynerus, $1, 84.

(Kdemeride, 107.

Oleacez, 181.

Olenecamptus, 122.

olivacea (Tarache), 69

Oniscomorpha, 93-4.

‘Oosomides, 111.

oparanus (Bulimus), 57.

——— (Opeas), 57.

Opatrum, 106.

Opeas, 54, 57.

Operculina, 229.

Ophideres, 67.

Ophidia, 53.

Ophion, 81-2.

Ophionine, 81.

Ophiusa, 66.

Oplismenus, 193.

optivata (Craspedia), 71.

Orbicella,
285, 288.

orbiculatus (Aspidiphorus), 104.

Orbitoides, 229-80, 232-3, 235-6,
238, 240, 242— - 248, 250- 6, 292.

—— dispansa i in Java, 297.

Orbitolina, 229.

Orbitolites, 252.

‘Orbitulites, 230.

Orbulina, 240.

‘Orchidex, 190.

Orgyia, 69.

orientalis (Glareola), 40

207-8, 215-16, 218-19,

INDEX.

orientalis (Morio), 89.
———_— (Oxyn), Heelan
(Primnia ?), 150.
—_——— (Stelidota), 92
orites (Chelifer), 157.
ornaticornis (Simaethis), 77.
Ortalide, 88.
Orthomorpha, 159.

_ Orthoptera, 141-2.

, Distribution of, 300.

Orychodes, 1176

Osteology of Mus
M. macleari, 34.

Otiorrhynchine, 108.

ovalifolium (Panicum), 193.

ovalifolius (Ochrocarpus), 172.

ovata (Anisomeles), 180.

ovigera (Hernandia), 187.

Owl, Habits of, 47.

Oxya, 142, 150.

oxyacanthella, 7.

Oxychirota, 75.

Oxychirotide, 75.

Oxyopes, 162.

Oxypleura, 128.

nativitatis and

pachyderma (Globigerina), 237.
Pachyops (?), 116.

pachypus (Pipistrellus), 27.
Peederus, 89.

pagodalis (Tectus), 201.
Palagonite tuffs, 278-9, 285, 287.
Palme, 191.

Palorus, 106.

Panaretus, 162.

Panchlora (Leucopheea), 146.
Panchoran, 9, 280.
Pandanacee, 191.

Pandanus, 50, 191.

Panesthia, 142, 146.
paniculatus (Celastrus), 175.
Panicum, 192.

———— (Effuse), 192.
Pannaria, 197.

panorpeformis (Ricania), 134-5.
Pantala, 139.

Papilio, 60, 62.

- papillosa (Rotalia), 238.

papyracea (Orbitoides), 235, 245, 252.
Paradesmus, 108.

paradoxa (Oxychirota), 75.
Paregus, 96.

Paramecosoma, 99.
Paranobium, 104.

parki (Euxestus) 96.
Parmelia, 197.

Paromalus, sp., 91.

parryi (Tetrigus), 100.
parviflorus (Convolvulus), 183.

INDEX,

parvulum (Trichomanes), 194.

parvulus (Xyleborus), 117.

parvus (Neoptinus), 103.

Passalide, 97.

Passeriformes, 48.

patellifera (Hierodula), 146.

patruelis (Terias), 60, 63.

Patula, 320.

patula (Acanthastrea), 207, 218.

(Orbicella), 218-19.

paucidentata (Acanthastrea patula,
-var.), 207, 218.

Paurostauria, 152-3.

pavonacella (Brenthia), 76.

pectinata (Meeandrina), 214.

— (Phisis), 150.

pedata (Cissus), 176.

Pedetes, 35-6.

Pedicellaria, 171.

pedunculata (Colubrina), 179.

——— (Procris), 190.

Pelecaniformes, 42.

pellucida (Ricania), 136.

peltata (Hernandia), 187.

(Ipomeea), 183.

Pemphis, 88, 178.

pentaphylla (Gynandropsis), 171.

———— (Pedicellaria), 171.

Pentatoma, 128.

Pentatomide, 137.

Peperomia, 186.

Percentage of peculiar species, 299.

perforans (Tomicus), 116.

(Xyleborus), 116.

Perforata, 222.

Pericheta, 168-9.

Periplaneta, 142, 146.

perplexa (Pterolophia), 123.

pes-capre (Ipomea), 183.

petilia (Limnas), 60.

(Papilio), 60.

Phacellura, 74.

Phaethon, 45, 299.

Phaethontes, 45.

Phaneropteride, 142, 150.

Phaseolus, 177.

Phasmide, 142, 147.

Phileurus, 320.

philippensis (Examnes), 122.

Philonthus, sp., 89.

Phisis, 142, 149.

phlegmaria (Lycopodium), 196.

Phlceophagosoma, 114.

pheenicurus (Phaethon), 46.

Pholcide, 159.

Pholceus, 159.

' Phosphate deposits, Discovery of, 19.

— of alumina and iron, 271,

291. |
——— of lime, 271, 289-91.

300:

Phosphate Hill, 12, 14, 289.
Phreatia, 190.

phrygia (Leptoria), 207, 210-11.
(Madrepora), 210.

| Phycitine, 72.

Phycodes, 77.

_ Phyllanthus, 187.

phyllocarpum (Leptogium), 198.

Phyllodromia, 142, 145.

Physalis, 183.

Physcia, 197.

piceus (Alphitobius), 106.

picta (Physcia), 197.

pictula (Bidis), 137.

Piezonotus, 110-11.

‘* Pigot,’’ Visit of the, 2.

pilarus (Tinoporus), 229.

pilulifera (Euphorbia), 187.

Piperaceze, 186.

Pipistrellus, 26.

piscatrix (Sula), 45.

Pisonia, 185.

Pittospores, 171.

Pittosporum, 171.

Placentula, 228.

plagiatus (Litocerus), 118-19.

Planipennia, 140.

Planispirina, 242.

Planorbulina, 227, 234, 287-8, 241,
244, 246, 249-51, 254, 265.

Plants introduced by man, 303.

Platylabia, 142-3.

platyphylla (Boehmeria), 190.

Platypus, 116.

Platysoma, 91.

Plecanium, 231.

pleiades (Orbicella), 207, 218.

plena (Nogodina), 136.

plumosa (Eragrostris), 193.

plumulosum (Thuidium), 197.

Pocillopora, 207, 209.

Pocilloporide, 209.

Peecilopsaltria, 130.

poeyi (Strongylosoma), 159.

Polistes, 81, 85.

polita (Oxypleura), 128.

(Shoguna), 92.

polygramma (Hexagonia), 199.

polymorphum (Nephrodium), 195.

Polypetale, 171.

polyphemus (Odynerus), 84.

Polypodium, 196.

Polyporus, 198.

Polystictus, 198-9.

Polytrema, 235, 239, 241, 246, 248-80,
256, 266, 268.

pomona (Psyra), 142, 150.

Ponera, 83.

Pongamia, 177.

Pontodrilus, 166-8.

334

Porites, 207, 222-4, 295.

in sea cliff, 295.

Poritide, 222.

Porthesia, 69.

Possibility of former union with Java,
297.

posthuma (Pericheta), 170.

postica (Orgyia), 69.

posticum (Paranobium), 104.

preheliopora (Orbicella), 207, 216-17.

Preepollex, 36.

Premna, 185.

Prevailing winds, 17.

Primnia (?), 150.

princeps (Halobates), 129.

Prinobius, 120.

Prionastrea, 207, 219-20.

Prionide, 120.

proavus (Halobates), 129.

Procris, 190.

Proctotrypide, 81.

Prodenia, 65.

Prometopia, 92.

proserpina (Hepes) ; 62-3.

Prosoplus, 123.

prostrata (Ruellia), 184.

Protetia, 98.

proteus ? (Halictus), 86-7.

Psammeecus, 95.

Pseudocorylophide, 96.

Pseudorhynchus, 142, 149.

Pseudoscorpiones, 156.

Pseudosphinx, 70.

Psylliodes, 127.

Psyra, 142, 150.

Pterolophia, 123.

Pterophoride, 75.

Pteropus, 22-3.

Ptinide, 102.

Ptinides, 103.

Ptychanthus, 19%

pubescens (Boerhaavia diffusa, var.),
185.

puerpera (Venus), 205.

pulchella (Deiopeia), 64.

Pullenia, 231.

pulverea (Porthesia), 69.

Pulvinula, 228.

Pulvinulina, 228, 231, 238, 254.

pumilis (Gecko), 52.

punctata (Dendroneura), 80.

punctatus (Idiocerus ?), 138.

punctifrons (Bidis), 137.

pupoides (Gaudryina), 236.

pygmea (Bolivina), 231.

Pyralide, 72.

Pyralidina, 75.

Pyraline, 73.

Pyramidea, 201.

Pyramis, 201.

INDEX.

pyramis (Tectus), 202.
(Trochus), 202.
Pyraustine, 73.
pyrrhus (Charaxes), 61.
Pythia, 55, 58.
Pyxine, 197.

quadrangularis (Orbicella), aff., 207,
216.
quadricorne (Toxicum), 106.
quadrimaculata (Prometopia), 92.
quadrimaculatum (Ceresium), 121.
quadriquadra (Cosmoclostis), 75.
ae 236, 240-1.
Quisqualis, 178

racemosa (Barringtonia), 178.

— (Tiliacora), 171.

radicula (Nodosaria), 249.

Rainfall, 17, 18.

Ramalina, 198.

ramosa (Nephrolepis), 195.

Randia, 179.

Ranella, 203.

me Redpole,” Visit of H.M.S., 3.

refulgens (Cibicides), 251.

——— (Truncatulina), 231, 251.

reinwardti (Argiope), 159.

———- (Epeira), 159.

Remusatia, 192.

repanda (Placentula), 228.

(Pulvinula), 228.

——— (Pulvinulina), 228, 231, 238,
254

(Rotalia), 228.
repandus (Nautilus), 228.
repens (Cissus), 176.
retiformis (Astrea), 214.
—— (Goniastrea), 207, 214.
retusa (Ficus), 189. ‘
revolutum (Trachymitrium), 196.
rex (Mus), 29.
Rhabdocnemis, 113:
Rhamnacezx, 175.
Rhopalocera, 60.
Rhyncholobus, 108-9.
Rhyneoli, 115.
Rhyparida, 124, 126.
Rhyssemus, 97.
Ricania, 131.
Ricaniide, 131.
Ridley, H. N., Visit of, 3
Robber-crab, 164.
Ross Hill, 289,
rossi (Figulus), 96.
— (Peperomia), 186.
——. (Rhyncholobus), 109
—— (Rhyparida), 124,
Rotalia, 228, 232, 288, 241, 247,
254-6.

INDEX. O00

rotulata (Cristellaria), 227. semigranosa (Ranella,) 203.
rotundata (Labia), 146. seminitidus (Bradymerus), 106.
rotundifolia, 173. sepulchralis (Vadebra), 61.
rotundipennis (Megachile), 87. Serpula, 247.

ruber (Strongylodon), 176. serrirostris (Orychodes), 118.
rubescens (Claoxylon), 188. serva (Ophiusa), 66.
Rubiacez, 179. serrata (Paramecosoma), 95.
rubiginosa (Pannaria), 197. Sessinia, 107.

rubrescens (Brachyrhynchus), 129.

rubricans (Thermesia), 67.

rubricauda (Phaethon), 45.

ruderalis (Fleurya), 189.

Ruellia, 184.

ruficollis (Limonites), 41.

rufostriata (Epacromia), 152.

rufotestacea (Shoguna), 93.

rufovaria (Gryllacris), 148.

rugicollis (Ditoma), 105.

(Minthea), 105.

rugosa (Textularia), 231, 237-8,
241-38, 249, 251-2.

rugosum (Plecanium), 231.

Rupertia, 238, 246, 254.

Rutacez, 174.

Saccolabium, 191.

sacra (Demiegretta), 41.

Sago-palms, 287.

salaminia (Ophideres), 67.

sambac (Jasminum), 181.

sambucina (Leea), 176.

sanguinalis (Digitaria), 192.

sanguineus (Polystictus), 199.

Sapindacez, 176.

Sapotacee, 181.

Saprosma, 180.

Saracenaria, 227.

sarawakensis (Termes), 141.

Sarcochilus, 191.

Satyrine, 61.

Sauris, 71.

saxophila (Ficus), 189.

Scevola, 88, 181.

scandens (Etada), 177.

scarabzeus (Pythia), 58.

Scelodonta, 126.

Schizophyllum, 198.

schroeteriana (Rotalia), 228, 232, 237,
241, 247, 254-5.

Scincide, 52.

Sciurus, 35.

Scolopendra, 154.

Scolytide, 116.

Scorpio, 156.

Scorpiones, 156.

scotella (Ephestia), 72.

scotozonea (Boarmia), 71.

Scymnus, sp., 96.

Sea cliff, 6, 294-5.

selenampha (Amyna), 65.

semiasperatus (Bradymerus), 106.

Shoguna, 92.

Shore cliff and terrace, 294.

terrace, 9,

siamea (Cassia), 177.

Sideroxylon, 181.

Sidney’s Dale, 14, 288, 295.

Sigmoilina, 242.

signifera (Maliattha), 68.

Simaethis, 77.

similata (Minthea), 105.

simplex (Ceresium), 122.

(Chrysodema), 99.

sinensis (Cceloria), aff., 213.

singhalella (Heterographia), 73.

Slipping of beds of limestone round
Island, 14, 16, 281, 296.

Smeringopus, 149.

Smith Point, 5, 293.

snellemanii (Ariadna), 158.

Soil, 19, 291.

Solanacee, 183.

Solanum, 183.

solida (Davallia), 194.

solidula (Succinea), 56.

solidus (Platypus), 116.

solitaria (Succinea), 56.

Sorex, 27.

South Point, 4, 288.

Sparasside, 161.

sparassoides (Guepinia), 199.

speciosa (Guettarda), 180.

spectabilis (Blumea), 181.

spelunce (Davallium), 194.

Spheroidina, 231.

Sphenophorus, 113.

Sphingide, 69.

Sphingine, 70.

Spiroloculina, 233, 242-3, 248, 250,
252

52.
Spirostreptus (Nodopyge), 156.
splendens (Stemonitis), 104, 200.
Sponia, 188.

squarrosus (Ptychanthus), 197.
stabilis (Rupertia), 254.
Stachytarpheta, 184.

stali (Anisolabis), 142-3.
(Forcinella), 143.
Staphylinide, 89.

Steep Point, 6, 16, 287.
Stelidota, 92.

stellata (Orbitoides), 253.
Stemonitis, 104, 200.

ee ee

336

Stenogyra (Opeas), 57.

stenura (Gallinago), 41.

Sterculiaceee, 173.

Sticky fruits, 303.

Stictoptera, 68.

Stilbum, 200.

stilpnoides (Clitumnus), 142, 147.

stilpnus (Clitumnus), 147.

stolidus (Anous), 39.

Storms, 17, 301.

strangulatus (Trochorhopalus), 113.

— (Sphenophorus), 113.

Stratiomyide, 88.

striata (Shoguna), 93.

strigatus (Bothrideres), 94.

strigosa (Meeandrina), 213.

Strongylodon, 176.

Strongylosoma, 156.

Strongylosomide, 155.

strubelli (Haplosoma), 155.

Structure of central nucleus of Christ-
mas Island, 271.

subarmata (Labia ?), 142, 144.

subcordata (Cordia), 182. -

subcostatus (Dermestes), 95.

subrotunda (Miliolina), 233.

subrotundum (Vermiculum), 233.

subrufescens (Lygzeus), 128.

subula (Achatina), 57.

(Bulimus), 57.

——— (Opeas), 54, 57.

(Stenogyra, Opeas), 57.

subviridis (Nogodina), 135.

Succinea, 56.

suediata (Pyxine), 197.

Sula, 44, 299.

sula (Sula), 44.

sulcicollis (Figulus), 97.

Sumatra, Orbitoides of, 297.

sumatranus (Chelifer), 157.

sumatrensis (Orbitoides), 244, 252,

6

——— (Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina),
204, 246, 252-3.

sundaicum (Sideroxylon), 181.

supellectilium (Blatta), 145.

— (Phyllodromia), 142.

———— ? (Phyllodromia), 145.

suralis (Glyphodes), 74.

surinamensis (Leucopheea), 142, 146.

(Panchlora,

146.
surusalis (Dichocrocis), 74.
suturale (Platysoma), 91.
suturalis (Cossonus), 114.
Syctodes, 159.

Syctodide, 159.
Sylepta, 74.

Synedrella, 181.
Syntomide, 64.

Leucopheea),

INDEX.

syrmaticum (Nephrodium), 194.
Syrpindz, 88.

tabulata (Heliastraea), 215.

tanarius (Macaranga), 188.

Tarache, 69.

Tectona, 184.

Tectus, 201-2.

Temnopteryx, 142, 145.

Temperature, 17.

Tenebrionid, 105.

tenuepunctata (Psylliodes), 127.

tenuiflora (Galactia), 176.

tenuis (Daedalea), 199.

(Leptoria), 210-11.

——— (Pipistrellus), 27.

Terebrantia, 81.

Terias, 60, 63.

Termes, 141.

Terminalia, 177.

Termitide, 141.

Tertiary limestones in the Azores, 296.

tessellata (Gryllacris), 148.

testacea (Lasioderma), 102.

testaceus (Bostrichus), 116.

———— (Bythoscopus), 138.

Tetrigus, 99.

Textularia, 231, 287-8, 241-3, 247,
249, 251-2.

Thalassochelys, 54.

Thalassodes, 71.

Theories of atoll formation, 209.

Theretra, 70.

Thermesia, 67.

Thuidium, 197.

Thyridium, 196.

tibialis (Laius), 102.

(Leocyma), 66.

Tiliacee, 173.

tiliaceus (Hibiscus), 173.

Tiliacora, 171.

timoriensis (Leptaulax), 97.

tinctorum (Parmelia), 197.

Tineide, 80.

Tineina, 76.

Tinoporus, 229.

Tipulide, 88.

Tomicus, 116.

_ torresiensis (Haddonia), 249.

Tortricide, 78.
Tortricomorpha, 78.
Tournefortia, 182.
Toxicum, 106.
Trachychernes, 156.
Trachymitrium, 196..
Trachyte, 275-6, 285.
Trade-wind, 301.
Trechus (?), 89.

Trees of shore terrace, 9.

INDEX, ore

tricarinata (Miliolina), 245.

(Triloculina), 245.

tricholoma (Trichoscypha), 290.

Trichomanes, 194.

Trichoscypha, 200.

trichura (Crocidura fuliginosa,var.), 27.

Trichyorhyssemus, 98.

tricuspidatum (Malvastrum), 172.

trifasciata (Epeira), 159.

trifoliolata (Acronychia), 174.

trigonula (Miliolina), 248, 245, 247,
252

Triloculina, 245.

Tringoides, 40.

Trithemis, 139.

trivialis (Libellula), 139.

(Trithemis), 139.

Trochammina, 231.

Trochorhopalus, 113.

Trochus, 201-2.

Trogositide, 92.

Tropic-bird, 45-6.

Truncatella, 55, 59.

Truncatulina, 227-8, 231, 234, 241,
249, 251, 255-6, 265-6.

truncatum (Nephrodium), 195.

‘ tuberculosa (Manopora), 224.

tuberosa (Rotalia), 228.

Turbo, 203.

Turdide, 49.

Turdus, 37, 49.

Tutufa, 202-3.

Typhlopide, 53.

Typhlops, 51, 53.

Ugyops, 137.

undalis (Hellula), 74.

undosa (Miliolina), 236.

ungeriana (Truncatulina), 245.

unicolor (Bythoscopus), 138.

———— (Cyrtophora), 160.

universa (Orbulina), 240.

Upper cliffs, 11.

—_— and terraces, Geology of,
291.

Uraniade, 72.

Urospizias, 46.

Urticacez, 188.

utricularis (Carpenteria), 241, 247, 250,
254-5.

Uvigerina, 234.

Vadebra, 60-1.

vagivitta (Dipterygia), 65.
valida (Truncatella), 59.
Valleys on west coast, 283.
varcia, 131.

Qe
<1

varia (Lecanora), 198.

variabilis (Gryllacris), 148.

variegatus (Numenius), 40.

variipennis (Cossonus), 114.

venatoria (Heteropoda), 154, 161-2.

Venus, 204-5.

venusta (Dictus), 159.

(Syctodes, Dictus), 159.

veraria (Thalassodes), 71.

veratrifolia (Corymbis), 191.

verbeeki (Orbitoides), 235, 252.

(Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina),

245, 250, 252-3, 256.

Verbenacee, 184.

Vermes, 166.

Vermiculum, 233.

verrucosa (Venus), 204.

vesicularis (Gypsina), 229.

Vespide, 81.

vexillifera (Hydrillodes), 68.

vicarius (Paradesmus), 155.

vicinus (Halictus), 86.

vigil (Cheerocampa), 70.

villida (Junonia), 62.

(Papilio), 62.

villosus (Cylindrodesmus), 155.

vitiensis (Cosmophila), 67.

vitifolius (Hibiscus), 173.

Vittaria, 195.

vittatus (Rhyncholobus), 110.

vivipara (Remusatia), 192.

vriesianus (Hibiscus), 173.

vulgaris (Sciurus), 35.

Water-borne seeds, 303.

Wedelia, 181.

West White Beach, 6, 292.

Wharton, Rear-Admiral Sir W. J. L.,
Account of Island by, 3.

Wharton Deep, 1.

whartoni (Carpophaga), 37.

wightiana (Acalypha), 188.

Wind-borne seeds, 302.

woodmasoniana (Assiminea), 59.

xanthopterus (Ectadoderus), 148.
xanthopus (Polystictus), 198.
xanthurus (Mus), 32.

Xenoceras, 118.

Xuthia, 94.

Xyleborus, 116.

Xysticus, 162.

Zinckenia, 73.
Zooblax, 121.
Zosteropide, 49.
Zosterops, 49.

STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, PRINTERS, HERTFORD.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE I.

Pteropus natalis, Thomas. Adult male. (p. 2

e

2

"

s

B.M.CHRISTMAS 12 le

>
K4

PJ.Smit del.et lth. MinternBros.Chromo.

Pteropus natalis, Thomas.

.
-
y *
~
‘
‘
*
¥
r ytit
i
“*
j
; i
r
4
.
*
.
{ ‘
\
'
a!
’ .
‘
a
”
Ye “, ‘ hi
ro
24 ’
{ .
i
:
>
‘
fies
:
4

we t,

fal ©

: SUULIY / “Sp WPALHDOU sn W .

Ouro ry 5 "soa ST ULBPATYT

“UYATT qo 2) FUG CP

‘WId al SVNLSTYHO' Wd

U)

W

he os id ATT MA ary #, uP EA Me PP te lee ee 2 ee a "
: } +e i hs eo z i) ‘ sii fiat, .

i,
i oe

PLATE II (bis).

Mus macleari, Thomas. Figs. 1, 3, 6, 7, 8. } (p. 34.) y
Mus nativitatis, Thomas. Figs. 2, 4, 5, 9, 10. cos:

wr

Figs. 1 and 2, cranium from above; Figs. 3 and 4, from be
Figs. 5 and 6, side view with lower jaw; Figs. 7-9, r
upper molar series ; Figs. 8 and 10, right lower molar ser

Figs. 7-10 x 4; the others natural size.

ee
he
’

B.M. Christmas Island. Pl. II (dis).

ek 10 2. m3.

Skulls and Teeth of Wus macleari and Mus nativitates.

PLATE III.

_ Phaethon fulous, Brandt. (p. 45.) |

PAE:

Mintern Bros.Chromo.

J.GsKeulemamns del.et hth.

B.M.CHRISTMAS I?

Phaethon fulvus, Brandt.

PLATE IV.

Ninox natalis, Lister. (p. 47.)

B.M.CHRISTMAS P i ive

J.GsKeulemans del.et lth. Mintern Bros.Chromo.

/ 7 2 bs .
Ninox natalts. Lister.

VW

a Ak. Daa

PLATE V.

Astur natalis (Lister). (p. 46.)

B.M. CHRISTMAS Pi

J.G. Keulemans del.et lith. Mintern Bros.Chromo.

Astur natalis. Lister, sp.

Pilea» | Wi ;

r 5 Waa’ - “y

" . Fi ; ee ‘ i eat 4 A
ir, is) Bs Py me, ‘ 4 f ne \

‘ 2) ee oe : é

s sty sees #4 ‘ trae

%. , yy
J aves Ay rs Arte

Been Tey Bs er , Ps a py iciey nu ‘ie Nar br tian ;
‘ta See bie he aee Cine ee ARS vem) Ws ihe so Paar 2: ol re
’ , ; ; I a rr ae i : 4 ee a3
:
PLATE VI.
Zosterops natalis, Lister. (p. 49.) c
fi
A

BM.CHRISTMAS PlgV1.

J.G‘Keulemans delet lth. Mantern Bros.Chromo.

Zosterops natalrs, Lister. ;

&4 :
iv oe a

a es i
‘
am he

a7
‘
ae
t
Tak

PRATE VIL

REPTILIA.

Fic. 1. Gecko listert, Boulenger. (p. 51.)
Fies. 2, 2a, 2b. Lygosoma nativitatis, Boulenger.

(p. 52.

’

Figs. 3, 3a, 3b. Ablepharus egerie, Boulenger. (p. 53.) a

en

4

Pravi:

B.M.CHRISTMAS I?

pad a la \ }
rere ral WON aie A

»

Mintern Bros amp :

Ablepharus eger

J.Green del.et kth.

LB .

2.lygoesoma nativitatis. 3.

U.

/ Gecko lister.

Pb ATE Vert.

Lanp SHELLS.

Fies. 1-3. Lamprocystis normani (Smith). (p. 55.)
Fie. 4. Lamprocystis mabele (Smith). (p. 55.)

Fies. 5-7. Lamprocystis mildrede (Smith). (p. 56.)
Fies. 8, 9. Succinea solidula, Pfeifier. (p. 56.)

Fias. 10, 11. Seecinea solitaria, Smith. (p. 56.)

Fies. 12, 13. Succinea listeri, Smith. (p. 57.) —

Fig. 14. Opeas subula (Pfeiffer). (p. 57.)

Fig. 15. Pythia scarabeus (Linn.). (p. 58.)

Fie. 16. Melampus luteus (Quoy & Gaimard). (p. 58.)
Fie. 17. Melampus fasciatus (Deshayes). (p. 58.)

Fie. 18. Melampus castaneus (Miihlfeldt). (p. 58.)
Fias. 19, 20. Leptopoma mouhoti, Pfeiffer, var. (p. 58.)
Fies. 21, 22. Truncatella valida, Pfeiffer. (p. 59.)
Fig, 23. Assiminea andrewsiana, n.sp. (p. 59.)

ovine

D

B.M.CHRISTMAS I

Mintern Bros.amp.

J.Green del.et lith.

14 ane
1 y

i aes
‘we -

i)

¢ *

Wine, | ey i
sai ah ¥)
ar ’

Pn Gn ;
ha Wd4, petal’ in
ee

_

P DA aie X.

LEPIDOPTERA.

Fires. 1, la. Bocula limbata, Butler. (p. 66.)

Fie. 2. Hpiplema inhians, Warr. (p. 72.)

Fie. 3. Hndotricha listert, Butler. (p. 73.) x.

Fie. 4. Boarmia scotozonea, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 7

Fic. 5. Erastria griseomixta, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 6

Fic. 6. Hydrillodes vexillifera, Hampson, sp.n.

Fic. 7. Mimeusemia econia, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 64.)

Fie. 8. Charaxes andrewsi, Butler, sp.n. (p. 61.) q

Fie. 9. Porthesia pulverea, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 69.) fh

Fie. 10. Zinckenia nigerrimalis, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 7a. Me , ?
Fic. 11. Glyphodes (Phacellura) holopheatis, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 74.)
Fie. 12. Cosmophila vitiensis, Butler. (p. 67.) ce a m

Fic. 13. Ephestia scotella, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 72.) “ie oe
Fig. 14. Dichocrocis auritincta, Butler, sp.n. (p. 74.)
Fia. 15. Boarmia scotozonea, Butler. (p. 71.)

‘
—aen
au

B.M. CHRISTMAS PF. Plate IX.

4
E.C. Knight ad.nat.ith. West,Newman Chr.

Lepidoptera.

PAPA, OX.

COLEOPTERA.
Fic. 1. Pederus listeri, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 89.)
Fie. 2. Oniscomorpha marmorata, Arrow, sp.n. (p. 94.)
Fig. 3. Bothrideres strigatus, Arrow, sp.n. (p. 94.)
Fie. 4. Lavus tibialis, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 102.)
Fie. 5. Protetia andrewsi, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 98.)
Fie. 6. Hpilachna nativitatis, Arrow, sp.n. (p. 95.)
Fie. 7. Megapenthes andrewst, Waterhouse, sp.n. (p. 101.)
Fie. 8. Chrysobothris andrewst, Waterhouse, sp.n. (p. 99.)
Fie. 9. Paranobium posticum, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 104.)

Fie. 10. Neoptinus parvus, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 103.)
Fic. 10a. Neoptinus parvus, Gahan, sp.n. Abdomen. (p. 103.)

Pink

B.M. CHRISTMAS 1°.

West,Newman. imp.

Coleoptera.

MHorman-Fisher del et.lith.

(WH
Helge ae)

<i

Fic.
Fie.
Fia.
Fic.
Fie.
Fia.
Fig.
Fic.

Ota eT PR w we

12a Pip Weed) Die Ga

COLEOPTERA.

. Paregus listeri, Gahan. ¢. (p. 96.)
. Paregus listeri, Gahan. 9°. (p. 96.)

Prinobius coxalis, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 120.)
Aigocidnus exiguus, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 124.) —

. Pterolophia perplexa, Gahan. (p. 123.)

. Rhyncholobus vittatus, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 110.)
. Rhyncholobus rossi, Gahan, sp.n. 6. (p. 109.)
. Rhyncholobus rossi, Gahan, sp.n. §. (p. 109.)

rele

B.M.CHRISTMAS

West Newman imp.

Coleoptera.

M.Horman-Fisher del et lith .

rk

PigAgd By XT.

ORTHOPTERA.

Fig. 1. Clitumnus stilpnoides, Kirby. (p. 147.)
Fig. 2. Labidura nigricornis, Kirby. ¢g. (p. 142.)
Fig. 3. Labidura nigricornis, Kirby. ¢. (p. 142.)
Fig. 4. Labia indistincta, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 144.)
‘Fic. 5. Labia incerta, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 144)

Fia. 6. Labia murrayt, Kirby, sp.n. ¢g. (p. 143.)
Fie. 7. Labia (?) subarmata, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 144.)

B.M CHRISTMAS P. | Ue

MHorman-Fisner delet. ith. ; West, Newman imp.
| Orthoptera. x

PA AL

ORTHOPTERA.

Fie. 1. Oxya orientalis, Kirby. Dark form. (p. 150.)
Fie. 2. Hpacromia rufostriata, Kirby. (p. 152.)

Fig. 3. Ectadoderus flavipalpis, Kirby, sp.n. ¢. (p. 147.)
Fia. 4. Ectadoderus favipalpis, Kirby, sp.n. @. (p. 147.)
Fig. 5. Labia murrayt, Kirby. Q. (p. 142.)

Fic. 6. Phisis listeri, Kirby. (p. 149.)

JEN 201,

ee

‘B.M CHRISTMAS

Wes c, Newman imp :

Bie Soy)
7,

a

O rtlop tera.

VE eee

SS

tied

M.Horman-Fisher delet hth.

PLATE XIV.

ORTHOPTERA, NEUROPTERA, AND HYMENOPTERA.

Fia. 1. Gryllacris rufovaria, Kirby. (p. 148.)

Fie. 2. Oxya orientalis, Kirby. Typical form. (p. 150.)
Fic. 3. Formicaleo morpheus, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 140.)
Fig. 4. Myrmeleon wridescens, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 140.)
Fies. 5, 5a. Mantibaria anomala, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 82.)
Fie. 6. Lobopelta diminuta (Smith). %. (p. 83.) :
Fic. 7. Lobopelta diminuta (Smith). ¢. (p. 83.)

Fic. 8. Halictus andrewst, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 86.)

Fie. 9. Halictus binghami, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 86.)

B.M. CHRISTMAS I> Pi Save

er

a ee
aoe. SIT LLL

Seen Nese
SEANRNN

M. Horman-Fisher del.etlth. West, Newman imp.

Orthoptera, Neuropterw,
and Hymenoptera.

a a aa
ie ow eee

“at a
a Wied ty)

ral

Fie.
Fie.
Fie.
Fic.
Fie.
Fia.
Fic.
Fic.
Fie.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fig.
Fia.
Fig.
Fic.

COI D TP wW pw =

ee
Do FW HO KK CO

PHATE XW.

HoMOPTERA AND HEMIPTERA.

. Aithus nitens, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 127.)

. Pentatoma grossepunctatum, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 128.)
. Lygeus subrufescens, Kirby. (p. 128.)

. Brachyrhynchus lignicolus, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 129.)
. Ricania flavifrontalis, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 131.)

Paurostauria delicata, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 133.)

. Vareia flaricostalis, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 133.)

. Nogodina afinis (Kirby). (p. 134.)

. Nogodina hyalina (Kirby). (p. 134.)

. Nogodina subviridis, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 135.)

. Nogodina subviridis, Kirby, sp.n., var. (p. 136.)
. Bidis aristella, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 136.)

. Bidis aristella, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 136.)

. Clovia eximia, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 137.)

. Issus (2) andrews, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 138.)

. Idiocerus (?) punctatus, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 138.)

Pik

B.M.CHRISTMAS FE.

‘West, Newman imp.

MHorman-Fisher del.etlith.

PLA Xve

ARACHNIDA.

Fie. 1. Chelifer murray, Pocock, sp.n. Much magnified. (p. 156.)

Fie. la. Chelifer murray. Flagellum of movable digit of mandible.
(p. 156.)

Fia. 2. Argtope remmwardti (Dol.). Enlarged one-fourth. (p. 159.)

Fia. 3. Cyrtophora unicolor (Dol.). Enlarged one-fourth. (p. 160.)

[This figure and that of Argiope reinwardti are taken from specimens
preserved in alcohol. According to Mr. Andrews the abdomen in living
examples is more voluminous, and in the case of C. unicolor the

anterior prominences project much less than here represented. |
Fie. 4. Heteropoda listeri, Pocock, sp.n. Face and mandibles. (p. 161.)

[The beard of bristles clothing the front of the upper half of the
mandibles stands out more clearly in the actual specimen than in the
figure. |

Fia. 4a. Heteropoda listerr. Vulva. 9. (p. 161.)

Fic. 4b. Heteropoda listerr. Tarsus and distal end of palpus of ¢ from
below. (p. 161.)

Fie. 4c. Heteropoda listert. Bifid tip of flagellum and its sheath of
palpal organ. (p. 161.)

Fic. 4d. Heteropodu listert. Tibial spine of palp of ¢ from the side.
(p. 161.)

*-

CHRISTMAS ISLAND. Plate XVI.

F.0 Pickard - Cambridge. del.et ith. West, Newman imp.

Arachnida. ‘

Se FRETS a Be ee ee oe nn ee
) f oP o. tet gory a yeaa Jal 4 bia eiee
; i AC Pa S nthe f, pare ‘a vi)
» Z e ) 5 nv pa. K (7 iy see ; ‘1 Atoms “i
See" - ; ; ao ee hh iy &

é = 3,

PLATE XVII.
Pittosporum nativitatis, Baker, fil, spn. (p. 1’

Fig. 1. Branchlet showing inflorescence (natural ;
Fig. 2. Flower (x 5).
Fic. 3. Sepal (x 5).

Fig. 4. Petal (x 5). ig
Fig. 5. Stamens and ovary not fully developed (x 5;
Fig. 6. Ovary not fully developed (x 5). *
Fic. 7. Bract (x 5). |

Plate XVII.

B.M.CHRISTMAS ‘IP

West, Newman imp.

RMorgan del.et ith.

Pittosporum. nativitatis, Baker fl.

f) ee ca ‘s os ; Me ,
| es Sie § ane -* shit 4 - hs eke
y ¥ 2 ‘3 ; Ais
é , ‘ L
PLATE XV UL
— Panicum andrewsi, Rendle, sp.n. (p.192.) |
Fic. 1. Barren glume, 1, viewed from inside.
Fic. 2. Barren glume, ii, viewed from inside. ;
ie Fic. 3. Barren glume, iii, viewed from inside and showing
bis . pale.
re Fic. 4. Fertile glume. Dorsal view.
: Natural size. Figs. 1-4, parts of spikelet, x 18.

.

Plate XVIII.

B.M. CHRISTMAS PF.

‘West, Newman imp -

R.Morgan del.et ith.

-Pamicum andrewsi, Rendle.

A.BRendle anal.

Pa AGT aR A Ke

Fossin CoRALs.

Fig. 1. Celoria andrewsi, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section. ne ore,
Fie. 2. Meandrina equisepta, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section,
Fig. 3. Orbicella murrayi, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section.
Fie. 4. Orbicella preheliopora, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section. —
Fic. 5. Acanthastrea patula, Gregory, var. nov. paucidentata. T
verse section. | a

Fie. 6. Anisocenia favoides, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section. _ - .
, Fie. 7. Anisocenia murrayt, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section.
Fie. 8. Coscinarea andrewsi, Gregory, sp.n. ‘Transverse mack 1

_ All the figures twice natural size.

B.M.CHRISTMAS PF. Awe Plate XIX.

UPI ibs SUES
CANN, Hi ANS

an re AMNLENNB pene “4
SLA SS FART Meee iba

E. Drake ad nat.lith.

West, Newman Tap :

fosstl Corals.
AW *2 diam.

Fia.

Fia.

Fic.

Fia.

PIG:

FI«.

Fia.

Fia.

Fia.

PLATE XX.

FORAMINIFERAL LIMESTONES.

No. 2. Oldest Limestone (Eocene or Oligocene) from south
end of Flying Fish Cove. x 15. (p. 226.)

No. 522.

Cove.

No. 924.
CD:
No. 220.
x:

No. 844.
BD

No. 562.
x 0:

No. 521.

? Oligocene Limestone, B of section, Flying Fish
x 15. (p. 231.)

Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, Flying Fish Cove.
(p. 233.)

Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, Flying Fish Cove.
(p. 239.)

Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, ‘Flying Fish Cove.
(p. 242.)

Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, Flying Fish Cove.
(p. 243.)

White Limestone from pinnacles at 500 feet over

Flying Fish Cove. x 53. (p. 245.)

No. 841.

White Limestone from pinnacles at 500 feet over

Flying Fish Cove. x 6. (p. 248.)

No. 549.

a! Os

Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, Flying Fish Cove.
(p. 250.)

B.M. CuristMAs Ib. PLATE XX.

F. CHAPMAN, PHOTO. MORGAN & KIDD, COLLOTYPE.

FORAMINIFERAL ROCKS: CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

Fia.

Fia.

Fia.

Fig.
Fia.
Fig.
Fia.

Fie.

10.

De

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

PLATE XXI.

FORAMINIFERAL LIMESTONES.

Specimen No. 968. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, south of
Flying Fish Cove. x 6. (p. 252.)

Specimen No. 347. Eocene or Oligocene Limestone from
high cliff in Sidney’s Dale (see map). x 15. (p. 254.)

Specimen No. 835. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, south of
Flying Fish Cove. x 5. (p. 254.)

Specimen No. 827. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, south of
Flying Fish Cove. x 4$. (p. 255.)

Specimen No. 827. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, south of
Flying Fish Cove. x 6. (p. 255.)

Specimen No. 581. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone. x 5.
(p. 255.)
Specimen No. 986. Pebble of Orbitoidal Limestone in raised

beach, north of Flying Fish Cove. x 2. (p. 253.)
Specimen No. 5. From cracks in basalt on south side of
Flying Fish Cove. x 15. (p. 258.)

B.M. CHRISTMAS Ip. PLATE XXI.

*. CHAPMAN, PHOO. MORGAN & KIDD, COLLOTYPE.

FORAMINIFERAL RO€KS: CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

a ’ an i ¥ .
- x °f *
: 97,>' ATA
, . ae
4
fie
ee
ar
a
4
eo
a
-
é
' 3
P F ‘
‘ 2
*
Pe
» “4
‘
-
oy

———

Scale of Miles
ooo

British Museum (Nat Hist.) Monograp

FLYING FISH COVE

Obo.cnotes (E% 10°25. 19'S. =
(Admiralty Chore) Long. 105°42'57E ) | Pate beach,

CHRISTMAS ISLAND :

Partly from a sunvey -by

189

C.W.ANDREWS,F.CS.
1897-98.
Flying Fish @, Smith Point 4
Seale of Miles OS, f Limestone x Be j
0 : : $ Smith Point Z B ooM 4 y) 7 ©
Nat. scale 1:100.000 or 1:58 miles - Linch se °
Heights wm feet Depths in. tathores 68 f

»

‘a “ys (A
o
o> Orbitoidal
= oes > os lmestone

Freshwdter Stream

soi S Thick ope and lofty trees
Ke Se es lay thick jungla in places

Re efs of Coral

i \\\

BORNEO

I} 4I¢6

/ 18
Egeria Point

S7

sate

A
South Point 971
449

Clenidinag

» Christmas I
—Eeweesws si

Cocos ur Keeling I$
‘
li 570 918

Scale of Miles
oa a

Reprinted hy permisston of the Royal. Geographical Society

- : _-— = j ! et oe ae : : 2 : : : = = é H
Horizontal Scale 1-6 inches =1mile.

a 1839,
= =

a

ee
‘
J

er AREA,

@

LIST OF THE CURRENT

NATURAL HISTORY PUBLICATIONS
OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE
BRITISH MUSEUM.

The following publications can be purchased through the
Agency of Messrs. LONGMANS & Co., 39, Paternoster Row ;
Mr. QUARITCH, 15, Piccadilly; Messrs. KEGAN PAUL,
TRENCH, TRUBNER & CO., Paternoster House, Charing
Cross Road; and Messrs. DULAU & Co., 37, Soho Square ;
or at the NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM, Cromwell Road,

London, S.W.

Catalogue of the Specimens and Drawings of Mammais,
Birds, Reptiles, and Fishes of Nepal and Tibet. Presented
by B. H. Hodgson, Esq., to the British Musuem. 2nd
edition. By John Edward Gray. Pp. xii., 90. [With an
account of the Collection by Mr Hodgson.] 1863, 12mo.
28. od.

Catalogue of the Mammalia and Birds of New Guinea in the
Collection of the British Museum. [With list of Species
of New Guinea Birds, and those of the neighbouring
Localities.] By John Edward Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., and
George Robert Gray, F.L.S., &c. Pp. 63. Woodcuts.
1859, 8vo. Is. 6d.

Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-

Pacific Ocean during the voyage of H.M.S., “ Alert,” 1381-2,
Pp. xxv., 684. 54 Plates. 1884, 8vo.

Summary of the Precis ... By.Dr. R. W. Coppinger.
Mammalia ae ee 55 O. Thomas.

AVES ©. «.. aoe it, LE. Bepharpe:
Reptilia, Batrachia, Pisces ... 5, A. Giinther.
Mollusca as soe UCAS Smith,
Echinodermata ida os) ell

Crustacea ws - ie), WediMiersi
Coleoptera ste vc .. 5, C. O. Waterhouse.
Lepidoptera... 3) ig ASG Botler,
Alcyonaria and Spongiida saci Cig, toe Os Midley.

TZ. 10s.
4337r—1500—12/99 Wt 20849 D&S 9 A

a)

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

MAMMALS. -

List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. Pp. xxviii.
216. [With Systematic List of the Genera of Mammalia,
Index of Donations, and Alphabetical Index.] 1843, 12mo.
2s. 6d.

Catalogue of ne Bones of Mammalia in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Edward Gerrard. Pp. iv., 296.
1862, 8vo. 5s.

Catalogue of Monkeys, Lemurs, and Fruit-eating Bata § in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray,
F.R.S., &c. Pp. viti 137: 21 Woodcuts, 1870 ouom eae

Catalogue of cnr enae Pachydermatous, and HEdentate
‘Mammalia in the British Museum. By John Edward
Gray, F.R.S., &c. Pp. vii., 398. 47 Woodcuts. 1869,
8vo. 6s. 6d. ;

Catalogue of Seals and Whales in the British Museum. By
John Edward Gray, F.R.S., &c. 2nd edition. nhs Vile os
402. 101 Woodcuts. 1866, Bv0. 8s.

——— Supplement. | By John Edward Gray, F,B.S., &c.
Pp. vi; 103. 11 Woodeuts: 187i; 8vo. 2s. Gd.

List of the Specimens of Cetacea in the Zoological Depart-
ment of the British Museum. By William Henry Flower,
LL.D., F.R.S., &c. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes. ] Pp. iv.,.36. 1885, 8vo. Is. 6d.

Catalogue of Reinsinearis Mammalia (Pecora, Linnzus) in the
British Museum. By John Edward Gray, F.R.S., &e.
Pp. viil,, 102... 4.Plates. ..1872, Sve. -_3s. hd. 7

Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Oldfield Thomas.
Pp. xiii, 401. 4 coloured and 24 plain Plates. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1888, 8vo. L/. 8s.

~

BIRDS.

big of the Birds in the British Museum :—

Vol. VI. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum. |
Cichlomorphe : Part III., containing the first portion
of the family Timeliides (Babbling Thrushes). By
R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xiii., 420. Woodeuts and
18 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] | 1881, 8vo..1/.

Vol. VII. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Cichlomorphe : Part IV., containing the concluding ~

_ portion of the family Timeliide (Babbling Thrushes).

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 3

Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum—continued.

By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xvi.,698. Woodeuts and
15 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 188%, 8vo. 17. 6s.

Vol. VIII. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Cichlomorphe: Part V., containing the families
Paride and Laniide (Titmice and “Shrikes) ; and
Certhiomorphe (Creepers and Nuthatches). By Hans
Gadow, M.A., Ph.D. Pp. xiii., 386. Woodcuts and
9 coloured Plates. [ With Systematic and Alpha-
betica] Indexes.] 1883, 8vo. 17s.

Vol. 1X. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Cinnyrimorphe, containing the families Nectariniide
and Meliphagide (Sun Birds and Honey-eaters). By

- Hans Gadow, M.A., Ph.D. Pp. xii., 310. Woodcuts
and 7 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1884, 8vo. 14s.

Vol. X. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Fringilliformes : Part I., containing the families
Diceide, Hirundinide, Ampelide, Mniotiltide, and
Motacillide. By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xiii., 682.
Woodcuis and 12 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1885, 8vo. 1/. 2s.

Vol. XI. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Fringilliformes: Part II., containing the families
Cerebide, Tanagride, and Icteride. By Philip Lutley
Sclater, M.A., F.R.S. Pp. xvii. 431. [With Syste-
matic and Alphabetical Indexes.] Woodcuts and 18
coloured Plates. 1886, 8vo. 17.

Vol. XII. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Fringilliformes: Part IIIJ., containing the family
Fringillide. By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xv., 871.
Woodeuts and 16 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1888, Svo. 1/. 8s.

Vol. XIII. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching

Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Sturniformes, containing the families Artamide,
Sturnide, Ploceide,and Alaudidz. Also the families
Atrichiide and Menuride. By R. Bowdler Sharpe.

: Pp. xvi., 701. Woodcuts and 15 coloured Plates.
[ With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1890,
8vo., 17. 8s.

Vol. XIV. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Oligomyode, or the families Tyrannide, Oxyrham-

_ phide, Pipride, Cotingide, Phytotomida, Philepittida,

4337r AZ

4

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum—continued.

Pittide, Xenicide, and Eurylemide. By Philip
Lutley Sclater, M.A., F.R.S. Pp. xix.,494. Woodcuts
and 26 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1888, 8vo. Ld. 4s.

Vol. XV. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Tracheophone, or the families Dendrocolaptide,
Formicariide, Conopophagide, and Pteroptochide.
By Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., F.R.S. Pp. xvii., 371.
Woodcuts and 20 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1890, 8vo. 11.

Vol. XVI. Catalogue of the Picariz in the Collection of
the British Museum. Upupe ana Trochili, by Osbert
Salvin. Coracie, of the families Cypselide, Capri-
mulgide, Podargide, and Steatornithide, by Ernst
Hartert. Pp. xvi., 703. Woodcuts and 14 coloured
Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes. |
1892, 8vo. 10. 16s. '

Vol. XVII. Catalogue of the Picarie in the Collection
of the British Museum. OCoracie (contin.) and
Halcyones, with the families Leptosomatide, Coraciide,
Meropide, Alcedinide, Momotide, Totide and Coliide,
by R. Bowdler Sharpe. Bucerotes and Trogones by
W. R. Ogilvie Grant. Pp. xi., 522. Woodecuts and 17
coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1892, Svo. 1/. 10s.

Vol. XVIII. Catalogue of the Picarie in the Collection
of the British Museum. Scansores, containing the
family Picide. By Edward Hargitt. Pp. xv., 597.
Woodcuts and 15 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Jndexes.] 1890, 8vo. 1/. 6s.

Vol. XIX. Catalogue of the Picariz in the Collection of
the British Museum. Scansores and Coccyges : con-
taining the families Rhainphastide, Galbulide, and
Bucconide, by P. L. Sclater; and the families Indi-
catoride, Capitonide, Cuculide, and Musophagide, by

G. EH. Shelley. Pp. xii., 484: 13 coloured Plates.
[ With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1891,
8vo. Ll. 5s.

Vol. XX. Catalogue of the Psittaci, or Parrots, in the
Collection of the British Museum. By T. Salvadori.
Pp. xvii., -658: Woodcuts and 18 coloured Plates.
[With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1891,
8vo. 1/. 10s.

Vol. XXI. Catalogue of the Columba, or Pigeons, in
the Collection of the British Museum. By T. Saivadori.
Pp. xvii., 676 : 15 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1893, 8vo. 1/. 10s.

Vol. XXII. Catalogue of the Game Birds (Péerocletes,
Galline, Opisthocomt, Hemipodit) in the Collection of

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 5

Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum—continued.

the British Museum. By W. R. Ogilvie Grant.
Pp. xvi., 585: & coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1893, 8vo. 17. 6s. 7

Vol. XXIII. Catalogue of the Fulicarie (Rallide and
Heliornithide) and Alectorides (Aramide, Eurypy-
gidz, Mesitide, Rhinochetide, Gruide, Psophiida,
and Otididz) in the Collection of the British Museum.
By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xiii., 353: 9 coloured
Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes. |
1894, 8vo. 20s.

Vol. XXIV. Catalogue of the Limicolz in the Collection
of the British Museum. By R. Bowdler Sharpe.

Pp. xii., 794. Woodcutsand 7 coloured Plates. [With
eee and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1896, 8vo.
l. Os.

Vol. XXV. Catalogue of the Gavize and Tubinares in
the Collection of the British Museum. Gavie (Terns,
Gulls, and Skuas,) by Howard Saunders. Tubinares
(Petrels and Albatrosses), by Osbert Salvin. Pp. xv.,
475 ; woodcuts and 8 coloured Plates. [With Syste-
matic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1896, 8vo. 1/. 1s.

Vol. XXVI. Catalogue of the Platalez, Herodiones,
Steganopodes, Pygopodes, Alcz, and Impennes in the
Collection of the British Museum. Plataleze (Ibises
and Spoonbills) and Herodiones (Herons and Storks),
by R. Bowdler Sharpe. Steganopodes (Cormorants,
Gannets, Frigate-birds, Tropic-birds, and Pelicans),
Pygopodes (Divers and Grebes), Alcz (Auks), and Im-
pennes (Penguins), by W. R. Ogilvie-Grant. Pp. xvii.,
687: Woodcuts and 14 coloured Plates. [With Sys-
tematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1898, 8vo. LJ. 5s.

Vol. XXVII. Catalogue of the Chenomorphe (Pala-
medex, Phoenicopteri, Anseres), Crypturi, and Ratitz
in the Collection of the British Museum. By T
Salvadori. Pp. xv., 636: 19 coloured Plates. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1895, 8vo.
17. 12s.

A Hand-list of the Genera and Species of Birds. [Nomen-

clator Avium tum Fossilium tum Viventium.] By R.
Bowdler Sharpe, Lu.D. Vol. I. Pp. xxi., 303. [With
Systematic Index.] 1899, 8vo. 10s.

List of the Specimens of Birds in the Collection of the
British Museum. By George Robert Gray :—

Part III., Section I. Ramphastide Pp. 16. [With
Index.] 1855, 12mo. 6d.
Part III., Section Il. Psittacide. Pp. 110. [With

Index.] 1859, 12mo. 2s.
Part III., Sections II].and IV. Capitonide and Picide,
Pp. 137. [With Index.] 1868, 12mo. 1s. 6d,

é ‘LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

List of the Specimens of Birds in the Collectioh of the
British Museum—continued.

Part IV. Columb. Pp. 73. [With Index.]> fean
12mo. Is. 9d.

Part V. Galline. Pp. iv., 120. [With an Alphabetical
Index.] 1867, 12mo. 1s. 6d.

Catalogue of the Birds of the Tropical Islands of the Pacific
Ocean in the Collection of the British Museum. By
George Robert Gray, F.L.S., &c. Pp. 72. [With an
Alphabetical Index.] 1859, 8vo. 1s. 6d.

REPTILES.

Catalogue of the Tortoises, Crocodiles, and Amphisbznians
in the Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. J. E.
Gray, F.R.S., &c. Pp. viii. 80. [With an Alphabetical
Index. ] 1844, 12mo. Is.

Catalogue of Shield Reptiles in the Collection of the British
Museum. By John Edward Gray, F.R.S., &¢.:—

Appendix. Pp. 28. 1872, 4to: 2s. 6d.

Part II, Emydosaurians, Rhynchocephalia,and Amphis-
benians. Pp. vi, 41. 25 Woodcuts. 1872, Ato.
as. 6d. | |

Hand-List of the Specimens of Shield Reptiles in the
British Museum. By Dr. J. HE. Gray, F.R.S., F.LS., &e.
_ Pp. iv., 124. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1873,
_-8vo. As.

Catalogue of the Chelonians, Rhynchocephalians, and
Crocodiles in the British Museum (Natural History).
New Edition. By George Albert Boulenger. Pp. x., 311.
73 Woodcuts and 6 Plates. [With Systematic and
Alphabetical Indexes.] 1889, 8vo. 15s.

Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum (Natural His-
tory). Second Edition. By George Albert Boulenger :—

Vol. I. Geckonide, Kublepharide, Uroplatide, Pygo-
podide, Agamide. Pp. xii., 436. 52 Plates. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1885, 8vo. 20s.

Vol. II. IRguanide, Xenosauride, Zonuride, Anguide,
Anniellide, Helodermatide, Varanide, Xantusiide,
Teiide, Amphisbenide. Pp. xiii, 497. 24 Plates.
ei en Sy stematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1885,

vo. 20s,

Vol. III. Lacertide, Gerrhosauride, Scincide, Anelytro-
pide, Dibamide, Chameleontide. Pp. xii.,575. 40
Plates. [With a Systematic Index and an Alphabetical
Index to the three volumes.] 1887, &vo. 1/. 6s.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). . 7

Catalogue of the Snakes in the British Museum (Natural
History). By George Albert Boulenger, F.R.S. :—

Vol. I., containing the families Typhlopide, Glauconiide,
Boidz, Ilysiide, Uropeltide, Xenopeltide, and Colu-
bride aglyphe, part. Pp. xiii., 448: 26 Woodeuts
and 28 Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1893, 8vo. 17. Is.

Vol. IL, containing the conclusion of the Colubride
aglyphe. Pp. xi., 382: 25 Woodcuts and 20 Plates.
| With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1894,
8vo. 17s. 6d.

Vol. III, containing the Colubride (Opisthoglyphe and
Proteroglyphe), Amblycephalide, and Viperide.
Pp. xiv., 727: 37 Woodcuts and 25 Plates. [With
Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index to the 3
volumes.] 1896, 8vo. 1/. 6s.

Catalogue of Colubrine Snakes in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Dr. Albert Giinther. Pp. xvi., 281.
| With Geographic, Systematic, and Alphabetical Indexes. ]
1858, 12mo. 4s. |

BATRACHIANS.

Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia in the Collection cf the
British Museum. By Dr. Albert Giinther. Pp. xvi., 160.
12 Plates. [With Systematic, Geographic, and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1858, 8vo. 6s. |

FISHES.

Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. Second
edition. Vol. I. Catalogue of the Perciform Fishes in the
British Museum. Vol. I. Containing the Centrarchide,
Percide, and Serranide (part). By George Albert
Boulenger, F.R.S. Pp. xix., 394. Woodcuts and 15 Plates.
| With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1895, 8vo.
15s.

List of the Specimens of Fish in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part I. Chondropterygii. By J. EH. Gray.
Pp. x.,160. 2 Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1851, 12mo. 3s.

Catalogue of Fish collected and described by Laurence
Theodore Gronow, now in the British Museum. Pp. Vii.,
196. [With a Systematic Index.] 1854, 12mo. 3s. 6d.

8 . LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of Apodal Fish in the Collection of the British
Museum. ByDr.Kaup. Pp. viii. 163. 11 Woodcuts and
19 Plates. 1856, 8vo. 10s.

Catalogue of Lophobranchiate Fish in the Collection of the
British Museum. By J.J. Kaup, Ph.D., &c. Pp. iv., 80.
4 Plates. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1856, 12mo. 2s.

MOLLUSCA.

Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca in the
British Museum. Part I. By John Edward Gray, Ph.D.,
F.R.S., &c. Pp. xii., 230. 121 Woodcuts, 1857, 8vo. 5s.

List of the Shells of the Canaries in the Collection of the
British Museum, collected by MM. Webb and Berthelot
Described and figured by Prof. Alcide D’Orbigny in the
“ Histoire Naturelle des Iles Canaries.” Pp. 32. 18954,
12mo. Ls. .

List of the Shells of Cuba in the Collection of the British
Museum, collected by M. Ramon de la Sagra. Described
by Prof. Alcide d’Orbigny in the “ Histoire de ]’Ile de
Cuba.” Pp. 48. 1854, 12mo. Ls.

List of the Shells of South America in the Collection of the
British Museum. Collected and described by M. Alcide
D’Orbigny in the “Voyage dans l’Amérique Méridionale.”
Pp. 89. 1854, 12mo. 2s.

Catalogue of the Collection of Mazatlan Shells in the British
Museum, collected by Frederick Reigen. Described by
Philip P. Carpenter. Pp. xvi., 552. 1857, 12mo. 8s.

List of Mollusca and Shells in the Collection of the British
Museum, collected and described by MM. Hydoux and
Souleyet in the “Voyage autour du Monde, executé
“pendant les annees 1836 et 1837, sur la Corvette ‘La
‘“‘ Bonite,’”’ and in the “ Histoire naturelle des Mollusques
“ Pteropodes.” Par MM. P. C. A. L. Rang et Souleyet.
Pp. iv., 27. 1855, 12mo. 84d. :

_ Catalogue of the Phaneropneumona, or Terrestial Operculated
Mollusca, in the Collection of the British Museum. By
Dr. L. Pfeiffer. Pp. 324. [With an Alphabetical Index. }
1852, 12mo. 5s.

Catalogue of Pulmonata, or Air Breathing Mollusca, in the
Collection of the British Museum. Part I. By Dr. Louis
Pfeiffer. Pp. iv., 192. Woodcuts. 1855, 12mo. 2s. 6d.

Catalogue of the Auriculide, Proserpinide, and Truncatellide
in the Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Louis
Pfeiffer. Pp. iv., 150. Woodcuts. 1857, 12mo. Is. 9d.

List of the Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum.
By John Edward Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., &c.

Part I. Volutide. Pp. 23. 1855, 12mo. 6d.
Part II. Olivide. Pp. 41. 1865, 12mo. 1s.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 9

Catalogue of the Conchifera, or Bivalve Shells, in the
Collection of the British Museum. By M. Deshayes :—
Part I. Venerids, Cyprinide, Glauconomide, and
Petricolada... Pp. iv., 216. 1853, 12mo. 3s.
Part JI. Petricoladee (concluded); Corbiculade. Pp.
217-292. [With an Alphabetical Index to the two
parts.| 1854, 12mo. 6d.

BRACHIOPODA.

Catalogue of Brachiopoda Ancylopoda or Lamp Shells in the
Collection of the British Museum. [TJsswed as “ Catalogue
of the Mollusca, Part IV.”] Pp. iv., 128. 25 Woodcuts.
[ With an Alphabetical Index.] 1853, 12mo. 3s.

POLYZOA.

Catalogue of Marine Polyzoa in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part III. Cyclostomata. By George Busk,
F.R.S. Pp. viii., 39. 38 Plates. [With a Systematic
Index.] 1875, 8vo. 5s.

CRUSTACEA.
Catalogue of the Specimens of Amphipodous Crustacea in
the Collection of the British Museum. By C. Spence Bate,

ER:S., @e.. Pp: iv:, 399.. 58 Plates. [With an’ Alpha-
betical Index. | 1862, 8vo. 1/. 5s.

ARACHNIDA.

Descriptive Catalogue of the Spiders of Burma, based upon
the Collection made by Eugene W. Oates and preserved in
the British Museum. By TT. Thorell. Pp. xxxvi., 406.
[With Systematic List and Alphabetical accel ok 1895,
svo. 10s. 6d.

MYRIOPODA.

Catalogue of the Myriapoda in the Collection of the British
Museum. By George Newport, F.R.S., P.E.S., &c. Part I.
Chilopoda. Pp. iv., 96. [With an Alphabetical Index. ]
1856, 12mo. 1s. 9d.

INSECTS.
Coleopterous Insects.

Nomenclature of Coleopterous Insects in the Collection of
the British Museum :—

Part VI. Passalide. By Frederick Smith. Pp. iv., 23.
1 Plate. [With Index.] 1852, 12mo. 8d.

Part VII. Longicornia, I. By Adam White. Pp. iv.,
174. 4 Plates. 1853, 12mo. 2s. 6d.

Part VIII. Longicornia, II. By Adam White. Pp. 237.
6 Plates. 1855, 12mo. 3s. 6d.

Part IX. Cassidide. By Charles H. eters Professor
of Natural History, Stockholin. 229. | With
Index.] 1856, 12mo. 3s.

10 IST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Hlustrations of Typical Specimens of Coleoptera in the
Collection of the British Museum. Part I. Lycide. By —
Charles Owen Waterhouse. Pp. x., 83. 18 Coloured
Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical n=
1879, 8vo. 16s.

Catalogue of the Coleopterous Insects of Madeira in the
Collection of the British Museum. By T. Vernon
Wollaston, M.A., F.L.S. Pp. xvi., 234 : i Pine [ With
a Topographical Catalogue and an Alphabetical. si
1857, 8vo. 3s.

Catalogue of the Coleopterous Insects of the Canaries in the
Collection of the British Museum. By T. Vernon
Wollaston, M.A., F.L.S. Pp. xiii, 648. [With Topo-
graphical and Alphabetical Indexes.|] 1864, 8vo. 10s. 6d.

Catalogue of Halticidze in the Collection of the British
Museum. By the Rev. Hamlet Clark, M.A., F.LS.
Physapodes and (Edipodes. Part I. Pp. xii. 301.
Frontispiece and 9 Plates. 1860, 8vo. 7s.

Catalogue of Hispide in the Collection of the British —
Museum. By Joseph 8. Baly, M.E.S.,&¢. Part I. Pp.x.,
172. 9 Plates. [With an ‘Alphabetical Index.] 1858,
8vo. 6s.

Hymenopterous Insects.

List of the Specimens of Hymenopterous Insects in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker,
F.L.S. :-— .

Part II. Chalcidites. Additional Species. Appendix.
Pp. iv., 99-237. 1848, 12mo. 2s.

Catalogue of Hyymenopterous Insects in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Frederick Smith. 12mo. :—
Part I. Andrenide and Apide. Pp. 197. 6 Plates.
; 1853, 2s. 6d. 7
Part II. Apide. Pp. 199-465. 6 Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Index.] 1854, 6s. |
Part III. Mutillide and Ppoeiiae Pp. 206. 6 Plates.
1855, 6s. |
Part IV. Sphegide, Larride, and Crabronide. Pp. 207-
497. 6 Plates. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1856,
6s.
Part V. Vespide. Pp.147. 6 Plates. [With an Alpha-
betical Index.] 1857, 6s.
Part VI. Formicide. -Pp. 216. 14 Plates. [With an =
Alphabetical Index.] 1858, 6s.
Part VII. Dorylide and Thynnide. Pp. 76. 3 Plates.
[ With an Alphabetical Index.] 1859, 2s.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 11

Descriptions of New Species of Hymenoptera in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Frederick Smith.
Pp. xxi, 240. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1879, 8vo. 10s.

List of Hymenoptera, with descriptions and figures of the
Typical Specimens in the British Museum. Vol. L,
Tenthredinide and Siricide. By W. F. Kirby.
Pp. xxviii., 490. 16 Coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1882, 8vo. Il. 18s.

Dipterous Insects.
List of the Specimens of Dipterous Insects in the Collection
of the British Museum. By Francis Walker, F.L.S.

Part VII. SupplementIII. Asilide. Pp. ii., 507-775.
1855, 12mo. 3s. 6d.

Lepidopterous Insects.

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalenze in the British
Museum. Vol.I. Catalogue of the Syntomide in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Sir George F.
Hampson, Bart. Pp. xxi., 559. 285 Woodcuts. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes, and Table of the
Phylogeny of the Syntomide.] 1898, 8vo., lds.

—_———Atlas of 17 Coloured Plates, 8vo., 15s.

Illustrations of Typical Specimens of Lepidoptera Heterocera
in the Collection of the British Museum :—

Part III. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. xviii., 82.
41-60 Coloured Plates. [With a Systematic Index. ]
1879, 4to. 27. 10s.

Part V.' By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. xii., 74.
78-100 Coloured Plates. [With a Systematic Index. ]
1881, 4to. 27. 10s.

Part VI. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. xv., 89.
101-120 Coloured Plates. [Witha Systematic Index. ]
1886, 4to. 27. 4s. :

Part VII. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. iv., 124.
121-138 Coloured Plates. [With a Systematic List. ]
1889, 4to. 27.

Part VIII. The Lepidoptera Heterocera of the Nilgiri
District. By George Francis Hampson. Pp. iv., 144.
139-156 Coloured Plates. [With a Systematic List.]
1891, 4to. 2.

Part IX. The Macrolepidoptera Heterocera of Ceylon.
By George Francis Hampson. Pp. v., 182. 157-176.
Coloured Plates. [With a General Systematic List of
Species collected in, or recorded from, Ceylon.] 1893,
4to. 20. 2s.

Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera of the family Satyridze in

- the Collection of the British Museum. By Arthur Gardiner
Butler, F.L.S., &¢. Pp. vi. 211. 5 Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Index.] 1868, 8vo. 5s. bu.

12 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera described by Fabricius in
the Collection of the British Museum. By Arthur Gardiner
Butler, F.L.S., &c. Pp. iv., 303. 3 Plates. 1869, 8vo. 7s. 6d.

Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycenide in the British Museum.
By W. C. Hewitson. Pp. 15. 8 Coloured Plates. 1862,
4to. ll. Ls.

List of Lepidopterous Insects in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part I. Papilionide. By G. R. Gray, F.L.S.
Pp. 106. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1856, 12mo. 2s.

List of the Specimens of Lepidopterous Insects in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker.
12mo. :—

Part XIX. Pyralides. Pp. 799-1036. [With an Alpha-
betical Index to Parts XVI.—XIX.] 1859, 3s. éd.

Part XX. Geometrites. Pp. 1-276. 1860. 4s.

Part XXI. Pp. 277-498. 1860, 3s.

Part XXTL. = — Pp. 499-755. 1861, 3s. 6d.
Part XXIII. —————— _ Pp. 756-1020. 1861, ds. 6d.
Part XXIV. —————— __ Pp. 1021-1280. 1862, 3s. éd.
Part XXV. -—————-- Pp. 1281-1477. 1862, 3s.
Part XXVI. — — Pp. 1478-1796. [With an

Alphabetical Index to Parts XX.-XXVI.] 1862, 4s. 6d.
Part XXVII. Crambiies and Tortricites. Pp. 1-286.
1863, 4s. %
Part XXVIII. Tortricites and Tineites. Pp. 287-561.
1863, 4s.
Part XXIX. Tineites. Pp. 562-835. 1864, 4s. -
Part XXX. Pp. 836-1096. [With an Alpha-
betical Index to Parts XX VII.-XXX.] 1864, 4s.
Part XXXI. Supplement. Pp. 1-821. 1864, 5s.
Part XXXII.—- — Part 2. Pp: 322-706.

1865, 5s.

Part XXXITI.————_-— Part 3. Pp. 707-12
1865, 6s.

Part XXXIV.———--——_ Part 4. Pp. 1121-1533.
1865, 5s. 6d.

Part XXXV. — Part 5. Pp. 1534-2040.

[With an Alphabetical Index to Parts XXXI-
XXXV.] 1866, 7s.

Neuropterous Insects.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Neuropterous Insects in mile
Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker.
12mo. :—

Part I. Phryganides—Perlides. Py. iv., 192. 1852,
2s. 6d.

Part II. Sialide—Nemopterides. Pp. ii. 193-476.
1853, 3s. 6d.

Part III. Termitide—Ephemeride. Pp. ii., 477-585.
1853, 1s. 6d.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), 13

Catalogue of the Specimens of Neuropterous Insects in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. H. Hagen.
Part I. Termitina. Pp. 34. 1858, 12mo. 6d.

Orthopterous Insects.

Catalogue of Orthopterous Insects in the Collection of the
British Museum. Part I. Phasmide. By John Obadiah
Westwood, F.L.S., &. Pp. 195. 48 Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Index]. 1859, 4to. 37.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Blattariz in the Collection of
the British Museum. By Francis Walker, F.L.S., &c.
Pp. 239. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1868, 8vo. 5s. 6d.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Dermaptera Saltatoria [Part I.]
and Supplement to the Blattariz in the Collection of the
British Museum. Gryllide. Blattariz. Locustide. By
Francis Walker, F.L.S., &e. Pp. 224. [With an Alpha-
betical Index.] 1869, 8vo. 5s.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Dermaptera Saltatoria in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker,
F.L.S., &c.—

Part II. Locustide (continued). Pp. 225-423. [With
an Alphabetical Index.] 1869, 8vo. 4s. 6d.

Part III. Locustide (continued).—Acridide. Pp. 425-
604. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1870, 8vo. 4s.

Part IV. Acrididz (continued). Pp. 605-809. [With
an Alphabetical Index.] 1870, 8vo. 6s.

Part V. Tettigide.—Supplement to the Catalogue of
Blattarize.—Supplement tothe Catalogue of Dermaptera
Saltatoria (with remarks on the Geographical Distri-
bution of Dermaptera). Pp. 811-850; 43; 116.
[ With Alphabetical Indexes.] 1870, 8vo. 6s.

Hemipterous Insects.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Heteropterous Hemiptera in
the Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker,
F.L.S., &c. 8vo. :-—

Part I. Seutata. Pp. 240. 1867. 5s.
Part II. Scutata (continued). Pp. 241-417. 1867. 4s.

Part III. Pp.418-599. [With an Alphabetical Index to
Parts I., II., III., and a Summary of Geographical
Distribution of the Species mentioned.] 1868. 4s. 6d.

Part IV. Pp. 211. [Alphabetical Index.] 1871. 6s.

Fart Ve< |. Pp. 202. — 1872. 5s.
Part VI. Pp. 210. ————- ———-——-_ 1873. 5s.

Part Vil. Pp.213. ————--—————___ 1873. 6s.

Part VIII. Pp. 220. —__—_—____———— 1873. 6s. éd.

14 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Homopterous Insects.

List of the Specimens of Homopterous Insects in the Collec- —
tion of the British Museum. By Francis Walker. Supple-
ment. Pp. ii., 369. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1858,
12mo., 4s. 6d.

VERMES.

Catalogue of the Species of Entozoa, or Intestinal Worms,
contained in the Collection of the British Museum. by
Dr. Baird. Pp. iv., 182. 2 Plates. [With an Index of
the Animals in which the Entozoa mentioned in the
Catalogue are found, and an Index of Genera and
Species.] 1853, 12mo. 2s.

ANTHOZOA.

Catalogue of Sea-pens or Pennatulariide in the Collection of
the British Museum. By J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &c. Pp. iv.,
40. 2 Woodcuts. 1870, 8vo. 1s. 6d.

Catalogue of Lithophytes or Stony Corals in the Collection —
of the British Museum. By J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &e.
Pp. iv., 51. 14 Woodcuts. 1870, 8vo. 3s. f

Gutaloane of the Madreporarian Corals in the British
Museum (Natural History) :—

Vol. I. The Genus Madrepora. By George Brook.
Pp. xi., 212. 35 Collotype Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes and Explanation of the
Plates.] 1893, 4to. 17. 4s.

Vol. II. The Genus Turbinaria; the Genus Astreopora.
By Henry M. Bernard, M.A. Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Pp. iv., 106. 30 Collotype and 3 Lithographic Plates.
[With Index of Generic and Specific Names, and
Explanation of the Plates.] 1896, 4to. 18s.

Vol. III. The Genus Montipora; the Genus Anacro-
pora. By Henry M. Bernard, M.A. Pp. vii., 192. 30

_ ‘Collotype and 4 Lithographic Plates. [With Syste-_

_ matic Index, Index of Generic and Specific Names,

and Explanation of the Plates.] 1897. Ato. 1/. 4s.

BRITISH ANIMALS, -

Catalogue of British Birds in the Collection of the British
Museum. By George Robert Gray, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.
Pp. xii., 248. [Witha List of Species.] 1863, 8vo. ds. 6d.

Catalogue of British Hymenoptera in the Collection of the
British Museum. Second edition. Part I. Andrenide
and Apide. By Frederick Smith, M.E.S. New Issue.
Pp. xi., 236, 11 Plates. [With Systematic and. Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1891, 8vo. 6s.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 15

Catalogue of British Fossorial Hymenoptera, Formicidae, and
Vespidze in the Collection of the British Museum. By
Frederick Smith, V.P.E.S. Pp. 236. 6 Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Index.] 1858, 12mo. 6s.

A Catalogue of the British Non-parasitical Worms in the
Coliection of the British Museum. By George Johnston,
M.D., Edin., F.R.C.L., Ed., Lu.D., Marischal Coll., Aber-
deen, &c. Pp. 365. Woodcutsand 24 Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Index.] 1865, 8vo. 7s.

Catalogue of the British Echinoderms in the British Museum

(Natural History). By F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A. Pp. xvii., 202.
Woodcuts and 16 Plates (2 Coloured). [With Table of
Contents, Tables of Distribution, Alphabetical Index,

- Description of the Plates, &c.] 1892, 8vo. 12s. 6d.

List of the Specimens of British Animals in the Collection
of the British Museum; with Synonyma and References
to figures. 12mo.:—

Part IV. Crustacea. By A. White. Pp.iv.,141. (With
an Index.) 1850. 2s. 6d.

Part V. Lepidoptera. By J. F. Stephens. 2nd Edition.
Revised by H. T. Stainton and E. Shepherd. Pp. iv.,
224, 1856, 1s. 9d. .

Part VI. Hymenoptera. By F.Smith. Pp.134. 1851. 2s.

Part VII. Mollusca, Acephala and Brachiopoda. By
De JieMeGrayi Pp. iv. Lote) 1854, 3s... 6d.

Part VIII. Fish. By Adam White. Pp. xxiii., 164.
(With Index and List of Donors.) 1851, 3s. 6d. _-
Part IX. Eggs of British Birds. By George Robert

Gray. Pp. 143. 1852, 2s. 6d.

Part XI. Anoplura, or Parasitic Insects. By H. Denny.
Pp. iv., 51. — 1852, 1s.

Part XII. Lepidoptera (continued). By James F.
Stephens. Pp. iv., 54. 1852, 9d.

Part XIII. Nomenclature of Hymenoptera. By

_. Frederick Smith. Pp. iv., 74. 1853, 1s.4d. ~

Part XIV. Nomenclature of Neuroptera. By Adam

5» White. Pp. iv., 16. 1853, 6d.

Part XV. Nomenclature of Diptera, 1. By Adam

oh White.» Pp. iv., 42: 1853, 1s.

Part XVI. Lepidoptera (completed). By H.'T. Stainton.
Pp. 199. [With an Index.] 1854, 3s.

Part XVII. Nomenclature of Anoplura, Kuplexoptera,

‘and Orthoptera. By Adam White. Pp. iv., 17
1855, 6d. ,

PANES.

Catalogue of the African Plants collected by Dr. Friedrich
Welwitsch in 1853-61.—Dicotyledons. By William Philip
Hiern, M.A., F.L.S., &. :—

Part I. [Ranunculacez to Rhizophoracee.| Pp. xxvi.,
336.. [ With Portrait of Dr. Welwitsch, Introduction,
Bibliography, and Index of Genera.] 1896, 8vo. 7s. 6d.

16 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of African Plants—continued.

Part II. Combretaceze to Rubiacew. Pp. 337-510.
[ With Index of Genera.] 1898, 8vo. 4s.

Part III. Dipsacez to Scrophulariaceza. Pp. 511-784.
[ With Index of Genera.] 1898, 8vo. 5s.

Moll Tsieart VL Monocotyledons and Gymnosperms.
By Alfred Barton Rendle, M.A., D.Sc. F.L.S., Assistant,
Department of Botany. Pp. 260. [With Index of
Genera.] 1899, 8vo. 6s.

A Monograph of Lichens found in Britain : being a Doudrim
tive Catalogue of the Species in the Herbarium of the
British Museum. By the Rev. James M. Crombie, M.A.,
F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. Part I. Pp. viii.,.519:: 74 Woodeuts.
[With Glossary, Synopsis, Tabular Conspectus, and Index. ]
1894, 8vo. 16s.

ie Monograph of the Mycetozoa: being a Descriptive Catalogue
of the Species in the Herbarium of the British Museum.
By Arthur Lister, F.L.S. Pp. 224. 78 Plates and 51
Woodcuts. [With Synopsis of Genera and List of Species,
and Index.] 1894, 8vo., lds.

List of British Diatomacew in the Collection of the British
Museum. By the Rev. W. Smith, F.L.S., &c. Pp. iv., 55.
1859, 12mo. Is.

FOSSILS.

Catalogue of the Fossil’ Mammalia in the British Museum
(Natural History). By Richard Lydekker, B.A., F.G.S. :—

Part I. Containing the Orders Primates, Chiroptera,
Insectivora, Carnivora, and Rodentia. Pp. xxx., 268.
33 Woodcuts. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1885, 8vo. 5s.

Part II. Containing the Order Ungulata, Suborder
Artiodactyla. Pp. xxii., 324. 39 Woodcuts. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1885, 8vo. 6s.

Part III. Containing the Order Ungulata, Suborders
Perissodactyla, Toxodontia, Condylarthra, and Ambly-
poda. Pp. xvi.,186. 30 Woodcuts. [With Systematic
Index, and Alphabetical Index of Genera and Species,
including Synonyms.] 1886, 8vo. 4s.

Part IV. Containing the Order Ungulata, Suborder
Proboscidea. Pp. xxiv., 235. 32 Woodcuts. [With
Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index of Genera
and Species, including Synonyms.] 1886, 8vo. 5s.

Part V. Containing the Group Tillodontia, the Orders
Sirenia, Cetacea, Edentata, Marsupialia, Monotremata,
and Supplement. Pp. xxxv., 345. 55 Woodcuts.
[ With Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index of
Genera and Species, including Synonyms.} 1887,
Svo. 6s.

Catalogue of the Fossil Birds in the British Museum (Natural
History). By Richard Lydekker, B.A. Pp. xxvii., 368.
75 Woodcuts. [With Systematic Index, and Alphabetical
Index of Genera and Species, including Synonyms. ] bas
. 8vo. 10s. 6d.

7) ee

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). ae

Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and Amphibia in the British
Jaldins (Natural History). By Richard Lydekker, B.A.,

PartI. Containing the Orders Ornithosauria, Crocodilia,
Dinosauria, Squamata, Rhynchocephalia, and Pro-
terosauria. Pp. xxviii., 309. 69 Woodcuts. [With
Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index of Genera
and Species, including Synonyms.] 1888, 8vo. 7s. 6d.

Part II. Containing the Orders Ichthyopterygia and
Sauropterygia. Pp. xxi., 307. 85 Woodcuts. [With
Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index of Genera
and Species, including Synonyms.] 1889, 8vo. 7s. 6d.

Part III. Containing the Order Chelonia. Pp. xviii.,
239. 53 Woodcuts. [With Systematic Index, and
Alphabetical Index of Genera and Species, including
Synonyms.| 1889, 8vo. 7s. 6d.

Part IV. Containing the Orders Anomodontia, Ecaudata,
Caudata, and Labyrinthodontia; and Supplement.
Pp. xxiii, 295. 66 Woodcuts. [With Systematic
Index, Alphabetical Index of Genera and Species,
including Synonyms, and Alphabetical Index of
Genera and Species to the entire work.] 1890, 8vo.
7s. 6d.

Catalogue of the Fossil Fishes in the British Museum (Natural
History). By Arthur Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.8. :—

Part I. Containing the Elasmobranchii. Pp. xlvii.,
A474, 13 Woodcuts and 17 Plates. [With Alphabetical
Index, and Systematic Index of Genera and Species. |]
1889, 8vo. 21s.

Part Il. Containing the Elasmobranchii (Acanthodii),
Holocephali, Ichthyodorulites, Ostracodermi, Dipnoi,
and 'Teleostomi (Crossopterygii and Chondrostean
Actinopterygii). Pp. xliv., 567. 538 Woodcuts and
16 Plates. [With Alphabetical Index, and Systematic
Index of Genera and Species.] 1891, Svo. 21s.

Part III. Containing the Actinopterygian Teleostomi
of the Orders Chondrostet (concluded), Protospondyli,
Aetheospondyli, and Isospondyli (in part). Pp. xlii.,
544. 45 Woodcuts and 18 Plates. [With Alphabetical
Index, and Systematic Index of Genera and Species. ]

1895, 8vo. 21s.

Systematic List of the Edwards Collection of British Oligocene
and Eocene Mollusca in the British Museum (Natural
History), with references to the type-specimens from
similar horizons contained in other collections belonging
to the Geological Department of the Museum. By Richard
Bullen Newton, F.G.S. Pp. xxviii., 865. [With table of
Families and Genera, Bibliography, Correlation-table,
Appendix, and Alphabetical Index.] 1891, 8vo. 6s.

43374 . B

18 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of Tertiary Mollusca in the Department of Geology,

British Museum (Natural History). Part I. The Austra-
lasian Tertiary Mollusca. By George F. Harris, F.G.S., ete.
Pp. xxvi.,407. 8 Plates. [With Table of Families, Genera,
and Subgenera, and Index.] 1897, 8vo. 10s.

Catalogue of the Fossil Cephalopoda in the British Museum
(Natural History) :—

Part I. Containing part of the Suborder Nautiloidea, con-
sisting of the families Orthoceratide, Endoceratide,
Actinoceratide, | Gomphoceratide, Ascoceratide,
Poterioceratidz, Cyrtoceratide, and Supplement. By
Arthur H. Foord, F.G.S. Pp. xxxi., 344. 51 Woodcuts.
[With Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Indéx of
Genera and Species, including Synonyms.] 1888,
Svo. 10s. 6d.

Part II. Containing the remainder of the Suborder
Nautiloidea, consisting of the families Lituitide,
Trochoceratids, Nautilide, and Supplement. By
Arthur H. Foord, F.G.S. Pp. xxviii., 407. 86 Wood-
cuts. [With Systematic Index, and Alphabetical
Index of Genera and Species, including Synonyms. |
1891, 8vo. 15s.

Part III. Containing the Bactritide, and part of the
Subarder Ammonoidea. By Arthur H. Foord, Ph.D.,
¥.G.S., and George Charles Crick, A.R.S.M., F.G.S.
Pp. xxxiii., 303. 146 Woodcuts. [With Systematic
Index of Genera and Species, and Alphabetical Index. |
L897, Svoriys\od-

List of t: heTypes and Figured Specimens of Fossil Cephalopoda
in the British Museum (Natural History). By G. C. Crick,
¥.G.8. ,Pp. 103. [With Index.]’ 1898, 8vo. 2s: Ga:

A Catalogue "of British Fossil Crustacea, with their Synonyms
and the Range in Time of each Genus and Order. By
Henry Woodward, F.R.S..-Pp. . xii.,- 155. (nae
Alphabetical Index.] 1877, 8vo. 5s.

Catalogue of the Fossil Bryozoa in the Department of
Geology, British Museum (Natural History):—The Jurassic
Bryozoa. By J. W. Gregory, D.Sc., F.G.S., Vga! a
[vili.,] 239. 22 Woodcuts and 11 Plates. [With List of
Species and Distribution, Bibliography, Index, and
Explanatien of Plates. ] 1896, 8vo. 10s.

A Catalogue of the Fossil Bryozoa in the Department of
Geology, British Museum (Natural History) :—The Creta-
ceous Bryozoa. Vol. I. By J. W. Gregory, DSe5 f-aees
Pp. viil., 457. 64 Woodcuts and 17 Plates. [With Index
and Explanation of Plates.] 1899, 8vo. 16s.

Catalogue of the Blastoidea in the Geological Department of

the British Museum (Natural History), with an account of
the morphology and systematic position of the group, and
a revision of the genera and species. By Robert Etheridge,
jun., of the Department of Geology, British Museum
(Natural History), and P. Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., F.R.5.,
F.L.S. (of Eton College). Pp. xv.,322. 20 Plates. [With
Preface by Dr. H. Woodward, Table of Contents, General
Index, Explanations of the Plates, &c.] 1886, 4to. 25s. |

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 19

The Genera and Species of Blastoidea, with a List of the
Specimens in the British Museum (Natural History). By
PF. A. Bather, M.A., F.G.S., of the Geological Department.

oer Pf pox 70. “L Woodeut: 1899, Svo. 3s.

Catalogue of the Fossil Sponges in the Geological Department
of the British Museum (Natural History). With descrip-
tions of new and little known species. By George
Jennings Hinde, Ph.D., F.G.S. Pp. viii., 248. 38 Plates.
[With a Tabular List of Species, arranged in Zoological
and Stratigraphical sequence, and an Alphabetical Index. |
1883, 4to. 12. 10s.

Catalogue of the Fossil Foraminifera in the British Museum
(Natural History). By Professor T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S.,
&c. Pp. xxiv., 100. [With Geographical and Alphabetical
Indexes.|] 1882, 8vo. 5s.

Catalogue of the Paleozoic Plants in the Department of
Geology and Paleontology, British Museum (Natural
History). By Robert Kidston, F.G.S. Pp. vili., 288.
[With a list of works quoted, and an Index.] 1886,
8vo. ds.

Catalogue of the Mesozoic Plants in the Department of
Geology, British Museum (Natural History). The Wealden
Flora. By A. C. Seward, M.A., F.G.S., University Lecturer
in Botany, Cambridge :—

Part JI. Thallophyta—Pteridophyta. Pp. xxxviii., 179 :
17 Woodcuts and 11 Plates. [With Preface by Dr.
Woodward, Alphabetical Index of Genera, Species, &c.
Explanations of the Plates, &c.] 1894, 8vo. 10s.

Part II. Gymnosperme. Pp. viii., 259. 9 Woodcuts
and 20 Plates. (With Alphabetical Index, Explana-
tions of the Plates, &c.] 1895, 8vo. 15s.

GUIDE-BOOKS.
(To be obtained only at the Museum.)

Guide to the Galleries of Mammalia in the Department of
Zoology of the British Museum (Natural History). 6th
Edition. Pp. 120. 57 Woodcuts and 4 Plans. Index.
1898, 8vo. 6d.

Guide to the Galleries of Reptiles and Fishes in the Depart-
ment of Zoology of the British Museum (Natural History).
Ath Edition. Pp. iv.,119. 101 Woodcuts. Index. 1898. 8vo. 6d.

A Guide to the Fossil Mammals and Birds in the Department
of Geology and Paleontology in the British Museum
(Natural History). 7th Edition. [By Henry Woodward. |
Pp. xii., 103. 116 Woodcuts. [With List of Illustrations,
Table of Stratified Rocks, and Index.] 1896, 8vo. 6d.

A Guide to the Fossil Reptiles and Fishes in the Department
of Geology and Palxontology in the British Museum
(Natural History). [By Henry Woodward.] Pp. xiVv.,
129: 165 Woodcuts. [With List of Illustrations, Table
of Stratified Rocks, and Index.] 1896, 8vo. 6d.

20) LIST OF PUBLICATIONS

A Guide to the Fossil Invertebrates and Plants in the
Department of Geology and Paleontology in the British
Museum (Natural History). [By Henry Woodward. ]
Pp. xvi., 158. 182 Woodcuts. [With List of Illustrations,
Table of Stratified Rocks, Introduction, and Index.] 1897,
Svo. ls.

The same, in two parts :—

Part I. Mollusca to Bryozoa. Pp. xii., 64. 107 Wood-
cuts. [With List of Illustrations, Table of Stratified
Rocks, and Introduction.] 1897, 8vo. 6d.

Part II. Insecta to Plants, &c. Pp. ix., 64*-158.
Woodcuts 108-182. [With List of Illustrations and
Index to the two parts.] 1897, Svo. 6d.

Guide to Sowerby’s Models of British Fungi in the Depart-
ment of Botany, British Museum (Natural History). By
Worthington G. Smith, F.L.S. Pp. 82. 93 Woodeuts.
With Table of Diagnostic Characters, and Index.
[2nd Kdition.] 1898, 8vo. 4d.

Guide to the British Mycetozoa exhibited in the Department
of Botany, British Museum (Natural History). By-Arthur
Lister, F.L.S. Pp. 42. 44 Woodcuts. Index. 1895,
Svo. 3d.

A Guide to the Mineral Gallery of the British Museum
(Natural History). [By L. Fletcher, M.A., F.R.S.] Pp.32.
Plan. 1898, 8vo. ld.

The Student’s Index to the Collection of Minerals, British
Museum (Natural History). [By L. Fletcher, M.A., F.R.8.]
Pp. 34. With a Plan of the Mineral Gallery. 1899,
Svo. 2d.

An Introduction to the Study of Minerals, with a Guide te
the Mineral Gallery of the British Museum (Natural
History). By. L. Fletcher, M.A.,-F.R.S: ~ Pope
41 Woodcuts. With Plan of the Mineral Gallery and —
Index. 1897, 8vo. 6d.

An Introduction to the Study of Rocks. By L. Fletcher, M.A.,
F.R.S. Pp. 118. [With plan of the Mineral Gallery, Table
of Contents, and Index.] 1898, 8vo. 6d.

An Introduction to the Study of Meteorites, with a List of
the Meteorites represented in the Collection. By L.
Fletcher, M.A., F.R.S. Pp. 95. [With a Plan’ Gite
Mineral Gallery, and an Index to the Meteorites repre-
sented in the Collection.] 1896, 8vo. 6d.

HK. RAY LANKESTER,
Director.

British Museum

(Natural History),

Cromwell Road,
London, S.W.
January Ist, 1900.

0 garded

“

ome aia ayy Se Se

he Cee a
Ci tse et aa ta eames

ifs

REP oA

ae pen eee wee

eres hh

{fr
»

‘ih

3 9088 00558 7969

ib

choy tet

Cth ER oe b es
ts

er

sehth de
PSE EL

weet

eBScURSE
:
‘

iit

*
:
=
5

iit

wt

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

sathssits

Iii

Sete
Art APs Art a bs
it

it

tii

~
~
-
—_
u-
-
a
~
*
ae
-
cael
oat >
~
pe:
-_
yr
<-
$
re
~
—_

r

TESTS SES TNE

ibn th

“

PeSEST NES
na
iu

SUEHTNEN

it
it

ant

ay
wa bs

Hh

Saat

t
th

4
wt
i

peat tst?
t

r

+t

ih

tay
i

tery a f
Faas are ee

ee ee ee alt nel gat pel ee pak yet pe mass ‘ " ~t ne pay om
tS enth gent pat get call oll weak eth ee nee? gat veh ee ¥ poner a gee
~ ee ~ pak god vantage ok ees er)

Ep tell i Pee eh goa alg ey Sel ge
Liaiientalard eee rate el eta eee hod te : pata (iad ind oboe?